TW200422917A - Wireless medical data communication system and method - Google Patents

Wireless medical data communication system and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200422917A
TW200422917A TW093102150A TW93102150A TW200422917A TW 200422917 A TW200422917 A TW 200422917A TW 093102150 A TW093102150 A TW 093102150A TW 93102150 A TW93102150 A TW 93102150A TW 200422917 A TW200422917 A TW 200422917A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
infusion
patient
medical staff
medical
drug
Prior art date
Application number
TW093102150A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Thomas L C Simpson
Laura M Letellier
James P Martucci
Original Assignee
Baxter Int
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US10/424,553 external-priority patent/US7698156B2/en
Priority claimed from US10/659,760 external-priority patent/US8489427B2/en
Application filed by Baxter Int filed Critical Baxter Int
Publication of TW200422917A publication Critical patent/TW200422917A/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/60ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/67ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
    • GPHYSICS
    • G08SIGNALLING
    • G08BSIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
    • G08B21/00Alarms responsive to a single specified undesired or abnormal condition and not otherwise provided for
    • G08B21/02Alarms for ensuring the safety of persons
    • GPHYSICS
    • G16INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
    • G16HHEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
    • G16H40/00ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
    • G16H40/20ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities, e.g. managing hospital staff or surgery rooms
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L1/00Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04LTRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
    • H04L65/00Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication

Abstract

A system and method is disclosed for reporting on the integrity of a wireless communication link within a healthcare facility. The system comprises a wireless remote device within the healthcare facility having a message indicator responsive to status information, representative of a signal generated by a medication treatment application device, transmitted over the wireless communication link and software installed on the wireless remote device having a time-out output, wherein the time-out output indicates loss of the wireless communication link.

Description

200422917 玫、發明說明: 納入白勺參考項目 本申請案明確地納入以下所列者作為參考並且構成本 申請案的一部分: 美國專利申請案序號:2002年1月7日申請之 10/040, 887 ; 2002年1月7日申請之10/040, 908並且在 2003年7月10日公開於公開號US-2003-0130624-A1; 2002年1月29日申請之10/059, 929並且在2003年7月 31日公開於公開號US-2003-0141 98卜A1 ; 2002年4月30 日申請之 10/135,180 ; 2003 年 4月 28日申請之 1 0/424, 553 ; 2003 年 9 月 10 日申請之 10/659, 760 ; 2003 年12月30日申請之10/749, 101 ; 2003年12月30日申請 之 1 0/749, 1 02 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 762 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 750 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748,749 ; 2003年 12月 30日申請之 1 0/749, 099 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 593 ;以及 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 589 ; 美國臨時專利申請案序號:2002年4月30曰申請之 60/377, 027 ; 2002 年 4 月 30 日申請之 60/376, 625 ; 2002 年4月30日申請之60/376, 655 ; 2003年2月1日申請之 60/444, 350 ; 2003 年 7 月 18 日申請之 60/488, 273 ;以及 20 03年12月8日申請之60/528, 1 06 ;以及 美國專利號5, 842, 841。 200422917 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明大致係有關於無線的醫療資料通訊系統及方法 。更明確地說’本發明係有關於一種用於報告無線通訊鏈 路的完整性之系統及方法。 【先前技術】 病患照顧系統典型地包含電腦網路、用於治療病患的 醫療器材以及對於醫療器材的控制。儘管病患照顧系統已 經透過電腦的自動化系統及方法之使用而有所改良,但是 病患照顧系統對於醫療器材與醫療器材的控制仍舊倚重人 工的資料管理程序。例如,在現代化的醫院中,護士站典 型地疋連接至電腦網路,但是電腦網路延伸至病患的病房 則不多見。電腦網路係提供在治療點有機會對於包含醫療 器材與對醫療器材的控制之操作與監視之自動化的資料管 理處理。儘管有在此領域中的進步,&是自動化的資料管 理技術-直未被充分利用於治療點的用途上,這是由於缺 乏較有效率的系統及方法之緣故。隨著對於自動化的技術 之依賴性的成長,在提供使用者判斷系統或是次系統的操 作狀態之功能上於是產生了需求。 【發明内容】 本务明係提供—種用於報告在醫療保健設施内之 通訊鏈路的完整性之系統及方法。 ’、’、、、 般而。’本發明係包含—種具有一個給藥模組以 療保健設施内之無線遠端的裝置之系统。該給 邊组係與例如是輸液栗之藥物治療的應用裝置相關。該 200422917 無線遠端的裝置係包含—個訊 顯示器或是-個聽覺的邀報,”自:: <列如,一個視覺 藉由該給藥模組所產生:且被;示器係回應於-個 ^ V ^ ^ ^ - 專、在一個無線的通訊鏈路 :==輪出。該無線遠端的裳置亦包含-個用於 :失^無線通訊鏈路時產生—個逾時之模組或是應用程 毛月之八匕的系統、方法'特點以及優點對於在此 =術中具有-般技能者在審視以下的圖式及詳細的說明 日姻會是明顯的或是變為明顯的”斤有内含在此說明中 之此種額外的系統、方法、特點以及優點都打算被涵蓋在 本發明的料之内,並且由伴隨㈣請專利範圍加以保護 【實施方式】 、乜e本叙明可以具有許多不同形式的實施例,但是在 圖式中被展示且將會在此被詳細地描述的只有本發明的一 個車X佳貫施例而已。本揭露内容係欲被視為本發明的原理 之一個範例,而非打算要限制本發明之廣泛的特點至所說 明的實施例。 第1圖是一種病患照顧系統的圖形表示。在一個實施 例中’邊病患照顧系統1 〇 〇係包含藉由網路1 〇 2所連結的 藥局(pharmacy)電腦104、中央系統1〇8以及治療位置ι〇6 。如第2圖中所示,該病患照顧系統丨00亦包含輸液系統 21 〇 ’其亦被稱為醫療保健(healthcare)系統。輸液系統 210是一種用藥系統,其較佳地被實施成一個電腦程式, 200422917 並且尤其疋被貫施成一個模組或是應用程式(亦即,被設 。十=於最終使用I的一個程式或{一組程式),t駐在病 患妝顧系、统100之内的一或多個電子計算裝置上。如同在 此進步洋細所述者,該輸液系統21 〇係以一種各科間的 病患…、顧方式來連結例如是醫師、藥劑師(pharmacist)以 及護士的醫護人員(clinician)。 i-EjL系統 °月參考第3圖,該病患照顧系統1 〇0可以包含複數個 醫療&材12G°在—個實施例中,該醫療II材是輸液泵120 。再者,在另一實施例中,該醫療器材是用於輸液泵的控 制器為了便於參照,此揭露内容大致上都將會把系統的 醫療裔材視為輸液泵,然而,可瞭解到的是,該整體系統 100可以包含任意之一或多個各種的醫療器材。於是,如 同第3圖中所示,複數個輸液泵120係連接至一個集線器 或疋介面107。如同在此所進一步詳細地解說者,輸液泵 120可以是由習知的設計所製成,其中每個輸液泵12〇係 與一位病患相連。然而,如同具有在此項技術中之一般技 能者所將會體認到的,即使該些輸液泵是連接至相同的集 線器107,在第3圖中所示的輸液泵12〇並不須要和同一 病患或是治療位置相連。再者,每個輸液泵12〇可以是單 一通道泵或是多個通道泵,例如,三通道(triple channel)泵。典型地,該些泵係在週期性的基礎上傳送包 含系狀態資訊的訊息至集線器107。為了成本效益以及/或 是為了讓目前並未與該中央電腦系統108通訊之現有的醫 200422917 療 療 器 使得每個此種醫 ’ 一個別的集線 以便於集中通訊 器材能夠翻新改進(retrofitting),以 器材都可以和該中央電腦系統1 〇8通訊 10 7可以和醫療器材12 〇分開地使用, 整體系統的通訊集旒器 在一個實施例中,輸液泵12〇的串列埠或是其它的 I/0係利用傳統之非無線的傳輸介質1 〇5,例如,雙絞線、 同軸電纜線、光纖電纜線或類似者來連接至集線器。 較佳地,集線器107可以透過一條單向的串列通訊鏈路| 105而連接至複數個輸液泵12〇或只連接至單一泵。集線 β 107係準備從連線的泵接收信號並且再生所接收到的信 號。尤其,從泵120所接收到的信號係被集線器1〇7轉換 成為一種適合用於經由無線通訊路徑或是鏈路128以及電 纜線通訊系統11 〇,而在系統網路丨〇2上傳輸的格式。典 型地,集線器107係傳送泵資料至系統網路i 〇2。集線器 1 07也可以過濾從泵丨2〇進入的資訊以去除重複的訊息。 此外’集線器107係容許栗狀態資訊能夠遠端地在醫護人_ 員116的數位助理118上被觀看。典型地,每當集線器 107連接至泵120並且該集線^ 1〇7與該$ 12〇都被開機 時,忒集線裔107係傳送泵資料。如同在此所詳細解說者 ,集線器107亦提供藥局輸入的指令(order)與泵的設定之 比孝乂。在-個較佳實施例中,集線器i 〇7係連接至支承泵 120的1V柱’或者是集線器107係納入到輸液泵120之中 以產生一個如上所指明之整合的醫療/通訊的器材。 10 200422917 集線器107的一個實施例係被展示在第47圖中。在此 實施例中,集線器1G7係包含用於最多到4個1的_指 不裔411、一個失去無線信號指示器413、一個低電量指示 益415、一個警告靜音按鍵417、一個開/關按鍵及指示器 419、以及-個充電指示器421。料指示器4ιι係提供每 個集線器107的泵埠一個狀態指示器。指示器的燈係顯示 對應的栗璋是否適當地與網路1〇2通訊。然而,當指示器 的燈未亮時,此係指出對應的泵埠並未連接至泵12〇、或 是該埠並未從該泵120連通至網路1〇2。該失去無線信號 指示器413錢出集線器、1〇7錢在該無線鏈路上與網路 1 〇 2通巩若發生失去無線信號時,每個泵埠指示器4 j j 也都將會關掉’此係指出集線器1〇7並未與網路1〇2通訊 。右發生失去無線信號時,集線器丨〇7將會傳遞此事件至 系統網路102、中央電腦系统1〇8與伺服器1〇9用於最終 ,輸至醫護人員116。該警告靜音按Μ 417係容許醫護人 貝116能夠從集線器i 07暫時靜音所有聽覺的警告。通訊 集線器之替代的實施例係包含實際在泵之内的單一專用的 無線模組、或疋一㈣利肖&線通訊以傳到$與伺服器之個 別的模組。 此外,在一個替代的實施例中,集線器i 〇7可以選配 ^納入到輸液系120之中,以產生一個整合的醫療/通訊的 為材。该組合的集線器/醫療器材仍將同樣彼此相關地運 作。 整體系統的存取點 200422917 如同在第3圖中所示,在醫療保健設施内的複數個存 取點114係提供一個介面在無線通訊路徑以及纜線通訊系 統之間。較佳地,當系統網路1〇2無法利用的時候,集線 益107係儲存從泵120接收到的信號,並且接著在該系統 網路變為可利用時’傳送轉換後的信號至系統網路1〇21 在一個較佳實施例中,在集線器1〇7與存取點114之間的 通訊是單向的從該集線器1〇7至存取點114,並且最終到 該網路102。因此,在本實施例中,輸液泵12〇可以傳送 資料至網路102 ;然而,該網路1〇2無法傳送資料至輸液 | 泵120。然而,可理解到的是,亦在此被揭露之替代的實 施例中’在集線器107與存取點114之間的通訊是雙向的 。於是’在這些實施例中,資料及其它的資訊可以從網路 102被傳送至輸液泵12〇。在任一種情形中,在網路^2與 集線器107之間傳送的資訊係為了安全性之目的而被編碼200422917 Description of the invention: Included reference items This application explicitly incorporates the following list as a reference and forms part of this application: US Patent Application Serial No .: 10/040, 887, filed on January 7, 2002 ; 10/040, 908 filed on January 7, 2002 and published under publication number US-2003-0130624-A1 on July 10, 2003; 10/059, 929 filed on January 29, 2002 and published in 2003 Published on July 31, 1998 under Publication No. US-2003-0141 98 Bu A1; 10 / 135,180 filed on April 30, 2002; 10 / 424,553 filed on April 28, 2003; September 10, 2003 10/659, 760 filed daily; 10/749, 101 filed December 30, 2003; 10/749, 10 filed December 30, 2003; 10/748 filed December 30, 2003 , 762; 10/748, 750 filed on December 30, 2003; 10 / 748,749 filed on December 30, 2003; 10/749, 099 filed on December 30, 2003; December 30, 2003 10/748, 593 of the application; and 10/748, 589 of the application dated December 30, 2003; US provisional patent application serial number: 60/377, 027 of the application dated April 30, 2002; 2002 60/376, 625 filed on April 30; 60/376, 655 filed on April 30, 2002; 60/444, 350 filed on February 1, 2003; 60 / filed on July 18, 2003 488, 273; and 60/528, 106, filed December 8, 2003; and U.S. Patent No. 5,842,841. 200422917 [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention relates generally to wireless medical data communication systems and methods. More specifically, the present invention relates to a system and method for reporting the integrity of a wireless communication link. [Previous Technology] Patient care systems typically include computer networks, medical equipment for treating patients, and control of medical equipment. Although the patient care system has been improved through the use of computerized automated systems and methods, the patient care system's control of medical devices and medical devices still relies on manual data management procedures. For example, in modern hospitals, nurses' stations are typically connected to computer networks, but it is rare for computer networks to extend to patient wards. The computer network provides the opportunity to have automated data management and processing at the point of treatment including medical devices and the control and operation of medical devices. Despite advances in this area, & is an automated data management technology-it has not been fully utilized for treatment point use due to the lack of more efficient systems and methods. As the dependence on automation technology grows, there is a need to provide users with the ability to determine the operating status of a system or sub-system. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention provides a system and method for reporting the integrity of a communication link in a healthcare facility. ‘,’ ,,, and so on. The invention includes a system having a drug delivery module to treat a wireless remote device in a healthcare facility. The given set is related to an application device for medicinal treatment such as an infusion chestnut. The 200422917 wireless remote device contains an information display or an audible invitation, "from :: < listed, a vision generated by the drug delivery module: and by; the indicator responds Yu-ge ^ V ^ ^ ^-Dedicated, on a wireless communication link: == turn-out. The wireless remote dress also includes-one for: when the wireless communication link is lost-one timeout The module, or the system, method, and method of applying Maoyue's Eight Daggers are characterized and advantageous for those who have the general skills in this surgery. When examining the following drawings and detailed explanations, the marriage will become obvious or become obvious. The additional systems, methods, features, and advantages included in this description are intended to be included in the materials of the present invention, and are protected by the scope of accompanying patents. [Embodiment] The description can have many different forms of embodiment, but only one car X embodiment of the present invention is shown in the drawings and will be described in detail here. This disclosure is intended to be regarded as an example of the principles of the invention, and is not intended to limit the broad features of the invention to the illustrated embodiments. Figure 1 is a graphical representation of a patient care system. In one embodiment, the 'side patient care system 100' includes a pharmacy computer 104, a central system 108, and a treatment location ιo6 connected via a network 102. As shown in FIG. 2, the patient care system 00 also includes an infusion system 21 0 ′, which is also referred to as a healthcare system. The infusion system 210 is a medication system, which is preferably implemented as a computer program, 200422917, and is especially implemented as a module or application program (ie, set. Ten = a program in the final use I Or {a set of programs), which resides on one or more electronic computing devices within the patient makeup system, system 100. As described here, the infusion system 21 0 connects patients such as physicians, pharmacists, and nurses to clinicians with a patient ... The i-EjL system ° Refer to Fig. 3, the patient care system 100 may include a plurality of medical materials 12G ° In one embodiment, the medical II material is an infusion pump 120. Furthermore, in another embodiment, the medical device is a controller for an infusion pump. For ease of reference, this disclosure will generally treat the medical material of the system as an infusion pump. However, it can be understood that Yes, the overall system 100 may include any one or more of various medical devices. Thus, as shown in Fig. 3, a plurality of infusion pumps 120 are connected to a hub or interface 107. As explained in further detail herein, the infusion pump 120 may be made from a conventional design, where each infusion pump 120 is connected to a patient. However, as those skilled in the art will appreciate, even if the infusion pumps are connected to the same hub 107, the infusion pump 12 shown in Figure 3 does not need to be The same patient or treatment location is connected. Furthermore, each infusion pump 120 may be a single channel pump or a plurality of channel pumps, such as a triple channel pump. Typically, the pumps send a message containing system status information to the hub 107 on a periodic basis. For cost-effectiveness and / or for existing medical 200422917 therapeutic devices that are not currently in communication with the central computer system 108, each such medical 'has a separate hub to facilitate retrofitting of the centralized communication equipment, The equipment can communicate with the central computer system 108, 107, and it can be used separately from the medical equipment 120. In one embodiment, the communication hub of the overall system, the serial port of the infusion pump 120, or other I / 0 is connected to the hub using a traditional non-wireless transmission medium 105, such as twisted pair, coaxial cable, fiber optic cable, or the like. Preferably, the hub 107 can be connected to a plurality of infusion pumps 120 or only to a single pump through a unidirectional serial communication link | 105. The hub β 107 is ready to receive signals from the connected pump and regenerate the received signals. In particular, the signal received from the pump 120 is converted by the hub 107 into a signal suitable for transmission on the system network via the wireless communication path or the link 128 and the cable communication system 11 〇 format. Typically, the hub 107 transmits pump data to the system network i 02. Hub 1 07 can also filter incoming information from pumps 20 to remove duplicate messages. In addition, the 'hub 107' allows the chestnut status information to be viewed remotely on the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff 116. Typically, whenever the hub 107 is connected to the pump 120 and the hub ^ 107 and the $ 120 are both turned on, the hub 107 line transmits pump information. As explained in detail here, the hub 107 also provides the ratio of the order entered by the pharmacy to the setting of the pump. In a preferred embodiment, the hub 107 is connected to the 1V column ' supporting the pump 120 or the hub 107 is incorporated into the infusion pump 120 to produce an integrated medical / communication device as indicated above. 10 200422917 An embodiment of the hub 107 is shown in Figure 47. In this embodiment, the hub 1G7 series includes up to four 1-pointers 411, a lost wireless signal indicator 413, a low battery indicator 415, a warning mute button 417, an on / off button And indicator 419, and a charge indicator 421. The material indicator 4m provides a status indicator for the pump port of each hub 107. The indicator light indicates whether the corresponding chestnut is properly communicating with the network 102. However, when the indicator light is off, this indicates that the corresponding pump port is not connected to the pump 120, or that the port is not connected from the pump 120 to the network 102. The lost wireless signal indicator 413 is out of the hub, and 107% of the money is communicated with the network 102 on the wireless link. If there is a lost wireless signal, each pump port indicator 4jj will also be turned off This indicates that the hub 107 does not communicate with the network 102. When there is a loss of wireless signal on the right, the hub will transmit this event to the system network 102, the central computer system 108 and the server 10 for the final, and then to the medical staff 116. This warning silence button M 417 allows the paramedic Bay 116 to temporarily silence all audible warnings from the hub i 07. Alternate embodiments of the communication hub include a single dedicated wireless module physically located within the pump, or a R & S line communication to the separate module of the server. In addition, in an alternative embodiment, the hub i 07 can be optionally incorporated into the infusion system 120 to produce an integrated medical / communications material. The combined hub / medical equipment will still function in relation to each other. The access point of the overall system 200422917 As shown in Figure 3, the plurality of access points 114 in the healthcare facility provide an interface between the wireless communication path and the cable communication system. Preferably, when the system network 102 is unavailable, the set line 107 stores the signal received from the pump 120, and then 'transmits the converted signal to the system network when the system network becomes available. In a preferred embodiment, the communication between the hub 107 and the access point 114 is unidirectional from the hub 107 to the access point 114, and finally to the network 102. Therefore, in this embodiment, the infusion pump 120 can transmit data to the network 102; however, the network 102 cannot transmit data to the infusion pump 120. However, it is understood that in the alternative embodiment also disclosed herein, the communication between the hub 107 and the access point 114 is bidirectional. Thus, in these embodiments, data and other information may be transmitted from the network 102 to the infusion pump 120. In either case, the information transmitted between the network ^ 2 and the hub 107 is encoded for security purposes

現在凊參考第1與3圖,中央系統108可以包含-咬 多個伺服器或是電腦1管此揭露内容大致上是指伺服器 109、1〇8a,但可瞭解到的是,這些組件可以是非伺服器的 電腦。較佳地(但非必要的 該中央系統108可以包含一 個第一中央伺服器或電腦 人电細109以及一個第二中央伺服器或 電腦10 8 a。在一個實祐办丨Λ π化例中,一個別的通訊系統103可以Now referring to Figures 1 and 3, the central system 108 can include-bite multiple servers or computers. The disclosure is generally referred to as servers 109, 108a, but it can be understood that these components can Is a non-server computer. Preferably, but not necessarily, the central system 108 may include a first central server or computer 109 and a second central server or computer 10 8 a. In a practical example , Another communication system 103 can

被設置以用於在該第一 Φ A 乐中央伺服态10 9以及第二中央伺服 裔10 8 a之間通訊。在一伽仏也 * 個較佳實施例中,該個別的通訊系 12 200422917 統103是一個獨立之點至點的纜線通訊乙太網路。因為此 通訊系統1 03是一個獨立之點對點的系統連線,因此在該 兩個伺服器109、108a之間傳遞的資料典型地並未被加密 (encrypted)。典型地,在該兩個伺服器1〇9與1〇8a之間 的通訊系統係容許雙向的通訊。It is provided for communication between the first ΦA music center servo state 10 9 and the second center servo state 10 8 a. In a preferred embodiment, the individual communication system 12 200422917 system 103 is an independent point-to-point cable communication Ethernet network. Because the communication system 103 is an independent point-to-point system connection, the data transmitted between the two servers 109, 108a is typically not encrypted. Typically, the communication system between the two servers 109 and 108a allows two-way communication.

如同在此所詳細解說者,該第一中央伺服器或電腦 1 〇 9係具有相關於醫療器材及使用者介面的資料與功能之 一個第一資料庫以及一個第一功能特徵集(feature set)。 該醫療器材120及使用者介面118大致上是直接與第一中 央電腦109通訊。再者,如同在此所詳細解說者,該第二 中央伺服器或電腦108a係具有一個第二資料庫以及一個第 二功能特徵集。該第一中央電腦1〇9係固接地連接至第二 電腦l〇8a,而該醫療器材12〇以及使用者介面118並未直 接與第二中央電腦108a通訊。使用者介面118可以透過該 第一中央電腦109,從相關於該第二中央 功能特徵集之第二資料庫接收資料。 第一As explained in detail herein, the first central server or computer 10 is a first database and a first feature set with data and functions related to medical devices and user interfaces. . The medical device 120 and the user interface 118 generally communicate directly with the first central computer 109. Furthermore, as explained in detail herein, the second central server or computer 108a has a second database and a second functional feature set. The first central computer 109 is fixedly connected to the second computer 108a, and the medical device 120 and the user interface 118 are not directly in communication with the second central computer 108a. The user interface 118 may receive data through the first central computer 109 from a second database related to the second central functional feature set. the first

該第二中央伺服器1〇8&以及其軟體次系統典型地係與 -個藥局系統介面連接,以提供有關藥品、病患的資訊並 且提供護士及其它的醫護人員典型的工作流程(w〇rkfi〇w) 炫第一中央伺服器丨〇8a亦和該第一中央伺服器1⑽介面 連接,以提供有關病患、護士、t護人員、指令以及在數 位助理118以及醫護人員之間的關聯之資訊。該第二中央 伺服态108a中的某些其它功能可以包含病患管理、物品管 理、設施管理、訊息傳送m圖表的表示、以及各種 13 200422917 至其它糸統的介面。 尤其,病患管理係指有關每位進到醫院或設施的病患 之一般的貧訊。此資訊是和每次就診相關的資訊一起被維 持,並且其大致包含基本資料、過敏、入院日期、出院曰 期、初次診斷、病房、病床、等等。此外,有關每一種已 經被開處方、預定並且給藥的藥物之資訊係由第二中央伺 服器lG8a所維持。該病患管理功能亦包含先前之不良反應 的檢查、藥物交互作用的檢查、重複的治療(therapy)之檢 查、劑量的檢查以及藥品—疾病的禁忌症 (contraindication) 〇 物品官理係指有關在設施中可利用&每種藥品之資訊 。此資訊係被管理及維持在該第二中央飼服器⑽a之内。 ::種貝讯係包含藥品名稱、強度、治療分類、製造商、等 等。再者’該第二中央祠服器腕係在即時的基礎上维持 藥物儲藏處以及其它的智慧型儲存位置之物品内容的永續 盤存(perpetual inventGry)。該第二中央飼服器祕係 有助於使得當儲藏處被補充以及當劑量被投藥或是抛棄時 之進行更新成為可能的。 設施管理係指描述整體設施的資訊。此資訊係被管理 及維持在系統21〇的第二中央㈣器⑽a之内。此資訊係 包含:設施之實體的解析成為建築物、樓層、單居 以及病床,所提供的古安故 " ,、的方案與服務以及何處提供該些方 服務之表列;储存藥品與補給物品的儲存單元以:該::筚 品與補給物品將會供應的位置之指明。 二未 200422917 -訊息料係指該第二令央飼服器108a的功能,其中第 ^央飼服器l〇8a係提供一條通訊鏈路在藥劑師與醫護人 員之間。該第二中央伺服器108a係使得劑量與特殊的給藥 1之標準化成為可能’並且其係自動地傳送對於缺少的 劑1之通知。報告與圖表的表示係指可得到一些經營與管 理報告,其可以隨請求地或是在預定的基礎上藉由系、統 210之被授權的使用者加以執行。 該第二中央伺服器l〇8a亦具有各種的介面,例如·· ADT ;|面、開帳單(bl丨丨ing)介面、離散的結果介面、文件屬 結果介面、處方(f0rmulary)介面、藥局指令介面、治療點 給藥介面以及存貨介面。這些介面係在以下更加詳細地被 解说,然而,概要的解說係立即在以下被提出。該adt介 面係指設施的入院、轉院及出院系統(ADT)。此系統典型地 亦運作有入則以及門診病人(〇utpatient)的掛號。該離 散的結果介面係指有關實驗室結果的介面。一般而言,在 κ驗室結果以及補充的指令被輸入到外部的實驗室資訊系 統之後,在HL7引擎内之離散的結果介面或是實驗室介面 _ 係轉移此資料至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。一旦該實驗室結果 被儲存在第二中央伺服器108a中,使用者可以從手持式裝 置118、電腦化的醫師(physician)指令輸a(cp〇e)系統以 及第二中央電腦l〇8a的主要應用程式來查看該實驗室結果 。實驗室介面係可利用於至少四種介面:放射線醫學 (radiology)實驗室介面、微生物學(micr〇bi〇i〇gy)實驗室 "面、生物化學(biochemistry)實驗室介面以及病理學 15 200422917 (pathology)貫驗室介面。這些介面可以被配置以運作在四 個不同的埠之上或是在相同的埠之上。該文件結果介面大 致係扣接又放射線醫學與病理學報告的第二中央伺服器 1〇8a。該處方介面大致係指能夠接受主控(master)檔案通 头以同步化外部的系統藥品檔案之第二中央伺服器1。 對於一個處方的改變將會從該伺服器丨〇8a觸發一項向外的 交易至外部的第三者系、统。該藥局指令介面係使得用藥指 "匕夠被傳送至外部的第三者系、统。該纟貨介面係使得接 又來自外α卩的第二者系統之藥局存貨的改變成為可能的。 此外,推車(Cart)儲藏處介面是本系統1〇〇可利用的。該 第一中央伺服器1 〇8a係儲存指令及藥品檔案的改變在伺服 w負料庫中,其接著傳送此資訊至任何第三者的推車介面 在HL7引擎内之第二者的推車介面係處理此資訊成為 7的MFN以及RDE汛息。該MFN訊息係包含藥品檔案資 汛,而RDE係包含病患指令資訊。該壯7引擎係接著傳送 沒些訊息至第三者的推車伺服器。該HL7引擎亦從該第三 者的推車伺服器接收袼式化的DFT訊息。該DFT訊息 係包含用於給藥的開帳單資訊。該HL7引擎係處理此資訊 並且接著傳送其至第二中央伺服器1〇8a,該第二中央伺服 态1 〇8a接著可以將此資訊傳送至一個開帳單的應用程式。 該開帳單的應用程式接著可以計算病患的費用並且開^票 、、、σ忒病患。该開帳單介面係指一個有關病患費用軟體的介 面。該開帳單介面係支援選擇性地使用開帳單的演算法以 汁异費用。該開帳單介面係處理内部的交易以及來自第二 16 200422917 者系統之外部的向内(inbound)交易。該開帳單介面係提供. -個HL7介面在該第二中央伺服器1〇8a以及醫院的第三者 金融系統之間。帳單的金額可以直接被傳送、或是病患的 費用可以藉由該開帳單介面而被計算出’以傳送至該醫院 的第三者金融系統。該f訊係經自HL7訊息即時地被傳送 。該治療點介面係由整合有關對於非輸液相關的資料之治 療點給藥的資訊之網路服務通訊所組成。這些資料係即時 地被傳遞,以便使得該使用者介面可以整合對於輸液相關 的以及非輸液相關的藥物之給藥。 | 相反地,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係具有軟體被載入且 配置用於傳送與接收資料往返於多個集線器j 〇7、多個數 位助理或使用者介面118以及第二中央伺服器丨〇8a之間。 如同以下所詳細解說者,該第一中央伺服器1〇9可以執行 數個功能’其包含(但不限於):比較從伺服器丨〇8a所接收 到的處方(prescription)參數與從集線器107系統所接收 到的可應用之規劃後的系設定;傳遞通知及訊息至數位助 理118 ;傳遞從集線器1〇7系統所接收到的警報(alarm)及 鲁 警告(alert)資訊至適當的數位助理118 ;傳遞從伺服器 l〇8a所傳來的藥局及病患資訊至適當的數位助理118;以 及編譯泵狀態及警報監視資料並且在週期性的基礎上傳遞 此資料至伺服器108a。若必要時,由伺服器1 〇9所執行的 動作係符合1996年(8月21日)的健康保險可攜性法案 (Health Insurance Portability Act),公共法 104-191。 典型地,常駐在該第一中央電腦或伺服器109中的資料是 17 200422917 個與吊駐在該第二中央電腦或伺服器1 〇8&中的資料之交 集處㈤服裔1 G9係、包含執行其功能所需之内含在飼服器 =8a中的資料之一個子集合。飼服器1〇9亦包含執行其功 能所需之相m统網路1G2、集線器107以及輸液果12〇 的貝料。如上所解說者,此種資料大致上是用於數位助理 118以及醫療器材120的功能或實施所需之資料。 在一個實施例中,醫療器材120或其它的器材與功能 :及第一與第二中央電 109、108a中的醫院資訊系統之 種合乎成本效益的整合係被提出,其係藉由隔離上述的 總貪料之一個子集合,例如,特別有關病患安全的資訊, 又置此種 > 汛及功能在該系辑之一個被讀認的/被驗 證的(validated/verified)部分中。在此背景中,亦即 A規疋的责景中,“被驗證的”係表示提供所有的要件都 2測試過之客觀的證據,而“被確認的,,係表示提供該產品 才一客戶而求之客觀的證據。在本實施例中,該系統之被 確認的部分係位在該第一中央電腦1〇9之内。在一個實施 例中,該子集合可以包含輸液泵所產生的警報及/或警告 籲 、以及/或是醫療器材120/輸液泵120/控制器12〇之規劃 或疋操作的參數資訊。此子集合係被隔離並且設置於系統 之被確認的部分,亦即在第一中央電腦109之内,而該整 體資料之其餘的部份係被維持在該系統之未被確認的部份 之資料庫中,亦即在第二中央電腦108a之内。位在該第一 中央電腦109之被確認的資料庫以及位在該第二中央電腦 之未被確認的資料庫係利用網路服務備援 18 422917 (replication)而被保持為同步的, 通常技能者從以下所提…^、有该項技術之 代的貫施例可以包含存在 替 ^ ΛΛ 于隹於早電細上的糸統之被確認的 以及未被確涊的部份,並 (㈣ ...^ 且在力月匕上藉由一個軟體防火牆 ⑴:’作業糸統的特點或是其它的⑽軟體)加以隔開。 如同將在以下描述者,兮‘‘鬥半^ · °亥同步(syncing)”可以根據時間間 而週期性地、在1它 ^ , 隹八匕預5又的時間以及/或是當例如發生 ^患登記狀態之重要的資料改變而有需要時被執行。在間The second central server 108 and its software subsystem are typically connected to a pharmacy system interface to provide information about medicines, patients, and provide typical workflows for nurses and other medical staff (w 〇rkfi〇w) The first central server 丨 〇8a is also connected to the first central server 1⑽ interface to provide information about patients, nurses, nursing staff, instructions, and between the digital assistant 118 and medical staff Related information. Certain other functions in this second central servo state 108a may include patient management, item management, facility management, representation of messaging charts, and various interfaces to other systems. In particular, patient management refers to general information about each patient entering a hospital or facility. This information is maintained along with information about each visit, and it contains basic information, allergies, admission date, discharge date, initial diagnosis, ward, bed, etc. In addition, information about each drug that has been prescribed, booked, and administered is maintained by the second central server 1G8a. The patient management function also includes the examination of previous adverse reactions, the examination of drug interactions, the examination of repeated treatments, the examination of doses, and drug-disease contraindications. Facilities & information for each drug is available. This information is managed and maintained within the second central feeder ⑽a. :: The seed shell contains drug name, strength, treatment classification, manufacturer, etc. Furthermore, the wrist of the second central temple server maintains a perpetual inventGry of the contents of the medicine storage and other smart storage locations on an instant basis. This second central feeder system helps make it possible to replenish when the store is replenished and when the dose is administered or discarded. Facility management means information describing the overall facility. This information is managed and maintained within the second central device ⑽a of the system 21o. This information includes: the analysis of the physical entities of the facility into buildings, floors, single living rooms and hospital beds, the plans and services provided by the Gu'an " The storage unit for the replenishment items is indicated by: the :: counterfeit and the location where the replenishment items will be supplied. Erwei 200422917-Information material refers to the function of the second order central feeding device 108a, in which the second central feeding device 108a provides a communication link between the pharmacist and the medical staff. This second central server 108a makes it possible to standardize the dose and the specific administration 1 'and it automatically transmits a notification of the missing dose 1. The presentation of reports and graphs means that some business and management reports are available, which can be executed on request or on a predetermined basis by authorized users of the system and system 210. The second central server 108a also has various interfaces, such as ADT; | surface, billing interface, discrete results interface, document-based results interface, prescription interface, f0rmulary interface, Pharmacy instruction interface, treatment point drug delivery interface, and inventory interface. These interfaces are explained in more detail below, however, a brief explanation is presented immediately below. The adt interface refers to the facility's admission, transfer, and discharge system (ADT). This system also typically operates with enrollment and registration of outpatients. The discrete results interface is the interface to the laboratory results. Generally speaking, after the κ laboratory results and supplementary instructions are input to the external laboratory information system, the discrete results interface or laboratory interface in the HL7 engine_ transfers this data to the second central server 丨〇8a. Once the laboratory results are stored in the second central server 108a, the user may enter a (cp0e) system from the handheld device 118, a computerized physician (physician) command, and the second central computer 108a. The main application to view the lab results. The laboratory interface system can be used in at least four interfaces: radiology laboratory interface, microbiology laboratory " surface, biochemistry laboratory interface, and pathology15 200422917 (pathology) through the laboratory interface. These interfaces can be configured to operate on four different ports or on the same port. The result interface of this document is mainly connected to the second central server 108a of radiology and pathology reports. The prescription interface generally refers to a second central server 1 capable of accepting a master file header to synchronize external system drug files. Changes to a prescription will trigger an outward transaction from the server to an external third party system. The pharmacy instruction interface system enables the use of the drug finger to be transmitted to an external third party system. This cargo interface makes it possible to change the pharmacy inventory in turn from the second party system of the external α 卩. In addition, the cart storage interface is available for this system. The first central server 108a stores the changes in instructions and drug files in the servo negative library, which then sends this information to the cart of the second party in the HL7 engine of any third party cart interface. The interface processes this information to become 7 MFN and RDE floods. The MFN message contains drug file information, and the RDE message contains patient instruction information. The Zhuang 7 engine then transmitted no messages to the third party's cart server. The HL7 engine also receives formatted DFT messages from the third-party cart server. The DFT message contains billing information for drug administration. The HL7 engine processes this information and then sends it to a second central server 108a, which can then send this information to a billing application. The billing application can then calculate the patient's cost and bill the patient. The billing interface refers to an interface for patient expense software. The billing interface supports selective use of billing algorithms to differentiate costs. The billing interface deals with internal transactions and inbound transactions from outside the second 16 200422917 system. The billing interface is provided. An HL7 interface is between the second central server 108a and the hospital's third party financial system. The amount of the bill can be transmitted directly, or the patient's cost can be calculated through the billing interface 'to the third party financial system of the hospital. The f message is transmitted in real time from the HL7 message. The treatment point interface consists of a web service communication that integrates information about treatment point administration for non-infusion-related data. This information is transmitted in real time so that the user interface can integrate the administration of infusion-related and non-infusion-related drugs. Conversely, the first central server 109 has software loaded and configured to send and receive data to and from multiple hubs 〇7, multiple digital assistants or user interfaces 118, and a second central server.器 丨 〇8a. As explained in detail below, the first central server 109 can perform several functions. 'It includes (but is not limited to): comparing the prescription parameters received from the server 丨 〇8a with the slave 107 Applicable planned system settings received by the system; delivery of notifications and messages to digital assistant 118; delivery of alarm and alert information received from hub 107 system to appropriate digital assistant 118; pass the pharmacy and patient information from server 108a to the appropriate digital assistant 118; and compile pump status and alarm monitoring data and pass this data to server 108a on a periodic basis. If necessary, the actions performed by server 1009 are in accordance with the Health Insurance Portability Act of 1996 (August 21), Public Law 104-191. Typically, the data residing in the first central computer or server 109 is 17 200422917 and the intersection of the data residing in the second central computer or server 1 0 & 1 is G9, contains A subset of the data contained in the feeder = 8a needed to perform its function. The feeding device 109 also contains the shell material network 1G2, the hub 107, and the infusion fruit 120 required for performing its functions. As explained above, such information is generally used for the functions or implementation of the digital assistant 118 and the medical device 120. In one embodiment, a cost-effective integration of the medical equipment 120 or other equipment and functions: and the hospital information system in the first and second central power lines 109, 108a is proposed by isolating the aforementioned A sub-collection of general information, such as information about patient safety in particular, is placed in this > flood and function in a read / validated section of the series. In this context, that is, in the blame of Regulation A, "verified" means to provide objective evidence that all requirements have been tested, and "confirmed" means to provide the product to the customer. Objective evidence is sought. In this embodiment, the identified part of the system is located within the first central computer 109. In one embodiment, the subset may include the data generated by the infusion pump Alarms and / or warnings, and / or parameter information for the planning or operation of the medical device 120 / infusion pump 120 / controller 120. This sub-collection is isolated and set in the confirmed part of the system, that is, Within the first central computer 109, the rest of the overall data is maintained in the database of the unconfirmed part of the system, that is, within the second central computer 108a. Located in the The confirmed database of the first central computer 109 and the unconfirmed database of the second central computer are kept synchronized by using network service backup 18 422917 (replication), usually the skilled person from the following Mentioned ... ^ 、 有 有The implementation examples of the technology generation may include the confirmed and unconfirmed parts of the system on ^ ΛΛ in the early electricity, and (㈣ ... ^ and borrowed from the force moon It is separated by a software firewall: 'The characteristics of the operating system or other software'. As will be described below, "Douban ^ · ° Synchronization" can be cycled according to time It is performed at a time of 1 to 5 times and / or 5 times and / or when an important data change such as a disease registration state occurs and is performed when necessary. In between

^之下’ 一份全新的備援的資料係被傳送至另-中央電腦 ,並且被確認的第-中央㈣⑽係㈣份新的資料取代 其本地的資料。當關鍵性的(critical)資訊改變時,該改 變係立即被傳遞至該被確認的第一中央電腦ι〇9,並且被 處理成-項改變,而不是對於現有的資訊之取代。因此,^ Below, a brand-new redundant data is transmitted to another central computer, and the new data confirmed by the central government is replaced by its local data. When critical information changes, the change is immediately passed to the identified first central computer 109 and processed as a change, rather than replacing existing information. therefore,

=在該第—中央電㈣⑽之f料庫的子集合之—部份或是 全部亦存在於該第二中央電腦购,即如同將會從在此所 提供的細節而瞭解到者。請參考以下所提供的細節,此過 &將會更能被理解。因此’藉由將該資料庫的一個子集合 例士 特別有關病患安全的資料局部化在該第一令央電 腦之處,至少系統開發的成本係進一步被最佳化,並且與 第三者未被確認的系統及其中之個別的資料與資訊之整合 係更為省時且合乎成本效益地被完成。 在一個實施例中,該第一中央電腦丨〇9可以包括一個 被確認的伺服器,例如,具有視窗2〇〇3伺服器〇s的 Compaq公司之DLG_380,其係執行用於使用者及裝置確認 19 200422917 的“動恶目錄(Active Directory),,、用於伺服器以及客戶 · 憑證的發出之“憑證認證中心(Certificate Authority),,、 用於暫時的資料儲存之SQL伺服器2000、用於應用程式代 官(appliCat10n hosting)(網路服務及網頁)之網際網路資 訊伺服器(ns)。該第二中央電腦i〇8a可以包括一個未被 確忍的祠服器,例如,外部的醫院資訊系統(HIS)伺服器, 其係透過一條專用的乙太網路TCP/IP連線103以連接存取 藉由在°亥專用的連線之另一端處之被確認的伺服器所顯示 出之貝料備援網路服務。或者,該第二中央電腦丨〇8a可以 0 包括軟體以用於執行在此一般所述之各種功能中的一或多 種功能,例如,藥局及其它的系統。因此,該第二中央電 月齒可以包括這些類型的功能並且具有一個連到其它系統的 ”面,例如,外部的醫院資訊系統(HIS)伺服器。 该第一中央電腦(亦即,伺服器109)係包含一個内含 一套資料儲存之資料庫或是第一資料庫。在一個實施例中 。亥第一=貝料庫可以是在第一中央電腦1 的外部或是内 ^ _而較佳地是只有如帛54圖中所示的載入到該第_巾 φ =電恥之上的應用程式5412之使用者才可使用。在該第一 二貝料庫内之資料表係被使用於在此進一步所述的使用例子 中。較佳地’該資料表係包含有關醫療器材、數位助理、 =線器、病患、醫護人員、處方、滴定(titrati〇n)、比較 貝艰、警報、以及提昇警訊(escalati〇n)之表。再者,醫 :器材表可包含有關n通道、m道之表。再者, 警報表可包含有關集線器警報、泵警報、通道警報、警報 20 200422917 歷史日諸、與類似者之表。 在個黑施例中,每個表可包含-個關鍵號(key ),其 絲内之貝料係回應於該關鍵號。例如,對應於一個 有關泵通道貝Λ δ己錄(1〇g)之表的一個關鍵號可以是一個泵 。己錄的識別’其中回應於該關鍵號,有關通道識別、 泵速率、劑量模式、劑量、剩餘量、主要的輸液量、與類 似者之表資料係被提供。再者,可以是連結式的 ked)吕如,一個具有病患資訊的病患表可以被連結 個邊濩人員表,該醫護人員表可以被連結至一個數位 助理表。 第3圖的病患照顧系統J 〇〇可以被區分為集線器次系 統、第-中央電腦或是伺服器次系統、醫療器材或是泵次 系、、先第一中央電腦或是伺服器次系統以及個人數位助理 )人糸統。6亥集線器次系統以及第一中央電腦次系統係 在此進一步詳細地加以敘述。現在轉而談到該醫療器材次 系統,此次系統較佳地係包含一或多個醫療器材12〇,例 如,用於容許藥物能夠傳送至病患的輸液裝置,其中每個籲 輪液裝置的狀態及輸液資訊係週期性地從每個裝置相關的 通訊埠被傳送。 一般而言,該第二中央電腦次系統是一個具有電腦硬 體及軟體用於與藥局系統介面連接的伺服器i 08a,以提供 有關於藥品、病患及典型的護士工作流程之資訊。該伺服 器l〇8a也可以具有如在此先前所述之各種其它的應用程式 ’例如’連到醫院資訊系統(HIS)的介面。較佳地,該第二 21 200422917 中央電腦介面係與第一中央電腦次系統介面連接,以提供 該第一中央電腦有關病患、護士、指令以及在個人數位助· 理與護士或醫護人員之間的關連之資訊。 在一個實施例中,一個中央電腦係具有至少兩個環境 •:個被確認的環境以及-個未被確認的環境。該被確認 的裱境可以具有一個帶有一組應用程式以及一個第一資料 庫的第一作業系統。該第一資料庫可以具有一個與其中的 某些資料相關之第一功能特徵集。在一個實施例中,此功 =特徵集具有相關醫療器材以及用於該醫療器材的使㈣暑 ::之功能。該醫療器材以及使用者介面係與該被確認的 2丨兄直接且安全地通訊。該未被確認的環境可以具有一個 f有一組應用程式以及一個第二資料庫的第二作業系統。 該第二資料庫可以具有一個與其中的某些資料相關之第二 =特徵集。典型地,在該被確認的環境以及未被確認的 衣i兄之間有邏輯上的區隔。該使用者介面可以透過該系統 確認的部份,從相關於該第二功能特徵的資料庫之未確認 ,部份接收資料。在—個實施例中,該確認的部份係藉纟_ :用軟體做成的邏輯上的區隔或是防火牆來和該未確認的 邛伤分隔開。例如是VMware以及虛擬的(Virtual外C之各 種的軟體是在相同的伺服器之上模擬多個環境的模擬軟體 例子。在另一實施例中,該確認的部份可以是在第一中央 電細109上,並且該未確認的部份可以是在第二中央電腦 10=上。在另一實施例中,該中央電腦係包括一個第一伺 服卯以及一個第二個別的伺服器。該第一與第二伺服器係 22 200422917 藉由防火牆而被分開, 係存在於該第一伺服器 份係存在於該第二伺服 並且該中央電腦之中央確認的部份 ,而該中央電腦之第二未確認的部 器。 較佳地,如同在此說明書的別處所詳細解說的,該個 人數位助理次系統係包含一或多個小型可攜式的裝置118 ’其係提供醫護人員及護士 116(第1圖)有關其病患、包 含警報與警告資訊的傳遞之輸液的狀態、以及輸液比較結 果之遠端的資訊。如同在此所論述者,該第一中央電腦係 運作地連接至S亥PDA次系統之内的一或多個個人數位助理 118。在一個實施例中,個人數位助理是以視窗ce net為 基礎的,並且被使用作為醫護人員的終端裝置。尤其,該 個人數位助理可以透過保密的PKI認證的(authenticate/) 無線LAN(802.1x)連線而運作地連接至該第一中央電腦, 即如在此更詳細所解說者。 该集線器次系統較佳地係包含例如是一或多個集線器 107的組件用於從醫療器材12〇接收資料、傳送泵資料至 第一中央電腦次系統109、以及偵測可能會與一或多個集鲁 線器進行資料通訊的情況。 如先前所指的,在一個實施例中,該集線器次系統内 之集線器1 07係透過單向的串列通訊鏈路丨〇5與多達四個 輸液裝置120介面連接,其中該些輸液裝置係在週期性的 基礎上傳送包含泵狀態資訊的訊息(亦即,資料封包)至該 集線器。或者疋,该封包可以根據使用者定義的標準,例 如,定期的時間間隔、事件的發生、時間間隔與事件發生 23 200422917 的組合、或類似者來加以傳送。 在一個實施例中,該集線器次系統之内的每個集線器 1〇7係利用一個内建的無線網路收發機來過濾進入的資訊 以=重複的訊息、儲存並且接著傳遞系資訊至第一中央 電恥-人系統。在一個實施例中,該泵資訊並未被傳遞,除 非從該醫療器材所接收的資料已經改變。 内建於集線器107的收發機係指定路由給該離開的 (〇utgoing)資訊至一個無線存取點114,於是該無線存取 點114係利用該連線的乙太網路次系統J丨〇來指定路由給 0 該資訊至第一中央電腦1〇9。此離開的資訊較佳地係包含 XML編碼的資料,其係被格式化成特別被設計以藉由網路 服務類型的軟體介面接收之S〇AP訊息。 如同具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的, 該名詞“XML”係指一種用於組織及附加(tag)網路文件的單 兀之系統,其中,在利用XML之下,客製的(customized) 標籤可被產生以用於使得在應用程式之間以及在系統或是 次系統之間的資料之定義、傳輸、確認、以及解譯 鲁 (interpretation)成為可能的。再者,如同在此所用者, 該名詞“網路服務”係指利用XML以及SOAP之整合的網路為 基礎的服務,其中該名詞“SOAP”是一種訊息傳送的協定, 其係被用以在網路或是通訊路徑上傳送網路服務請求訊息 及回應訊息之前,編碼在網路服務請求訊息及回應訊息中 之資訊。 該第一中央電腦次系統較佳地由一個帶有軟體應用程 24 200422917 式的伺服ϋ 109所組成,該軟體應用程式係被載入且配置 用於傳运與接收資料往返於多個集線器1 〇7、多個數位助 理118、以及包括伺服器l〇8a的第二中央電腦次系統與第 一中央電腦次系統之間。 現在轉而談到第54圖,伺服器1 〇9較佳地是具有微軟 公司的視窗2003伺服器作業系統5414之COMPAQ DLG-380 。在一個實施例中,被載入到第一中央電腦109的記憶體 之内的軟體組件係包含在一個· NET架構(Framew〇rk)5416 之内的一個第一中央電腦或是伺服器應用程式5412、一個 0 用於使用者以及裝置的確認之動態目錄網域(Domain)服務 5418、一個用於暫時的資料儲存之SQL伺服器5420(被展 不為一個資料庫)、以及用於應用程式代管的網際網路資 訊饲服器5422( IIS)。該.NET架構5416較佳地是微軟公司 的· NET架構1 ·丨或是更新版本,其中該· NET架構係連接該 第一中央電腦應用程式5412至該作業系統、網際網路資訊 祠服益5422、SQL資料庫5420、以及動態目錄網域服務 5418等組件。如同具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體 _ 認到的’該動態目錄網域服務5418係提供由該視窗伺服器 作業系統5414以及第一中央電腦應用程式5412所利用的 服務’以幫助確保只有真正的(authentic)且被授權的集線 器次系統、第二中央電腦次系統以及個人數位助理次系統 的使用者對於該第一中央電腦以及因而為對於該第一中央 電腦的應用程式5412具有使用的權利。 在一個實施例中,該第一中央電腦(亦即,第3圖的伺 25 200422917 史資訊至適當的個人數位助理丨18 ; 4)傳遞如同從該第二 中央電腦lG8a(第3圖)所傳送的藥局及病患資訊至適當的 個人數位助理118;以& 5)在週期性的基礎上編譯泵及警 報監視資料並且傳遞此資料至第二中央電腦1〇8a。 服器109)係執行數個功能,其係包含:υ比較如同從該第 二中央電腦次系統所接收之處方參數與從集㈣次系统及 /或規劃該㈣收到之可應料規劃後之果設^ ; 2)傳遞從 該集線器次系統接收到的警報及警告資訊至適當的個人數 位助理118(第3圖);3)提供果狀態及流速(fi〇w她)歷= In the first-a subset of the f library of the central electronic library-some or all of them also exist in the second central computer, as if you would know from the details provided here. Please refer to the details provided below, which will be more understandable. Therefore, 'by localizing a subset of the database, especially the patient safety data, to the first command center computer, at least the cost of system development is further optimized and compared with the third party The integration of unidentified systems and their individual data and information is completed more time-saving and cost-effectively. In one embodiment, the first central computer 009 may include a confirmed server, for example, Compaq's DLG_380 with Windows 2000 server 0s, which is executed for users and devices. Check 19 200422917's "Active Directory", "Certificate Authority" for issuing servers and client certificates, "SQL Server 2000" for temporary data storage, Internet Information Server (ns) at appliCat10n hosting (web services and web pages). The second central computer i08a may include an unproven server, such as an external hospital information system (HIS) server, which is connected via a dedicated Ethernet TCP / IP connection 103 to Connection access is provided through a redundant web service shown by a server identified at the other end of the dedicated connection. Alternatively, the second central computer 08a may include software for performing one or more of the various functions generally described herein, such as pharmacies and other systems. Therefore, the second central electric crescent may include these types of functions and have a "face" to other systems, such as an external hospital information system (HIS) server. The first central computer (ie, the server 109) includes a database or a first database containing a set of data storage. In one embodiment, the first database can be external or internal to the first central computer 1 and Preferably, only the user of the application program 5412 loaded on the __th φ = electric shame as shown in Fig. 54 can use it. The data table in the first two shell database is It is used in the use examples described further herein. Preferably, the data sheet contains information on medical equipment, digital assistants, medical devices, patients, medical personnel, prescriptions, titrations, and comparison shells. Tables of difficulties, alarms, and escalation alarms. Moreover, the medical: equipment table may include tables for n channels and m channels. Furthermore, the alarm table may include alarms for hubs, pumps, and channels. Alarm 20 200422917 In the black embodiment, each table may contain a key number, and the shell material within the wire responds to the key number. For example, it corresponds to a pump channel shell Δ δ A key number of the record (10g) can be a pump. The identification of the record 'of which in response to the key number, the channel identification, pump rate, dose mode, dose, remaining amount, main infusion volume, Similar table data is provided. Furthermore, it can be linked ked) Lu Ru, a patient table with patient information can be linked to a side staff list, and the medical staff list can be linked to a digital Assistant table. The patient care system J 〇 in Figure 3 can be divided into hub subsystem, first central computer or server subsystem, medical equipment or pump subsystem, first central computer or servo Device system and personal digital assistant) system. The 6H hub system and the first central computer system are described in further detail here. Now turning to the medical equipment system, the system is better this time. Department contains One or more medical devices 120, for example, an infusion device used to allow drugs to be delivered to a patient, wherein the status and infusion information of each callus device is transmitted periodically from the communication port associated with each device In general, the second central computer subsystem is a server i 08a with computer hardware and software used to interface with the pharmacy system to provide information about medicines, patients and typical nurse workflows The server 108 may also have various other applications, such as an interface to a hospital information system (HIS), as previously described herein. Preferably, the second 21 200422917 central computer interface is connected with The first central computer sub-system interface connects to provide the first central computer with information about patients, nurses, instructions, and connections between personal digital assistants and nurses or medical staff. In one embodiment, a central computer system has at least two environments: one confirmed environment and one unconfirmed environment. The identified mount may have a first operating system with a set of applications and a first database. The first database may have a first functional feature set related to some of the materials therein. In one embodiment, this function = feature set has the related medical equipment and the function of using the :: for the medical equipment. The medical device and user interface communicate directly and securely with the identified brother. The unconfirmed environment may have a second operating system with a set of applications and a second database. The second database may have a second = feature set related to some of them. Typically, there is a logical separation between this identified environment and the unidentified brothers. The user interface may receive data from the unconfirmed and partially confirmed database related to the second functional feature through the part of the system confirmation. In one embodiment, the confirmed part is separated from the unconfirmed wound by a logical partition or firewall made of software. For example, VMware and virtual (the various software outside Virtual C are examples of simulation software that simulates multiple environments on the same server. In another embodiment, the part of the confirmation may be in the first central computer. 109, and the unconfirmed part may be on the second central computer 10 =. In another embodiment, the central computer system includes a first server and a second individual server. The first Separated from the second server 22 200422917 by a firewall, the existence of the first server is the part of the second server that is centrally confirmed by the central computer, and the second unconfirmed by the central computer Preferably, as explained in detail elsewhere in this specification, the personal digital assistant subsystem includes one or more small portable devices 118 'which provide medical personnel and nurses 116 (section 1 (Picture) Information about its patient, the status of the infusion containing the delivery of alarm and warning information, and the remote end of the infusion comparison results. As discussed herein, the first central computer system It is operatively connected to one or more personal digital assistants 118 within the PDA secondary system. In one embodiment, the personal digital assistant is based on Windows CE Net and is used as a terminal device for medical staff. Especially The personal digital assistant can be operatively connected to the first central computer through a confidential PKI-certified (authenticate /) wireless LAN (802.1x) connection, as explained in more detail here. The hub subsystem system is more The system preferably includes components such as one or more hubs 107 for receiving data from the medical device 120, transmitting pump data to the first central computer subsystem 109, and detecting possible interference with one or more hubs. The situation of data communication. As previously mentioned, in one embodiment, the hub 107 in the hub subsystem is connected to up to four infusion devices 120 via a unidirectional serial communication link. , Where the infusion devices send a message (ie, a data packet) containing pump status information to the hub on a periodic basis. Alternatively, the packet may be based on the user Defined standards, such as regular time intervals, event occurrences, combinations of time intervals and event occurrences 23 200422917, or the like. In one embodiment, each hub 1 within the hub subsystem is transmitted. The 7 series uses a built-in wireless network transceiver to filter incoming information to repeat messages, store, and then pass the system information to the first central electric-human system. In one embodiment, the pump information is not It is passed unless the data received from the medical device has been changed. The transceiver built into the hub 107 is designed to route the outgoing information to a wireless access point 114, and then the wireless access point 114 It uses the connected Ethernet sub-system J 丨 0 to designate the route to 0 and the information to the first central computer 109. This outgoing information preferably contains XML-encoded data, which is formatted into SOAP messages specifically designed to be received through a software interface of the web service type. As one skilled in the art will appreciate, the term "XML" refers to a single system for organizing and tagging web files, where the use of XML Customized tags can be generated to enable the definition, transmission, validation, and interpretation of data between applications and between systems or sub-systems. Furthermore, as used herein, the term "network service" refers to a network-based service that uses the integration of XML and SOAP. The term "SOAP" is a message transfer protocol that is used to The information encoded in the network service request message and response message before sending the network service request message and response message over the network or communication path. The first central computer subsystem is preferably composed of a servo ϋ 109 with a software application 24 200422917, which is loaded and configured to transmit and receive data to and from multiple hubs 1 07, a plurality of digital assistants 118, and a second central computer subsystem including a server 108a and a first central computer subsystem. Turning now to Figure 54, the server 10 is preferably COMPAQ DLG-380 with Microsoft Windows 2003 Server Operating System 5414. In one embodiment, the software component loaded into the memory of the first central computer 109 is a first central computer or server application included in a .NET framework (Framework) 5416. 5412, a 0 Dynamic Directory Domain service for user and device confirmation 5418, a SQL server 5420 for temporary data storage (expanded as a database), and for applications Hosted Internet Information Feeder 5422 (IIS). The .NET framework 5416 is preferably Microsoft Corporation's .NET framework 1 or a newer version, where the .NET framework connects the first central computer application 5412 to the operating system, the Internet Information Service 5422, SQL database 5420, and Active Directory Domain Services 5418 and other components. As those with ordinary skills in this technology will appreciate _ the 'the dynamic directory domain service 5418 is to provide services used by the Windows server operating system 5414 and the first central computer application 5412' Helps ensure that only authentic and authorized hub subsystems, second central computer subsystems, and personal digital assistant sub-system users have access to the first central computer and thus applications to the first central computer 5412 Has the right to use. In one embodiment, the first central computer (ie, the server 25 200422917 in FIG. 3 to the appropriate personal digital assistant 18; 4) is transmitted as if from the second central computer 1G8a (FIG. 3). Send the pharmacy and patient information to the appropriate personal digital assistant 118; & 5) Compile pump and alarm monitoring data on a periodic basis and pass this data to the second central computer 108a. The server 109) performs several functions, which include: comparing the local parameters received from the second central computer subsystem with the expected schedule received from the central subsystem and / or planning the Fruit settings ^; 2) Pass the alarm and warning information received from the hub subsystem to the appropriate personal digital assistant 118 (Figure 3); 3) Provide fruit status and flow rate (fi0w)

該第一中央電腦較佳地係包含複數個外部的軟體組件 介面ϋ實施例中’這些介面中的三個介面可以被分 類成“進入的介面”’進入的介面是接收進入的Ηττρ請求訊 息並且接著發出離開的ΗΤΤΡ回應訊息。其餘的兩個介面可 以被分類成“離開的介面”,其係傳送Ηπρ請求訊息或是 XML格式化的回應訊息,即如以下所解說者。如同在此所 用者,該五個軟體介面係被稱為 DatabaseRefreshListener進入的以及離開的介面、The first central computer preferably includes a plurality of external software component interfaces. In the embodiment, 'three of these interfaces can be classified as "entering interfaces".' The entering interface is to receive incoming τττρ request messages and Then it sends out the leaving HTTP response message. The remaining two interfaces can be categorized as "leaving interfaces", which send Ηπρ request messages or XML formatted response messages, as explained below. As used herein, the five software interfaces are called the DatabaseRefreshListener entry and exit interfaces,

RoutePDA進入的以及離開的介面、以及PumpDataUstener 進入的介面。 在一個實施例中,該些外部的軟體組件介面中的四個 "面疋成對的,以在第3圖的第一中央電腦1〇9以及第二 中央電腦1 08a之間產生兩個不同之雙向的通訊通道。第一 通道係包含一起成對的DatabaseRefreshListener進入的 以及離開的介面。於是,該第一通道在此係被稱為 26 200422917The interface that RoutePDA enters and leaves, and the interface that PumpDataUstener enters. In one embodiment, four "faces" in the external software component interfaces are paired to generate two between the first central computer 1009 and the second central computer 108a in FIG. 3 Different two-way communication channels. The first channel contains the interface to and from the DatabaseRefreshListener paired together. Therefore, the first channel is called 26 200422917

DatabaseRefreshListener”,並且其係被第二中央電腦 l〇8a利用於其資料庫表中的資料與位在該第一中央電腦的 資料庫表中的資料之週期性的同步化。 利用”亥DatabaseRefreshListener通道,第二中央電 月向1 〇8a係藉由傳送被格式化為s〇Ap訊息之xml編碼的資 料至第一中央電腦的網路服務類型的介面來更新該第一中 央電腦的資料庫表。類似地,該第二中央電腦108a係藉由 傳送對於資料之XML編碼的請求至第一中央電腦的網路服 務類型的介面,於是該請求係觸發該第一中央電腦109以 € XML編碼的資料來做回應,以更新該第二中央電腦本身的 資料庫表。 如上所指出地,該j)atabaseRef reshListener通道之 進入的介面部份係被該第二中央電腦利用,以使用來自第 一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新位在該第一中央電腦 中之資料庫表。再者,該DatabaseRefreshListener通道 之離開的部份係被該第二中央電腦利用,以使用來自該第 一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新該第二中央電腦本身 籲 的資料庫。 較佳地,該DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面係 包含數種名稱為“RefreshXXX”的網路服務方法,其中“χχχ,, 係對應於被轉移的資料類型。在一個實施例中,這些方法 係接收包含根據SOAP協定格式化的xML編碼的資料之進入 的HTTP請求訊息。該XML編碼的資料係被建構成一種形式 為對應於在一個資料庫表中的列。例如,該方法 27 200422917 “I?ef f eshUsers”係接收由對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之 一對使用者名稱以及使用者密碼(password)所組成的資料 結構’該資料庫表係包含使用者名稱以及使用者密碼的行"DatabaseRefreshListener", and it is used by the second central computer 108a to periodically synchronize the data in its database table with the data located in the database table of the first central computer. Utilize the "DatabaseRefreshListener channel" The second central electric monthly direction 108a is to update the database table of the first central computer by transmitting the XML-encoded data formatted as a soAp message to the network service type interface of the first central computer. . Similarly, the second central computer 108a sends an XML-encoded request for the data to the interface of the first central computer's network service type, so the request triggers the first central computer 109 to encode the XML-encoded data. To respond to update the database table of the second central computer itself. As pointed out above, the access interface part of the j) atabaseRef reshListener channel is used by the second central computer to use the data from the database table of the first central computer to update the bit located in the first central computer. Database table. Furthermore, the part of the DatabaseRefreshListener channel that is leaving is used by the second central computer to use the data from the database table of the first central computer to update the database called by the second central computer itself. Preferably, the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener includes several web service methods named "RefreshXXX", where "χχχ," corresponds to the type of data being transferred. In one embodiment, these methods receive An incoming HTTP request message for xML-encoded data formatted by the SOAP protocol. The XML-encoded data is constructed into a form corresponding to a column in a database table. For example, the method 27 200422917 "I? Ef f "eshUsers" receives a data structure consisting of a pair of user names and user passwords corresponding to one of the columns in a database table. The database table is a row containing user names and user passwords.

如同在第54圖中所示,該進入的訊息係被指定路由為 經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及· NET架構的組件至該被載 入在第一中央電腦(亦即,第3圖的伺服器109)之上的應 用程式5412。該第一中央電腦應用程式5412係利用該動 態目錄網域服務5418以驗證該第二中央電腦訊息是否為真 正的、處理該内容、並且接著儲存結果資料在該SQL伺服 器資料庫組件5420中。 被載入在第一中央電腦之上的應用程式5412係接著藉 由發出一個HTTP回應方法以回應於該第二中央電腦,其係 被指定路由為經由該· NET架構組件5416以及網際網路資 訊伺服器組件5422至該第二中央電腦。此回應訊息係指出 資料傳輸及處理是成功或是失敗的。As shown in FIG. 54, the incoming message is designated to be routed via the Internet Information Server and the components of the .NET framework to the first central computer (ie, the FIG. 3 Server 109). The first central computer application 5412 uses the dynamic directory domain service 5418 to verify whether the second central computer message is authentic, processes the content, and then stores the result data in the SQL server database component 5420. The application 5412 loaded on the first central computer then responds to the second central computer by issuing an HTTP response method, which is designated to be routed via the .NET framework component 5416 and Internet information The server component 5422 is connected to the second central computer. This response message indicates whether the data transmission and processing was successful or failed.

較佳地,該DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面本 質上是非同步的,因此將該第二中央電腦與第一中央電腦 刀離到貫際可行的程度。此種分離(dec0Upi丨ng)係容許第 二中央電腦被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時等待回 應,並且用於以一種在程式控制之下的方式回應於失去通 訊。再者,該DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面也可 以包含一種網路方法,以供第二中央電腦使用來週期性地 發出該第二中央電腦正在運作的信號給該第一中央電腦。 28 200422917 相對於該DatabaSeRefreshListener進入的介面,該 DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面係被該第二中央= 月包利用,以使用來自該第一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來 更新其本身的資料庫。& 了確保該資料在從該第一中央電 腦中水久被移除之前已經被該第二中央電腦捕捉, DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面係利用一種用於資 料傳輸之多步驟的方式,其係如下:丨)該第二中央電腦= 檢查該資料是否為可利用的;2)該第二中央電腦係請求第 一中央電腦傳送該資料;3)該第二中央電腦係確認該資料 已接收到;4)該第二中央電腦係確認該資料已正確地儲存 在其貨料庫表中。 為了檢查資料是否為可利用的,該第二中央電腦首先 傳送給該DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面之可應用 的網路方法的是-個根據該S0Ap協定格式化的m編碼的 請求訊息。較佳地,該所利用之特定的網路方法是為 “BeginGetXXXTo Archive”的形式,其中“χχχ,,係對應於所 請求的資料類型。例如,該方法 “BegmGetChannelDataToArchive”係請求利用藉由該第— 中央電驷透過集線器次系統而從泵所接收之時間戳記的 (stamped)泵通道記錄。 该请求訊息係透過該網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422以 及· NET架構組件5416傳遞至被載入在該第一中央電腦之 内的應用权式。被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式 5412係解碼内含在該請求訊息中的XML,以判斷該第二中 29 200422917 央電知所晴求的是何種資料。 』被載入在該第_中央電腦之内的應用程式⑷2係檢查 在該SQL伺服器資料庫542〇中是否 ’、— • 了传5亥被睛求的資料。 若该資料是可得的,則該應用程式 A 1糸準備一個指出資料是 可付的XML編碼的回應訊息。若益 田加4 … “、、决獲付该資料時,該應 用轾式5412係準備一個指出資料是 應訊息。 &不了传的XI編碼的回 若該資料是不可得的,則第二中央電腦可以再嘗 疋進行另外一次符合其處理規則之傳輸。 〆 若該資料是可得的,則該第二中央電腦係藉由傳送一 個第二XML編糾請求訊息給DatabaseRefre侃丨办财 離開的介面之可應用的網路方法來起始資料傳輸。 ,該被利用之特定的網路方法是具 “EndGetXXXToAcrchive”的形式’纟中“χχχ,,係相同於以 所利用者。 ▲ ▲在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係解碼内含在 該請求訊息中的XML以判斷是何種資料要傳回到第二中 電腦,並且將該資料置入一個適當的XML編螞的回應訊_ 中,該訊息係以一種對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之彤、 被建構’該形式係與該對應之進入的介面所利用的方一 致。 $ 一 在一個實施例中,該資料係被指定路由為經由該· net 架構組件5416以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422 中央電細。右纟亥貧料未被正確地接收時,則該第_ φ ^ 一宁央電 30 200422917 腦可以再嘗試或是進行另外一次符合其處理規則之傳輸。 若該資料被正確地接收時,該第二中央電腦於是傳送 一個第二睛求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。較佳地 ,該被利用之特定的網路方法是具有 “BeginDeleteArchivedXXX”的形式,其中“ΧΧΓ,係相同於以 上所利用者。 ' 在收到此訊息之際,被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的 應用程式5412係標示(mark)在該Sql伺服器資料庫組件中 之相關的資料為被傳送至第二中央電腦用於存檔 (archiving),並且其係發出一項應答(ackn〇wiedgi^) = 資料已被標示的回應訊息。 為了發出信號表示將該資料儲存在該第二中央電腦資 =庫中的成功或是失敗,該第二中央電腦係傳送一個第2 請求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。該被利用之特定 的網路方法是具有“EndDeleteArchivednx,,的形式,其中 “XXX”係相同於以上所利用者。 若該第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是不成功的、或是若已 經過了足夠長的時間後,且該第一中央電腦判斷為已發生 失去通訊時,則該相關的資料係被保留在該第一中央電腦 的貝料庫巾,以供該第二中央電腦請求時之再次傳輸用。 —右该第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是成功的,則該存檔的 資料係從該第-中央電腦資料庫被清除,並且該被載入在 該第-中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係發出—項確認此傳 輪之最後步驟已完成之回應訊息。 31 200422917 較佳地’該DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面本 質上是非同步的,因此將該第二中央電腦資料庫與該第一 中央電腦分離到實際可行的程度。 在該第一中央電腦109以及第二中央電腦1〇8a之間的 第二雙向的通道在此係被稱為“R〇utePDA”,並且其係包含 在一起成對之R0utePDA進入的以及離開的介面。該Preferably, the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener is asynchronous in nature, so the second central computer and the first central computer are separated from each other to the extent feasible. This separation (dec0Uping) allows the second central computer to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response, and for responding to loss of communication in a program-controlled manner. Moreover, the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshListener may also include a network method for the second central computer to periodically send a signal that the second central computer is operating to the first central computer. 28 200422917 Relative to the interface entered by the DatabaSeRefreshListener, the interface exited by the DatabaseRefreshListener is used by the second central = monthly package to use the data from the database table of the first central computer to update its own database. & To ensure that the data has been captured by the second central computer before being removed from the first central computer for a long time, the interface that DatabaseRefreshListener leaves uses a multi-step method for data transmission, which is as follows:丨) The second central computer = check whether the data is available; 2) the second central computer system requests the first central computer to transmit the data; 3) the second central computer system confirms that the data has been received; 4 ) The second central computer system confirms that the data has been correctly stored in its warehouse table. In order to check whether the data is available, the second central computer first sends an applicable network method to the interface left by the DatabaseRefreshListener is an m-coded request message formatted according to the SOAp protocol. Preferably, the specific network method used is in the form of "BeginGetXXXTo Archive", where "χχχ" corresponds to the type of data requested. For example, the method "BegmGetChannelDataToArchive" is a request to use the — The central pumping station records the timestamped pump channel received from the pump through the hub sub-system. The request message is passed through the Internet Information Server component 5422 and the NET framework component 5416 to be loaded in The application right in the first central computer. The application 5412 loaded in the first central computer decodes the XML contained in the request message to judge the second medium. 29 200422917 What kind of data are you looking for? "The application program loaded in the _ central computer 2 is to check whether the SQL server database 542〇 is",- Data. If the data is available, the application A 1 糸 prepares an XML-encoded response message indicating that the data is payable. If Masuda Plus 4… ",, the data will be paid The distinction of any kind should be used to prepare a system type 5412 is to be noted that the information message. & Unable to send back the XI code. If the data is not available, the second central computer can try another transmission in accordance with its processing rules. 〆 If the data is available, the second central computer initiates the data transfer by sending a second XML code correction request message to DatabaseRefre, the applicable network method for leaving the interface. The specific network method being used is in the form of "EndGetXXXToAcrchive" '纟 中 "χχχ, which is the same as the one used. ▲ ▲ The application program 5412 in the first central computer decodes the content The XML in the request message is used to determine what kind of data is to be returned to the second computer, and the data is placed in an appropriate XML response message. This message corresponds to a piece of data. The form of the column in the library table is constructed in accordance with the method used by the corresponding interface. $ In one embodiment, the data is designated to be routed via the .net architecture component 5416 and Internet information server component 5422 Central electronic fine. When the right material is not received correctly, the _ φ ^ Yining Central Electric 30 200422917 The brain can try again or perform another one that meets its processing rules Transmission. If the data is received correctly, the second central computer then sends an applicable network method for the second request message to this interface. Preferably, the specific network being used Method is a form of "BeginDeleteArchivedXXX", wherein "ΧΧΓ, based on the same as to the user. 'Upon receiving this message, the application 5412 loaded into the first central computer marked the relevant data in the Sql server database component as being transmitted to the second central computer It is used for archiving, and it sends a response (ackn〇wiedgi ^) = response message that the data has been marked. In order to send a signal indicating the success or failure of storing the data in the second central computer database, the second central computer sends a second request message to the applicable network method of this interface. The specific network method being used is in the form of "EndDeleteArchivednx," where "XXX" is the same as the one used above. If the second central computer indicates that the transmission was unsuccessful or if it has passed After a sufficiently long time, and when the first central computer determines that the loss of communication has occurred, the relevant data is retained in the shell library of the first central computer for use by the second central computer when requested. For retransmission. — Right the second central computer indicates that the transmission was successful, the archived data is cleared from the first central computer database and the application loaded in the first central computer Program 5412 sends out a response message confirming that the last step of this pass has been completed. 31 200422917 Preferably, the interface left by the DatabaseRefreshListener is asynchronous in nature, so the second central computer database and the first central The computer is separated to the extent feasible. The second two-way channel between the first central computer 109 and the second central computer 108a is referred to herein as " "RoutePDA", and it contains the interfaces that R0utePDA enters and leaves together in pairs. The

RoutePDA通道係被第一中央電腦1〇9使用於指定路由給源 自於該PDA次系統的HTTP請求訊息至第二中央電腦l〇8a ,接著接收來自該第二中央電腦之對應的Ηττρ回應訊息、 處理(若可應用的話)並且接著指定路由回到該來源的個人 數位助理118。 在該第二通道(亦即,RoutePDA)中,從個人數位助理 118接收的訊息或是被傳送至個人數位助理丨丨8的訊息較 佳地是經由醫院或是醫療保健設施之連線的乙太網路系統 11 〇、無線存取點114、以及内建於每部個人數位助理J工8 中的無線收發機,而往返於該第一中央電腦1〇9地被傳送 〇 較佳地,HTTP請求訊息是在沒有處理下,就透過該第 一中央電腦109被傳送至第二中央電腦1〇8a。該第二中央 電腦108a係接著發出内含XML或是HTML袼式化的資訊之 ΗΠΡ回應成息。HTML袼式化的回應訊息是在沒有進一步的 處理下,被指疋路由為透過該第一中央電腦1〇9至個人數 位助理118。 XML格式化的回應訊息係被該第二中央電腦1 “a使用 32 200422917 來發出使用者116(第i圖)已經請求該第一中央電腦ι〇9 所產生的網頁之信號給該第一中央電腦109,例如,處方 比車乂 ^果頁或是果監視頁。該第一中央電腦i 〇9係檢查該 XML回應、適當地處理並且發出一個Hm或是飢格式化 的回應δίΙ息至該發送的個人數位助理118。 如先前所指的,該RoutePDA通道係被該第一中央電腦 使用於指定路由給從PDA 118所接收的Ηπρ請求訊息至第 二中央電腦,並且接著接收由該第二中央電腦所傳回之對 應的HTTP回應、處理(若可應用的話)並且接著指定路由回 到傳送的PDA。 於是,該RoutePDA進入的介面係被利用來和位在pDA 118中的網路瀏覽器通訊。此介面係接收進入的請求 汛息,該訊息係包含被編碼為相符於Ηττρ “get,,以及 POST”協定之名稱—值的對之資料。該進入的訊息係被指定 路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及·NET架構組件至該 被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412。如以下所 論述的,該被載入在該第一中央電腦上之應用程式5412係 # 利用該· NET架構5416以及R0utepDA離開的介面再次指定 路由給該進入的訊息至第二中央電腦。 當一項HTTP回應在RoutePDA離開的介面之處被接收 时,忒被載入在第一中央電腦上之應用程式5412係判斷該 回應疋利用HTHL或是XML而被袼式化的。HTML格式化的 回應係在無進一步處理下,藉由該第一中央電腦再次指定 路由為、纟工由该· NET架構組件5416以及網際網路資訊伺服 33 200422917 器組件5422至該PDA。 . 然而,XML格式化的回應係被該第二中央電腦使用來 發出信號給第一中央電腦,告知使用者已經請求一個第一 中央電腦所產生的網頁,例如,處方比較結果頁或是泵監The RoutePDA channel is used by the first central computer 109 to designate a route to the HTTP request message originating from the PDA secondary system to the second central computer 108a, and then receives the corresponding Ηττρ response message from the second central computer , Processing (if applicable), and then assigning the personal digital assistant 118 to route back to that source. In the second channel (i.e., RoutePDA), the message received from the personal digital assistant 118 or the message transmitted to the personal digital assistant 丨 8 is preferably a B via a connection of a hospital or a health care facility. The Ethernet system 11 〇, the wireless access point 114, and the wireless transceiver built into each personal digital assistant J Worker 8 are transmitted to and from the first central computer 109. Preferably, The HTTP request message is transmitted to the second central computer 108a through the first central computer 109 without being processed. The second central computer 108a then issues a response message containing the XML or HTML formatted information. The HTML-formatted response message was routed to the personal digital assistant 118 via the first central computer 109 without further processing. The XML-formatted response message is used by the second central computer 1 "a to use 32 200422917 to send a signal to the first central computer that the user 116 (figure i) has requested the web page generated by the first central computer ι09. Computer 109, for example, a prescription page or a fruit monitoring page. The first central computer i 09 checks the XML response, processes it appropriately, and sends a Hm or hungry formatted response to the message. The personal digital assistant 118 sent. As previously mentioned, the RoutePDA channel is used by the first central computer to route the Ηπρ request message received from the PDA 118 to the second central computer, and then receives the second central computer. The corresponding HTTP response, processing (if applicable) returned by the central computer and then specifying the route back to the transmitting PDA. Therefore, the interface entered by the RoutePDA is used by the web browser in pDA 118 Communication. This interface receives incoming request flood information, the message contains data encoded as name-value pairs that correspond to Ηττρ "get, and POST" protocols. The incoming The message is designated to be routed through the Internet information server and the .NET framework component to the application program 5412 loaded in the first central computer. As discussed below, the message is loaded in the first An application program 5412 on a central computer # Uses the .NET framework 5416 and the interface left by R0utepDA to reassign the incoming message to the second central computer. When an HTTP response is received at the interface where RoutePDA leaves The application 5412 loaded on the first central computer judges the response and is formatted using HTHL or XML. The HTML-formatted response is processed by the first central without further processing. The computer designated the route again, and the NET framework component 5416 and the Internet Information Server 33 200422917 server component 5422 went to the PDA. However, the XML-formatted response was used by the second central computer to signal to The first central computer informs the user that a web page generated by the first central computer has been requested, such as a prescription comparison result page or a pump monitor

視的頁。該第一中央電腦係檢查來自第二中央電腦的XML 回應、適當地處理、並且發出一個HTML或是XML格式化的 回應而經由該· NET架構以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件至適 當的PDA。較佳地,該RoutePDA介面在本質上是同步的, 這是由於内含在PDA中的網路瀏覽器之固有的同步性質之 f 緣故。 相對於該RoutePDA進入的介面,該R〇utePM離開的 "面係被利用於指定路由給藉由該被載入在第一中央電腦 上之應用程式5412從該個人數位助理次系統收到的Ηττρ 請求訊息至第二中央電腦用於處理,並且其係接著接收由 該第二中央電腦傳回之對應的HTTP回應。 在該 DatabaseRefreshListener 通道以及 R〇utePDA 通 道中’該第-中央電腦1〇9係透過一個獨立的點對點乙太籲 網路次系統103(較佳地是專用於此用途而已)傳送與接收 來自該第二中央電腦l〇8a的資訊。 如上所指出地,在利用該DatabaseRefreshListener 通道中,该第一中央電腦係在該專用的鏈路1〇3上提供一 項特別的網路服務,該服務係被該第二中央電腦使用來週 期性地以及當該第一中央電腦有需要時,備援新的以及更 新過的貢料庫資訊(例如,病患資訊、醫護人員資訊、藥 34 200422917 局資几肖類似者)。再者,資料係從該第二中央電腦被 提供至第一中央電腦。 再者’在醫護人員的終端裝置端(end)之處利用該 RoutePDA通道中,該第一中央電腦1〇9係提供一個⑽τ 11S伺服w ’I面w亥介面係提供fiTTP式的網頁並且維持與 PDA #置118之w证的網路會談(sessi⑽)。換句話說,該 醫護人員的終端裝置(亦即,個人數位助理118)係從第一 中央電細1 0 9接收認證的網頁。 在連到第二中央電腦之專用的連線1〇3之第一中央電 腦端之處,該卜中央電腦係、對於每個連接至第—中央電 腦的PDA裝置118分別建立一個虛擬的Ηττρ會談,並且扮 肩-個網路瀏覽器’當該第一中央電腦正在接收來自舰 的HTTP請求時,其係傳遞來自ρΜ的膽請求給該第二 中央電月1¾ 〇換句話說’該第一中央電腦係透過連到第二中 央電月囟之專用的連、線! 〇3以傳遞需要未確認的部分之請求 至該第二中央電腦。 於是,t PDA 118以及祠服器系統之間的資訊流需要 源自於第二中央電腦侧的資訊、或是需要合併的資訊被提 出時,该第二中央電腦係傳送一個XML s〇AP封包給該第一 ^央電細在專用的連線103上所提供的網路服務,並且該 第一中央電腦係使用該XML資料以執行一個與源自於該系 統的第一中央電腦侧之資訊的合併動作、轉換其結果2為 HTML、並且接著將該HTML傳回到醫護人員的pDA裝置 35 200422917 被稱為PumpDataListener之第五個外部的軟體組件介 面是一個用於與該集線器次系統通訊之進入的介面,即如 在此更詳細所解說者。在一個實施例中,該 PumpDataListener介面並不具有一個對應之離開的介面, 因為除了用於通訊驗證(verification)之外,果資料的傳 輸只是單向的。然而,在一個替代的實施例中,一個離開 的介面可被設置用於傳輸泵命令以及控制資料至醫療器材 120 〇Watched pages. The first central computer checks the XML response from the second central computer, processes it appropriately, and sends an HTML or XML formatted response to the appropriate PDA via the .NET framework and the Internet Information Server component. Preferably, the RoutePDA interface is synchronous in nature, because of the inherent synchronization nature of the web browser included in the PDA. With respect to the interface entered by the RoutePDA, the "outside" of RoutePM is used to designate routes to be received from the personal digital assistant system through the application 5412 loaded on the first central computer Ηττρ requests a message to a second central computer for processing, and it then receives a corresponding HTTP response returned by the second central computer. In the DatabaseRefreshListener channel and the RoutePDA channel, the "the first-central computer 109" sends and receives data from the first through a separate point-to-point Ethernet network system 103 (preferably dedicated to this purpose). Information of two central computers 108a. As indicated above, in using the DatabaseRefreshListener channel, the first central computer provides a special network service on the dedicated link 103, which is used periodically by the second central computer Location and when the first central computer needs it, back up new and updated tribunal information (for example, patient information, medical staff information, medicine 34 200422917 similar to the capital). Furthermore, data is provided from the second central computer to the first central computer. Furthermore, 'Using the RoutePDA channel at the end of the terminal device of the medical staff, the first central computer 1009 provides a ⑽τ 11S servo w' I plane whai interface provides fiTTP-style web pages and maintain Network talks with PDA # 置 118 的 证 (sessi⑽). In other words, the terminal device of the medical staff (i.e., the personal digital assistant 118) receives the authenticated webpage from the first central office 109. At the first central computer end of the dedicated connection 103 connected to the second central computer, the central computer system establishes a virtual Ηττρ talk for each PDA device 118 connected to the first central computer. And play the role of a web browser 'when the first central computer is receiving an HTTP request from the ship, it is transmitting a bile request from ρM to the second central electric month 1¾ 〇 In other words,' the first The central computer system is connected to the second Central Electric Power Station through a dedicated connection and cable! 〇3 to pass the request for the unconfirmed part to the second central computer. Therefore, when the information flow between t PDA 118 and the server system needs to be derived from the information on the second central computer side, or when the information that needs to be merged is proposed, the second central computer system sends an XML s〇AP packet To the first CCTV network service provided on the dedicated connection 103, and the first central computer uses the XML data to execute a message from the first central computer side of the system The merged action, converted its result 2 to HTML, and then passed the HTML back to the pDA device of the medical staff. 35 200422917 The fifth external software component interface called PumpDataListener is used to communicate with the hub subsystem. Enter the interface, as explained in more detail here. In one embodiment, the PumpDataListener interface does not have a corresponding interface, because except for communication verification, the data transmission is only one-way. However, in an alternative embodiment, a leaving interface may be configured to transmit pump commands and control data to the medical device 120.

該PumpDataListener進入的介面係被利用於接收來自 該集線次系統的資料。較佳地,此介面係包含被稱為 “SendPumpData”的單一網路服務方法。此方法係接收包含 根據該SOAP協定格式化的XML編碼的資料之進入的http 請求訊息。該 XML編碼的資料係以一種階層的 (hierarchical)形式被建構,使得在數個不同的時間點、 來自數個泵以及每個泵的數個通道之資料可被組合成單一 大的訊息之結構。The interface that the PumpDataListener enters is used to receive data from the hub subsystem. Preferably, this interface contains a single network service method called "SendPumpData". This method receives an incoming http request message containing XML-encoded data formatted according to the SOAP protocol. The XML-encoded data is constructed in a hierarchical form, so that at several different points in time, data from several pumps and channels from each pump can be combined into a single large message structure .

進入的訊息係被指定路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服 器以及· NET架構組件至該被載入在第一中央電腦之内的應 用程式5412。該第一中央電腦的應用程式係利用該動態目 錄網域服務組件以驗證該集線器次系統的訊息是否為真正 的。該第一中央電腦係接著處理該内容,並且儲存所產生 的資料在SQL伺服器資料庫組件中。最後,該第一中央電 腦的應用程式係發出一項HTTP回應訊息,經由該· NET架 構以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件而傳送至該發送的集線器 36 200422917 裝置。此回應訊息係指出杳粗彳*认 曰出貝枓傳輸及處理是成功或失敗的 由該第-中央電腦(亦即’飼服器109)從集線器ι〇7 所接收的資料封包較佳地是儲存在該第—中央電腦的第一 令央資料庫之内。較佳地,若一個警報或是警告事件是内 含在該封包中時,則第-中央電腦可以立即經由醫護人員 的數位㈣118發送該事件至適#的醫護人員,或者該第 -中央電腦可以將該事件輸入到第一中央電腦的資料庫中 ’而猶後在適當的醫護人員經由其數位助理請求時才發送φ 該資訊。如先前所指出的,該第一中央電㈣9係維持所 有登錄到其數位助S 118的醫護人員之一個記錄,該數位 助理118在每次該醫護人員登錄到㈣統時都會被認證。 較佳地,該PumpDataListener進入的介面本質上是非 同步的,因此將該集線器次系統與該第一中央電腦次系統 分離到實際可行的程度。該分離係容許在該集線器次系統 之内的集線器107被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時 等待回應,並且用於以-種在程式控制之下的方式回應於 ♦ 失去通Λ。儘官如此,該pumpI)ataListener係維持一個“ 心跳(heartbeat)’’以監視在所有的無線模組及/或遠端的泵 裝置與該中央電腦之間的通訊之持續性(或是失去持續性) 與否。 違人員的手持式裝詈之诵訊 如同在此進一步詳細所述者,泵狀態、警告、警報、 病患資訊、圖表(chart)資訊、比較資訊、待辦事項(t〇—d〇 37 200422917 1 ist)以及其它資料/資訊係經由具有顯示器i 18a以及(若 · 需要的話)聽覺的音頻(t0ne)4是聲音產生器(未展示出)之 個人數位助理或是使用者介面118來被提供給醫護人員。 该數位助理118係經由中央網路1 〇2,並且尤其是經由無 線通讯路徑或鏈路12β以及電纜線通訊系統11〇來與該中 央糸、、先1 0 8通sfl。如先前所述的,一或多個無線存取點 114係以習知的方式提供一個介面在該無線通訊路徑以及 電纜線通訊系統之間。該數位助理118可以從伺服器1〇9 與10 8 a接收訊息。 j 較佳地’在該中央系統1 〇8以及數位助理118之間的 通Λ疋雙向的。再者,該數位助理丨丨8包含足夠的記憶體 與處理功能來儲存及執行一個模組或是應用程式(未展示 出)是所期望的,以用於測試在該數位助理以及中央系統 108或無線存取點114之間的通訊鏈路之完整性 (integrity)0 較佳地(但非必要的),安裝在該數位助理丨丨8之上的 一個模組或是應用程式是以一種例如是JAVA之高階的程式 # 語言撰寫之一個腳本(script)或是其它的電腦指令(亦即, 軟體碼),其可以在有或沒有醫護人員的介入之下被執行 。該腳本可以自動地從伺服器1〇8a或1〇9下載至作為該系 統的接收器之功能的數位助理118或是醫療器材12〇。舉 例而言’ 一種可以自動地從該伺服器下載至數位助理的腳 本類型是-種藉由週期性地查詢、或是監視來自中央系統 108或是存取,點114之包含通知及訊息傳送的通訊以測試 38 200422917 。亥通Λ鏈路的完整性之 产鉍a丄 在一個較佳實施例中,勃耔 在數位助理之上的腳本是大 r執仃 。若未從兮由士 / 、、母3秒查詢該系統108 —次 右禾攸该中央系統j〇8或 安奘力 存取點4接收到回應時, 女扁在该數位助理118之上 偏徐B士“· 上的杈組或是應用程式係產生一 項在二me;lut),該逾時係產生聽覺的音頻以及/或是-、二見顯不斋118a之上的通知,其係告知已經失去虚中 如^的通訊。在視覺顯示器⑽之上的通知可以例 =自陳述失去通訊鏈路資訊的彈出式視窗之啟動、The incoming message is designated to be routed via the Internet information server and the .NET framework component to the application program 5412 loaded into the first central computer. The application program of the first central computer uses the dynamic directory domain service component to verify whether the message of the hub subsystem is authentic. The first central computer system then processes the content and stores the generated data in a SQL server database component. Finally, the application program of the first central computer sends an HTTP response message to the sending hub 36 200422917 device via the .NET framework and the Internet Information Server component. This response message indicates that the data packet received by the first central computer (i.e., the 'feeder 109') from the hub ι07 is preferably recognized as a successful or failed transmission and processing. It is stored in the first command database of the first-central computer. Preferably, if an alarm or warning event is contained in the packet, the first-central computer can immediately send the event to the appropriate medical staff via the digital number 118 of the medical staff, or the first-central computer can The event was entered into the database of the first central computer 'and the information was subsequently sent φ when requested by appropriate medical staff via its digital assistant. As previously indicated, the first central electronic unit 9 maintains a record of all medical staff registered to its digital assistant S 118, and the digital assistant 118 is authenticated each time the medical staff logs into the system. Preferably, the interface entered by the PumpDataListener is asynchronous in nature, so the hub subsystem and the first central computer subsystem are separated to a practically feasible level. The separation allows the hub 107 within the hub subsystem to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response, and to respond in a programmatic way to the loss of communication. By all means, the pumpI) ataListener maintains a "heartbeat" to monitor the continuity (or loss of continuity) of communication between all wireless modules and / or remote pump units and the central computer The information of the hand-held decoration of the offender is as described in further detail here, pump status, warning, alarm, patient information, chart information, comparison information, to-do items (t〇 —D〇37 200422917 1 ist) and other data / information via personal digital assistant or user with display i 18a and (if required) audible audio (t0ne) 4 is a sound generator (not shown) The interface 118 is provided to the medical staff. The digital assistant 118 communicates with the central, first 10 via the central network 102, and especially via the wireless communication path or link 12β and the cable communication system 110. 8-channel sfl. As previously mentioned, one or more wireless access points 114 provide a conventional interface between the wireless communication path and the cable communication system. The digital assistant 118 may Receive messages from the servers 109 and 10 8 a. J is preferably 'two-way' between the central system 108 and the digital assistant 118. Furthermore, the digital assistant 8 contains enough Memory and processing functions to store and execute a module or application (not shown) are desirable for testing the communication link between the digital assistant and the central system 108 or wireless access point 114 Integrity 0 (preferably, not necessarily), a module or application installed on the digital assistant 丨 丨 8 is a high-level program such as JAVA written in one of the languages A script or other computer instructions (ie, software code) that can be executed with or without the intervention of a medical staff. The script can be automatically downloaded from the server 108a or 109 The digital assistant 118 or medical device 12 which functions as a receiver of the system. For example, 'a script type that can be automatically downloaded from the server to the digital assistant is-by periodically querying, or Watch from The central system 108 or access, point 114 includes notification and messaging communications to test 38 200422917. The integrity of the Haitong Λ link produces bismuth a. In a preferred embodiment, the erbium is located in a digital assistant. The script above is executed by a large user. If the system 108 is not queried from the priest /, and the mother for 3 seconds, when the response is received by the central system j08 or the security access point 4, the female On the digital assistant 118, Bian Xu ’s team or application program on the digital assistant 118 generates an item in the second me; lut), the time-out system produces audible audio and / or- The notice above Zhai 118a is a notification that communication has been lost. Examples of notifications on the visual display ⑽ include the activation of a pop-up window stating that the communication link information has been lost,

:疋在視覺顯示器118a之上的動態圖像顯示之改變。如同 在此所用且為具有在此^苜姑 頁在此項技術中之一般技能者所認知的, 一個逾時是藉由-個模組或是應用程式所產生的輸出,用 於指出該模組或是應用程式已經等待輸入有某段時間量, 但尚未收到輸入。另一種腳本類型可以查詢以判斷一個馨 報或是警告是否已經被觸發。許多其它的腳本可以同時被 執行。執行從該系統下載至數位助理的腳本之一項優點是: 疋 The change of the moving image display on the visual display 118a. As used herein and recognized by those with ordinary skills in this technology, a timeout is an output generated by a module or application to indicate the mode The group or application has been waiting for input for a certain amount of time, but has not yet received input. Another script type can be queried to determine if a news report or warning has been triggered. Many other scripts can be executed simultaneously. One advantage of executing scripts downloaded from the system to the digital assistant is

無需在每個數位助们18之上都安裝訂製的碼。若存在有 任何事件(亦即,一個訊息、通知、警報、警告、等等)時 ’该數位助理118係自動地從該伺服器擷取該事件,並且 將其顯示在數位㈣118的—個介面畫面之上。該腳本的 方法之其它額外的優點是〗)腳本碼可以輕易地在該中央伺 服器被更新,而不需每個數位助理都被更新,2)腳本可以 相當獨立於數位助理的硬體平台之外地被驗證/被確認, 因為該項功能是與硬體無關的,因此對於數位助理的改變 或升級在腳本的動作上有著最小的影響。 39 200422917 如先前所指出的,每位醫護人員較佳地都具有一部盘 其關聯的數位助理118,在-個實施例中,該數位助理U8 係提供醫護人員由具有—個用於事件的顯示之專用的框架 (frame)之HTML框架組(frame set)所組成的頁晝面。該專 用的框木可以具有—個插入其中的}ΑνΑ腳本用於事件的顯 不’其中该腳本係詢問第一中央電腦119是否有新的事件 例如針對5亥數位助^里i i 8的栗警報以及警告。若已發 生任何新的事件時,則該第一中央電腦係提供此資訊給數 位助理118,其中遠資訊係被顯示在用於此種事件的顯示 之專用的框架之内。 … ^在數位助理118上所提供之一種類型的通知係指示醫 護人員由該數位助理118所提出的資料並非當前的,並且 對於警告及警報之利用是不可得的。相反地,數位助理 118也可以指出何時該數位助理118會連結到中央系統1〇8 用於提供對於警告及警報之即時的利用。 其它典型地經由腳本傳遞的通知係包含(但不限於): 泵“安靜地關閉,,、泵輸液限制的撤銷(override)、輸液的 結束、阻塞(occlusion)傾向的資訊、低電量、阻塞前的 (pre-occlusion)指示器、單次劑量(b〇lus)的過度使用、 保持血管打開的警告、立即(stat)用藥通知、改變指令、 貫驗至結果、放射線醫學結果、更新、遙測 料上以及/或是生命徵象資訊上的改變、醫生或是藥局嘗 試聯絡護士、請求護士的病患、失去通訊、來自其它裝置 的訊息、醫療器材根據重要資訊之新的速率、速率隨動的 200422917 清洗(rate following purge)、等等。 如先前所述的,在醫療保健設施内之醫護人員係經由 遠端的無線裝置118 (亦即,亦被稱為個人數位助理 (PDA) 118)或是其它的電腦裝置、無線或是固接的連線至網 路1 08而具有對於輸液警告、警報以及訊息的存取權,例 如,具有運作地附接的條碼閱讀機之平板電腦、或是附接 至IV柱並且具有運作地附接至該電腦的條碼閱讀機之膝 上型電腦。 較佳地,該輸液系統210係提供醫護人員以及其他使 用者對於自動化警告受事件驅使的(event—driven)訊息之 選項。再者,醫療保健設施管理人員以及其他使用者可以 自叮自動化的訊息傳送之類型,以經由遠端的無線裝置用 訊息類型或分類、異常的嚴重性、以及時間為基礎的提示 (reminder)來呈現。此外,該輸液系統係提供醫護人員以 及其他使用者能夠組態設定(c〇nf igure)聽覺的訊息、視覺 的訊息或是兩者的功能。 由輸液系統2丨0所提供的訊息傳送較佳地是包含一個 使用者可組態的(configurable)規則引擎、一個排程器以 及連到輸液泵系統的介面。再者,該結果驅使的(result一 dnven)訊息傳送係經由工作站、電子平板、無線個人數位 助理、或類似者,提供醫護人員在治療點處之即時的決策 支援是所期望的。 般而言’在輸液泵12〇及網路1〇2之間的通訊以及 進步彳之该網路102與醫護人員的數位裝置丨丨8之間的通 422917 訊係容許醫護人員116能夠:除了別的功能以外,其係能· =觀看電子電路比較後之藥局輪入的指令與被規劃的录設 定並且/或是規劃果、使用該系統作為一種遠端地觀看泵 警告及警報的方法、遠端地觀看泉狀態、觀看通知並且觀 看輸液設定的改變歷史。 病患照顧糸赫, 現在轉回談到第1圖,病患照顧系統1〇〇較佳地是包 含一個電腦的醫師指令輸入的模組(CP0E)、一個住院病人 (mpatient)藥局模組、一個無線的護士製表系統、以及一 φ 個電子的病患邊療的記錄模組。在一個實施例中,此種系 統及模組是該第二中央飼服器或第二中央電腦lG8a的應用 程式。提供一種用於藥物的傳送之全面的病患安全解決方 案之病患照顧系統!〇〇是所期望的。在病患照顧系統⑽ 之内:軟體模組係被設置以將現有的病患照顧系統,利用 =如疋HL7介面之具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的 介面而連結在一起。較佳地’該病患照顧系統100係運作 在各種的電腦與個人數位助理的產品上,以傳送指令、$籲 新病患醫療的記錄、以及使用警告、警報與訊息。 ^ 5亥電腦的醫師指令輸入的模組係使得醫師能夠輸入用 某々曰7使用警告、警報、訊息、提示、生命徵象以及結 果。、個藥局模組係對照所記錄的病患過敏以檢查處方藥 〇口並且檢查與其它藥品及食物的相容性。該藥局模組亦 提供=時的資料用於存貨管理。一個護士的藥物製表的模 組係提供在床邊立即可利用的臨床資訊,因此確保在治療 42 200422917 點處的藥物與劑量之驗證。 病患照顧系統100係整合藥品傳送產品與所需的資訊 ,以助於確保安全且有效的藥物傳送。在醫護人員於不斷 增加的時間及成本壓力下進行病患照顧時,病患照顧系統 1〇〇之臨床的決策支援以及伴隨的警告、警報、警語及訊 息傳送係提供安全的支援網給醫護人員。此資訊較佳地是 透過無線網路來被提供,其係用改進醫護人員的工作流程 、使得進行照顧更加容易的方式來供應資料。 L王There is no need to install a custom code on each digital assistant 18. If there is any event (ie, a message, notification, alert, warning, etc.) 'the digital assistant 118 automatically retrieves the event from the server and displays it on the interface of digital ㈣118 Above the screen. Other additional advantages of the script method are:) the script code can be easily updated on the central server without having to update each digital assistant, 2) the script can be quite independent of the hardware platform of the digital assistant The field is verified / confirmed, as this feature is hardware-independent, so changes or upgrades to the digital assistant have minimal impact on script actions. 39 200422917 As previously noted, each medical staff preferably has a digital assistant 118 associated with it. In one embodiment, the digital assistant U8 provides medical staff with one A page consisting of a frame set of a dedicated frame for display. The special frame wood can have an} ΑνΑ script inserted in it for the display of the event, where the script asks the first central computer 119 if there is a new event, such as a chestnut alert for the 5th Digital Assistant II II As well as warnings. If any new event has occurred, the first central computer system provides this information to the digital assistant 118, where the remote information is displayed in a dedicated frame for the display of such an event. ... ^ A type of notification provided on the digital assistant 118 instructs medical personnel that the information provided by the digital assistant 118 is not current and that the use of warnings and alerts is not available. Conversely, the digital assistant 118 can also indicate when the digital assistant 118 is connected to the central system 108 to provide immediate utilization of warnings and alarms. Other notifications typically delivered via scripts include (but are not limited to): "quietly shut down the pump," pump infusion restriction override, end of infusion, information on occlusion tendency, low battery, pre-occlusion Pre-occlusion indicators, overuse of single doses (bolus), warnings to keep blood vessels open, immediate medication notifications, change orders, follow-up results, radiological results, updates, telemetry Changes in vital signs and / or vital signs, doctors or pharmacies attempting to contact nurses, requesting nurses' patients, loss of communication, messages from other devices, new rates of medical devices based on important information, rate-dependent 200422917 rate following purge, etc. As mentioned earlier, medical staff in a healthcare facility is via a remote wireless device 118 (also known as a personal digital assistant (PDA) 118) or Is it another computer device, wireless or fixed connection to the network 1 08 and has access to infusion warnings, alarms and messages, for example, has A tablet computer with a bar code reader operatively attached, or a laptop computer with a bar code reader operatively attached to the computer attached to the IV column. Preferably, the infusion system 210 is provided for medical personnel And other users ’options for automated alerting to event-driven messages. Furthermore, healthcare facility managers and other users can use automated messaging types for remote wireless devices. The type or classification of the message, the severity of the abnormality, and the time-based reminder are presented. In addition, the infusion system provides medical staff and other users with the ability to configure settings (connig igure) of audible messages, vision The message transmission provided by the infusion system 2 丨 0 preferably includes a user-configurable rule engine, a scheduler, and an interface connected to the infusion pump system. Moreover, the result-driven (dnven) message transmission is via workstations, electronic tablets, wireless personal digital assistants, Or similar, it is desirable to provide immediate decision-making support for medical staff at the treatment site. Generally speaking, the communication between the infusion pump 12 and the network 102 and the progress of the network 102 and the health care Personnel's digital device 丨 丨 Communication between 8 and 422917 allows medical staff 116 to: among other functions, its ability to watch the pharmacy's turn-by-turn instructions and planned recording settings after comparing electronic circuits and / Or plan results, use the system as a way to remotely view pump warnings and alarms, remotely view spring status, watch notifications, and watch history of changes to infusion settings. Patient care 糸 赫, now turning back to Figure 1, the patient care system 100 preferably contains a computer-based physician input module (CP0E), a patient patient (mpatient) pharmacy module , A wireless nurse tabulation system, and a phi electronic recording module for patient side treatment. In one embodiment, such a system and module is an application program of the second central feeding device or the second central computer 1G8a. A patient care system that provides a comprehensive patient safety solution for drug delivery! 〇〇 is expected. Within the Patient Care System :: The software module is configured to link the existing patient care system using an interface such as the HL7 interface, which is known to those skilled in the art. Preferably, the patient care system 100 is operated on various computers and personal digital assistant products to transmit instructions, call for new patient medical records, and use warnings, alarms, and messages. ^ The module of the doctor's instruction input of the computer is to enable the physician to input the warnings, alarms, messages, reminders, vital signs, and results for use with a computer. Each pharmacy module checks the allergy of the patient to check the prescription drug and check the compatibility with other drugs and food. The pharmacy module also provides the information at the time of inventory management. A nurse's medication tabulation module provides clinical information immediately available at the bedside, thus ensuring the verification of medications and dosages at point 42 200422917. The Patient Care System 100 integrates drug delivery products with the information needed to help ensure safe and effective drug delivery. When the medical staff performs patient care under increasing time and cost pressure, the clinical decision support of the patient care system 100 and the accompanying warning, alert, warning and message transmission system provide a secure support network for medical care personnel. This information is preferably provided over a wireless network, and it is used to provide information in a way that improves the medical staff's workflow and makes care easier. King L

I夜系統的槪.I ^除了其它的功能之外,在病患照顧系統100内之輸液 系統210或是醫療保健系統21〇係提供電腦的開處方以及 一個電子的醫療給藥記錄(eMAR)。輸液系統21〇係使得醫 護人員對於圖表、用藥歷史、存貨追蹤、以及訊息傳送瞭 如指掌。病患照顧系統⑽係結合條碼以及即時的技術以 助於確保正確的病患在正確料間、經由正確的途徑獲得 正確的藥物以及正確的劑量。輸液系統21〇係提供警告、 警報、訊息以及提醒,例如(但不限於),實驗室值、超出 範圍以及遺忘的劑量。作為驗證正確的劑量之部分的是, 該系統也可以提供對於輸液泵的設定之驗證。 如同在此所進一步詳細地解說者,輸液系統210係(至 少部分地)存在於一或多個電子計算裝置上’例如,無線 遠端的個人數位助理、工作站、醫師指令輸入的模組、電 子平板、處理器控制的輸液泵、或類似者。該輸液系統 210可被配置以經由其中的一或多個電子計算裝置,以各 43 200422917 種的形式顯示許多的醫院可定義的警告及警報。在一個實 轭例中,以時間為基礎的警告係被提供來提醒醫護人員執 行病患照顧功能,例如是(但非必要限制於)改變輸液速率 。再者,緊急情況(emergenCy)警報係被提供,例如是(但 ,必要限制於)輸液被切斷。再者,幸交不緊急的訊息係被 j供,例如是(但非必要限制於)輸液被完成或是管線被阻 塞。此外,輸液狀態可以從醫療保健設施内之任何地方, 經由其中的一或多個無線遠端的個人數位助理或是其它的 電子計算裝置被觀看。 、 如同以下更加詳細揭示的,系統210係提供對於未在 一段預設的期間之内指示為已改正的警報或是警告之提昇 警訊。可能導致警報或是警告的提昇警訊之情況較佳地是 由醫療保健設施所定義的。同樣地,在發出警報或是警告 的提昇警訊(escalate)之前的時間也可以由醫療保健設施 所定義。於是,未在一段預先定義的期間内由醫護人員加 以改正之預先定義的警報或警告將會導致對於該相關的警 報或警告之提昇警訊。因此,醫護人員被該系統通知該些 提昇警訊的警報或警告之音頻頻率較佳地是被增高,同樣 地,與該些提昇警訊的警報或警告相關之聽覺的音頻之音 量也可以被增大。 如同具有此項技術之技能者將體認到的,輸液系統 210係藉由檢查被給予的輸液與針對病患的指令,而有助 於確保病患安全。如同在此所進一步詳細地解說者,一種 條碼的方案係被利用,其中輸液袋以及病患ID係被掃描 200422917 。輸液資訊係被顯示在電子計算裝置以及泵之上 確保正確的輸液在正確的時間、藉由正確的途徑 正 確的速率下正被給予正確 丁止確的病患。在一個實施例中, 述的給藥之“正確性,,並:怂入 右上 一 並不符合時,則一項聽覺及視覺的盤 告係出現在該電子裝置之上。 " , 再者,透過一個在以下更加 詳細描述的比較過程,當醫護人員設定輸液果速率時,若 所規劃的歧並不符合對於病患的輸液指令時,則一項聽 覺及視覺的警告係出現在該電子計算裝置上。此外任 Γ夺間醫護人員都可以經由該電子裝置來檢查輸液系的設 疋’以確認設定是否符合如同内含在中央資料庫娜之内 的輸液指令。 在一個實施例中,輸液系、統210係經由其中的一或多 ”子計算裝置或類似者,提供具有用於快速的識別訊息 之嚴重性或是緊急程度之不同的音頻或是詞組之馨告及邀 報。所期望地,習知的輸液泵警告及警報也可以被二 β電子计算裝置之± ’例#(但非必要限制於)是在個人數 助理之上,以保持醫護人員被通知對於所有被指定的病 _ 患之輸液的狀態,藉此節省在解決問題上的時間,並且改 善工作流程的安全性。 尤其,為了報告之目的,所有的警報與警告較佳地是 ,可k中央系統的資料庫擷取。該可擷取的資料可以幫助 醫療保健設施於檢查及分析有多少的用藥錯誤是透過警報 、警告以及警語而加以避免的。 所期望地,該聽覺的警告及警報係被配置以根據與該 45 200422917 訊息或是問題相關的嚴重性或是緊急程度而發出不同的聲 音。需要立即的注意之警報係發出與較不緊急的警告不同 的聲音。描述該問題之視覺的文字較佳地是藉由其中的一 或多個電子計算裝置顯示之。在一個實施例中,當輸液接 近完成或是被完成時,一項警告係在個人數位助理上發出 聲音。該個人數位助理亦顯示該病患、位置、輸液類型以 及在該輸液袋變空之前剩餘的時間。任何時候醫護人員都 可以經由個人數位助理來利用輸液的狀態,並且因此相應 地做出,應。在-個實施例中,在探視病患的病房之前, 醫護人員可以在個人數位助理上觀看輸液的狀態,以判斷 是:再:不久就會需要另一袋1需要另一輸液袋時,則 醤濩人貝可以在第一次探視時就攜帶新的袋以節省時間, 而不疋在到達該病患的病房之後才瞭解到需要一個新的袋 。類似地’藥局可以觀看包含剩餘的時間之狀態,以便於夜 .1 of the night system. Among other functions, the infusion system 210 or the medical care system 21 in the patient care system 100 provides computer prescriptions and an electronic medical record (eMAR). . The infusion system 21 is designed to allow healthcare professionals to know the charts, medication history, inventory tracking, and messaging. The patient care system is a combination of barcodes and real-time technology to help ensure that the right patient gets the right medicine and the right dose in the right room, the right way. The infusion system 2110 provides warnings, alarms, messages, and reminders such as (but not limited to) laboratory values, out of range, and forgotten doses. As part of verifying the correct dose, the system can also provide verification of the settings of the infusion pump. As explained in further detail herein, the infusion system 210 is (at least partially) present on one or more electronic computing devices', for example, a wireless remote personal digital assistant, a workstation, a module for physician order input, an electronic Tablet, processor-controlled infusion pump, or the like. The infusion system 210 may be configured to display a number of hospital-definable warnings and alarms in the form of 43 200422917 via one or more electronic computing devices therein. In one example, time-based warnings are provided to remind medical staff to perform patient care functions, such as (but not necessarily limited to) changing the infusion rate. Furthermore, an emergency (emergenCy) alert is provided, for example (but, necessary to be limited to) the infusion is cut off. Furthermore, fortunately, the information that is not urgent is provided by j, for example (but not necessarily limited to) the infusion is completed or the pipeline is blocked. In addition, the infusion status can be viewed from anywhere within the healthcare facility via one or more wireless remote personal digital assistants or other electronic computing devices. As disclosed in more detail below, the system 210 provides an elevated alert for alarms or warnings that have not been indicated as corrected within a preset period of time. The conditions of an elevated alert that may cause an alert or warning are preferably defined by a healthcare facility. Similarly, the time before an alarm or warning escalate can be defined by a health care facility. Thus, a pre-defined alert or warning that is not corrected by a healthcare provider within a pre-defined period will result in an elevated alert for that related alert or warning. Therefore, the audio frequency of the alerts or warnings that the medical staff is notified by the system to increase the alert is preferably increased. Similarly, the volume of the audible audio related to the alerts or warnings of the alert may also be increased Increase. As will be appreciated by those skilled in the art, the infusion system 210 helps to ensure patient safety by checking the infusions given and instructions for the patient. As explained in further detail here, a bar code solution is used, in which the infusion bag and patient ID are scanned 200422917. The infusion information is displayed on the electronic computing device and on the pump to ensure that the right infusion is being given to the right patient at the right time, at the right rate, and in the right way. In one embodiment, the "correctness of the administration" is described, and when the upper right one is discouraged, an auditory and visual notice appears on the electronic device. &Quot; Through a comparison process described in more detail below, when the medical staff sets the infusion fruit rate, if the planned disagreement does not meet the patient's infusion instructions, an audible and visual warning appears on the electronic On the computing device. In addition, any medical staff can check the settings of the infusion system through the electronic device to confirm whether the settings conform to the infusion instructions contained in the central database. In one embodiment, The infusion system and system 210 provide one or more "sub-computing devices or the like to provide audio and phrase announcements and invitations with different severities or urgency levels for rapid identification of messages. Desirably, conventional infusion pump warnings and alarms can also be used by two beta electronic computing devices. Examples # (but not necessarily limited to) are above personal data assistants to keep medical staff informed of all appointments The state of the patient ’s infusion, which saves time in solving problems and improves the safety of work processes. In particular, for reporting purposes, all alarms and warnings are preferably, which can be retrieved from a database of the central system. This retrievable data can help healthcare facilities to check and analyze how many medication errors were avoided through alerts, warnings, and warnings. Desirably, the audible warnings and alarms are configured to sound differently depending on the severity or urgency associated with the 45 200422917 message or problem. Alerts requiring immediate attention are sounded differently than less urgent warnings. The visual text describing the problem is preferably displayed by one or more of the electronic computing devices. In one embodiment, a warning sounds on the personal digital assistant when the infusion is near completion or is completed. The personal digital assistant also displayed the patient, location, type of infusion, and time remaining before the infusion bag became empty. At any time, medical personnel can take advantage of the status of the infusion via a personal digital assistant, and therefore respond accordingly. In one embodiment, before visiting the patient's ward, the medical staff can view the status of the infusion on the personal digital assistant to determine: again: when another bag 1 is needed soon, another infusion bag is needed, then You can save time by carrying a new bag on your first visit without having to realize that you need a new bag after arriving at the patient's ward. Similarly, the pharmacy can view the status including the remaining time, so that

對下-個輸液袋的混成(inixinge傳送來排定計劃。Schedule the infusion of the next infusion bag (inixinge).

若為所要的話’而且如同具有此項技術之技能者將 認到的,其它有關輸液泵的警報與警告可以被做成為位 離輸液栗遠端的電子計算裝置可加以利用的。恰當的資 可以被顯示在該電子計算裝置之上,因此節省了在解決丨 題上之照料時間(nurse time)及步驟。如上所指出地,^ 一個泵發㈣報或是警告時’醫護人員可以在個人數位写 理亡觀看病患資訊、藥品指令以及警報或警告訊息,並』 在前往該病患的病房之前就收集必要的物品以實際地改3 該警報或是警告的情況。 46 200422917 在一個實施例中,輸液系統21〇係提供可配置的、以 . 時間為基礎的警告用於提醒醫護人員排定的輸液指令。就 此而論,一個在200ml/hr之下進行Ns兩個小時、接著降 至50ml/hr的減量(tapering)指令係導致輸液系統21〇在 開始該輸液的兩個小時之後警告護士以降低速率。再者, 當排定的輸液超過由該設施所設定的時間容限(t〇1 erance) 時,延遲的警告係被提供以通知醫護人員。再者,以時間 為基礎的協定,例如,在開始硬膜外的嗎啡(epidural 助rphine)輸液之後,對於進行疼痛評估的警告係被產生。f 輸液系統210之可配置的特點亦包含由例如是個人數 位助理的電子計算裝置所發出之聽覺的警告。較佳地,該 欷覺的警告可以是藉由醫療保健設施並且在該醫療保健設 施之特定的單位内加以組態設定的,以滿足在該醫療保健 設施内之獨特的環境。 如先前所指出的,複數個視覺的警告及訊息可以藉由 例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置來被顯示,用於指出 汛息的重要性或是緊急程度。所期望地,色彩、閃爍以及籲 粗體文子疋顯示訊息的選項。此外,在訊息被產生時可以 提供超連結(hyperiink)。在顯示器上之圖像也可以被利用 ,並且緊急情況訊息可以被配置以中斷該手持式電子裝置 f類似者,以立即警告醫護人員。再者,警報/警告的提 昇警訊係藉由系統210提出。警報/警告以及其提昇警訊係 在以下詳述之。 。 “ 亦如同先前所指出的,輸液系統210係容許醫護人員 47 200422917 月b夠在例如是個人數位助理或類似者的電子計算裝置上觀 看所有的輪液或是被指定的病患,因此減少了花在往返於 ^患的病房之時間。再者,處方資訊係被顯示在電子計算 扃置上用於輸液的藥品量、稀釋液(di luent)、劑量以及 速率=驗證。此外,輸液之即時的狀態是可觀看的,其係 顯不每小時毫升或類似者、輸液的持續期間、輸液的量、 剩餘的日守間、以及還要輸液的i。如先前所指出的,輸液 的狀態以及流速歷史可以從醫療保健設施之内的任何地方 ’經由該些電子計算裝置而被觀看。 j 汝同在此進一步詳細所述者,輸液系統2丨〇可以根據 病患體重以計算出命令的劑量’並且顯示進行輸液之適當 的速率。若輸液被設定以進行在超出所命令的劑量時,訊 心係被產生。再者,小兒科的(pediatric)給藥是可利用的 ,且被配置用於醫療保健設施之内的小兒科單位。 在一個實施例中,主要的輸液以及例如是小軟袋 (Piggyback)之次要的輸液之狀態係藉由輸液系統21〇而被 顯示在例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置之上。醫護人 馨 員可以在任何時候檢查在一個小軟袋中所剩下用來輸液的 1,並且當該小軟袋用完且主要的輸液已重新開始時,一 個汛息係被顯不。此外,訊息係被傳送至藥局以補充存貨 及輸液指令。 右為所期望的話,輸液系統210係容許醫療保健設施 旎夠定義系統輸液的界限,用於警告規劃一項會進行在超 出所設定的範圍之輸液的醫護人員。該警告可以被配置以 48 200422917 容許醫護人員能夠撤銷(override)該警告或是禁止撤銷。 如同由具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到移 止對於某些輸液的撤銷可以避免病患不慎地接收到過量的 藥劑。 輸液系統210也可以提供顯示有關醫療保健設施之内 的每個專業單位之需求的參考資訊。除了專業單位的政策 及程序之外,藥品資訊亦可在例如是個人數位助理的電子 裝置上觀看。準則(pr〇t〇c〇1)以及標準的指令可根據病患 的狀況被組態設定以提供訊息。在一個實施例中,例如, 肝素(heparin)輸液準則係被組態設定以警告醫護人員一項 新的血糖(blood glUC0se)結果,並且根據按比例增減 (sliding scaie)的準則而用滴定法測量胰島素(insuiin) 輸液之一個設定的毫升數目。 再者’當訊息或是通知是有關病患的狀況時,該些訊 息或是通知係透過組態設定的規則而被傳送至相關於特定 的輸液之護士。在一個實施例中,例如當接受腎中毒的 (nephrotoxic)輸液的病患在BUN(血尿素氮)以及肌酸酐 (Creatinine)上有增加時,一個訊息係被產生。此外,當 某種輸液用滴定法測量時,可組態設定準則以產生訊息。 在一個實施例中’例如當醫護人員用滴定法測量多巴胺 (dopamine)輸液時,一個記錄血壓的訊息可被組態設定。 再者,血液動力學的(hem〇dynamic)監視參數可被連結到輸 液以產生訊息。 如先則所指出的’新的輸液指令可被組態設定以提供 49 200422917 警告醫護人貝有新的指令之 v之訊息。訊息可被組態設定成聽 覺且視覺可見的,例如,女 又予的、彩色的警告、閃爍的超 連結、圖像、與類似者。立 P 4曰令與中斷(discontinue)指 令可被組態設定成一個古版止 回k先推的訊息,以將其和非緊急 的訊息區隔開。 幸父佳地’教育的訊自後雜 心係藉由醫療保健設施而被產生及 組悲設定。在一個會絲办,丨士 , , 貫化例中’例如,需要特定的管組(例 如’非PVC的管組)之輸液係導致有—項通知醫護人員的訊 息之顯不:在另-個實施财,例如,需要中央靜脈的進 入之輸液係導致有一項不可尤、直 貝不了在週邊靜脈中輸液的警告之顯 示0 在一個實施例中,排程的(scheduling)訊息係被產生 並且㈤在-❹個電子計算裝置之上,以提醒使用者完 成下貞#在排疋的時間來改變輸液速率之罄告係被 傳送至該些電子計算裝置’例如是在減量輸液的情形中。 此外’具有以時間為基礎的警告之準則可以被組態設定, 例如,血液輸液準則。 再次轉而談及第1圖,且如上所指出的,病患照顧系 統100係容許藥物的開處方、配藥以及給藥在病患的床邊 處產生。醫師可㈣帛無㈣手H裝置㈣簡單及複雜 的處方、靜脈内的(intravenous)治療以及全靜脈營養 (TPN)治療。輸液系统21〇係檢查藥物交互作用以及其它可 能的錯誤與正確的劑量。輸液系、统210係接著即時地傳送 此資料至病患照顧設施或是本地的藥局、醫院護理單位、 50 200422917 家庭護理單位、以及/或是診所。 醫護人員可以利用該手持式 #次_廑。i加奋 裒置來存取一個醫療的記 錄貝料庫在一個實施例中,醫罐/吕7么i —a、η —由 -π蔓人貝係掃描帶有條碼的 樂物以及病患之帶有條碼的手環 』丁衣以在給予任何藥品之前 確認正確的藥物之存在與否、劑量及時間。輸液系統210 係更新醫療以及給藥的記錄,藉此消除大部分(若非消除 全部的話)之耗時的書面作業。因此,輸液系統川可以降 低成本並且改善效率,而且可能挽救了生命。病患照顧系 統100可以包含存取受管制之行動的以及固定的藥物及補 給品儲藏處,其係包含雷法电殿# 你13电于的病患醫療記錄以及電腦的開 藥方、從治療點提供完整的準備與存貨管理至藥局。 如先前所提及的,第i圖是病患照顧系統100的圖形 表示。該病患照顧系統100係包含藉由網路1〇2連結的藥 局電腦104、中央系統1〇8、以及治療位置1〇6。在一個實 施例中,該藥局電腦1〇4係包含處理單元1〇4a、鍵盤i〇4b 、視訊顯不器l〇4c、印表機i〇4d、條碼閱讀機1〇4e、以 及滑鼠104f。儘管未展示在第1圖中,該病患照顧系統 100也可以包含用於醫院管理的次系統、護士站、臨床的 資訊次系統、醫院資訊次系統、入院、出院及轉院(ADT)次 系統、開帳單次系統、以及/或是其它典型地内含在習知 的病患照顧系統中之次系統。此種系統典型地係與該第二 中央伺服器1 〇8a介面連接。 在一個實施例中,該中央系統108係包含中央伺服電 腦108a、資料庫i〇8b、視訊顯示器l〇8c、輸入/輸出組件 51 200422917 以及其它為具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的習知 * 硬體組件。該網路丨〇2較佳地係包含一個電纜線通訊系統 11 〇部份以及一個無線通訊系統部份。該電纜線通訊系統 110可以是(但不限於)一個乙太網路纜線系統以及一個細 接頭(thin net)系統。 在一個實施例中,該治療位置106可以包含治療病床 106a、輸液泵12〇、以及醫療的治療推車132。在第i圖中 ’面濩人員11 6以及病患112係被展示在該治療位置丨〇6 中。藥物124可以是一種利用輸液泵12〇或是其它的醫療 # 器材給藥之類型。藥物124也可以是一種不需利用醫療器 材就可給藥之類型。該藥物可以被儲存在醫療的治療推車 132之藥物儲存區域132a中。醫護人員ιΐ6係在將藥物 1 24、、Ό予病患112的過程中使用數位助理118。 、^在一個實施例中,醫護人員116係在治療病患112的 义轾中使用數位助理丨j 8,以經由第一無線通訊路徑1Μ :網,102的電繞線通訊系統110通訊。該輸液果120係 具有經由第二無線通訊路徑128和電規線通訊系統110通_ 汛之功能。該藥物推車132亦具有經由一條無線通訊路徑( 未展示在第1圖中)通訊的功能。-個無線收發機114係與 ,電境線通訊系統11〇介面連接。該網路的無線通訊系統 f :可以採用例如是(但不限於)具有在此項技術中之一般 支:者所知的技術,例如,酿802· 11b “無線乙太網路” ^ 品域、罔路、無線的本地區域網路、具有樹狀佈局的 -有衣狀佈局的網路、現有的系統之無線網際網路 52 200422917 點、乙太網路、網際網路、無線電通訊、紅外線、光纖、 以及電話。儘管通訊路徑在第i圖中被展示為無線通訊系 統’但該些通訊路徑可以是固接的連線之通訊路徑。 在病患照顧系統100中,醫師可以開藥物124的處方 給病患112。在-個實施例十,該指令可以源自於治療位 置1〇6處的醫護人員116。醫師及/或醫護人員116可以使 用一種電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統(cp〇E)、醫療用推車 132、或是類似的裝置’以開藥物124的處方給病患η〗。 八有在貞技術中之一般技月巨者係熟悉習知的電腦化的醫 師醫令輸入系統。儘管其名稱為此,任何的醫護人員116 都可以使用該電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統。若藥物124透 過輸液果120、給藥是有效率的,則輸液指令係包含用於產 生輸液栗12〇的操作參數之f訊。該些操作參數是規劃輸 液果120來根據該輸液指令運作所必須設定的資訊及/或指 令。 〆 該輸液指令可在各種的位置被輸入, 理中心、護理樓層m療位i⑽。當該指^藥^ 中被輸入時’彡可在藥局電腦1〇4中’經由輸入/輸出裝置 ,例如,鍵盤l〇4b、滑鼠104f、觸控螢幕顯示器、cp〇E 系統以及/或是醫療的治療推車132而被輸入。該處理單元 104a係能夠轉換-個人工輸人的指令成為電腦可讀取的Z 料。例如是CP0E的裝置可以在指令被導引至處理單= l〇4a之前轉換該指令成為電腦可讀取的資料。該操作參數 係接著藉由印表機lG4d,以條碼的格式被料在_個藥物 53 200422917 ㈣籤124a之上。該藥物的標籤ma係接著被貼在一個 藥物124的今器上。接著,該藥考勿j 24的容器係被運送至 治療位置1G6。㈣124於是可以用此項技術中所知的各 種方式,包含口服地以及透過輸液泵12〇來施予病患ιΐ2 。若藥物124是口服地給藥時,醫護人員116可以經由數 位助理118以及/或是醫療用推車132來通訊。該醫療用推 車132是電腦化的,並且大致上具有鍵盤(未展示出)、顯 不器132b、以及其它例如是條碼掃描器(未展示出)的輸入 /輸出裝置。 如同由具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的 ,該輸液袋也可以被預先混合,其中一個非特定病患的條 碼係附接至該袋以識別該藥物124。再者,該輸液袋可以 在藥局中或是在該樓層上被混合,其中一個特定病患的條 碼係附接至該袋,其係識別該藥物i 24並且若為所要的話 ,識別該藥物何時將被施予該病患。 在治療位置處,藥物124可以安裝在輸液泵12〇之上 ,利用一條靜脈(IV)管路13〇而從輸液泵12〇流至病患 112。該輸液泵120可以包含泵唧(pumping)單元12〇a、小 型鍵盤(keypad) 120b、顯示器120c、輸液泵ID 120d、以 及天線12 0 e。習知技術的輸液泵可以設置一個無線轉接器 (未展示出)以便於完整地實施該系統1〇〇。若必要的話, 該無線轉接器可以具有其本身的電池,以避免縮短習知技 術的輸液泵之電池壽命。該無線轉接器也可以使用智慧型 資料管理,例如(但不限於),儲存及遞送的資料管理與資 54 200422917 科二縮以最小化功率消耗以及網路的傳輸量。該無線轉 接的也可以包含和數位助理丨丨8通訊的功能,甚至當網路 10 2未在運作時亦可如此。 在一個貫施例中,病患照顧系統100可以包含各種的 識別符,例如(但不限於),人員、設備、以及藥物的識別 符在第1圖中,醫護人員11 6可以具有一個醫護人員徽 章(badge) 116a的識別符,病患112可以具有一個腕帶 (wristband)112a的識別符,輸液泵12〇可以具有一個輸 液泵ID 120d的識別符,並且藥物124可以具有一個藥物 的標籤124a之識別符。醫護人員徽章116a、腕帶112a、 輸液泵ID 120d以及藥物的標籤124a係包含資訊來識別與 其相連的人員、設備、或是藥物。該些識別符也可以具有 額外的資訊。例如,藥物的標籤124a可以包含有關藥物 124所打算要用的接受者之資訊、用於輸液泵12〇的操作 參數以及有關藥物124的批號及使用期限之資訊。内含在 識別符中的資訊可被列印出,但較佳地是以一種裝置可讀 取的格式被列印,例如(但不限於),像是條碼之光學可讀 取的裝置格式、例如是RFID、iButton、智慧卡之射頻 (RF)裝置可讀取的格式、以及雷射可讀取的格式。該數位 助理118可以包含顯示器118a並且具有讀取該些識別符的 功能’其包含讀取例如是指紋的生物辨識(biometric)資訊 〇 該腕帶112a典型地是在病患112進入醫療照顧設施時 ’被设置在該病患112之上。該腕帶112 a係包含一個病患 55 200422917 識別符。該病患識別符可以白人 ^ J付』乂包含列印的育訊以識別該病患 與額外的資訊,例如是一位治療的醫師姓名。用於病串 m的病患識別符可以包含例如是(但不限於),病患的姓 名、年齡、社會安全號碼、病患的血型、地址、過敏、醫 院ID號碼以及病患的親屬姓名之資訊。在一個實施例中 ’若需要的話或為所期望的#,該病患識別符可以包含一 個用於該病患之獨特的參考碼或是密碼,纟亦被儲存在中 央資料庫中用於交又對照。 多、統硬體/系統的斡體竿复 第2圖是電腦2GG的方塊圖,其係代表第1圖的藥局 電腦104、中央系統108、cp〇E、數位助理118以及/或是 内含在任意數目個其它經由網路1〇2通訊的例如是藥物治 療推車132之次系統中之電腦。如先前所指出的,電腦 200係包含輸液系統21〇或是一部份的輸液系統21〇,以用 在病患照顧系、统1GG内。參考第2圖所述的輸液系統較佳 地是-個電腦程式。然而,除了被實施為—個電腦程式之 外,該輸液系統可以全部或是部分地被實施為一種方法及 系統。 在此項技術中的一項關鍵性的考量是正確的藥物被施 予正確的病患。因此,輸液系統21〇係包含特點以助於以 一種有效率的方式確保正確的藥物被施予正確的病患。輸 液系統210可以用軟體、韌體、硬體、或是其中之一種組 合來實施之。在一種模式中,輸液系統21 〇是用軟體來實 施成一個可執行的程式,並且藉由一或多個特殊的或是一 56 200422917 I又目的之數位電腦來加以執行,例如,個人電腦(PC ; 1⑽ 相容的、App 1 e相容的、或是其它)、個人數位助理、工作 站、微型電腦、或是大型電腦。一般目的之電腦的一個可 以貫施該輸液系統210之例子係被展示在第2圖中。該輪 液系統210可以存在於(或是使得其各種部份存在於)任何 例如是(但不限於),藥局電腦104、中央系統1〇8、藥物治 療推車132、以及數位助理118的電腦中。因此,第2圖 的電腦200係代表該輸液系統21 〇存在或是部分地存在於 其中的任何電腦。 一般而言,就硬體架構而論,如第2圖中所示,該電 腦200係包含經由本地的介面2〇8通訊地耦接之處理器 2〇2、圮憶體204以及一或多個輸入及/或輸出(1/〇)裝置 2〇6(或是週邊設備)。該本地的介面2〇8可以是例如(但不 ;) 或夕個匯流排或疋其它有線或是無線的連線, =如此項技術中已知者。該本地的介面2〇8可以具有例如 疋控制器、緩衝器(快取)、驅動器、中繼器、以及接收器 、額外的7G件(其係為了簡明起見而被省略)以使得通訊成 為可能的。再者,該本地的介面可以包含位址、控制以及 /或是資料連線,以使得在其它的電腦組件之間適當的通 戒成為可能的。 處理器202是一個用於執行軟體,尤其是儲存在記憶 、2?中的軟體之硬體裝置。處理H 202可以是任何特製 的或是市售的處理器、中央處理單元(cpu)、數個與該電腦 相關的處理為中之輔助的處理器、以半導體為基礎的 57 200422917 微處理器(具有微晶片或是晶片組的形式)、巨集處理器If desired 'and as those skilled in the art will recognize, other alarms and warnings regarding the infusion pump can be used as an electronic computing device located remotely from the infusion pump. Appropriate resources can be displayed on the electronic computing device, thus saving care time and steps in solving problems. As noted above, ^ When a pump reports or warns, 'medical staff can watch patient information, medication instructions, and alert or warning messages on a personal digital note, and collect them before going to the patient's ward Necessary items to actually change the conditions of this alert or warning. 46 200422917 In one embodiment, the infusion system 21 provides a configurable, time-based alert to remind medical staff of scheduled infusion instructions. In this connection, a tapering instruction to perform Ns for two hours at 200 ml / hr and then drop to 50 ml / hr caused the infusion system 21 to warn the nurse to reduce the rate two hours after the start of the infusion. Furthermore, when the scheduled infusion exceeds the time tolerance set by the facility, a delayed warning is provided to notify the medical staff. Furthermore, time-based protocols, such as the warning for pain assessment, are initiated after the infusion of epidural morphine. f The configurable features of the infusion system 210 also include audible warnings from an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant. Preferably, the consciousness warning can be configured by a healthcare facility and within a specific unit of the healthcare facility to meet a unique environment within the healthcare facility. As previously indicated, a plurality of visual warnings and messages may be displayed by an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant to indicate the importance or urgency of the flood. Desirably, color, flicker, and bold text are options for displaying messages. In addition, hyperlinks can be provided when messages are generated. Images on the display can also be used, and emergency messages can be configured to interrupt the handheld electronic device, etc., to immediately alert medical staff. Furthermore, the alert / warning alert is raised by the system 210. The alerts / warnings and their escalation alerts are detailed below. . "Also as previously noted, the infusion system 210 allows medical personnel 47 200422917 b to be able to view all fluids or designated patients on an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant or the like, thereby reducing Time spent traveling to and from the patient's ward. In addition, the prescription information is displayed on the electronic calculation unit for the amount of medicines, diluent, dose, and rate = verification for the infusion. In addition, the instant of the infusion The status of the infusion is viewable, which shows the amount of ml per hour or the like, the duration of the infusion, the amount of infusion, the remaining day-to-day interval, and i to be infused. As previously noted, the status of the infusion and The flow rate history can be viewed from anywhere within the healthcare facility via these electronic computing devices. As described in further detail here, the infusion system 2 can calculate the commanded dose based on the patient's weight 'And show the appropriate rate of infusion. If the infusion is set to proceed beyond the ordered dose, the mental system is generated. Furthermore, pediatric Pediatric dosing is available and is configured for use in pediatric units within healthcare facilities. In one embodiment, the state of the primary infusion and the secondary infusion such as a piggy back It is displayed on an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant by the infusion system 21. The medical staff can check the 1 left in a small soft bag for infusion at any time, and when the small When the soft bag is used up and the main infusion has been restarted, a flood is displayed. In addition, the message is sent to the pharmacy to replenish inventory and infusion instructions. The right is expected, the 210 infusion system allows medical care Facilities are not sufficient to define the limits of system infusions and are used to warn medical personnel who plan to perform infusions beyond the set range. The warning can be configured with 48 200422917 to allow medical personnel to override the warning or prohibit Withdrawal. As will be appreciated by those with ordinary skills in this technology, withdrawal of certain infusions can be avoided to prevent inadvertent patient acceptance. Overdose. The infusion system 210 can also provide reference information showing the needs of each professional unit within the healthcare facility. In addition to the policies and procedures of the professional unit, the drug information can also be used, for example, in a personal digital assistant. View on the electronic device. The guidelines (prOt〇c〇1) and standard instructions can be configured to provide information according to the condition of the patient. In one embodiment, for example, heparin infusion guidelines are grouped The state setting is to warn the medical staff of a new blood glucose result, and the titration method is used to measure a set number of milliliter of insulin (insuiin) infusion according to the criterion of sliding scaie. When the messages or notifications are related to the condition of the patient, the messages or notifications are transmitted to the nurse related to the specific infusion through the rules set by the configuration. In one embodiment, a message is generated, for example, when a patient receiving a nephrotoxic infusion has an increase in BUN (blood urea nitrogen) and creatinine. In addition, when a certain infusion is measured by titration, configuration criteria can be configured to generate messages. In one embodiment, 'for example, when a medical staff measures a dopamine infusion by titration, a message recording blood pressure can be configured. Furthermore, hemodynamic monitoring parameters can be linked to the infusion to generate information. As pointed out previously, a 'new infusion command can be configured to provide a message warning 49 to the healthcare practitioner that there is a new command. Messages can be configured to be audible and visually visible, for example, female, colored warnings, flashing hyperlinks, images, and the like. The P4 command and the discontinue command can be configured as an old version of the message forwarded by k to separate it from non-emergency messages. Fortunately, the news of ‘Father ’s Land’ education has been created and set through the care of health care facilities. In a conference office, officials, and implementation examples, for example, the need for a specific tube group (such as 'non-PVC tube group') infusion system leads to the presence of a message to notify medical staff: in another- For example, an infusion system that requires access to the central vein results in a warning that is indispensable and cannot be infused in a peripheral vein. In one embodiment, a scheduling message is generated and On top of an electronic computing device, to remind the user to complete the time of changing the infusion rate to change the infusion rate at the time of exhaustion, the notification is transmitted to these electronic computing devices, for example, in the case of a reduced infusion. In addition, a criterion with a time-based warning can be configured, for example, a blood transfusion criterion. Turning again to Figure 1, and as noted above, the patient care system 100 allows the prescription, dispensing, and administration of drugs to occur at the patient's bedside. Physicians have no hand H device, simple and complex prescriptions, intravenous treatments, and total intravenous nutrition (TPN) treatments. The infusion system 21 checks for drug interactions and other possible errors and correct dosages. The infusion department and the department 210 then immediately transmitted this information to the patient care facility or the local pharmacy, hospital care unit, 50 200422917 home care unit, and / or clinic. Medical staff can use this handheld # 次 _ 廑. i plus set up to access a medical record shell library. In one embodiment, the medical tank / Lu 7 Mod i-a, η-scans the bar-coded objects and patients with -π Barcoded bracelet ”to confirm the existence, dosage and time of the correct medicine before giving any medicine. The infusion system 210 updates medical and medication records to eliminate most, if not all, of the time-consuming paperwork. As a result, infusion systems can reduce costs and improve efficiency, and may save lives. The patient care system 100 may include access to controlled operations and fixed storage of medicines and supplies, which includes the Leifadian Hall # Your 13 patients' medical records and computer prescriptions, from the treatment point Provide complete preparation and inventory management to the pharmacy. As previously mentioned, Figure i is a graphical representation of the patient care system 100. The patient care system 100 includes a pharmacy computer 104 connected via a network 102, a central system 108, and a treatment site 106. In one embodiment, the pharmacy computer 104 includes a processing unit 104a, a keyboard 104b, a video display 104c, a printer 104b, a bar code reader 104e, and a slider. Rat 104f. Although not shown in Figure 1, the patient care system 100 may also include a subsystem for hospital management, a nurse station, a clinical information subsystem, a hospital information subsystem, a hospital admission, discharge, and transfer (ADT) subsystem. , Billing systems, and / or other secondary systems typically embedded in conventional patient care systems. Such a system is typically connected to the second central server 108a interface. In one embodiment, the central system 108 includes a central servo computer 108a, a database 108b, a video display 108c, an input / output module 51 200422917, and others known to those having ordinary skill in the art. Known * hardware components. The network 丨 02 preferably includes a cable communication system 110 section and a wireless communication system section. The cable communication system 110 may be, but is not limited to, an Ethernet cable system and a thin net system. In one embodiment, the treatment location 106 may include a treatment bed 106a, an infusion pump 120, and a medical treatment cart 132. In the i-th figure, the personnel 116 and the patient 112 are displayed in this treatment position. Drug 124 may be a type that is administered using an infusion pump 12 or other medical # device. The medicine 124 may also be a type that can be administered without using medical devices. The medicine may be stored in a medicine storage area 132a of the medical treatment trolley 132. Medical personnel 6 are using digital assistants 118 in the process of administering drugs 1 to 24 to patients 112. In an embodiment, the medical staff 116 uses a digital assistant 丨 j 8 in the treatment of the patient 112 to communicate via the first wireless communication path 1M: net, 102 of the electrical winding communication system 110. The infusion fruit 120 has the function of communicating with the electrical communication system 110 via the second wireless communication path 128. The medicine cart 132 also has a function of communicating via a wireless communication path (not shown in FIG. 1). -A wireless transceiver 114 is connected to the 110 interface of the communication line of the electrical line. The wireless communication system f of the network can use, for example, but is not limited to, a technology known in the art, such as, for example, 802.11b "Wireless Ethernet" ^ , Kushiro, wireless local area network, tree-like network-cloth-like network, wireless Internet of existing systems 52 200422917 points, Ethernet, Internet, radio communication, infrared , Fiber, and telephone. Although the communication paths are shown as wireless communication systems' in Fig. I, these communication paths may be communication paths of fixed connections. In the patient care system 100, a physician may prescribe a medication 124 to a patient 112. In a tenth embodiment, the instruction may be derived from the medical staff 116 at the treatment location 106. The physician and / or healthcare personnel 116 may use a computerized physician order entry system (cpOE), a medical cart 132, or similar device ' to prescribe medication 124 to the patient. The general giants in the zhenzhen technology are familiar with the computerized doctor's order input system. Despite its name, any medical staff 116 can use the computerized physician order entry system. If the drug 124 passes through the infusion fruit 120, and the administration is efficient, the infusion instruction includes the f message of the operating parameters for generating the infusion pump 120. The operating parameters are information and / or instructions that must be set to plan the infusion fruit 120 to operate according to the infusion instruction. 〆 The infusion instruction can be input at various locations, such as the treatment center m and the treatment floor i⑽. When the finger is entered in the medicine, '彡 may be in the pharmacy computer 104' via an input / output device such as a keyboard 104b, a mouse 104f, a touch screen display, a cp〇E system, and / Or, the medical treatment cart 132 is input. The processing unit 104a is capable of converting the instructions of the individual workers into computer-readable Z materials. For example, a device of CP0E can convert the instruction into computer-readable data before the instruction is directed to the processing order = 104a. The operating parameters were then printed on a drug 53 200422917 label 124a in barcode format by a printer 1G4d. The label ma of the drug is then affixed to a container of a drug 124. Then, the container of the drug Kobe J 24 was transported to the treatment position 1G6. ㈣124 can then be administered to the patient in a variety of ways known in the art, including orally and through an infusion pump 120. If medication 124 is administered orally, medical staff 116 may communicate via digital assistant 118 and / or medical cart 132. The medical cart 132 is computerized and generally has a keyboard (not shown), a display 132b, and other input / output devices such as a barcode scanner (not shown). As will be appreciated by those with ordinary skills in the art, the infusion bag can also be pre-mixed, and a non-specific patient barcode is attached to the bag to identify the drug 124. Furthermore, the infusion bag can be mixed in the pharmacy or on the floor, and a barcode for a particular patient is attached to the bag, which identifies the drug i 24 and, if desired, the drug When will it be administered to the patient. At the treatment site, the medication 124 may be installed above the infusion pump 120 and flowed from the infusion pump 120 to the patient 112 using an intravenous (IV) line 130. The infusion pump 120 may include a pumping unit 120a, a keypad 120b, a display 120c, an infusion pump ID 120d, and an antenna 120e. The conventional infusion pump can be provided with a wireless adapter (not shown) to facilitate the complete implementation of the system 100. If necessary, the wireless adapter may have its own battery to avoid shortening the battery life of conventional infusion pumps. The wireless adapter can also use intelligent data management, such as (but not limited to), storage and delivery of data management and data 54 200422917 to reduce power consumption and network transmission. The wireless transfer can also include the function of communicating with the digital assistant, even when the network 102 is not in operation. In one embodiment, the patient care system 100 may include various identifiers, such as (but not limited to) the identifiers of personnel, equipment, and drugs. In FIG. 1, the medical staff 116 may have one medical staff Badge 116a identifier, patient 112 may have a wristband 112a identifier, infusion pump 120 may have an infusion pump ID 120d identifier, and medication 124 may have a medication label 124a Identifier. The medical staff badge 116a, wristband 112a, infusion pump ID 120d, and medication label 124a contain information to identify the person, device, or medication connected to it. These identifiers can also have additional information. For example, the label 124a of the drug may contain information about the intended recipient of the drug 124, operating parameters for the infusion pump 120, and information about the lot number and the expiration date of the drug 124. The information contained in the identifier can be printed, but is preferably printed in a device-readable format, such as (but not limited to) an optically readable device format such as a bar code, Examples include RFID, iButton, smart card radio frequency (RF) device-readable formats, and laser-readable formats. The digital assistant 118 may include a display 118a and have a function of reading the identifiers, which includes reading biometric information such as fingerprints. The wristband 112a is typically when the patient 112 enters a medical care facility 'Set on top of this patient 112. The wristband 112a contains a patient 55 200422917 identifier. The patient identifier can be white ^ J 付 "乂 contains printed information to identify the patient and additional information, such as the name of a treating physician. The patient identifier for the disease string m may include, for example, but is not limited to, the patient's name, age, social security number, patient's blood type, address, allergy, hospital ID number, and the name of the relative of the patient. Information. In one embodiment, 'if desired or desired #, the patient identifier may include a unique reference code or password for the patient, and is also stored in a central database for communication Contrast. Figure 2 is a block diagram of computer 2GG, which represents the pharmacy computer 104, central system 108, cp〇E, digital assistant 118, and / or internal computer of Figure 1 A computer included in any number of other secondary systems, such as the medication cart 132, that communicate via the network 102. As previously indicated, the computer 200 includes the infusion system 21 or a part of the infusion system 21 for use in the patient care system, system 1GG. The infusion system described with reference to Figure 2 is preferably a computer program. However, in addition to being implemented as a computer program, the infusion system can be fully or partially implemented as a method and system. A key consideration in this technique is that the right drug is administered to the right patient. Therefore, the infusion system 2110 includes features to help ensure that the right medicine is administered to the right patient in an efficient manner. The infusion system 210 may be implemented in software, firmware, hardware, or a combination thereof. In one mode, the infusion system 21 is implemented by software into an executable program and executed by one or more special or 56 200422917 I digital computers, such as a personal computer ( PC; 1⑽ compatible, App 1 e compatible, or others), personal digital assistant, workstation, microcomputer, or mainframe computer. An example of a general purpose computer that can be used with the infusion system 210 is shown in FIG. The fluid system 210 may exist in (or cause its various parts to exist in) any such as (but not limited to), the pharmacy computer 104, the central system 108, the medication trolley 132, and the digital assistant 118. Computer. Therefore, the computer 200 in FIG. 2 represents any computer in which the infusion system 21 exists or is partially present. Generally speaking, as far as the hardware architecture is concerned, as shown in Figure 2, the computer 200 includes a processor 202, a memory 204, and one or more communicatively coupled via a local interface 108. Input and / or output (1/0) device 206 (or peripheral equipment). The local interface 208 may be, for example (but not;), or a bus or other wired or wireless connection, as known in the art. The local interface 208 may have, for example, a controller, a buffer (cache), a driver, a repeater, and a receiver, and an additional 7G piece (which is omitted for the sake of brevity) so that the communication becomes possible. Furthermore, the local interface may include addresses, controls, and / or data connections to enable proper communication between other computer components. The processor 202 is a hardware device for executing software, especially software stored in a memory 2 ?. The processing H 202 can be any special or commercially available processor, a central processing unit (cpu), several auxiliary processors associated with the computer's processing, a semiconductor-based 57 200422917 microprocessor ( In the form of a microchip or chipset), a macro processor

(maCr〇pr〇CeSS〇r)、或大致上是任何用於執行軟體指令的 裝置。適當的市售微處理器之例子係為如下1自惠普公 司的PA-RISC系列微處理器、來自英特爾公司的術86或 是PentiUm系列微處理器、來自IBM的PowerPC微處理器 、來自昇陽微系統公司@ SParc微處理器、或是來自摩托 羅拉公司的68XXX系列微處理器。處理器202也可以代表 -種分散式處理架構’例如(但不限於),肌、―⑴心 APL KLisp Snobol > Developer 200 ' MUMPS/Magic ° S己憶體2G4可以包含依電性記憶體元件(例如,隨機存 取記憶體(RAM,例如DRAM、SRAM、SDRAM、等等))以及非 依電性記憶體元件(例如,_、硬碟、磁帶、⑶腦、等等 )中之任何-個或是其組合。再者,記憶體⑽可以包含電 子磁14光子、以及/或是其它類型的儲存媒體。記憶 體204可以具有-種分散式架構,其中的各種組件係位在 彼此的遠端處,但仍然可藉由處理器2〇2存取。(maCrOprOceSSor), or substantially any device used to execute software instructions. Examples of suitable commercially available microprocessors are the following: PA-RISC series microprocessors from Hewlett-Packard Co., 86 or PentiUm series microprocessors from Intel Corporation, PowerPC microprocessors from IBM, Sun Microsystems Microsystems @ SParc microprocessor, or 68XXX series microprocessors from Motorola. The processor 202 may also represent a decentralized processing architecture. For example (but not limited to), muscles, “Heart APL KLisp Snobol > Developer 200 'MUMPS / Magic ° S memory module 2G4 may contain memory devices (For example, random access memory (RAM, such as DRAM, SRAM, SDRAM, etc.)) and non-dependent memory elements (for example, _, hard disk, tape, CD brain, etc.)- Or a combination of them. Furthermore, the memory volume may include electronic magnetic 14 photons, and / or other types of storage media. The memory 204 may have a decentralized architecture in which various components are located at the far end of each other, but are still accessible by the processor 202.

在'己憶體204中的軟體可包含-或多種個別的程式。 j 一個&的&式係包括用於實施邏輯功能之可執行的指令 之順序列表。在第2圖中,記憶體204中的軟體係包含根 據本實施例的輸液系統21〇以及適當的作業系統(Ο·〗 。適當之市售的作業系絶212之例子的一個非完全列出的 表列係為如下.(a)可從微軟公司購得的視窗作業系統. (b)可從Novell公司購得的以伽以作業系統;⑷可從 果電腦公司購得的麥金塔(Macintosh)作業系統;⑷可^ 58 422917 例如是惠普公司、昇陽微系統公司與AT&T公司之許多販售 . 商購得的UNIX作業系統;(e)在網際網路上容易可得的免 費軟體之LINUX作業系統;(f)來自WindRiver系統公司之 ^時的VxWorks作業系統;或是(g)w應用為基礎的作業系 ^例如是在手持式電腦或是個人數位助理(PDA)中所做成 勺作業系統(例如,可從Palm c〇聊ting公司購得的 ^almOS以及可從微軟公司購得的視窗ce)。作業系統 只貝上係控制其它例如是輸液系统21 〇 #電腦程式之執行 ,並且提供排程、輸入輸出的控制、檔案及資料管理、記 . 隐體官理、以及通訊控制與相關的服務。 輸液系統210可以是—個原始程式、可執行的程式(目 標(〇bje⑴碼)、腳本、或是任何其它包括—組將被執行的 指令之實體。當原始程式經由編譯器、组合程式、解譯器 、或類似者而被轉換時’其可以内含或可以不内含在記憶 體204之内’以便於結纟〇/s 212而適當地運作。再者, 輸液系統21G可以被撰寫成⑷物件導向的程式語言,其係 =有資料及方法的類別,或是⑻程序程式語言,其係具有« 吊式人以、以及/或是函數,例如(但不限於),c、匸+ + ' p_i ' Basic、F〇]:tran、c〇b〇i、μ、】_、以及 施。〜在—個實施例中,該系統程式210係以C + +撰寫。在 ,、匕實把例中’该輸液系統21〇係利用BuUder來 加以產生。該1/0裝置206可以包含輪入裝置,例如(但不 限於)’鍵盤、滑鼠、掃描器、麥克風、觸控螢幕、用於 各種醫療器材的介面、條碼閱讀機、指示筆(stylus)、雷 59 200422917 射讀取器、射頻裝置讀取器、等等。再者,該ι/〇震置 ,也可以包含輸出震置,例如(但不限於),~表機'、條 碼列印機、顯示器、等等。们/〇裝置2〇6可以更包含作 為輸入及輸出通訊的裝置,譬如(但不限於),調變器/解洵 器(數據機;用於進入其它的裝置、系統或是網路)、射^ (RF)或是其它收發機、電話的介面、橋接器(bridge)、路 由器、等等。 若電腦200是PC、工作站、個人數位助理、或類似者 ,則記憶體204中的軟體可以進一步包含基本輸出入系統 (BIOS)(未展示在第2圖中)。該BI0S是一組基本的軟體常 式,其係在起動時初始化及測試硬體、起始〇/s 212、並 且支援在硬體裝置之間的資料傳輸。該BI〇s係儲存在r〇m 中,因而該BIOS可以在電腦2〇〇被起動時加以執行。 當電腦200是在動作中,處理器2〇2係被配置以執行 儲存在記憶體204之内的軟體、傳遞資料往返於記憶體 204、以及大致上根據該軟體來控制電腦2〇〇的動作。該輸 液系統210以及0/S 212全部或是部分地(典型地是部分地 )稭由處理器2 0 2加以讀取,可以被暫存在該處理器2 〇 2之 内,並且接著加以執行。 當輸液系統21 0是以軟體做成時,即如第2圖中所示 者’該輸液系統210的程式可以被儲存在任何電腦可讀取 的媒體之上,以藉由或是結合任何電腦相關的系統或方法 加以利用。如同在此所用者,電腦可讀取的媒體是可以包 含或儲存電腦程式的電子、磁性、光學、或是其它實體的 200422917 裝置或機構,以藉由或是結合任何電腦相關的系統或方法 辦錢/夜系統210可以被實施在任何電腦可讀取 的媒體中,以藉由或是結合執行指令的系、统、裝置或元件The software in the 'memory body 204' may include-or a variety of individual programs. j An & & system includes a sequential list of executable instructions for performing logical functions. In FIG. 2, the soft system in the memory 204 includes the infusion system 21 of the present embodiment and a suitable operating system (0 ·〗. A non-exhaustive list of examples of suitable commercially available operating systems 212 The list is as follows. (A) Windows operating system available from Microsoft Corporation. (B) Israeli operating system available from Novell; 公司 Macintosh available from Fruit Computer ( Macintosh) operating system; available ^ 58 422917 For example, many are sold by Hewlett-Packard Company, Sun Microsystems, and AT & T. Commercially available UNIX operating systems; (e) Free and readily available on the Internet Software LINUX operating system; (f) VxWorks operating system from WindRiver Systems; or (g) w Application-based operating system ^ For example, in a handheld computer or personal digital assistant (PDA) Make a spoon operating system (for example, ^ almOS available from Palm Co., Ltd. and Windows CE available from Microsoft). The operating system only controls other programs such as the infusion system 21 〇 # computer program Execution and scheduling Input and output control, file and data management, recording, hidden body management, and communication control and related services. The infusion system 210 can be an original program, an executable program (target (Obje code), script, or Is any other entity that includes—a set of instructions to be executed. When the original program is converted by a compiler, combiner, interpreter, or the like, it may or may not be included in memory 204. It's easy to operate properly with 0 / s 212. Furthermore, the infusion system 21G can be written as an object-oriented programming language, which is a category with data and methods, or a programming language, which It has «hanging people, and / or functions, such as (but not limited to), c, 匸 + + 'p_i' Basic, F〇]: tran, coboi, μ,] _, and application In one embodiment, the system program 210 is written in C ++. In the example, the infusion system 21 is generated using BuUder. The 1/0 device 206 may include a wheel Access devices, such as (but not limited to) 'keyboards, sliders , Scanner, microphone, touch screen, interface for various medical equipment, barcode reader, stylus, Ray 59 200422917 radio reader, RF device reader, etc. Furthermore, this / 〇 shock set, can also include output shock set, such as (but not limited to) ~ table machine ', bar code printer, display, etc. We / 〇 device 2 06 can also include as input and output communication Devices, such as (but not limited to), modulators / demodulators (modems; used to access other devices, systems, or networks), radio (RF) or other transceivers, telephone interfaces, bridges (Bridge), router, etc. If the computer 200 is a PC, a workstation, a personal digital assistant, or the like, the software in the memory 204 may further include a basic input / output system (BIOS) (not shown in FIG. 2). The BIOS is a basic software routine that initializes and tests the hardware at startup, starts at 0 / s 212, and supports data transfer between hardware devices. The BIOs is stored in ROM, so the BIOS can be executed when the computer 200 is started. When the computer 200 is in operation, the processor 202 is configured to execute software stored in the memory 204, transfer data to and from the memory 204, and control the operation of the computer 200 substantially based on the software. . The infusion system 210 and 0 / S 212 are read in whole or in part (typically partly) by the processor 202, and can be temporarily stored in the processor 202, and then executed. When the infusion system 21 0 is made of software, that is, as shown in FIG. 2, the program of the infusion system 210 can be stored on any computer-readable medium, by or in combination with any computer. Related systems or methods are utilized. As used herein, a computer-readable medium is an electronic, magnetic, optical, or other entity that can contain or store a computer program. 200422917 device or organization for use by or in conjunction with any computer-related system or method. The money / night system 210 can be implemented in any computer-readable medium, by or in conjunction with a system, system, device, or component that executes instructions

、利用例如,以電腦為基礎的系統、内含處理器的系 統或疋其它可以從該執行指令的系統、裝置或元件提取 (fetch)指令並且執行該些指令的系統。在此文件的背景中 …種“電腦可讀取的媒體”可以是任何可儲存、通訊、傳 播、或是傳輸程式的裝£,以藉由或是結合該執行指令的 系,、裝置或元件加以利用。該電腦可讀取的媒體可以例 θ是(仁不限於)’電子、磁性、光學、電磁、紅外線、或 半導體系、、先、裝置、元件、或是傳播媒體。電腦可讀取 的媒體之更明確的例子(非完全列出的表列)將包含以下: 具有一或多條導線的電氣連線(電子的)、可攜式的電腦碟 片(磁性的)、隨機存取記憶體(RAM)(電子的)、唯讀記憶體Using, for example, a computer-based system, a processor-based system, or other system that can fetch and execute instructions from the system, device, or component that executes the instructions. In the context of this document ... A "computer-readable medium" can be any device that can store, communicate, disseminate, or transmit a program to or from a system, device, or component that executes instructions Make use of it. Examples of the computer-readable medium θ are (not limited to) 'electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor systems, advanced devices, devices, or propagation media. More specific examples of computer-readable media (not fully listed) would include the following: Electrical connections (electronic) with one or more wires, portable computer discs (magnetic) , Random access memory (RAM) (electronic), read-only memory

(R〇M)(電子的)、可抹除可程式化唯讀記憶體(EPROM、 EEPR0M或是快閃記憶體)(電子的)、光纖(光學的)、以及 可攜式的光碟唯讀記憶體(CDR〇M)(光學的)。請注意的是該 電細可頃取的媒體甚至可以是其上列印有程式的紙張或是 其它適當的媒體,因為該程式可以經由譬如是紙張或是其 它媒體的光學掃描之透過電子手段地加以捕捉,而接著以 一種適當的方式被編譯、解譯或處理(若必要的話),並且 接著被儲存在電腦記憶體中。 在另一實施例中,輸液系統210是以硬體做成的,該 輸液系統210可以用以下在此項技術中眾所週知的技術中 61 200422917 之任一種技術或是技術的組合加以完成··具有用於在資料 信號上實施邏輯功能的邏輯閘之離散的邏輯電路、具有適 當的組合邏輯閘之特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、可程式化的 閘陣列(PGA)、現場可程式化的閘陣列(fpga)、等等。(ROM) (electronic), erasable and programmable ROM (EPROM, EEPR0M, or flash memory) (electronic), optical (optical), and portable CD-ROM only Memory (CDROM) (optical). Please note that the media that can be easily accessed can even be the paper on which the program is printed or other suitable media, because the program can be electronically scanned by optical scanning such as paper or other media. They are captured, then compiled, interpreted, or processed in an appropriate way (if necessary), and then stored in computer memory. In another embodiment, the infusion system 210 is made of hardware, and the infusion system 210 can be completed by using any one of the following techniques well known in the art 61 200422917 or a combination of techniques. Discrete logic circuits of logic gates for implementing logic functions on data signals, special application integrated circuits (ASICs) with appropriate combinational logic gates, programmable gate arrays (PGA), field programmable gates Array (fpga), etc.

在例如是第3-11圖的圖式中之任何過程的說明或是方 塊是打算被理解為代表硬體、軟體或類似者的模組、片段 或是部份,其可以包含用於實施特定的邏輯功能或是過程 中的步驟之一或多個可執行的指令,並且替代的做法係内 含在實施例的範圍之内,其中可以依據牵涉到的功能而用 不同於所展示或論述的順序來執行功能,此係包括實質上 同時或是以相反的順序來執行,即如同具有在此項技術中 之一般技能者將會理解者。 病患照顧系統之組件Descriptions or blocks of any process in the drawings such as Figures 3-11 are intended to be understood as modules, fragments or parts representing hardware, software or the like, which may contain Logic function or one or more executable instructions in the process, and alternatives are included in the scope of the embodiment, where different from the shown or discussed depending on the function involved. To perform functions sequentially, this includes performing at substantially the same time or in the reverse order, as would be understood by those having ordinary skill in the art. Patient care system components

第4圖是展示第1圖的病患照顧系統丨〇〇之功能組件 的第一方塊圖。如同在第4圖中所示,病患照顧系統1 〇〇 可以被實施為一種模組化系統,其中的模組係代表該病患 照顧系統的各種功能,其包含該輸液系統21〇(第2圖)。 當該系統被實施為模組化系統時,病患照顧系統丨〇 〇與輸 液系統的彈性可以被增進。該輸液系統21 〇 (第2圖)的模 組可以内含在病患照顧系統1 〇 〇之各種部份中。在一個實 施例中,該病患照顧系統的功能組件可以包含尤其是藥物 管理模組302、處方產生模組304、處方啟動模組3〇6、以 及處方授權模組308。 該藥物管理模組302可以協調在該病患照顧系統ι〇〇 62 200422917 中U w療之給藥的其它模組之功能。豸藥物管理模組 302大致上是與病患照顧系统1〇〇的其它部份協調。該藥Figure 4 is a first block diagram showing the functional components of the patient care system of Figure 1; As shown in Figure 4, the patient care system 100 can be implemented as a modular system, where the module system represents various functions of the patient care system, which includes the infusion system 21〇 (第2)). When the system is implemented as a modular system, the flexibility of the patient care system and the infusion system can be enhanced. The module of the infusion system 21 (Figure 2) can be included in various parts of the patient care system 100. In one embodiment, the functional components of the patient care system may include, in particular, a drug management module 302, a prescription generation module 304, a prescription activation module 306, and a prescription authorization module 308. The drug management module 302 can coordinate the functions of other modules for drug delivery in the patient care system ι〇62 200422917. The drug management module 302 is generally coordinated with other parts of the patient care system 100. The medicine

物管_ 302可以包含用於操作及/或與CPOE介面連接 的次模組、用於操作及/或與治療點模組通訊的次模組、 以及用於#作及/或與醫療比較模組通訊的次模組。在第4 圖中’個入、出院及轉院(ADT)介面31〇、_個開帳單 介面312、一個實驗室介面314、以及一個藥局介面316係 被展示。該ADT介面31〇係被使用來抓取例如是病患的基 本資料、體型、重量以及過敏的資訊。在一個較佳實施例 中,該ADT系、統係利用―種HL7類型的介面以將被輸入醫 院的ADT系統内的事件傳輸到第二中央伺服器1〇8&中。 HL7是一種在醫療保健環境中用於格式化、傳送與接收資 料的協定。其係透過一種訊息傳送的標準以在醫療保健資 訊系統之間提供互通,此係使得不 同的醫療保健應用程式,例如是各種不同的第三方之應用Property management_302 may include a sub-module for operation and / or connection with the CPOE interface, a sub-module for operation and / or communication with the treatment point module, and a module for operation and / or medical comparison Sub-module for group communication. In Figure 4, the 'ADT' interface 31, the billing interface 312, a laboratory interface 314, and a pharmacy interface 316 are shown. The ADT interface 31 is used to capture, for example, patient's basic information, body type, weight, and allergy information. In a preferred embodiment, the ADT system and system use an HL7 type interface to transmit events inputted into the hospital's ADT system to the second central server 108 &. HL7 is a protocol for formatting, transmitting, and receiving data in a healthcare environment. It is a standard for transmitting information to provide interoperability between healthcare information systems. This enables different healthcare applications, such as various third-party applications.

程式爿b夠父換關鍵的臨床及給藥的資料組。典型地,在本 系統100中,該HL7 ADT介面是由三個應用程式所組成·· HL7 ADT伺服器、HL7 ADT客戶以及HL7 ADT觀看者。該藥 局介面316係從藥局輸入指令。該藥局介面316可以是一 種HL7類型的介面,其係與其它用於輸入指令的系統,例 如是CPOE介面連接。此功能係降低超過一次地輸入資料到 病患照顧系統100的必要性。該藥局介面316可被配置以 和市售的第三方系統,例如是(但不限於)Cerner、HBOC、Program 爿 b is sufficient to change key clinical and drug data sets. Typically, in this system 100, the HL7 ADT interface is composed of three applications: HL7 ADT server, HL7 ADT client, and HL7 ADT viewer. The pharmacy interface 316 is input from the pharmacy. The pharmacy interface 316 may be an HL7 type interface, which is connected to other systems for inputting commands, such as a CPOE interface. This function reduces the need to enter data into the patient care system 100 more than once. The pharmacy interface 316 can be configured for use with commercially available third-party systems such as (but not limited to) Cerner, HBOC,

Pyxis、Meditech、SMS、Phamous、與類似者通訊。一個網 63 200422917 路服務介面可以在支援口服的藥物之給藥的例θPyxis, Meditech, SMS, Phamous, communicate with similar people. Example of a web 63 200422917 service interface that can support the administration of oral medications θ

McKesson MminRx、pyxis Verif5、等等的户旅+ 疋 / σ厥點樂物;^ 理系統以及輸液泵相關的藥物管理之間提 Β κ丨,、呋十即時 調。各種其它亦為具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所矣 介面並未被展示在第4圖中。 的 ’例如,檢 、樂品過敏 續期間的限 之功能。食 可以包含例 、早產兒、 面積相關的 係避免從病 同的病患輸McKesson MminRx, pyxis Verif5, etc. + + / σ Jue point music; ^ κ 丨 between the management system and infusion pump-related drug management, instant adjustment. Various other interfaces that are also of ordinary skill in the art are not shown in Figure 4. ’For example, the function of the test, music allergy limit period. Food can include cases, premature infants, and area-related systems to avoid losing from the same patient

該藥物管理模組302可以具有額外的特點 查由於藥品與藥品之間的不相容、重複的給藥 、藥品劑量的限制、用藥頻率的限制、藥品持 制、以及藥品疾病的禁忌症所引起的不良反應 物與酒精的相互影響也可以被注意。藥品限制 如是(但不限於)與成人、兒童、幼兒、新生兒 老年人、年齡群、重量群、身高群以及身體表 限制。在一個實施例中,該藥物管理模組3〇2 患照顧系統1 00之内的兩個不同的來源對於相 入相同的處方。The drug management module 302 may have additional features to be caused by incompatibility between drugs and drugs, repeated dosing, restrictions on drug dosages, restrictions on frequency of medications, drug control, and contraindications to drug diseases The interaction of adverse reactions with alcohol can also be noticed. Drug restrictions such as (but not limited to) restrictions on adults, children, toddlers, newborns, seniors, age groups, weight groups, height groups, and body surface restrictions. In one embodiment, two different sources within the drug management module 300 patient care system 100 are related to the same prescription.

匕該藥物管理模組302也可以包含產生報告的功能。該 二報σ係包含(但不限於)輪班(丨f t)結束、滴定資訊、病 患事件表列、輸液歷史、泵效能歷史、泵位置歷史、以及 泵維護歷史。該輪班結束報告可以包含泵通道、開始時間 …束%間、主要的輸液、小軟袋輸液、藥物、劑量、速 率泵狀態、輸液的量、剩餘量、剩餘的時間、以及上次 清除的時間。該輸液歷史報告係包含輸液的藥物及量。 一該藥物管理模組302也可以包含一個醫療設備狀態的 貝料庫。該醫療設備狀態的資料庫係包含指出醫療器材 64 200422917 332在該病患照顧系統1〇〇之内的位置之資料。該醫療設· 備狀態的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療器材332之過去的效 能之資料。該醫療設備狀態的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療 器材332的維護計劃表以及/或是歷史之資料。 輸液處方或是指令係在處方輸入324中被輸入。此種 指令可以包含例如是(但不限於)單一劑量輸液、斷續的輸 液、連續的輸液、定序的(sequencing)、滴定法的、以及 父替的類型之處方。輸液處方也可以包含全靜脈營養(TPN) 此。物(admixture)、化學療法(chemotherapy)之連續的輸 · 液小权袋、大容量注射液(parenteral )、以及其它的輸 液處方。該病患照顧系統100可以在指令是沒有結束日期 下運作。該病患照顧系統][00係使用連續的計劃表產生器 ,其係考慮到未來一段預先定義的期間,並且產生一個對 於该期間之供應混合物的計劃表。該預先定義的期間可以 在病患照顧系統100的層級或是在例如是臨床學科的層級 以及組織的層級之次系統的層級來加以界定。該預先定義 的期間可藉由輸入指令的醫護人M 116加以調整。該計畫4 ♦ 表可以疋可自動延伸的,只要該指令在病患照顧系統10 0 中是有效的即可。 口亥處方產生模組304係產生文本的(hard)處方以及電 子的(E-copy)處方。在醫療設施中之文本的處方一般是被 產生三份。第一份複印文本318 —般是被傳送至藥局,第 一份複印文本320 —般是被保存作為病患的記錄,並且第 三份複印文本322係被傳送至治療位置1〇6。電子的處方 65 200422917 係被傳送至藥物管理模組3〇2。 處方產生模組3 0 4可以包含確認操作參數。操作參數 可以疋根據來自處方輸入模組324的資訊而定。處方產生 304可以發生在該病患照顧系統100中的任何地方,例如( 但不限於),藥局、治療位置1 06以及護理中心。 電腦化的醫師醫令輸入(CP0E)系統或類似者可以被採 用來實行該處方產生模組3〇4的某些或是全部的功能。醫 濩人員116可以用各種的方式輸入資料,例如(但不限於) ,利用平板無線電腦、個人數位助理、治療推車13 2以及 工作站。該藥物管理模組302可以係與超過一個的處方產 生模組304介面連接。該藥物管理模組可以從在病患照顧 系統1 0 0之内的任何地方接收指令。 S亥藥局電腦1 04係能夠從藥物管理模組3〇2來存取該 電子複製本(electronic copy)。該處方啟動模組3〇6是一 種用於協調4方的#藥以卩貼標籤之電腦辅助的系統。處 方的供藥以及藥物124從庫存的產生或是位置係由該處方 啟動模組306來處理。在一個實施例中,相對於該處方啟 動過程,該供藥過程係導致藥物的標籤124a的產生。 該病患照顧系統1〇〇可以繞過(bypass)處方啟動模組 306。此可能發生在例如是病患的醫師之下指令的醫護人員 116擁有立即啟動-項指令的權力時。若該指令是立即被 啟動時’則藥物管理I组3G2可以直接進行供藥,且因此 前進至處方的貼標籤模組326。 在方塊326巾病患照顧系統】〇〇係列印藥物的標藏 66 200422917 124a。該處方可以在遠端被列印,因而將會經常藉由藥局 的印表機104d來加以列印。在方塊326之後,該病患照顧 系統前進至方塊328。在方塊328中,藥物的標籤124a係 貼到藥物124之上。藥劑師一般是對於藥物的標籤丨24a是 否符合該處方的第一份複印文本318提供視覺上的確認 334。第4圖係展示一項視覺上的確認334亦與處方授權模 組308相關連。藥物124於是可以從藥局運送至治療位置 106。可攜式的醫療用推車132可以被使用於從藥局至治療 位置1 0 6的路徑之一部份。 該藥物的標籤124a可以包含用於準備輸液袋的資訊。 若藥物的標籤124a並非在病患照顧系統1〇〇之内被產生時 ,藥物的標籤124a可以由大量的藥物供應廠商提供。若是 由大量的藥物供應廠商提供時,則病患照顧系統1〇〇係從 藥物的標籤ma收集資訊。此外,該病患照顧系统1〇〇可 以將例如疋病患識別符的資訊加到該藥物的標籤丨2“上。 —該藥物之貼標籤模組328係將藥物的標籤124a設置在 藥物124之上。此可以人工地完成。此也可以利用一種自 動的f方供藥及包裝系統(未展示出)來加以達成。若自動 的供藥及包裝系統被使用時’則藥物之貼標籤模組犯8係 提供用於藥物m的貼標籤與該供藥及包裝系統 的The medicine management module 302 may also include a report generating function. The two reports σ include (but are not limited to) the end of the shift (t), titration information, patient event list, infusion history, pump performance history, pump position history, and pump maintenance history. The shift end report can include the pump channel, start time ... beam interval, main infusion, small soft bag infusion, medication, dose, rate of pump status, amount of infusion, remaining amount, time remaining, and time of last clearing . The infusion history report contains medicines and amounts infused. A medicine management module 302 may also include a shell library for medical device status. The medical equipment status database contains information indicating the location of medical equipment 64 200422917 332 within the patient care system 100. The medical equipment and equipment status database may also include data indicating the past performance of the medical device 332. The medical device status database may also include data indicating a maintenance schedule and / or history of the medical device 332. An infusion prescription or instruction is entered in the prescription input 324. Such instructions may include, for example, but are not limited to, single-dose infusions, intermittent infusions, continuous infusions, sequencing, titration, and parent type. Infusion prescriptions can also include total intravenous nutrition (TPN). Continuous infusion of admixtures, chemotherapy, small weight bags, parenteral, and other infusion prescriptions. The patient care system 100 can operate with no end date as instructed. The patient care system] [00 uses a continuous schedule generator that takes into account a predefined period in the future and generates a schedule for the supply mix for that period. The predefined period may be defined at the level of the patient care system 100 or at a level of a sub-system such as the level of a clinical discipline and the level of an organization. This predefined period can be adjusted by the healthcare professional M 116 who enters the instruction. The plan 4 ♦ The table can be extended automatically, as long as the instruction is valid in the patient care system 100. The Kou Hai prescription generating module 304 is a hard prescription and an electronic (E-copy) prescription. Text prescriptions in medical facilities are generally produced in three copies. The first copy of the text 318 is generally transmitted to the pharmacy, the first copy of the text 320 is generally stored as a patient record, and the third copy of the text 322 is transmitted to the treatment site 106. The electronic prescription 65 200422917 is transmitted to the medicine management module 302. The prescription generating module 304 may include a confirmation operation parameter. The operating parameters may be determined based on information from the prescription input module 324. Prescription generation 304 can occur anywhere in the patient care system 100, such as (but not limited to) a pharmacy, a treatment location 106, and a care center. A computerized physician order input (CP0E) system or the like may be employed to perform some or all of the functions of the prescription generation module 304. The medical personnel 116 can input information in various ways, such as (but not limited to), using a tablet wireless computer, a personal digital assistant, a treatment cart 132, and a workstation. The drug management module 302 can be connected to more than one prescription generating module 304. The medication management module can receive instructions from anywhere within the patient care system 100. The Pharmacy Computer 104 series can access the electronic copy from the drug management module 302. The prescription activation module 3006 is a computer-assisted system for coordinating 4 parties' #medicine to label. The prescription supply and the generation or location of the medication 124 from the inventory are handled by the prescription activation module 306. In one embodiment, the medication supply process results in the generation of a label 124a of the drug relative to the prescription initiation process. The patient care system 100 can bypass the prescription activation module 306. This may occur when, for example, a healthcare professional 116 ordered by a patient's physician has the power to initiate an order immediately. If the instruction is immediately activated ', the medicine management group 3G2 can directly supply the medicine, and therefore proceeds to the prescription labeling module 326. Patient care system in box 326] 〇〇Series printed drug collection 66 200422917 124a. The prescription can be printed remotely, so it will often be printed by the pharmacy printer 104d. After block 326, the patient care system proceeds to block 328. At a block 328, a label 124a of the medication is affixed to the medication 124. The pharmacist generally provides a visual confirmation 334 of the first copy of the drug's label 24a for compliance with the prescription. Figure 4 shows that a visual confirmation 334 is also associated with the prescription authorization module 308. The medication 124 can then be transported from the pharmacy to the treatment location 106. The portable medical cart 132 can be used as part of the path from the pharmacy to the treatment site 106. The label 124a of the medication may contain information for preparing an infusion bag. If the drug label 124a is not generated within the patient care system 100, the drug label 124a may be provided by a large number of drug suppliers. When provided by a large number of drug suppliers, the patient care system 100 collects information from the label ma of the drug. In addition, the patient care system 100 can add information such as the patient identifier to the label of the drug 2 ". —The labeling module 328 of the drug sets the label 124a of the drug to the drug 124 This can be done manually. This can also be achieved by using an automatic F-side drug supply and packaging system (not shown). If the automatic drug supply and packaging system is used, then the drug labeling module commits Series 8 provides the labeling for drug m and the drug supply and packaging system.

資料。 J 在’口療位置106處,醫護人員〗 貝116係使用一個無線裝 置330’例如是數位助王里118及/或醫療用推車132,以驗 也及”Ό予藥物124至病患112。無線裝置哪係和該藥物 67 200422917 笞理模組302經由一條例如是第一通訊路徑丨26的通訊路 · 徑來通訊。 醫護人員116藉著掃描徽章U6a以表明自己身分,藉 著知描腕帶112a來識別病患丨丨2,藉著掃描藥物的標籤 124a來識別藥物124,並且藉著掃描標籤12〇d來識別例如 疋輸液泵120的醫療器材332。醫護人員丨16也可以藉由 提供指紋以及/或是如上所述且展示在第19圖的登錄晝面 1903中之密碼以表明自己身分。該醫療器材332可以是一 種能夠和藥物管理模組3〇2進行雙向的通訊之醫療器材。f 或者是,該醫療器材332可以是只能夠提供資訊給藥物管 理模組302。該輸液系統21〇係協助醫護人員116在給予 及驗證醫療上。在一個替代的實施例中,該輸液系統21〇 可以包含操作參數的下载至醫療器材332。醫護人員116 可以提供視覺上的確認,以確認該第三份322以及/或是 mar是否符合該貼有標籤的藥物124。掃描器338可以被利 用來從δ亥第二份322輸入機器可讀取的資訊至無線裝置 330以及醫療器材332。 _ 該病患照顧系統1〇〇可以對於輸液指令做調整及修改 。尤其,可以包含輸液調整的功能之模組是處方輸入324 、處方啟動306、處方授權308以及處方修改模組。醫 護人員116係利用處方修改模組336以便對於指令做調整 。醫護人員116可以在病患照顧系統100的各處來利用處 方修改模組336。然而,一個對於醫護人員U6利用處方 修改模組336非常有用的位置是在治療位置106處。 68 200422917 #在處方授權模組308中,病患照顧系統_係判„ 禮人員m是否具有權力來獨立修改一項輸液指令。醫護 人貝m可以被病患照顧系、統⑽認可為具有權力^ 修改該指令的某些部份4醫護人員116不具有權力來獨 f修改該指令時,則藥劑師或是醫師可以被請求來核准由 该醫護人員11 6所輸入的修改。 “在病患照顧系統100的一種做法中,指令係被輸入到 樂局電腦104巾。該指令係包含一個第一病患識別符以及 -個操作參數。該藥局電腦1〇4係產生一個藥物的標籤 1243’其係貼到藥物袋或是容器上。該㈣124係被傳送 至治療位f⑽。在治療位置⑽處,醫護人員116係利 用數位㈣m來讀取醫護人員的徽章116a、病患的腕帶 U2a以及藥物的標籤i24a。該數位助理! ^8係根據由中央 系統108所做的判斷來報告藥物的標籤124a及腕帶n2a 是否對應於相同的病患112。該系統100於是傳送該藥物 識別符至藥局電腦104〇該藥局電腦1〇4係確認該藥物的 標籤124a,識別與該指令相同的病患,並且傳送操作參數 至輸液泵。該操作參數可以直接被傳送至輸液泵12〇。該 刼作參數係接著被用以規劃該輸液泵以將藥物124施予病 患 112。 第5圖是在實施輸液系統21〇(第2圖)之各種功能上 疋有用的電腦晝面400之範例的方塊圖。除了其它的功能 之外,该電腦晝面400可以被利用來輸入新的輸液指令、 修改現有的輸液指令以及停止輸液指令。電腦畫面4〇〇較 69 200422917 佳地係包含一個處理區域402、多個搜尋區域404、一個藥 物資訊區域406、一個滴定/減量標準區域408、一個指令 及注意事項區域41 〇、以及一個計劃的溶液成分區域412。 輸液用藥指令的類型係包含單一劑量、斷續的、連續的、 定序的以及交替的類型·。電腦畫面4〇〇可以被使用於數位 助理118、藥局電腦1〇4、輸液泵120、CPOE系統以及醫療 用推車13 2。電腦晝面4 0 0大致上是被設計以具有外觀及 感覺為醫護人員可在第i圖的病患照顧系統丨〇〇各處利用 的電腦畫面。電腦畫面400的功能部分地是利用具有在此 項技術中之一般技能者所熟習的資料庫連結技術,例如( 仁不限於),超連結、定義盒(def ini ti〇n b〇x)以及下拉式 項目單來加以達成。 —該處理區域402係包含觸發輸液指令的產生、輸液指 令2儲存、輸液指令的修改、以及輸液指令的取消之功能 商濩人員116可以自訂該電腦畫面4〇〇以提供該醫護人 員116之較佳的輸入指令程序。該處理區域4〇2係包含一 個針對指令的狀態指示器。該處理區$權亦包含一個區 ^用於指出-個剛指令(“如必要時,,或是“當需要時,,指: )疋否可以藉由醫護人員! 16開出。該處理區域更包含 功能以顯示及調整醫療器材332的操作參數、輸液指令: 由、輸液管、輸液給藥場所、輸液指令開始時間、輸: =類型、輸液流速容限、輸液流速、輸液持續㈣ 及準備的區域(例如,藥局或是遠端的場所)。該處理區域 2也可以包含一個區域用於連結醫療的指令至其它醫療 70 200422917 的指令或是關聯的臨床的監才見,例如,連結醫師的輸液指 令至另-個由另一醫護人員u 6所輸入之醫療的指令。該 處理區域402可以包含一個起動裝置用於展示資料在電腦 晝面400的其它區域中,例如(但不限於),在該計劃的溶 液區域412中。 搜尋區域404係使得搜尋用於輸液指令的藥物、溶液 以及/或是添加物成為可能的。預設的稀釋液可被提供以 供指令使用。若一種藥物之預設的劑量被定義在病患照顧 系統100中時,則該預設的劑量係自動地與包含該藥物的 搜尋結果一起出現。一項來自搜尋區域4〇4的搜尋可以導 致有藥物名稱、給藥的途徑、成本、包裝尺寸、劑型、學 名、δ亥藥物疋否為一種麻醉劑(narc〇t ic)、該藥物是否被 管制、處方及該藥物是否已製出的顯示。 藥物資訊區域406可被利用來定義輸液指令的添加物 以及溶液。藥物資訊區域406可以包含個別的添加物區域 以及溶液區域。該溶液區域可以包含一個標籤“溶液/稀釋 液’’。該病患照顧系統1 00可以使用一個藥物丨24資料庫、 一個溶液資料庫以及一個添加物資料庫來使得藥物1 24、 溶液以及添加物存在於藥物資訊區域406中。在一個資料 庫中識別出的物質也可能在其它資料庫中被識別出。該些 資料庫可以被連結以提供用於藥物124以及溶液的組合之 預設值。 滴定/減量標準區域408 —般是應用至連續的輸液指令 。滴定係定義一項指令的某些參數,例如,劑量以及/或 71 200422917 是流速。劑量以及流速可以被輸入為一個絕對值。再者, 例如是(但不限於)大於“〉,,、小於“<,,以及等於“=”之數學的 符號可以單獨或是組合地被使用來在滴定/減量標準區域 408中輸入資訊。一個日曆也可以被利用來在滴定/減量標 準區域4 0 8中輸入資料。劑量以及流速也可以被輸入為一 個可接受的範圍。當非連續的輸液指令被輸入以及/或是 被修改時,滴定/減量標準區域4〇8可以被隱藏。滴定的標 準可以包含各種有關病患的狀況之參數值,例如(但不限 於),各種的實驗結果、生命徵象、口服流體的功能、流 體輸入及輸出、與類似者。 指令及注意事項區域410係包含儲存例如有關病患 11 2以及/或疋輸液指令的醫師注意事項之資訊的功能。古亥 指令及注意事項區域41 〇可以包含一個顯示及查詢區域用 於識別負責該病患112的醫護人員116,例如是病患的醫 師。 該計劃的溶液區域412係根據被處理以用於病患112 的指令之目前狀態來顯示溶液計劃表以及相關的成分。叶 劃的期間可以是病患照顧系統100的預設值。該期間也可 以藉由醫護人員116加以調整。該計劃的溶液區域412可 以包含一個指出由病患照顧系統丨0〇所計劃的期間之可碉 整的顯示晝面。在該計劃的溶液區域412中所顯示的資料 係大致在處理區域402中觸發指令儲存時被儲存。該計劃 的溶液區域412可以包含在修改一項先前輸入的指令時, 回顧一段期間的功能。此係容許醫護人員116能夠觀看可 200422917 能已經根據該尚未修改的輸液指令而備妥之溶液。 輸液系統之組1data. J At 'Oral treatment location 106, medical staff 〖Bai 116 is using a wireless device 330', such as digital helper 118 and / or medical cart 132, and it is also possible to give the drug 124 to the patient 112 What is the wireless device and the drug 67 200422917 The management module 302 communicates via a communication path such as the first communication path 26. The medical staff 116 scans the badge U6a to indicate their identity, and through knowledge and description The wristband 112a is used to identify the patient. 2, the medicine 124 is scanned by scanning the tag 124a, and the medical device 332, such as the infusion pump 120, is scanned by scanning the tag 120d. The medical staff 16 may also borrow The identity is provided by providing a fingerprint and / or a password as described above and shown in the login day 1903 shown in Figure 19. The medical device 332 may be a two-way communication capable of communicating with the drug management module 302. Medical equipment. F Alternatively, the medical equipment 332 can only provide information to the drug management module 302. The infusion system 21 assists the medical staff 116 in giving and verifying medical treatment. In an alternative implementation In an embodiment, the infusion system 21 may include downloading of operating parameters to the medical device 332. The medical staff 116 may provide a visual confirmation to confirm whether the third 322 and / or mar meets the labeled drug 124. The scanner 338 can be used to input machine-readable information from the second copy 322 of δH to wireless device 330 and medical equipment 332. _ The patient care system 100 can adjust and modify the infusion instructions. In particular, the modules that can include infusion adjustment functions are the prescription input 324, prescription activation 306, prescription authorization 308, and prescription modification module. The medical staff 116 uses the prescription modification module 336 to make adjustments to the instructions. The medical staff 116 can The patient care system 100 uses the prescription modification module 336 everywhere. However, a very useful location for the medical staff U6 to use the prescription modification module 336 is at the treatment location 106. 68 200422917 #In the prescription authorization module 308 The patient care system _ judges whether li personnel m has the power to independently modify an infusion instruction. A medical caregiver can be recognized as having authority by the Department of Patient Care ^ Amend certain parts of the order 4 When the medical staff 116 does not have the power to modify the order alone, a pharmacist or physician can be requested To approve the changes entered by the medical staff 116. "In a method of the patient care system 100, the instruction is input to the music computer 104. The instruction includes a first patient identifier and an operating parameter. The pharmacy computer 104 generates a The medicine label 1243 'is attached to the medicine bag or container. The ㈣124 is transferred to the treatment position f⑽. At the treatment position ,, the medical staff 116 uses the digital ㈣m to read the medical staff's badge 116a, the patient Wristband U2a and drug label i24a. The digital assistant! ^ 8 reports whether the drug label 124a and wristband n2a correspond to the same patient 112 based on the judgment made by the central system 108. The system 100 then transmits The drug identifier is sent to the pharmacy computer 104. The pharmacy computer 104 determines the label 124a of the drug, identifies the same patient as the instruction, and transmits the operating parameter to the infusion pump. The operating parameter can be directly transmitted to Infusion pump 12. The operating parameters are then used to plan the infusion pump to administer the medication 124 to the patient 112. Figure 5 is useful in implementing the various functions of the infusion system 21 (Figure 2). A block diagram of an example of a computer day surface 400. Among other functions, the computer day surface 400 can be used to enter new infusion instructions, modify existing infusion instructions, and stop infusion instructions. Computer screen 400 compared to 69 200422917 The best system includes a processing area 402, a plurality of search areas 404, a drug information area 406, a titration / reduction standard area 408, a command and precaution area 41 〇, and a planned solution composition area 412. Infusion medication instructions The types include single-dose, intermittent, continuous, sequential, and alternating types. Computer screen 400 can be used for digital assistant 118, pharmacy computer 104, infusion pump 120, CPOE system, and Medical cart 13 2. The computer day surface 400 is designed to have the appearance and feel as a computer screen that can be used by medical staff in the patient care system in the i-th figure. The computer screen 400 The function is partly using database connection technology familiar to those with ordinary skills in this technology, such as (ren is not limited to), hyperlinks, The definition box (def ini ti〇nbox) and pull-down item list to achieve. — This processing area 402 contains functions to trigger the generation of infusion instructions, storage of infusion instructions 2, modification of infusion instructions, and cancellation of infusion instructions The salesperson 116 can customize the computer screen 400 to provide a better input instruction program for the medical staff 116. The processing area 402 contains a status indicator for the instruction. The processing area $ right also contains An area ^ is used to indicate a just instruction ("if necessary, or" when needed, means:) 疋 Can it be opened by a medical staff! 16. The processing area contains functions for display and adjustment. Operating parameters of medical device 332, infusion instructions: by, infusion tube, infusion administration site, infusion instruction start time, infusion: = type, infusion flow rate tolerance, infusion flow rate, infusion duration, and prepared area (for example, pharmacy Or a remote location). The processing area 2 may also include an area for linking medical instructions to other medical orders 70 200422917 or related clinical supervision, for example, linking a physician's infusion instruction to another medical staff u 6 Entered medical instructions. The processing area 402 may include a starting device for displaying data in other areas of the computer day 400, such as (but not limited to), in the planned solution area 412. The search area 404 makes it possible to search for drugs, solutions and / or additives for infusion instructions. Pre-set dilutions are available for instruction. If a preset dose of a drug is defined in the patient care system 100, the preset dose automatically appears with the search results containing the drug. A search from the search area 404 can result in the name of the drug, the route of administration, cost, package size, dosage form, scientific name, whether the drug is a narcotic, whether the drug is controlled , Prescription, and whether the drug has been made. The medication information area 406 can be used to define additives and solutions for infusion instructions. The drug information area 406 may include individual additive areas and solution areas. The solution area may contain a label "solution / diluent". The patient care system 100 can use a drug database 24, a solution database, and an additive database to make drug 1 24, solution and addition Substances exist in the drug information area 406. Substances identified in one database may also be identified in other databases. These databases can be linked to provide default values for the combination of drug 124 and solution The titration / decrement standard area 408 is generally applied to continuous infusion commands. Titration defines certain parameters of a command, for example, dose and / or 71 200422917 is the flow rate. The dose and flow rate can be entered as absolute values. Furthermore, for example (but not limited to) greater than ">", less than "<, and mathematical symbols equal to" = "can be used alone or in combination to enter information in the titration / decrement standard area 408 A calendar can also be used to enter data in the titration / reduction standard area 408. The dose and flow rate can also be entered as a Acceptable range. When non-continuous infusion instructions are entered and / or modified, the titration / decrement standard area 408 can be hidden. The titration standard can include various parameter values related to the condition of the patient, such as ( But not limited to), various experimental results, vital signs, functions of oral fluids, fluid input and output, and the like. Instructions and precautions area 410 contains a physician who stores, for example, a patient 11 2 and / or a transfusion instruction. The function of the information of the precautions. The ancient command and precautionary area 41 〇 may include a display and query area for identifying the medical staff 116 responsible for the patient 112, such as the patient's physician. The planned solution area 412 is The solution plan and related components are displayed according to the current status of the instructions processed for the patient 112. The period of the foliation can be a preset value of the patient care system 100. This period can also be provided by the medical staff 116 Adjustments. The planned solution area 412 may contain an adjustable number indicating the planned period for the patient care system. The day area is shown. The data displayed in the plan's solution area 412 is roughly stored when the command storage is triggered in the processing area 402. The plan's solution area 412 may include a review of a previously entered instruction when modifying a previously entered instruction Function during this period. This allows the medical staff 116 to view the solution that can be prepared in accordance with the unmodified infusion instruction 200422917. Group 1 of the infusion system

第6圖是展示第2圖的輸液系統21〇之功能組件的方 塊圖。該些功能組件係包含用於設H统參數5()2、輸液 指令產生504、輸液指令準備5〇6、給藥512、輸液指令修 改514、以及訊息傳送52〇的方塊。第6圖亦包含用於藥 局授權508、醫師授權51〇、停止指令516、以及存貨與開 帳早518的方塊。帛6圖係提出對於該輸液系統的說明。 然而,第6圖並未定義用於實施該輸液系統所需之過程系 列0 δ亥輸液糸統之一項傷Si甚邀士S λ g 11。_ ^ 貝奴點疋邊4人貝116可以在該病患 照顧系統100之内,從許多實際以及功能上的位置來存取 與輸入資訊。例如,一項輸液指令可能是藉由醫師利用 CPOE、藉由藥劑師利用藥局電腦1〇6、藉由醫護人員ιι6Fig. 6 is a block diagram showing functional components of the infusion system 21 of Fig. 2. These functional components include blocks for setting H system parameters 5 (2), infusion command generation 504, infusion command preparation 506, medication 512, infusion command modification 514, and message transmission 52. Figure 6 also contains blocks for pharmacy authorization 508, physician authorization 51, stop order 516, and inventory and billing early 518. Figure 6 is a description of the infusion system. However, Figure 6 does not define a process that is required for implementing the infusion system 0 δHai infusion system S sigma S λ g 11. _ ^ Benu points 4 people and 116 people can access and enter information from many actual and functional locations within the patient care system 100. For example, an infusion instruction might be CPOE by a physician, a pharmacy computer by a pharmacist, 106, and a medical staff by 6

利用數位助理118、以及藉由醫護人員制藥物治療推車 132來加以產生。再者,病患的生命徵象、實驗結果以及 其它的記錄都可以從該醫療保健設施之内的許多位置,包 含譬如是院内藥局處加以檢查。於是’在院内藥局1〇4(第 1圖)之内的使用者可以從計算裝置心觀看在醫療保健 設施之内的病房。在由使用者選擇病房之際,一個病患表 列係被提供,其中使用者可以選擇一位病患以及關聯的記 錄用於顯示在該計算裝置之上。或者是,使用者可以輸入 該病患的姓名的全部或是部分到該計算裝置中,藉此與該 病患相關的記錄係藉由該計算裝置而被提供給該使用者做 選擇。在選擇之際,該些記錄係被顯示出。 73 200422917 在一個實施例中,第6圖可以被視為:第一,準備該 病患照顧系統100用於接收輸液指令—設定系統參數5〇2 ; 第二,產生該輸液指令-輸液指令產生504;第三,準備該 輸液指令—準備506 ;第四,授權該輸液指令—藥局及醫師 杈權508與510 ;第五,提供該輸液指令—給藥512 ;第六 ,記帳及補充被用以準備該輸液指令的存貨,並且針對該 輸液指令開帳單給病患一存貨與開帳單518 ;第七,修改該 輸液指令-修改514 ;以及第八,提供訊息給有關該輸液指 令、輸液的進行之各種人員及次系統,亦即提供用於協助 確保正確的藥物是有效率地被準備,以及用正確的劑量且 在正確的時間被提供給正確的病患之訊息、或類似者一訊 息520。修改514可以包含停止該指令—停止指令516 一此係 根據該傳輸介面31 0所提供的資訊而定。 設定系統參數502係包含備妥該輸液系統21〇以產生 及處理輸液指令的功能方塊。設定系統參數5〇2係包含(但 不限於)設定容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫546 、疋義函數5 4 8、以及決定系統的設定5 5 0。設定系統參數 502係進一步在以下參考第7圖來加以描述。 輸液指令產生504係包含被用以產生輸液指令的功能 方塊。輸液指令產生5 0 4係包含功能為類似於該些參考處 方產生304(第4圖)所描述的功能。輸液指令產生5〇4係 包含(但不限於)輸入資訊560、計算562、檢查564、以及 撤銷566。輸液指令產生係進一步在以下參考第8圖來加 以描述。輸液指令產生的結果是一個輸液指令7〇2(第8圖 200422917 輸液扣々702大致上是包含一個輸液計劃表第§ 圖)。 卜輸液指令可能需要如參考方塊308(第4圖)所述的授 榷。在第6圖中,藉由藥劑師的處方授權以及藉由醫師的 處方授權係在藥局授權508以及醫師授權510的功能方塊 中分開被考慮。若該輸液指令是由醫師所起始的,則醫師 授權51 0可旎是不必要的。若該指令是由藥劑師或是醫師 之外的醫護人員在治療位置1〇6處被產生時,則該輸液指 令大致上是需要藥局授權508以及醫師授權51〇。然而, 若藥物124是立即所需的,則該輸液系統21〇係容許用藥 的醫護人員越過處方授權5〇8以及醫師授權51〇。在緊魚 情況的指令或是例行的用藥之非緊急情況的指令之情形中 ,該輸液系統210可能判斷出病患照顧系統1〇〇中並未儲 存有關於醫護人員11 6打算給藥於病患1丨2的醫療之資訊 。若該輸液系統100認可該醫護人員116為具有起始所要 的醫療之權力時,則該系統210係容許該醫療的給藥能夠 不别進至方塊5 0 8與510。此種授權於是在給藥之後才押 得。 輸液指令準備506可以在醫療設施之各處中的一些位 置被達成,例如(但不限於),藥局、護理中心,在該樓層 上、以及治療位置106處。準備506係包含提供用於準備 藥物12 4以及最小化在藥物準備上的錯誤之可能性的指八 〇 給藥512係發生在該治療位置106處。該輸液系統 200422917 210係被設計以使得該指令的給藥為儘可能地有效率且正 確的。該輸液系統2H)係提供給藥的醫護人員在正確的時 7且經由正確的途徑,在正確的純定之下,以正確的劑 量來將正確的藥物施予正確的病患之工具。假設警告、邀 報:提醒或是其它的訊息在協助醫護人員進行藥物的給藥 上是適當的,則該給藥模組係提供一狀態資訊輸出至該訊 息傳送模、组520。響應於該狀態資訊輸出,該訊息傳送模 ,520係將-個相關的文字訊息、聽覺的指示器致能、或 是兩者傳送至一或多個電子計算裝置。 如同在此項技術中具有技能者所知的,輸液指令是經 常被修改的。輸液系統21〇係提供修& 514以負責輸液指 令的修改。修& 514係包含對於輸液持續期間、流速、輸 液部位以及停止指+ 516之修改。修改514亦包含完成輸 液指令的修改所需之功能方塊。 該輸液系統210可以包含整個病患照顧系統1〇〇所定 義的停止指令516。在病患狀態上的改變可以產生對應之 適當的動作之訊息52G。該輸液系統210係與傳輸介面31〇 協調以在出院或是死亡之際自動地停止指令516。 。該系統1〇〇係包含存貨與開帳單模組518。存貨與開 帳單518係容許與病患照顧相關的金融交易能夠在最小的 人為介入下進行。給藥512的完成可能會透過該開帳單介 面312來觸發對於病患開帳單。該開帳單介面可以包含一 個HL7介面。若病患將根據輸液指令準備506的完成而被 收費時’則該存貨與開帳單系統21〇係包含一個記帳 76 乙/ (crediting)過程。兮巧紘、证 丟牵帳過程可以在輸液袋送回藥局用於 丢棄或疋再進入藥局的存貨管理系統時被觸發。 、 該輸液系統210 #白人 ^ 照顧系"… 息模組520用於與病患 〜 4的貫體通訊。尤其,該訊息模組520 將文子m覺的指示致能、或是兩者傳送 :糸統_之内的一或多個電子計算裝置。該些訊息二 應於藉由該病患照顧系、統100之内的給藥模組或是其它的 輸液糸統模組所提供之狀態資訊輸出而被傳送。該些訊自 係關於該狀態資訊輸出,並且因而提供警告、警報、提: 或是其它適合於協助醫護人員給藥的訊息。 —例如,當醫師輸入一項新的指令時,訊息傳送係出現 在藥局中以警示藥劑師—項輸液指令正需要授權。同樣地 ,當輸液指令適當地被授權時,醫護人員116係在數位助 理118之上接收到訊息傳送,以警示醫護人員116該輸液 才曰令應δ亥根據该輸液計劃表7 〇 4來加以給藥。撤銷5 6 6可 以產生§fl息5 2 0給該醫師以及/或是該藥局。該輸液系統 1 0 0可以區別整個系統以及次系統之間的撤銷,以決定是 否必要來產生一個訊息520。訊息傳送520係包含接收來 自及/或傳送至中央系統、藥局、醫師、開帳單及存貨的 訊息。 該系統可以呈現個人電腦顯示器的畫面給醫護人員 11 6。個人電腦顯示器係提供一個概述對於該醫護人員的病 患之尚未解決的臨床問題之畫面。醫護人員116可以快速 地擷取病患之詳細的資訊。當某些嚴重的病患狀況盛行時 200422917 ,系統1 0 0也可以產生一個電子郵件或是頁給數位助理 118或是其它的通訊裝置。It is generated using a digital assistant 118 and a medical treatment trolley 132 made by a medical staff. Furthermore, the patient's vital signs, experimental results, and other records can be examined from many locations within the healthcare facility, including, for example, in-hospital pharmacies. Therefore, a user within the hospital pharmacy 104 (picture 1) can view the ward in the medical care facility from the computing device. Upon selection of a ward by a user, a patient list is provided in which the user can select a patient and associated records for display on the computing device. Alternatively, the user may enter all or part of the patient's name into the computing device, whereby records related to the patient are provided to the user for selection through the computing device. At the time of selection, these records are displayed. 73 200422917 In one embodiment, FIG. 6 can be regarded as: first, preparing the patient care system 100 for receiving an infusion instruction—setting a system parameter 502; second, generating the infusion instruction—infusion instruction generation 504; third, prepare the infusion instruction—preparation 506; fourth, authorize the infusion instruction—pharmacy and physician authority 508 and 510; fifth, provide the infusion instruction—administration 512; sixth, accounting and supplementation Used to prepare the inventory of the infusion instruction, and bill the patient with a stock and bill for the infusion instruction 518; seventh, modify the infusion instruction-modify 514; and eighth, provide information to the infusion instruction , Various personnel and sub-systems of the infusion process, that is, to provide information to help ensure that the right medicine is efficiently prepared, and the right dose is provided to the right patient at the right time, or similar者 一 信息 520. Modification 514 may include stopping the instruction-stopping instruction 516-this is based on the information provided by the transmission interface 3 10. The setting system parameter 502 includes a function block which prepares the infusion system 21 to generate and process an infusion instruction. The setting system parameter 502 includes (but is not limited to) setting tolerance 542, setting a preset value 544, establishing a database 546, a sense function 5 4 8 and setting 5 5 0 which determines the system. The setting system parameter 502 is further described below with reference to FIG. 7. The infusion instruction generation 504 is a function block which is used to generate an infusion instruction. The infusion command generation 504 series contains functions similar to those described in the reference place generation 304 (Figure 4). The infusion command generation 504 series includes (but is not limited to) input information 560, calculation 562, check 564, and cancellation 566. The infusion command generation system is further described below with reference to FIG. 8. The result of the infusion instruction is an infusion instruction 702 (Figure 8 200422917 Infusion button 702 roughly contains an infusion plan table § Figure). The infusion instruction may require consultation as described in reference block 308 (Figure 4). In Figure 6, prescription authorization by the pharmacist and prescription authorization by the physician are considered separately in the functional blocks of the pharmacy authorization 508 and the physician authorization 510. If the infusion instruction was initiated by a physician, the physician's authorization may be unnecessary. If the order was generated by a medical staff other than a pharmacist or a physician at the treatment location 106, the infusion order would generally require FDA authorization 508 and physician authorization 51. However, if the medication 124 is needed immediately, the infusion system 21 allows the medical staff to cross prescription authorization 508 and physician authorization 51. In the case of a fish emergency instruction or a routine non-emergency instruction, the infusion system 210 may determine that the patient care system 100 has not stored information about the medical staff 11 6 intended to administer Medical information for patients 1 丨 2. If the infusion system 100 recognizes the medical staff 116 as having the power to initiate the desired medical treatment, then the system 210 allows the administration of the medical treatment to proceed to blocks 508 and 510. This authorization was then obtained after administration. Infusion order preparation 506 can be reached at various locations throughout the medical facility, such as (but not limited to) a pharmacy, a care center, on this floor, and at a treatment location 106. The preparation 506 series includes a finger 80 that provides for preparation of the drug 12 4 and minimizes the possibility of errors in preparation of the drug. The 512 series of administration takes place at the treatment site 106. The infusion system 200422917 210 is designed to make the administration of the instruction as efficient and correct as possible. The infusion system 2H) is a tool for medical staff to provide medicines at the right time 7 and through the right channels, under the right purity, and at the right dose to give the right drugs to the right patients. Assuming warnings, invitations: reminders or other messages are appropriate to assist the medical staff in drug administration, the drug delivery module provides a status information output to the message transmission module, group 520. In response to the status information output, the message transmission module 520 transmits a related text message, an audible indicator enable, or both to one or more electronic computing devices. As is known to those skilled in the art, infusion instructions are often modified. The infusion system 21 is provided with repair & 514 to be responsible for the modification of the infusion instructions. Repair & 514 includes modifications to the duration of infusion, flow rate, infusion site, and stop finger + 516. Modification 514 also includes function blocks required to complete the modification of the infusion instruction. The infusion system 210 may include a stop instruction 516 defined by the entire patient care system 100. Changes in the patient's state can generate corresponding messages 52G of appropriate actions. The infusion system 210 is coordinated with the transport interface 31 to automatically stop the instruction 516 upon discharge from hospital or death. . The system 100 includes an inventory and billing module 518. Inventory and billing 518 allows financial transactions related to patient care to be performed with minimal human intervention. The completion of dosing 512 may trigger the billing of the patient through the billing interface 312. The billing interface can include an HL7 interface. If the patient will be charged based on the completion of the infusion instruction preparation 506 ', then the inventory and billing system 21 will include a crediting process. It can be triggered when the infusion bag is returned to the pharmacy for disposal or re-entered into the pharmacy's inventory management system. 、 The infusion system 210 #White ^ care department " ... The information module 520 is used to communicate with patients ˜4 throughout the body. In particular, the message module 520 enables the instructions of Wenzi m, or both: one or more electronic computing devices within the system. These two messages should be transmitted through the output of status information provided by the patient care system, the drug delivery module within the system 100, or other infusion system modules. These messages are related to the output of the status information, and thus provide warnings, alerts, alerts: or other messages suitable for assisting medical personnel in drug administration. — For example, when a physician enters a new order, a message appears in the pharmacy to alert the pharmacist — an infusion order is in need of authorization. Similarly, when the infusion instruction is properly authorized, the medical staff 116 receives a message transmission on the digital assistant 118 to warn the medical staff 116 that the infusion should be ordered according to the infusion schedule table 704. Dosing. Revocation 5 6 6 can generate §fl 5 2 0 to the physician and / or the pharmacy. The infusion system 100 can distinguish the withdrawal of the entire system and the sub-systems to determine whether it is necessary to generate a message 520. Messaging 520 includes receiving messages from and / or to central systems, pharmacies, physicians, billing and inventory. The system can present the screen of a personal computer monitor to the medical staff 11 6. The personal computer monitor provides a picture that outlines the clinical issues that remain unsolved for the healthcare provider's patient. The medical staff 116 can quickly retrieve detailed information of the patient. When some serious patient conditions prevail, 200422917, the system 100 can also generate an email or page to the digital assistant 118 or other communication device.

第6圖亦描繪某些發生在病患照顧系統丨〇〇中的通訊 路徑。該些被強調的通訊路徑係被呈現以便易於描述輸液 系統21 0。具有在此項技術中之一般技能者係體認到當病 患照顧系統1 00是在網路上被實行時,各種的功能方塊可 以經由在第6圖中所強調的路徑以及經由未在第6圖中展 示之替代的路徑來彼此通訊。設定系統參數5〇2係包含經 由路徑522來傳遞有關於系統參數的資料至輸液指令產生 504以及/或是從輸液指令產生504接收資料,並且提供資 料以通知輸液指令產生504該所接收到的資料是如何有關 於系統參數。 輸液指令可以直接經由路徑5 2 4被傳送至輸液準備 5〇6。輸液指令也可以在被傳送至準備5〇6之前,經由路徑 526被傳送至藥局授權5〇8,以及/或是經由路徑被傳 送至醫師授權。路徑530係強調藥物124從該準備區域至 治療位置106的傳送。傳送可以利用藥物治療推車132而Figure 6 also depicts some communication paths that occur in the patient care system. These emphasized communication paths are presented to facilitate the description of the infusion system 210. Those with ordinary skills in this technology recognize that when the patient care system 100 is implemented on the Internet, various functional blocks can be routed through the paths highlighted in Figure 6 and via the path not shown in Figure 6. The alternative paths shown in the figure communicate with each other. Setting the system parameter 502 includes transmitting data about the system parameters to the infusion instruction generation 504 via the path 522 and / or receiving data from the infusion instruction generation 504, and providing information to notify the infusion instruction generation 504 of the received The information is about system parameters. The infusion instruction can be transmitted directly to the infusion preparation 506 via the path 5 2 4. The infusion instruction may also be transmitted to the pharmacy authorization 508 via the path 526 before being transmitted to the preparation 506, and / or to the physician authorization via the path. Path 530 emphasizes the delivery of medication 124 from this preparation area to treatment location 106. Teleportation can be made using a medication trolley 132

被達成。路徑532、534、536以及538係強調存貨與開^ 單518的交易可以關連到各種其它的功能,例如(但不限; )’輸液指令產生504、準備5〇6、給藥512以及修改 。路徑572、574以及576係強調在病患照顧系統1〇〇中/ 牵涉到之相當大數目的功能及參與者可以經由訊息5別^ 產士及接收資訊。路徑582係強調系統預設值544可以4 由藥劑師而被產生以及/或是修改。同時,路徑58〇係強言 78 200422917 例如是輸液指令的資訊是系統100各處的各種功能單元可 利用的。 第7圖是展示用於第6圖的系統參數502之設定的功 能組件之方塊圖。設定系統參數502係包含(但不限於), 設定容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫546、定義函 數548、以及決定系統設定55〇。容限542係包含例如是( 但不限於)淨藥物量(net medication)容限542a、流速容 限542b、給藥時間容限542c、給藥系統持續期間Μ%、 藥物持續期間容限542e以及部位改變容限542f的容限。 该輸液系統210也可以包含個別的容限用於指令輸入及對 於私不的容限之修改。例如,個別的容限可加以確定,例 如(但不限於),給藥系統持續期間542d、指令輸入之最大 的輸液持續期間可撤銷的設定、以及給藥之最大的輸液持 續期間可撤銷的設定。 >淨藥物量容限542a是在一段特定的期間内,可以安全 ^ 予病患的藥物之最大的濃度。該輸液系統21 0係將該 j藥物$容限關連到藥物。淨藥物量容限542a可以在藥物 ^料庫中的藥物識別檔案内被界定。在輸液指令產生5〇4 =間,該輸液系統210可以決定流速560e、在一段指定的 期::需的輸液袋之數目562a、纟每個輸液袋中之主要的 、'由、又母個輸液袋將被施用的期間、以及每個輸液袋 二:备里。流速可以是藉由改變每個輸液袋之最終的濃度 :疋持續期間來人工地加以輸入或是調整。在一個實施例 °亥輪液系統210係執行淨濃度檢查564a(第8圖)以確 200422917 1呆不錢該藥物之最大的濃度H若在任㈣間當醫 ά人貝116正在藉由調整最終的濃度來修改流速而導致溶 液之乘終的濃度超過該攀物夕會rit + ^ I茨条物之取大的濃度時,則該輸液系 、、先210係傳送一項訊息52〇給該用藥的醫護人員。該給藥 的醫護人員可以被授權以撤鎖淨藥物量容限。該輸液 系統210可能需要醫護人員116對於該撤銷提供一個理由 〇 輸液系統210可以包含用於給藥之可調整的流速容限 542b以及流速調整容限。流速容限542b係選配地對於病 患照顧系統1 00之所有組織的層級都加以界定。該容限 542b可以是用於整個病患照顧系統1〇〇、或是用於該病患 照顧系統1 〇〇的次系統。例如,不同的流速容限542b可以 應用至例如是(但不限於)新生兒科(neonatal)、小兒科、 精神科(psychiatric)、特定的護理站之次系統以及用於特 定的病患。該流速容限542b可以相對於原始命令的流速或 是相對於上一次流速來加以指定。醫護人員丨丨6也可以指 定一項特殊的指令專用之流速容限。 該輸液系統21 0可以包含一項預先定義的指示,其係 指示該給藥的醫護人員11 6是否被允許在不需要新的指令 下就可以撤鎖流速容限542b。此指示可以適用於整個病患 照顧系統1 〇〇、次系統或是個別的醫護人員丨丨6。 最大的輸液持續期間542d可以個別地對於病患照顧系 統100之各種部份定義的。該最大的輸液持續期間542d也 可以是一種特定的藥物丨24專用的。若在指令輸入之際可 200422917 允許撤銷該最大的輸液持續期間542d時, 最大的輸液持續期間之撤銷566(第、二提仏對於 輸液持、.,』間之撤銷可被提供以設定在給藥之際 許撤銷該最大的輸液持續_ 5·,以及哪—個群 用者被容許做此撤銷。若在指令輸人以及/或是1期門 可允許撤銷時,則該輸液系、统21〇可以定義醫護人員^ 中擁有權力來撤銷該最大的輸液持續期間“Μ之一個子集 合。 ^Was reached. Paths 532, 534, 536, and 538 emphasize that the transactions of inventory and billing 518 can be linked to various other functions, such as (but not limited to;) 'infusion instruction generation 504, preparation 506, administration 512, and modification. Paths 572, 574, and 576 emphasize a significant number of functions / participants involved in the patient care system 100 and the participants can pass the message 5 to the birth attendant and receive information. Path 582 emphasizes that the system default value 544 can be generated and / or modified by the pharmacist. At the same time, path 58 is a strong word. 78 200422917 Information such as infusion instructions is available to various functional units in the system 100. Fig. 7 is a block diagram showing the functional components used for the setting of the system parameter 502 of Fig. 6. The setting system parameter 502 includes (but is not limited to), setting a tolerance 542, setting a preset value 544, establishing a database 546, defining a function 548, and determining a system setting 55. Tolerance 542 includes, for example, but is not limited to, a net medication tolerance 542a, a flow rate tolerance 542b, a dosing time tolerance 542c, a drug system duration M%, a drug duration tolerance 542e, and The tolerance of the part change tolerance 542f. The infusion system 210 may also include individual tolerances for instruction input and modification of private tolerances. For example, individual tolerances can be determined, such as (but not limited to) the duration of the drug delivery system 542d, the maximum infusion duration setting that can be withdrawn by instructions, and the maximum infusion duration setting that can be undone. . > The net drug tolerance 542a is the maximum concentration of drug that can be safely administered to a patient over a specific period of time. The infusion system 21 0 relates the j drug $ tolerance to the drug. The net drug volume tolerance 542a can be defined in the drug identification file in the drug library. When the infusion command generates 504 =, the infusion system 210 can determine the flow rate of 560e, in a specified period: the number of infusion bags required 562a, the main, 'you, and mother' of each infusion bag The period during which the infusion bag will be administered, as well as two: each of the infusion bag. Flow rate can be manually entered or adjusted by changing the final concentration of each infusion bag: 疋 duration. In one embodiment, the Hailuan fluid system 210 performs a net concentration check 564a (Figure 8) to determine the maximum concentration of the drug 200422917. 1 If you are a doctor in the hospital, you are adjusting the final concentration. 116 When the concentration of the solution is modified to cause the multiplication of the solution to a concentration that exceeds the maximum concentration of the rit + ^ I article, the infusion system, the first 210 system sends a message 52 to the Medical staff taking medication. The health care provider for this administration can be authorized to withdraw the net drug volume tolerance. The infusion system 210 may require medical personnel 116 to provide a reason for the revocation. The infusion system 210 may include an adjustable flow rate tolerance 542b for drug administration and a flow rate adjustment tolerance. The flow rate tolerance 542b is optional to define all levels of the organization of the patient care system 100. The tolerance 542b may be a sub-system for the entire patient care system 100 or a sub-system for the patient care system 100. For example, different flow tolerances 542b may be applied to, for example, but not limited to, neonatal, pediatrics, psychiatrics, secondary systems at specific nursing stations, and for specific patients. The flow rate tolerance 542b may be specified relative to the original commanded flow rate or relative to the previous flow rate. Medical personnel 6 can also specify a special command-specific flow rate tolerance. The infusion system 21 0 may contain a pre-defined indication indicating whether the medicating staff 116 for the administration is allowed to unlock the flow rate tolerance 542b without requiring new instructions. This instruction can be applied to the entire patient care system 100, sub-systems, or individual medical staff. The maximum infusion duration 542d can be individually defined for various parts of the patient care system 100. The maximum infusion duration 542d may also be dedicated to a specific drug. If the maximum infusion duration period 542d is allowed to be revoked at the time of input of the order 200422917, the maximum infusion duration cancellation period 566 (the second and second mentions of the infusion holding, ..., ”can be provided to set in the The largest infusion lasting _ 5 ·, and which group of users are allowed to do this revocation on the occasion of the drug. If the infusion is ordered and / or the phase 1 gate can be revoked, the infusion system, system 21〇 It is possible to define a subset of medical personnel ^ having the power to revoke the largest infusion duration "M. ^

預設值544係包含預設值例如是(但不限於),藥物稀 釋液的預設值544a、稀釋液量的預設值54扑、劑量的預設 值544c以及量測的單位之預設值544d。量測的單位(u〇m) 之預設值544d係包含指定最適合用於病患照顧系統1〇〇之 不同的部伤之里測的單位之功能。例如,藥物可以由醫師 、給藥的醫護人員、藥劑師、財務人員以及藥物篩選者 (screener)用不同的單位加以量測。醫師的u〇M 一般是一 個可測量的值’例如“mmol”、“mEq”、“ml”、以及/或是 “mg”,相對於“小瓶(vial),,以及/或是‘‘劑(puff ),,。醫師的 U0M係被使用於例如是下指令以及輸入資訊5 6 0的工作。 給藥的醫護人員之U0M —般是一個反映藥物將會被給 藥所用的U0M之值,例如“劑”、“tbsp”以及“片劑(tab)”。 給藥的醫護人員之U0M係在給藥512期間被使用。給藥的 醫護人員之U0M也可以出現在文件記錄(document at ion)上 ,例如,給藥報告、混合物供應以及製造的工作指令。 藥局的U0M —般是一個反映藥物配方所用的實體形式 81 200422917 的值,例如,“片劑”、“小瓶,,、“吸入器(inhalat〇r),,以及 ‘‘罐’’。藥局的U0M係在準備506中以及在存貨與配方系統 中被使用。財務的U0M —般是一個被用以計算出現在帳單 及發票上之財務上的金額之值。藥物篩選的u〇M 一般是在 篩選藥物時被使用。 里測的單位之預設值544d可以利用一個核取方塊 (check box)表而被才曰疋,其中查核的記號(checkmark)係 被設置在一個表中,其係使各種的u〇M與使用者的ϋ〇Μ互 相關聯。該輸液系統210可以使用相同的υ〇Μ在一個以上 的功能中。例如,醫師的u〇M可以與藥劑師的ϋ〇Μ相同。 設定預設值544係包含協調各種U0M所需的資料。例如, U0M預設值544d可以包含產生在各種的ϋ〇Μ之間一對一的 對應所需的乘法器及除法器。υ〇Μ的預設值54仆可被改變 以符合個別的醫護人員之期望。然而,該一對一的對應應 省由病患照顧系統i 〇〇加以維持。該輸液系統21 〇可以被 δ又计以維持藥物單位預設值的歷史。 遠輸液系統210也可以包含藥物量測字尾(suffix)。 忒些藥物量測字尾在指令輸入期間可以是預設的。該藥物 1測字尾可以是量測藥物之共同的單位,並且可以包含有 =例如是身體表面積及重量的病患特徵之單位。藥物量測 字尾可以根據藥品、根據指令類型、根據劑量以及 ϋ〇Μ來命名。 佩 建立資料庫546係包含建立資料庫以及/或是單一資料 庫的部份,例如(但不限於),準備區域546a、添加物資訊 200422917 546b、溶液546c、預製混合物定義546d、喜愛事項546e 、時序之撤銷理由546f、流速之撤銷理由546g、轉換表 546h、流速說明546i、設備及指定路由資訊546j以及訊 息觸發誘因546k。 日守序之撤銷理由546f係包含用於修改輸液指令的時序 之可顯示的理由。例如,時序之撤銷理由可以包含一 個用於數位助理顯示器118&之用指示筆可選的理由,以用 於在除了原始的輸液指令中所指定的時間之外的一個時間 來$行一個輸液指令的給藥。若醫護人員116在所指示的 給藥時間容限542c之外施予藥物時,則該醫護人員i 16可 月b被要求從所顯示的理由丨〇〇8f中對於該修改選擇一個理The preset value 544 includes preset values such as (but not limited to), a preset value 544a of the drug diluent, a preset value 54p of the diluent volume, a preset value 544c of the dose, and a preset of the measurement unit. Value 544d. The unit of measurement (u0m) has a default value of 544d, which includes the function of specifying the unit that is most suitable for the measurement of different internal injuries of the patient care system 100. For example, drugs can be measured by physicians, medical staff, pharmacists, financial staff, and drug screeners in different units. The physician's uOM is generally a measurable value such as "mmol", "mEq", "ml", and / or "mg" relative to "vial," and / or "agent" (Puff) ,. The doctor ’s U0M is used to, for example, give instructions and enter information 5 60. The U0M of the medical staff who administers medicine is generally a value that reflects the U0M used by the medicine, For example, "agent", "tbsp", and "tab". The U0M of the medical staff who is administered is used during the administration of 512. The U0M of the medical staff who is administered can also appear in the document record (document at ion ), For example, dosing reports, supply of mixtures, and manufacturing work instructions. U0M of the pharmacy is generally a value that reflects the physical form 81 200422917 used in drug formulations, such as "tablets", "vials,", " Inhalers, and "cans". The U0M of the pharmacy is used in preparation 506 and in the inventory and formulating system. The U0M of finance is generally used to calculate the amount that appears on the bill And the value of the financial amount on the invoice. U〇M for drug screening is generally used when screening drugs. The default value of 544d for the unit tested can be described using a check box table, where the checkmark is checked. It is set in a table which associates various OMs with the OM of the user. The infusion system 210 can use the same OM in more than one function. For example, the OM of a physician can Same as the Pharmacist ’s OM. The preset value 544 contains the information needed to coordinate various UOMs. For example, the U0M default 544d may contain the one-to-one correspondence needed to generate a variety of OMs. Multipliers and dividers. The default value of 54 μm can be changed to meet the expectations of individual medical staff. However, this one-to-one correspondence should be maintained by the patient care system i 00. The infusion System 21 can be counted by δ to maintain a history of preset drug unit values. The remote infusion system 210 can also include a suffix for drug measurement. Some drug measurement suffixes can be preset during command entry The suffix of the drug 1 can be It is a common unit for measuring drugs, and can include units such as patient characteristics such as body surface area and weight. The suffix of drug measurement can be named according to the drug, according to the type of instruction, according to the dose, and 〇〇Μ. Establishing database 546 is part of creating a database and / or a single database, such as (but not limited to), preparation area 546a, additive information 200422917 546b, solution 546c, prefabricated mixture definition 546d, favorite items 546e, timing Reason for cancellation 546f, Reason for cancellation of flow rate 546g, Conversion table 546h, Description of flow rate 546i, Equipment and designated routing information 546j, and Message trigger incentive 546k. Reasons for cancellation of day-to-day order 546f include displayable reasons for modifying the timing of infusion instructions. For example, the timing revocation reason may include an optional reason for the digital assistant display 118 & stylus for $ line one infusion instruction at a time other than the time specified in the original infusion instruction Of dosing. If the medical staff 116 administers the drug outside the indicated dosing time tolerance 542c, then the medical staff 116 may be asked to choose a rationale for the modification from the reasons shown.

由碼(第11目)。其它的理由碼之例子係包含(但不㈣ )PRN給藥理由碼以及用於停止輸液的碼。By the yard (No. 11). Examples of other reason codes include (but are not limited to) PRN administration reason codes and codes for stopping infusion.

樂物124以及/或是輸液指令可以具有包含系統流速溶 限542b的流速容限。輸液系統21〇可以包含流速之撤銷理 由表546g。流速之撤銷理由546g是若醫護人員ιΐ6需要 改變流速為超出由流速容限5421)所界定的界限時,醫嘆人 員lie可以選擇的以及/或是提供的註釋—a—。輸液 糸統210可以包含一個定義的訊息觸發誘因5概,若醫護 人員116撤銷一個指令所界定的流速容限時,其係指出L :訊息為是否應該被傳送至病患的醫師。輸液系統二也 二含定義的訊息觸發誘因546k’若醫護人員ιΐ6撤銷 在除了該指令之外的層級處所界定的例如是流速容限 化的容限時’其係指出—個訊息為是否應該被傳送以及 83 200422917 要傳送給誰。 該輸液系統210可以包含轉換表546h,例如(但不限 於),流速轉換表、變化的(varying)成分轉換表以及變化 的μ速轉換表。流速轉換係包含轉換一個輸液指令成為一 個藉由容量/時間所定義的流速,其中該指令是原先用任 何=式被指定的,例如(但不限於),具有一特殊的濃度之 劑量間、每單位的重量/時間之容量、每單位的身^表 面積/時間之劑量、以及總劑量與持續.期間。 變化的成分轉換係包含轉換複數個具有變化的成分在 個^的輸液袋中的輸液指令之流程時間成為用於目前正被 7樂的輸液袋之流速。具有變化的成分之指令係、包含例如 一不限於)疋序的(sequencing)指令。在定序的指令中 不同的袋係具有不同的成分以及潛在為不同的流速。 八變化的流速轉換係包含轉換具有變化的流速之輸液指 :成為用於目前正被輸液的溶液之流速。變化的流速指令 =匕a例如是(但不限於),單次劑量/持續背景輸液 al)的私令、減量劑量指令以及交替的劑量指令之指令 〇 輸液系統21G可以包含預先定義的輸液流速542b。該 些預:定義的輸液流速542b可以與流速說明撕相關連 以谷命從一個下拉式表列中做選擇,作個鍵入流 的捷徑。 義的函S 548係、包含例如是(但不限於),準備區域 函數5483、袋持續期間的函數5傷、驗證撤銷請求的函 200422917 數續期間至容量的函數548d、持續期間至流速的 函數548e、以及流速絲滴速率的函數咖之函數。該 輸液系統210可以包含持續期間5 θ 貝』間至谷®的函數548d以根據 輸液指令決錢輸液的量。流速至點滴速率的函數剛係 使用有關醫療②材33G的資訊以轉換流速至點滴速率。 決定的設定550係包含例如是(但不限於),㈣㈣ 5心、流速精確i 550b、容量精確度抓、以及時間精確 度55〇d的設定。若為所要的話,輸液系統210可以決定輸 液的總容量以及輸液指令的流速。若這些數字被決定時, 將該些計算出的值四捨五入至流速精確度55()b以及容量精 確度55Gc是所要的’其係為例如是醫師、藥劑師以及護士 的m員116可理解的。流速顯示的精確度55〇b可以被 設定以顯示流速至設定的小數點位數。該病患照顧系統 1〇〇之各種部分可以獨立地決定用於顯示的流速之精確度 例如,輸液系統21 0可以在成人治療位置顯示到一個小 數點位數’而在新生兒的治療位置顯示到三個小數點位數 。該流速精確度550b係反映醫護人員的病患所在的服務。 輸液指令的流速可以被四捨五入至一個系統定義的精確度 。該精確度可以是對於所有的輸液指令都是相同的、或是 根據對病患的服務而定。 谷昼顯示的精確度550c可以類似地被設定以顯示輸液 容量至設定的小數點位數。若輸液是單一劑量輸液或是斷 續的輸液時,則可設定的時間精確度55〇d可被利用來根據 流速以計算出給藥的持續期間。所計算出的每個輸液袋的 200422917 了谷里係根據容量精確度55〇c被四捨五入。該給藥時間係 藉由輸液系統210根據該設定的時間精確度55〇d而被四捨 五入。該時間精確度550d可以是對於所有的輸液指令都是 相同而不淪對病患的服務為何、或者可以是對服務為特定 的。 指令產吐The musical object 124 and / or the infusion instruction may have a flow rate tolerance including a system flow rate limit 542b. The infusion system 21 may include a flow rate withdrawal reason table 546g. The reason for the revocation of the flow rate is 546g. If the medical staff needs to change the flow rate beyond the limit defined by the flow rate tolerance 5421), the medical staff member can choose and / or provide a note—a—. The infusion system 210 may contain a defined message to trigger incentives. If the medical staff 116 revokes the flow rate tolerance defined by an instruction, it indicates L: whether the message should be transmitted to the patient's physician. The infusion system also contains a defined message that triggers an incentive 546k 'If the medical staff is revoked at a level other than the order, such as the flow rate tolerance limit', it indicates whether a message should be transmitted And 83 200422917 to whom. The infusion system 210 may include a conversion table 546h, such as (but not limited to), a flow rate conversion table, a varying component conversion table, and a variable μ-speed conversion table. Flow rate conversion involves converting an infusion command into a flow rate defined by volume / time, where the command was originally specified using any = formula, for example (but not limited to), a dose with a special concentration, Unit weight / time capacity, body surface area / time dose per unit, and total dose and duration. The changing component conversion system includes a process time for converting a plurality of infusion instructions having a changing component in an infusion bag to become a flow rate for the infusion bag currently being used. Instructions with varying components include, for example, but not limited to, sequential instructions. In the ordering instructions, different bag systems have different compositions and potentially different flow rates. Eight changing flow rate conversion system includes changing the infusion solution with changing flow rate: the flow rate of the solution used for the current being infused. Changed flow rate instruction = d a is, for example (but not limited to), a single dose / continuous background infusion al) private order, reduced dose order, and alternating dose order. The infusion system 21G may contain a predefined infusion flow rate 542b . The pre-defined infusion flow rate 542b can be related to the flow rate specification. Gu Ming selects from a drop-down list, as a shortcut to enter the flow. The function S 548 includes, for example, but is not limited to, a preparation area function 5483, a function of the bag duration 5 injury, a function to verify the revocation request 200422917, a function from the continuous period to the capacity 548d, and a function from the duration to the flow rate. 548e, as well as a function of the velocity of the drop. The infusion system 210 may include a function 548d to the valley® for a duration of 5 [theta] to determine the amount of infusion according to the infusion instruction. The function of flow rate to drip rate is just the use of information about medical materials 33G to convert flow rate to drip rate. The determined settings 550 include, for example (but not limited to), settings such as ㈣㈣ 5 center, flow rate accuracy i 550b, volume accuracy grasp, and time accuracy 55 ° d. If desired, the infusion system 210 can determine the total volume of infusion and the flow rate of the infusion command. If these numbers are determined, the calculated values are rounded to a flow rate accuracy of 55 () b and a volume accuracy of 55Gc is required. It is understood by, for example, the staff member 116 of a physician, pharmacist, and nurse . The accuracy of the flow rate display can be set to 55 ° b to display the flow rate to a set number of decimal places. Various parts of the patient care system 100 can independently determine the accuracy of the flow rate used for display. For example, the infusion system 2 10 can be displayed to a decimal point in the adult treatment position and displayed in the treatment position of the newborn. Up to three decimal places. The flow rate accuracy of 550b reflects the service of the patient of the medical staff. The flow rate of the infusion command can be rounded to a system-defined accuracy. The accuracy can be the same for all infusion instructions, or it can depend on the service to the patient. The accuracy of Gu day display 550c can be similarly set to display the infusion volume to a set number of decimal places. If the infusion is a single-dose infusion or intermittent infusion, a settable time accuracy of 55 d can be used to calculate the duration of the administration based on the flow rate. The calculated 200422917 of each infusion bag was rounded according to the volume accuracy of 55 ° c. The administration time is rounded by the infusion system 210 according to the set time accuracy of 55 d. The time accuracy 550d may be the same for all infusion instructions without affecting the service to the patient, or may be specific to the service. Instruction

第8圖疋展示用於第6圖的輸液指令產生504之功能 組件的方塊圖。輸液指令產生504係包含用於產生輸液指 々的功忐方塊。輸液指令產生504係包含輸入資訊560、 叶异562、檢查564以及撤銷566。輸入資訊560可以包含 例如是(但不限於),識別指令類型560a、識別藥物56〇1)、 識別劑量560c、識別稀釋液560d、識別流速560e以及識 別輸液部位5 6 0 f的功能。Fig. 8 (a) shows a block diagram of the functional components used in the infusion command generation 504 of Fig. 6. The infusion command generation 504 is a function block for generating an infusion finger. The infusion command generation 504 includes input information 560, Ye Yi 562, check 564, and revocation 566. The input information 560 may include, for example (but not limited to), a function of identifying an instruction type 560a, identifying a drug 5601, identifying a dose 560c, identifying a diluent 560d, identifying a flow rate 560e, and identifying an infusion site 560f.

輸液指令產生504係連結到輸液袋準備506、輸液袋 傳送(路徑530)、給藥512、以及輸液指令修改514。輸液 指令類型560a係包含例如是(但不限於),單一劑量給藥、 大量給藥、斷續的給藥以及連續的指令類型。連續的輸液 係包含交替的輸液、定序的輸液、減量輸液以及滴定法輸 液。在一個輸液指令中選擇第一種藥物560b之際,可以預 設一種用於該藥物的輸液指令類型560a之形式。下指令的 醫護人員可以具有選擇不同的指令類型之選擇權。該劑量 560c以及量測的單位544d也可以是預設的。量測的單位 544d可以關聯至藥物以及/或是劑量544c。輸液系統21 〇 可以包含一種預設的稀釋液或是數種預設的稀釋液,以用 86 200422917 於該藥物。其中的一種預設的稀釋液可以被指明為較佳的 稀釋液。一項說明可以與該稀釋液相關連,以幫助下指令 的醫護人員決定要選擇何種稀釋液。稀釋液的說明可以包 含一參考事項為若是病患高渗性的(hypert〇nic),則特定 的稀釋液避免使用在該病患上。 輸液系統210也可以容許有根據先前所提及的輸液指 令類型之額外的輸液指令次類型56Oa。額外的輸液指令次 類型560a可以包含(但不限於)TPN輸液指令、化學療法之 連續的輸液指令、小軟袋輸液指令以及大容量注射液的輸 液指令。該輸液指令次類型可以從輸液系統21()之不同的 部分加以利用,此係容許根據該些次類型來分類及過濾輸 液指令。用於每個輸液指令次類型之一種特殊的標藏格式 也可以被定義,以進一步自訂輸液指令次類型的指令以及 相關聯的藥局工作流程。 當在輸液指令產生504期間搜尋藥物124時,該藥物 124可以被標示為添加物以及/或是溶液,以幫助醫護人員 116產生輸液‘令。此種標示可以在藥物識別檔案中做成 〇 藥物劑量560c可以用例如是(但不限於)根據身體重量 、身體表面積的一些方式加以決定,並且根據速率加以輸 入。當流速未被輸入時,輸液系統210係根據指定的劑量 以及期間來計算流速。下指令的醫護人員可以指定稀釋= 56〇d以及其之量。藥局可以提供此種參數的預設值〜请表 見線條582(第6圖)。檢查564可被執行以確保對於藥物 200422917 560b的淨濃度564a以及流速564b是適當的。 · 該輸液系統210可以根據病患的重量、身體表面積以 及/或疋/〇療之指定的頻率與持續期間來指定以及/或是計 异流速560e。所指示的流速56〇e係對照例如是系統流速 容限542b的流速容限而被檢查56仆。藥物124的淨濃度 可以對照例如疋系統淨濃度容限542a的淨濃度容限而被檢 查 564a 〇 =一個實施例中,流速560e也可以包含顯示預設的流 速之說明,以助於指令的輸人。流速56Ge可以參考流速說· 明的資料庫546i。 计算562可以包含根據病患體重以及/或是身高(可能 是由ADT介面310所提供的)、藥品量、稀釋液容量、濃度 或疋速率來计算劑量。計# 562彳以包含(但不限於)根 據在溶液中的成分濃度來計#流速(若在處$中未被指定 的話)、對於一段指定的期間所需之袋量562a或是輸液袋 的數目、每個輸液袋被施用的期間、以及每次輸液及輸⑨ _ 衣的總备里。流速、將被輪液的容量以及/或是持續期間 可以加以修改。若被修改的話,則輸液系統21〇係根據計 算值來自動地計算出相對應的量,若其將會超過如同在成 :的藥物檔案中所指明之該成分在該濃度中之最大的劑量 犄,則病患照顧之輸液系統21 〇係警告藥劑師以及/或是醫 護人員116,並且可以對於該項調整要求一個理由碼。 。十算562可以包含例如是(但不限於)袋量的計算562a 轉換的計异562b、持續期間至容量的計算562。、以及流 88 200422917 速至點滴速率的計算562d之計算。檢查564係包含輸液指 令了月b會文到管制之各種的檢查。該些檢查係包含例如是 (但不限於)淨濃度的檢查564a、流速的檢查564b、給藥時 間的檢查564c、持續期間的檢查564d以及輸液部位的檢 查564e之檢查。若一項輸液指令未通過檢查564時,則醫 遵人員116可以是能夠撤銷該檢查的。撤銷566可以包含 例如是(但不限於)淨濃度的撤銷566a、流速的撤銷566b、 給藥時間的撤銷566c、持續期間的撤銷566d以及輸液部 f 位的撤銷566e之撤銷。撤銷566可以產生訊息520給醫師 以及/或是藥局。輸液系統21 〇可以區別整個系統的撤銷以 及次系統的撤銷,以決定是否必要產生訊息520。 撤銷可以包含一項指示為醫護人員是否具有權力來撤 銷一項容限。例如,流速的撤銷566b可以提供一項指示為 輸入該輸液指令的醫護人員是否具有權力來撤銷系統流速 容限542b。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系統丨〇〇或是次系 統。持續期間的撤銷566d可以提供一項指示為輸入該輸液 · 指令的醫護人員116是否具有權力來撤銷系統持續期間 542d。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系統丨〇〇或是次系統。 撤銷566亦包含對於撤銷的理由之顯示566f。對於撤鎖的 理由566f可以由醫護人員116從下拉式項目單來加以選擇 〇 輸液指令產生504的結果是一個輸液指令702。輸液 指令702可以包含一個輸液計劃表704。輸液系統210可 以考慮到未來一段期間並且產生輸液計劃表704(只要該輸 89 200422917 液指令702是有效的),以用於該段期間或是依要求而被指 定為更長的期間之輸液袋供應。下指令的醫護人員並不被 要求來指定該輸液指令之結束日期。輸液系統2 1 Q可以包 含根據輸液系統210界定的容限542來自動排程輸液袋的 傳送。 指令準備 第9圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令準備5〇6之功能 組件的方塊圖。輸液準備506係包含用於準備輸液指令 7〇2(第8圖)的功能方塊。輸液準備506可以包含(但不限 於)決定準備位置506a、掃描成分506b、袋持續期間之檢 查506c以及用於藥物標籤124a的條碼列印5〇6d。條碼二 印506d可以包含以上參考列印標籤326(第4圖)所述的功 能。 在輸液指令被輸入到輸液系統21 〇中之後,準備指令 係被指^路由至—個準備位置。該準備位置係依據該輸液 系統的21 0的準備程式5〇6以及輸液組件而定。輸液系統 210可以包含例如是準備區域資料庫之可調整的資料 庫,其係指明該輸液指令將在何處被準備。該輸液指令可 以在藥局中、或是在例如是該樓層之遠端的位置、或是在 治療位置106處被準備。醫護人M 116係被導引經過該些 準備其包合成分的條碼驗證、利用可被顯示在數位 助理Π8或是其它具有顯示器的裝置之上的事件管理資訊 藥物的標_ 1 # π 系才曰明成分以及成分的濃度。藥物的 0 200422917 標籤124a可以被列印在任何位置處。藥物的標籤ΐ24&較 佳地疋包含條碼列印506d。條碼列印5〇6d可以包含對於 每個輸液袋都列印一個條碼標籤l24a。標籤12乜係有助 於確保正碟的藥物在正確白勺日夺間以及/或是用正確的順序 ,給藥。交替以及定序的輸液指令尤其是容易發生順序及 時間上的錯誤。條碼列Hp 5〇6d可以包含對於在輸液指令 702中的每一袋都列印一個獨特的條碼標籤。條碼列印 506d也可以包含列印一個唯一指明在輸液袋中的成分以及 該些成分的濃度之組合的條碼標籤124a。用於藥物124的 條碼可以包含一個字首、一個字尾以及國家藥品碼(N⑶)。 在一個實施例中,條碼也可以包含一個批號以及有效日期 。或者是,一個別的條碼可被提供以包含該批號以及有效 曰期。包含主動或是被動式RFID標籤、磁條、等等之條碼 的其它實施例都可以被使用。 給藥 第10圖是展示用於第6圖的給藥512之功能組件的方 塊圖。給藥512係包含施予藥物給病患112所使用的功能 方塊。給藥512可以包含讀取藥物條碼512a、讀取病患條 碼512b、執行有效日期的檢查512c、提供用滴定法的通知 512d、提供流速至點滴速率的顯示512e、提供“如所需的 (as needed)”輸液之起始512f、下載操作參數512g以及 時間監視512h。該輸液系統210也可以轉換可能具有超過 一種的流速之指令,例如減量以及交替的指令,成為用於 目如正被給藥的輸液袋之流速。該輸液系統21 0也可以轉 200422917 換具有不同成分的輸液袋之指令(例如定序指令),成為用 於目前正被給藥的輸液袋之流速。The infusion instruction generation 504 is connected to the infusion bag preparation 506, the infusion bag delivery (path 530), the medication administration 512, and the infusion instruction modification 514. The infusion instruction type 560a includes, for example, but is not limited to, single dose administration, bulk administration, intermittent administration, and continuous instruction types. The continuous infusion system consists of alternating infusions, sequential infusions, reduced infusions, and titrations. When the first medicine 560b is selected in an infusion instruction, a form of the infusion instruction type 560a for the medicine may be preset. The medical staff who gave the order may have the option to choose different types of orders. The dose 560c and the measurement unit 544d can also be preset. The unit of measurement 544d can be linked to a drug and / or dose 544c. The infusion system 21 〇 may contain a preset diluent or several preset diluents to use 86 200422917 for the drug. One of the preset diluents can be designated as the preferred diluent. A note can be associated with the diluent to help the healthcare provider who is instructed to decide which diluent to choose. The instructions for the diluent may include a reference that if the patient is hypertonic, then a specific diluent should be avoided for that patient. The infusion system 210 may also allow for an additional infusion instruction sub-type 560a according to the previously mentioned infusion instruction type. Additional infusion instruction times Type 560a may include (but is not limited to) TPN infusion instructions, continuous infusion instructions for chemotherapy, small soft bag infusion instructions, and infusion instructions for large volume injections. The infusion instruction subtypes can be used from different parts of the infusion system 21 (), which allows to sort and filter the infusion instructions based on the infusion types. A special markup format for each type of infusion instruction can also be defined to further customize the infusion instruction type and the associated pharmacy workflow. When searching for a drug 124 during the infusion instruction generation 504, the drug 124 may be labeled as an additive and / or a solution to help the medical staff 116 generate an infusion 'order. Such labeling can be made in the drug identification file. The drug dose 560c can be determined in some ways, such as (but not limited to) based on body weight and body surface area, and entered based on the rate. When the flow rate is not entered, the infusion system 210 calculates the flow rate based on the specified dose and duration. The medical staff who ordered can specify the dilution = 56 ° d and its amount. The pharmacy can provide preset values for this parameter ~ please see line 582 (Figure 6). A check 564 may be performed to ensure that the net concentration 564a and flow rate 564b of the drug 200422917 560b are appropriate. · The infusion system 210 may be specified and / or calculated based on the patient's weight, body surface area, and / or the frequency and duration of the therapy. The indicated flow rate 56oe is checked against the flow rate tolerance of, for example, the system flow rate tolerance 542b. The net concentration of the drug 124 can be checked against, for example, the net concentration tolerance of the 疋 system net concentration tolerance 542a. 564a In one embodiment, the flow rate 560e may also include a description showing a preset flow rate to assist in the instruction output. people. For the flow rate 56Ge, refer to the flow rate explanation and database 546i. The calculation 562 may include calculating the dose based on the patient's weight and / or height (probably provided by the ADT interface 310), the amount of medicine, the volume of the diluent, the concentration, or the rate of radon. Count # 562 彳 includes (but is not limited to) the flow rate of # based on the concentration of the components in the solution (if not specified in $), the amount of bag 562a required for a specified period or the infusion bag The number, the period during which each infusion bag is administered, and the total preparation for each infusion and infusion. The flow rate, volume of fluid to be pumped, and / or duration can be modified. If modified, the infusion system 21 will automatically calculate the corresponding amount based on the calculated value, if it will exceed the maximum dose of the component in the concentration as specified in the drug file: Alas, the patient care infusion system 21 〇 warns pharmacists and / or medical staff 116 and may request a reason code for this adjustment. . The ten count 562 may include, for example, (but not limited to) the calculation of the amount 562a of the bag, the calculation of the difference 562b, and the calculation of the duration to the capacity 562. , And flow 88 200422917 calculation of speed to drip rate calculation 562d. Inspection 564 includes various inspections in which the infusion instruction is regulated and regulated. These tests include, for example, but are not limited to, a net concentration check 564a, a flow rate check 564b, a dosing time check 564c, a continuous check 564d, and an infusion site check 564e. If an infusion instruction fails the inspection 564, the medical practitioner 116 may be able to cancel the inspection. Cancellation 566 can include, but is not limited to, withdrawal of net concentration 566a, withdrawal of flow rate 566b, withdrawal of dosing time 566c, cancellation of duration 566d, and cancellation of infusion section f-position 566e. Revocation 566 may generate message 520 to the physician and / or pharmacy. The infusion system 21 can distinguish between the cancellation of the entire system and the cancellation of the secondary system to determine whether it is necessary to generate a message 520. Revocation may include an indication as to whether the health care provider has the authority to revoke a tolerance. For example, flow rate reversal 566b may provide an indication as to whether the healthcare provider who entered the infusion instruction has the authority to revoke the system flow rate tolerance 542b. This instruction can be applied to a patient care system or a sub-system. The cancellation period 566d of the duration may provide an indication as to whether the medical staff 116 who entered the infusion command has the authority to cancel the system duration period 542d. This instruction can be applied to a patient care system or a sub-system. Revocation 566 also includes an indication of the reason for revocation 566f. The reason for the unlocking 566f can be selected by the medical staff 116 from the pull-down menu. 0 The result of the infusion command 504 is an infusion command 702. The infusion instruction 702 may include an infusion schedule 704. The infusion system 210 can take into account a period in the future and generate an infusion schedule 704 (as long as the infusion 89 200422917 infusion instruction 702 is valid) for use in this period or on request for an infusion bag designated as a longer period supply. The healthcare provider who gave the order is not required to specify the end date of the infusion order. The infusion system 2 1 Q may include automatic scheduling of infusion bag delivery according to a tolerance 542 defined by the infusion system 210. Instruction Preparation FIG. 9 is a block diagram showing the functional components of the infusion instruction preparation 506 used in FIG. 6. The infusion preparation 506 includes a function block for preparing an infusion instruction 702 (Fig. 8). The infusion preparation 506 may include, but is not limited to, determining a preparation position 506a, a scanning component 506b, a check 506c during the duration of the bag, and a barcode printing 506d for the drug label 124a. The barcode second print 506d may include the functions described above with reference to the print label 326 (Fig. 4). After the infusion instruction is input into the infusion system 21, the preparation instruction is routed to a preparation position. The preparation position is determined according to the preparation program 5206 of the infusion system and the infusion assembly. The infusion system 210 may include an adjustable database, such as a preparation area database, which indicates where the infusion instruction will be prepared. The infusion instruction may be prepared in a pharmacy, or at, for example, a location remote from the floor, or at a treatment location 106. The healthcare worker M 116 was guided through the bar code verification of the preparation of the package, using the event management information that can be displayed on the digital assistant UI8 or other display-equipped devices. 1 # π Name the ingredients and their concentrations. 0 200422917 Label 124a of the drug can be printed anywhere. The drug label (24 & preferably) contains a barcode print 506d. The barcode printing 506d may include printing a barcode label l24a for each infusion bag. The label 12 乜 helps to ensure that the medicines on the plate are given in the correct day and / or in the correct order. Alternating and sequencing infusion instructions are particularly prone to sequence and time errors. The barcode sequence Hp 506d may contain a unique barcode label printed for each bag in the infusion instruction 702. The bar code printing 506d may also include printing a bar code label 124a that uniquely identifies a combination of components in the infusion bag and the concentration of those components. The bar code for medication 124 may include a prefix, a suffix, and a National Drug Code (NCD). In one embodiment, the barcode may also include a lot number and an expiration date. Alternatively, another bar code may be provided to include the lot number and a valid date. Other embodiments that include active or passive RFID tags, magnetic stripes, and the like can be used. Administration Figure 10 is a block diagram showing the functional components of Administration 512 used in Figure 6. Administration 512 consists of functional blocks used to administer medication to patient 112. Dosing 512 may include reading a drug barcode 512a, reading a patient barcode 512b, performing an effective date check 512c, providing a notification by titration 512d, providing a flow rate to drip rate display 512e, providing "as required (as needed) "start 512f of infusion, 512g download operation parameters, and time monitoring 512h. The infusion system 210 can also convert instructions that may have more than one flow rate, such as decrement and alternate instructions, to become the flow rate for the infusion bag being administered. The infusion system 210 can also change the instruction of 200422917 to change infusion bags with different components (such as sequencing instructions), which becomes the flow rate of the infusion bag currently being administered.

在給予藥物m之際,醫護人員116係掃描藥物的標 籤124a。輸液系統210係包含在起始輸液指令的认藥、在 改變流速、改《以及/或是停止輸液指令時掃描條碼的 標籤124a。輸液系、统21〇係確認具有條碼的標籤之輸液袋 應該在該時間被給藥並且是用於病患丨12。包含流速以及 給藥的量之給藥的歷史可被擷取及維持。某些輸液指令是 需要掛起-個輸液袋’丨意圖是只有一部分、特定的量之 輸液袋將被給藥。該輸液系統21〇係容許醫護人員ιΐ6能 夠下指令-個將被給藥的輸液袋之量。大部分的輸液^ 具有界定將被給藥的量或是流速及期間的功能。一旦此時 間已過去後,輸液泵將會自動地避免進一步的給藥。輸液 系統210係作為-項提醒於給藥的醫護人員,其係提供一 個在藥物的標籤124a之上的訊息,其將會部分地被給藥以 及將被給藥之適當的量。At the time of the administration of the drug m, the medical staff 116 scans the label 124a of the drug. The infusion system 210 includes a label 124a that scans a bar code when the infusion instruction is initiated, the flow rate is changed, and / or the infusion instruction is stopped. The infusion system and system 21 confirmed that the infusion bag with a bar code label should be administered at that time and is intended for patients. 12 A history of dosing including the flow rate and the amount of dosing can be retrieved and maintained. Some infusion instructions require the suspension of an infusion bag ', the intention being that only a part of a certain amount of the infusion bag will be administered. The infusion system 21 allows the medical staff to instruct the amount of an infusion bag to be administered. Most infusions ^ have the function of defining the amount to be administered or the flow rate and duration. Once this time has elapsed, the infusion pump will automatically avoid further dosing. The infusion system 210 serves as a reminder to the medical staff of the administration that it provides a message on the label 124a of the medication that will be partially administered and the appropriate amount to be administered.

流速至點滴速率之顯示5! 2 e係利用由流速至點滴速 的函數剛所產生之資料,以提供給藥的醫護人員用於 前的輸液袋之點滴速率。在給藥512期間,醫護人員j 可以利用數位助理118步私左、古 來k查流速以及其它的操作來數 流速的修改1 002b(第U圖)係即時地被傳送。 輸液系、统210可以包含pRN或是“如所需的,,輸液起 ⑽。“如所需的”輸液起始512係造成—個新的有效的 令之產生以及刚藥物的準備。此種選擇權可以包含提 92 200422917 醫護人員116來從一個為了病患而設置的表列之預期的 PRN指令中選擇一個PRN輸液,並且將被請求的輸液袋預 設為一袋。醫護人員116可以具有權力來修改該被請求的 輸液袋量。 操作參數的下載512g可以包含判斷與該項醫療相關的 病患識別符、以及/或是從腕帶112a所擷取的病患識別符 是否與在中央位置處與該項醫療相關的病患識別符相同。 該判斷經常是藉由例如是第一中央伺服器丨〇9的第一電腦 來完成的。若該輸液系統210判斷各種的病患識別符並不 相同時,則該系統可以產生一個警報訊息520。若該輸液 系統210判斷各種的病患識別符是相同時,則該輸液系統 210可以直接下載操作參數至醫療器材332。輸液系統21〇 可以傳送操作參數至例如是輸液果12 〇的醫療器材3 3 2。 該系統程式210的一項好處是用於醫療器材3犯的操 作參數並不必在可利用該些操作參數來規劃該醫療器材 332之前,必須通過數位助理118或是任何其它在遠端的 位置中之電腦。繞過在遠端的位置處之電腦係消除了在給 予藥物124至病患112上之一個潛在的錯誤來源。假設各 項的確認都被達成時,用於醫療嚭材332的操作參數可以“ 直接被傳送至醫療器材3 3 2。在此上下文中,“直接,,是表 示該些操作參數可以在不經過數位助理U 8或是任何其它 在遠端的位置處之電腦下被傳送至醫療器材。 在另一實施例中’輸液系、統210可以包含一個額外的 方塊(未被展示出),其中,中央電腦係接受—個第二藥物 200422917The display of flow rate to drip rate 5! 2e uses the data just generated by the function of flow rate to drip rate to provide the drip rate of the infusion bag used by the medical staff for administration. During medication 512, the medical staff j can use the digital assistant's 118 steps to check the flow rate and other operations to determine the flow rate modification 1 002b (Figure U) is transmitted instantly. The infusion system 210 may include pRN or "as needed, the infusion is initiated. The" as needed "infusion starting 512 is caused by the creation of a new effective order and the preparation of the drug. Such The option may include mentioning 2004200422917 medical staff 116 to select a PRN infusion from a list of expected PRN instructions set up for the patient, and presetting the requested infusion bag as a bag. Medical staff 116 may have The power to modify the requested infusion bag volume. Downloading 512g of operating parameters may include determining whether the patient identifier associated with the medical treatment and / or the patient identifier retrieved from the wristband 112a is in the center The location is the same as the patient identifier of the medical treatment. This judgment is often done by, for example, the first computer of the first central server 09. If the infusion system 210 judges various patient identifiers When not the same, the system can generate an alert message 520. If the infusion system 210 determines that the various patient identifiers are the same, the infusion system 210 can directly download the operating parameters to Medical device 332. The infusion system 21 can transmit operating parameters to the medical device 3 3 2 which is, for example, an infusion fruit 12 0. One benefit of the system program 210 is that the operating parameters used for the medical device 3 do not have to be available at this time. Before operating the medical device 332 with these operating parameters, a digital assistant 118 or any other remote computer must be used. Bypassing the computer at the remote location eliminates the need to administer medication 124 to patient 112 One of the potential sources of error above. Assuming that the confirmation of each item is reached, the operating parameters for the medical material 332 can be "directly transmitted to the medical device 3 3 2". In this context, "directly," means that the operating parameters can be transmitted to the medical device without going through the digital assistant U 8 or any other computer at a remote location. In another embodiment 'infusion Department 210 can contain an additional block (not shown), in which the central computer department accepts a second drug 200422917

二二在遠编的位置處之醫護人員116可以輸入該第二 =物識別4。該第二藥物識別符可以是—個修改後的第一 藥物識別符。例如,該第二藥物識別符可以是第一病患ID 、及知作參數的來源之處方或是電子醫師醫令輸入的部分 2液系、统210於是可以在傳送操作參數至醫療器材之前 霍“亥第肖第二藥物ID是相同的。該第二藥物ID可以 在處方被輸入時以及藥物124到達治療位置1〇6時之間, 用々個修改後的第一藥物ID加以取代。若該第二藥物識 符不同於内含在藥物的標籤i 24a中之第一藥物識別符時 一則。亥輸液系統21 〇將會發出一個警報的聲音。在另一個 實施例中,輸液系統210可以包含一個額外的方塊(未展示 出),其中操作參數係被使用來規劃醫療器材332。The medical staff 116 at the position of the remote editor can enter the second object identification 4. The second drug identifier may be a modified first drug identifier. For example, the second drug identifier can be the ID of the first patient and the source of the known parameter or part of the 2 fluid system and system 210 entered by the electronic physician's medical order. Therefore, the operating parameter can be transferred to the medical device before the "The Haidishiao second drug ID is the same. The second drug ID can be replaced with a modified first drug ID between the time the prescription is entered and the time the drug 124 reaches the treatment location 106. If The second drug identifier is different from the first drug identifier contained in the label i 24a of the drug. The infusion system 21 will emit an alarm sound. In another embodiment, the infusion system 210 may Contains an additional block (not shown) where operating parameters are used to plan the medical device 332.

輸液系統210之各種方塊,例如方塊512,可以包含 在數位助理118上顯示治療資訊。此可以包含顯示資訊為 反映在輸液系120的顯示器120c上之資訊。在輸液泵120 的顯不器120c上之資訊可以被補充有關病患U2、病患位 置以及輸液指令的資訊。此資訊可以包含有關輸液泵120 的夕個通道之資訊。所顯示的資訊可以包含例如是(但不 限於)特性、提示行、狀態行、操作圖像以及泵標題顯示 之貝訊。操作圖像係包含落滴(falling drop)、停止記號 、流程檢查小軟袋以及延遲開始。該泵標題顯示係包含例 如是藥品標籤以及輸液速率的資訊。具有在此項技術中之 一般技能者係熟悉上述之所顯示的資訊以及操作圖像。 該輸液系統210的時間監視512h係計算完成一個指令 94 200422917 還要多少時間以及-個輸液指令還要被給藥的4。當醫護 人員116使用輸液系、统21。來給藥該輸液指令時,:了對 流速做改變以及為了檢查輸液的狀態,輸液系统21〇係計 算還要被給藥的時間及量’並且其係指出該計算結果是否 為指示將會使用到一部分的袋。例如,在整個量被給藥之 前:在一個指令的最後-袋將被停止時、以及/或是在整 個量被給藥之前,在一個指令之内的一個袋必須被換掉時 ,醫護人貞116係在數位助理118以及/或是推+ 132之上 被警告。該警告可以包含—個訊息,例如是‘‘請只給藥15〇 ml” 〇 時間監視512h係包含利用條碼掃描來追蹤任何對於流 速所做的修改。藥局係即時地被警告以根據該項修改來調 整下一個所需的輸液袋之準備506。準備5〇6以及給藥512 的監視係容許藥物124的剛好及時之傳送為可行的。剛好 及時之傳送係減少歸因於中斷或是改變的輸液指令之浪費 。監視亦確保病患112的安全。 對於滴定法PRN指令而言,若在指令中的滴定條件是 指出流速必須被改變時,則醫護人員116係自動地被通知 所而的/爪速改變。輸液系統21 〇係包含用於計算流速至點 滴速率的轉換548f之定義的函數。輸液系統21〇所定義的 值可以是可調整的。輸液系統21 〇可以包含自動的流速至 點滴速率的轉換548f以在治療的給藥期間協助醫護人員 116 〇 95 200422917Various blocks of the infusion system 210, such as block 512, may include displaying the treatment information on the digital assistant 118. This may include information displayed on the display 120c of the infusion system 120. The information on the display 120c of the infusion pump 120 can be supplemented with information about the patient U2, the patient's position, and the infusion instruction. This information may include information about the channels of the infusion pump 120. The displayed information may include, for example, but not limited to, features, prompt lines, status lines, operating images, and beep messages for pump title display. The operation image system includes a falling drop, a stop sign, a small pouch for flow inspection, and a delayed start. The pump header display contains information such as drug labels and infusion rates. Those with general skills in this technology are familiar with the information displayed above and the operating images. The time monitoring 512h of the infusion system 210 calculates how long it takes to complete an instruction 94 200422917 and 4 infusion instructions to be administered. When medical personnel 116 use infusion system, system 21. When giving this infusion instruction, in order to change the flow rate and to check the status of the infusion, the infusion system 21 calculates the time and amount to be administered, and it indicates whether the calculation result is an indication that it will be used. To part of the bag. For example, before the entire amount is administered: at the end of an instruction-when the bag is to be stopped, and / or before the entire amount is administered, a bag within one instruction must be replaced, the caregiver Zhen 116 was warned on Digital Assistant 118 and / or Push + 132. The warning can include a message such as "Please only administer 150ml." Time monitoring 512h includes using a barcode scan to track any changes to the flow rate. The pharmacy is immediately warned to follow this Modification to adjust the preparation of the next required infusion bag 506. The monitoring of preparation 506 and administration of 512 allows just-in-time delivery of the drug 124 is feasible. The just-in-time delivery is reduced due to interruptions or changes The waste of the infusion instruction. Monitoring also ensures the safety of the patient 112. For the titration method PRN instruction, if the titration conditions in the instruction indicate that the flow rate must be changed, the medical staff 116 is automatically notified / Claw speed change. Infusion system 21 0 contains a defined function for calculating the flow rate to drip rate conversion 548f. The value defined by infusion system 21 0 can be adjustable. Infusion system 21 0 can include automatic flow rate to Switching of drip rate 548f to assist medical staff during treatment dosing 116 095 200422917

第11圖是展示用於輸液指令的文件記錄1〇12以及第 6圖的輸液指令修改514與訊息傳送52〇之功能組件的方 塊圖。修改514係包含被用以修改現有的輸液指令之功能 方塊。修改514也可以被視為產生新的指令以取代現有的 輸液指令。修改514可以包含修改的改變丨〇〇2、對於新的 指令可利用之大致上所有下指令的選項丨〇〇4、再次檢查 1 006、再次檢查的撤銷1 008以及新的流速至新的點滴速率 之顯不1010。輸液指令的修改經常導致有文件記錄1〇12 以及訊息傳送520。修改514係包含參考處方修改模組 336(第4圖)所述的功能。然而,修改514也可從病患照顧 系統1 〇〇的其它部份,例如(但不限於),處方輸入324、 處方啟動306以及處方授權308之處加以利用的。Fig. 11 is a block diagram showing the function records of the infusion instruction file 1012 and the infusion instruction modification 514 and message transmission 52 of Fig. 6. Modification 514 is a function block that is used to modify an existing infusion instruction. Modification 514 can also be seen as generating new instructions to replace existing infusion instructions. Modification 514 may include modified changes. 〇〇〇2, available for the new instruction, almost all the options to issue 丨 〇04, re-check 1 006, re-check revocation 1 008, and the new flow rate to new points The speed is not 1010. Modifications to infusion instructions often result in documented records 1012 and message transmissions 520. Modification 514 includes the functions described in Reference Recipe Modification Module 336 (Figure 4). However, modification 514 can also be used from other parts of the patient care system 1000, such as (but not limited to) prescription input 324, prescription activation 306, and prescription authorization 308.

修改514係包含修改持續期間1〇〇2a、修改流速1〇〇扎 、使用新的輸液部位1 002c、指明修改的理由1〇〇2d、指明 一個輸液袋的谷量1 002e以及處理停止指令若病 患112正在抱怨不適或是為了促進流體平衡,例如,當病 患112正在嘔吐時,醫護人員116也可以在沒有指令之下 就改變輸液速率。 修改的改變1002係包含指明新的持續期間1〇〇2&、指 令516。在最初的輸液指令產生504期間 的選項係大致上可利用於修改輸液指令。 令產生5 0 4期間可利用之下指令的選項係、 明新的流速1 002b、指明新的輸液部位1〇〇2c、指明修改的 理由1002d、指明在輸液袋中之剩餘量1〇〇2e以及停止指 可利用之下指令 在最初的輸液指 包含在第8圖中 96 200422917 所展示者。再次檢查1 006以及再次檢查的撤銷1 008係類 · 似於參考第8圖所述的檢查564及撤銷566。新的流速至 新的點滴速率之顯示1010係協助醫護人員,並且最小化在 給藥512期間錯誤的可能性。該修改後的輸液指令可以導 致有一個修改後的輸液計劃表。 流速在治療位置1 〇6處係經常為了例如是當輸液已經 不慎地停止一段短期間時,為了在不改變用於準備的計劃 表之下趕上進度之理由而被修改。此種修改可以不需要將 新的輸液計劃表704傳遞至藥局。在其它的情形中,新的 Φ 計劃表704應該被傳送至藥局或是其他準備的工作人員。 流速的修改1 〇〇2b係觸發輸液指令排程的改變以及/或是訊 息520給適當的醫護人員116。 當醫護人員116在治療位置1〇6處輸入流速的修改 1 002b到輸液系統210中時,該醫護人員116也可以選擇 來使得輸液計劃表704被重新計算並且傳送至藥局。醫護 人員116係具有請求新的藥物標籤124a是藉由條碼列印 506d模組來被列印的選擇權。新的藥物標籤124&係包含 資料以反映該新的資訊用於任何先前備妥的輸液袋。 輸液系統210以及/或是醫護人員116可以請求對於輸 液部位1 002c做修改。該部位可以從在電腦畫面上之一個 表列的解剖圖(anatomical representation)中選出。醫護 人員116可能被要求針對該修改丨〇〇2d指明一個理由。儲 存在資料庫中的理由可被顯示,例如(但不限於),時序撤 銷的理由54 6 f以及流速撤銷的理由546g,以便於由醫護 97 200422917 人員116指明。對於醫師下指令的修 ^ βι ^ 魄说AA ,U Ί 』U有一個別的硬 、·馬的(hard-coded)固定理由。對於醫師 m罐/ 口 « m 丨r知令的修改, -邊人貝116可能被請求來指明該醫師。 二實施修改之前’在目前的輸液袋中之剩餘量係被指 .醫護人貞116可被提供選擇權來接受一個從修 改刖的流速以及/或是容量之顯示值所計算出之容量。 *若為所期望的話,目前的輸液可以被停止1〇。若 =止指令並非必要的話’例如’肖—個輸液袋可被使用於 '的流速以及/或是新添加的藥物,Mlj f的流速可以被指 明並且與該修改後的流速做比較。 任何先前準備的輸液袋都可以根據新的輸液計割表 7〇4來檢查有效日冑。當—個輸液指令是在暫時停止或是 保留(hold)指令之後重新繼續時,有效日期檢查可以相關 於已經準備的溶液之有效日期來加以進行。 該新的輸液計劃表704係被使用來控制在藥局或是其 它準備地點中的準備506。可以設定系統預設值544以用 於是否有任何準備的袋應該透過開帳單介面312而被記帳 於病患112,以及該些袋是否應該被記入存貨。 輸液指令的改變1 〇〇2係包含可利用於新指令之所有下 指令的選項1 004。修改後的流速可以針對規則及容限而被 再次檢查1 006,例如(但不限於),淨濃度1〇〇6a、流速 1 006b、給藥時間i〇06c、持續期間1〇〇6e以及輸液部位 1 006f。撤銷1〇〇8是可利用於超出容限的修改。輸液系統 210可以顯示用於撤銷以及用於除了在原始的指令中所指 200422917 定的時間之外給予藥物之理由1〇〇8f。醫護人員可能 被要求對於該修改要指明一個理由。 輸液系統210可以提供醫護人員116 一個顯示畫面指 出泫修改後的點滴速率係與該修改後的流速丨〇 12相關。該 顯不出的資訊可以藉由該流速至點滴速率548f之定義的函 數而被計算出。輸液系統21〇也可以被提供在輸液系統 210内所用《典型的輸液管之說明,U用於計算點滴速率 修改係導致輸液系統210來確認輸液袋的有效日期並 且若該輸液袋在指令的完成之前就已經過期時,其係提供 一個訊息給醫護人員116。該訊息可以請求醫護人員i i 6 聯絡藥局。溶液(例如(但不限於),預混合的溶液以及輸液 系統210外部所製造的溶液)之輸液袋的有效日期之確認可 以包含語法分析(parsing)該掃描碼。 流速的撤銷l〇〇8b可以提供一項指示為修改輸液指令 的醫護人員116是否具有權力在不需要對於新的輸液指令 之認可下,就可撤銷所指示的限制。此指示可以適用於病 患照顧系統1 〇〇或是一個次系統。 文件記錄1012係即時地捕捉輸液指令的資訊。文件記 錄係包含記錄多個同時被給藥的輸液以及輸液修改,例如 (但不限於),持續期間的改變1012a、流速的改變l〇i2b、 容量的改變l〇12c、以及輸液部位的改變1012d。 當改變正在發生時,輸液系統21 〇可以協助醫護人員 116來捕捉所有在流速上的改變。醫護人員116可以改變 200422917 在指令中所需要的流速,例如,降低嗎啡輸液的流速從 4m 1至2ml。儘管輸液系統210可以將該改變視為新的指令 ’但是輸液系統210可以被配置以避免重複,因而該修改 後的指令並不導致新袋的產生。 文件e己錄1 012係包含έ己錄例如是(但不限於),暫時停 止、中斷以及/或是重新開始之輸液的改變之功能。醫護 人員11 6可以因為各種的理由來停止輸液,例如,輸液部 位已經受到損害、輸液已經鬆脫以及/或是輸液可以用肝 素/鹽水(sa 1 i ne)鎖定以使得病患112的移動變得容易。當 新的部位/輸液已經重新被建立時,輸液可以被恢復繼續 。然而,此可能花費的時間長度是可變的,並且大致上是 藉由輸液系統21 0加以記錄的。 政府法規經常需要追蹤在輸液給藥的過程中之每一個 步驟。輸液系統210係容許給藥的醫護人員116能夠在數 位助理118或是其它的電腦裝置上記錄流速的修改,此係 藉由掃描藥物的標籤丨24a並且根據容限,例如是藉由設定 谷限542所產生的容限來調整流速1 〇〇2a。流速的修改 l〇〇2b係即時地對應於相關聯的藥局之輸液計劃表7〇4,以 確保送到病患治療區域丨〇6的輸液袋有剛好及時的存貨管 理。文件記錄1012可以容許指令在某些情況下將日期追溯 到過去某時。 輸液系統210係包含記錄輸液部位1〇12d以及對於多 個輸液部位記錄多個輸液l〇12e之功能。在許多情形中, 病患112可以有多種藥物124以及“γ字形連接的,,輸液, 100 200422917 因而某些輸液係流入一個部位,而其它輸液則注入另一部 位。例如,嗎啡輸液、抗生素以及生理食鹽水係被注入右 手臂(部位1 ),而TPN與2/3 & 1/3係流入一個雙腔靜脈 導官(double lumen)CVL(部位2)。輸液系統210係容許醫 5蒦人員116能夠記錄各種的流體正在輸液通過之部位為哪 個部位。在例如是加護中心的治療位置丨中,許多種超 過兩個的輸液可以流入一條管或是内腔(lumen)。醫護人員 116係能夠指出輸液或是藥物正流入之CVL的哪個内腔。 輸液系統21 0係包含記錄用於輸液的部位位置丨〇 1 以及任何部位位置的改變之功能。輸液部位係經常由於阻 塞(〇cclusi〇n)或是政策的關係而被改變。因此,若輸液變 成鬆脫的且接著被重新開始時,醫護人員116必須記錄在 部位位置上的改變。 輸液系統係使得集中化的裝置配置成為可能,的。用於 例如是輸液栗12G的醫療器材之操作參數經常包含預設值 以及/或疋容限。預設值以及/或是容限可以存在於輸液系 充1 〇巾你j如,流速容限542b以及/或是在與該器材 332相關的記憶體中。例如,輸液泵120 1以包含一個資 料庫,該資料庫係具有—個擁有關聯的流速容限之藥物: 表。若醫護人貞116輸入一個超出該關聯的流速容Modification 514 includes the modification duration of 1002a, modification of the flow rate of 100 bar, the use of a new infusion site of 1002c, the reason for the modification, 1002d, the specification of the infusion bag's grain volume of 1,002e, and the processing stop instruction if Patient 112 is complaining of discomfort or to promote fluid balance. For example, when patient 112 is vomiting, medical staff 116 may also change the infusion rate without instructions. The modified change 1002 includes a new duration 1002 & instruction 516. The options during the initial infusion command generation 504 are generally available to modify the infusion command. The following options are available during the order of 504, the new flow rate 1 002b, the new infusion site 1002c, the reason for the modification 1002d, and the remaining amount in the infusion bag 1002e. And the stop finger is available under the instruction in the initial infusion finger included in Figure 8 as shown in 96 200422917. Re-check 1 006 and re-check revocation 1 008 are similar to check 564 and revocation 566 described with reference to FIG. 8. The display of the new flow rate to the new drip rate of 1010 assists the medical staff and minimizes the possibility of errors during the administration of 512. This modified infusion instruction can lead to a modified infusion schedule. The flow rate at the treatment location 106 is often modified for reasons such as when the infusion has been accidentally stopped for a short period of time to catch up without changing the schedule used for preparation. This modification may not require passing a new infusion schedule 704 to the pharmacy. In other cases, the new Φ schedule 704 should be transmitted to the pharmacy or other prepared staff. The modification of the flow rate 002b triggers a change in the infusion command schedule and / or a message 520 to the appropriate medical staff 116. When the medical staff 116 enters the flow rate modification 1 002b at the treatment location 106 into the infusion system 210, the medical staff 116 can also choose to cause the infusion schedule 704 to be recalculated and transmitted to the pharmacy. The medical staff 116 has the option to request that the new medication label 124a be printed by the barcode printing module 506d. The new drug label 124 & contains information to reflect this new information for any previously prepared infusion bags. The infusion system 210 and / or the medical staff 116 may request modifications to the infusion site 1002c. This part can be selected from an anatomical representation on a computer screen. Healthcare personnel 116 may be required to indicate a reason for the modification. The reasons stored in the database can be displayed, such as (but not limited to), the reason for sequential revocation 54 6 f and the reason for flow rate revocation 546g, so that it can be specified by medical staff 97 200422917 person 116. For the repairs ordered by the doctor, 说 βι ^ said that AA, U 』U U has a certain hard-coded fixed reason. For amendments to the physician's instructions for canisters / mouths,-Bian Renbei 116 may be requested to identify the physician. Before the implementation of the modification, the remaining amount in the current infusion bag is referred to. The medical person Zhen 116 may be provided with the option to accept a volume calculated from the modified flow rate and / or the displayed value of the volume. * The current infusion can be stopped by 10 if desired. If the = stop command is not necessary, 'e.g.' Shao-an infusion bag can be used for the flow rate and / or newly added drug, the flow rate of Mlj f can be specified and compared with the modified flow rate. Any previously prepared infusion bag can be checked for a valid sundial according to the new infusion meter cut-off table 704. When an infusion instruction is resumed after a temporary stop or hold instruction, the expiration date check may be performed in relation to the expiration date of the prepared solution. The new infusion schedule 704 is used to control preparations 506 in a pharmacy or other preparation site. A system default value of 544 can be set for whether any prepared bags should be billed to the patient 112 through the billing interface 312, and whether the bags should be credited to inventory. Changes to the infusion instructions 1002 include all the options 1004 available for the new instructions. The modified flow rate can be checked again for rules and tolerances, such as (but not limited to), a net concentration of 1006a, a flow rate of 1 006b, a dosing time of i06c, a duration of 1006e, and infusion Part 1 006f. Revocation 1008 is a modification that can be used beyond the tolerance. The infusion system 210 may display the reason 1008f for revocation and for administering the drug in addition to the time specified in 200422917 in the original instruction. Health care providers may be asked to indicate a reason for the change. The infusion system 210 can provide medical personnel 116. A display screen indicates that the modified drip rate is related to the modified flow rate. The invisible information can be calculated by a function defined by the flow rate to the drip rate 548f. The infusion system 21 can also be provided in the infusion system 210. "Instructions of a typical infusion tube, U is used to calculate the drip rate. The modification is caused by the infusion system 210 to confirm the expiration date of the infusion bag and if the infusion bag is on completion of the instruction When it has expired before, it provides a message to the medical staff 116. This message can ask the medical staff i i 6 to contact the pharmacy. Confirmation of the expiration date of the solution (eg, but not limited to, pre-mixed solution, and solution manufactured outside the infusion system 210) may include parsing the scan code. The revocation of the flow rate 108b may provide an indication as to whether the medical staff 116 who has amended the infusion instruction has the authority to revoke the indicated restriction without the need for approval of the new infusion instruction. This instruction can be applied to the patient care system 100 or a sub-system. Document record 1012 captures information about infusion commands in real time. The file record system records multiple simultaneous infusions and infusion modifications, such as (but not limited to) changes in duration 1012a, changes in flow rate 10i2b, changes in volume 1012c, and changes in infusion site 1012d . When a change is occurring, the infusion system 21 can assist the medical staff 116 to capture all changes in flow rate. The medical staff 116 can change the flow rate required by 200422917 in the instruction, for example, reduce the flow rate of morphine infusion from 4ml to 2ml. Although the infusion system 210 can treat this change as a new instruction ', the infusion system 210 can be configured to avoid repetition, so the modified instruction does not result in the creation of a new bag. The file e Jilu 1 012 contains functions such as, but not limited to, temporarily stopping, interrupting and / or restarting the infusion. The medical staff 11 6 can stop the infusion for various reasons, for example, the infusion site has been damaged, the infusion has been loosened, and / or the infusion can be locked with heparin / saline (sa 1 i ne) to make the movement of the patient 112 change. Make it easy. When the new site / infusion has been re-established, the infusion can be resumed and continued. However, the length of time this may take is variable and is generally recorded by the infusion system 210. Government regulations often need to track every step in the process of infusion administration. The infusion system 210 allows the medical staff 116 to administer the medication to record changes in flow rate on a digital assistant 118 or other computer device. This is by scanning the label of the drug 24a and according to the tolerance, such as by setting the valley limit. 542 produces a tolerance to adjust the flow rate to 002a. The flow rate modification 002b corresponds to the infusion schedule 704 of the associated pharmacy in real time to ensure that the infusion bag delivered to the patient treatment area 〇06 has just-in-time inventory management. Documentary record 1012 may allow instructions to date back sometime in some cases. The infusion system 210 includes a function of recording an infusion site 1012d and recording a plurality of infusion sites 1012e for a plurality of infusion sites. In many cases, patient 112 can have multiple drugs 124 and "gamma-shaped," infusions, 100 200422917. Therefore, some infusions flow into one site while others are injected into another. For example, morphine infusions, antibiotics, The saline solution was injected into the right arm (Site 1), while TPN and 2/3 & 1/3 flowed into a double lumen CVL (Site 2). The infusion system 210 allows 5 医Personnel 116 can record where the various fluids are passing through the infusion. In a treatment position such as an intensive care center, many more than two infusions can flow into a tube or lumen. Department of medical personnel 116 Can indicate which lumen of CVL the infusion or medicine is flowing into. The infusion system 210 includes the function of recording the position of the site for infusion and any changes in the position of the site. The infusion site is often due to blockage n) or policy changes. Therefore, if the infusion becomes loose and then restarted, the medical staff 116 must record the location of the site The infusion system makes centralized device configuration possible. The operating parameters for medical devices such as infusion pumps 12G often include preset values and / or tolerances. Preset values and / or capacities Limits may exist in the infusion system, such as the flow rate tolerance 542b and / or in the memory associated with the device 332. For example, the infusion pump 1201 contains a database that has -A drug with an associated flow rate tolerance: Table. If the healthcare provider Zhen 116 enters a flow rate capacity that exceeds the association

速時’則醫護人員116 #被赵主# 0 # ",L 戍是被者可能被允許進行 成疋被不止進仃。例如是心率監視器的器#饥也可以且 有可組態設定的容限用於警告1了警告之外,許多复二 的特被典型都可以被組態設定用於器# M2,例如:網路 / 名稱、I p # 210係包含從_、=詢(P〇1Ung)頻率以及色彩。輸液系統 設定醫療器材2;個中央電腦來個別地或是成組地組態 該些i統g置’數可以被定義用於第-類型的醫療器材。 ,:非參數係被傳送且由該第-類型的器材所接收 類型=::=型的器材具有適用於該特定的第- 類型的醫療材 配置參數。例如’第一複數個第一 材可位在一般的照顧治療位置4。第二複數 個苐一類型的醫 昭顧、、…里 治療位置處。該-般的 位置確實Λ 置參數W加護治療 於、"A “的>〇療參數。系統配置參數將會適用於 輸請中之所有第一類型的醫療器材,亦二= ^照顧治療位置的裝置,除非有特定的配置參數適用 例如是該加護治療位置之外。 對於每一種類型的裝置而言,特定的配置參數係適用 於—個特定的裝置群組中之所有該類型的裝置,若二 定的裝置屬於具有此種定義的群組時,該些特定的配置= 數係撤銷系統配置參數’除非該些特定的配置參數二 液系統210内之-個更明確的層級處被撤銷。該些群組: :皮:定為臨床的服務、護理站以及/或是服務及護理站的 .對於每種類型的裝置而言,使用者可以定義配置參 組,其係適用於被用在具有指定範圍的屬性之動作的戶 該類型的裝置,該些動作係蓋過任何其它的定義。/斤有 任醫院 200422917 中,該些動作可以是由輸液指令所組成,因而該些屬性可 以包3病患體重、藥品、病患疾病狀態與病情嚴重程度。 裝置可以藉由將#署办“命人 Β".、 内含在資料庫的表中而被指 ’又的群組之部分、一個特定的群組以及/或是與一 二疋的病患相關一般或是特定的配置參數於是可以根據 “ 被傳达至^亥裝置。該些特定的配置參數接 者可被讀回到輸液系# 9〗Λ 0 ^ 】履糸統210,並且與原先所傳送的配置參 丈做比較,以驗證原始的配置參數已正確地由器材332所 接收。若該些配置史數去不念 〇1Λ >數未正確地被接收時,則輸液系統 〇可以提供一個指明不一致或是通訊失敗的訊息52〇。 輸液系統210可以檢測在該器材處對於配置參數所做 的改變’而不是透過中央電腦’並且其係傳送一個訊息以 及/或疋警告520。輸液系、統21〇也可以查詢器材以驗證其 配置參數。若系統以及/或是特定的配置參數改變時,則 根據輸液系統210中被指明的分組,該些改變可以被傳遞 至該系統中被指明為屬於該群組之所有的器材奶。 在此整份文件以及相關的申請專利範圍中,“中央位置 ,,以及“遠端的位置,,是彼此相對的用語。“遠端的位置,,是任 何其中病患係透過-個受控制的醫療器材來接受治療的位 置,例如,其中病患' 112是透過輸液系12〇來接受治療之 病患治療位置106。“中央位置,,是除了遠端的位置之外的 任何其中用於操作醫療器材的參數是可利用的位置,例如 (但不限於)’藥局電腦104以及中央系統108的位置。在 一個典型的配置中,數個例如是治療位置1〇6之遠端的位 103 200422917 置係與一個中央位置通訊。 儘官本揭露内容已經專注於輸液泵12〇在該系統21〇 之内的使用,但可瞭解到的是,其它的醫療器材也可以被 使用在該系統210之内,而不脫離本發明的範疇。例如, 各種類型的醫療器材係包含(但不限於)輸液泵、呼吸器 (ventilator)、透析機(dialysis腿心让幻、等等。一種 額外之類型的醫療器材是微型電機系統(MEMS乂组件。MEMS 疋一種被利用以產生在尺寸上可以小於丨毫米之小型或微 小裝置的技術,儘管該些裝置也可以是較大的。MEMS裝置 典型地是從玻璃晶圓或是矽製成,但是該技術已經發展遠 超出其在半導體產業之起源技術。每個MEMS裝置都是在一 個晶片之上的一個整合的微系統,除了光學、流體、電氣 、化學以及生物醫學的元件之外,其可以納入移動的機械 邻件。所產生的MEMS裝置或元件係回應於許多類型的輸入 ,其包含壓力、振動、化學製品、光以及加速。MEMS組件 可以是一些不同的元件,其包含各種類型的泵、流量闊、 流量感測器、管、壓力感測器或是元件的組合。 於是,即如同以下更詳細所述者,MEMS組件的一種用 途是作為概要地在第53圖中所示之管線MEMS泵5314。 MEMS泵5314係能夠透過管5312來將内含在IV袋5320中 的流體栗卿出來,經由進入裝置5324而進入病患。MEMS 組件係具有一個附接至其的MEMS本地的電子元件,並且該 MEMS電子元件係連接到一個外部的、耐久的MEMS控制器 ,其可以如同在此所述之本輸液泵12〇 一般地與本系統 200422917 21〇通訊。在MEMS泵5314的一個實施例中,_s電子元 件5332係被内欲於其中,並且較佳地可以儲存随來數 的操作資訊。該MEMS控制器以及其電子電路與電源可以實 際上或是無線地連接至MEMS電子元件。在_個實施例中, 該參數的操作資訊可以從該可分離的咖控制器MM载 入。較佳地,《元件5314隸據被本_存在該聽 電子電路5332之内的資訊,透過管5312以產生液體流。 此資訊較佳地是從-個連線的、但為可分離的臟s控制器 5咖下載而得。再者’肖_組件可以經由無線通訊來 和:統210通訊。此外]亥瞧控制器可以透過一條無線 或是有線的通訊路徑來提供往返於系統21〇的資訊 以完全自動化在本系統21〇中的_組件之控制及查詢。 S或疋其匕新興之經濟的製造技術之使用係提供機 會來將MEMS元件加裝到一個用完即丟的管線組,其係提供 ::卜的功能’例如,泵唧、裝設閥門以及感測。部分或是 :部支援之本地的電子電路也可以内含在管線組之一個用 :P丟的。p知巾。例如,内含一個包含用於泵、壓力感測 為以及/或是流量感測器、閥、或是用完即丟的元件之組 合"的4交準_杳却+ a t 〇 5己憶體晶片可能是較佳的。用後即可丢棄 :斤/月差的’因為其免除了在每次後續的應用之間,對於 糸統的組件之u i 1干^叩貝的消毒之需要。 在個實施例中,該·系統可以經由彈出式視窗來自動 地提供醫譫人g 八貝與一或多種藥物相關的資訊。較佳地,一 200422917 個藥物表係被輸入到中央資料庫1 08b中。該藥物表可以包 含一或多種藥物的學名以及任何與其相關聯的商品名稱。 連、、Ό到5亥藥物表之内的每一種藥物的是用於經由彈出式視 自來顯不之個別的訊息。該些訊息可以藉由醫療保健設施 加以定義,或是藉由該系統提供者預先定義的。較佳地, 與每一種藥物相關的訊息係有關於:υ與該藥物相關的危 險事項,例如是在處理或是暴露到該藥物上;2)醫護人員 要如何施用該藥物;3)有關藥物的醫師參考資訊,· 4)用於 輸液該藥品之適當的泵通道;以& 5)有關輸液設定的程序 之警語,例如,為了小軟袋輸液而打開一個滾筒夾(Γ〇ιΐπ clamp)。Quick time ’then the medical staff 116 # 被 赵 主 # 0 # ", L 戍 is that the victim may be allowed to carry out the 疋 疋 into more than 仃. For example, the device #hunger of the heart rate monitor is also available and has a configurable tolerance for warning 1. In addition to the warning, many special features can be configured for device # M2, such as: The network / name, I p # 210 series includes the frequency and color from the _, = query (P0Ung). The infusion system sets medical devices 2; a central computer to configure them individually or in groups. These numbers can be defined for the first type of medical device. ,: Non-parameters are transmitted and received by the -type device. The type = :: = type device has parameters applicable to that particular -type medical material configuration. For example, the 'first plurality of first materials may be located in a general care position 4. The second plural types of medical doctors, such as Zhao Gu, ..., are located at the treatment site. This general position does not include the parameters of the intensive care treatment, " A "> treatment parameters. The system configuration parameters will be applicable to all the first type of medical equipment in the submission, and the second = ^ care treatment Location devices, unless there are specific configuration parameters applicable, such as the intensive care location. For each type of device, specific configuration parameters apply to all devices of that type in a specific device group If two fixed devices belong to a group with such a definition, those specific configurations = the number of system configuration parameters will be revoked unless these specific configuration parameters are in one of the more specific levels in the two-liquid system 210. Revoked. These groups:: Skin: Designated as a clinical service, nursing station, and / or service and nursing station. For each type of device, the user can define configuration parameters that apply to This type of device is used in households with actions that have a specified range of attributes, and these actions override any other definitions. / Jinyouren Hospital 200422917, these actions can be composed of infusion instructions Therefore, these attributes can include the patient's weight, medicine, patient's disease status, and disease severity. The device can be referred to by including "# 办 办" 命 人 Β "., In a table in the database " Part of another group, a specific group, and / or general or specific configuration parameters associated with a patient of one or two can then be communicated to the device according to ". These specific configuration parameters are then connected The user can be read back to the infusion system # 9 〖Λ 0 ^】 Cross system 210 and compare it with the configuration parameters originally transmitted to verify that the original configuration parameters have been correctly received by the equipment 332. If these Do not read the configuration history number 〇1Λ > When the number is not received correctly, the infusion system 〇 can provide a message indicating inconsistency or communication failure 52. The infusion system 210 can detect the configuration parameters made at the device Change 'instead of via a central computer' and it sends a message and / or warning 520. The infusion system and system 21 can also query the equipment to verify its configuration parameters. If the system and / or specific configuration parameters When changes are made, according to the designated group in the infusion system 210, the changes can be passed to all equipment milks in the system that are designated as belonging to the group. In this entire document and related patent applications, "Central location," and "distal location," are relative terms. "Distal location," is any location where the patient is being treated through a controlled medical device, for example, where the disease Suffering 112 is a patient treatment site 106 that is being treated through the infusion system 120. "Central location is any location other than the remote location where parameters for operating the medical device are available, such as (but not limited to) the location of the pharmacy computer 104 and the central system 108. In a typical In the configuration, for example, a number of positions 103 200422917 distal to the treatment position 106 communicates with a central position. The content of this disclosure has focused on the use of the infusion pump 120 within the system 21, However, it can be understood that other medical equipment can also be used in the system 210 without departing from the scope of the present invention. For example, various types of medical equipment include (but are not limited to) infusion pumps, respirators ( ventilator), dialysis machine (dialysis), etc. An additional type of medical device is a micro-motor system (MEMS) component. MEMS is a small or tiny device that is used to create a size that can be smaller than 丨 millimeters Technology, although these devices can also be larger. MEMS devices are typically made from glass wafers or silicon, but the technology has evolved far beyond its The technology that originated in the semiconductor industry. Each MEMS device is an integrated microsystem on a wafer. In addition to optical, fluid, electrical, chemical, and biomedical components, it can be incorporated into mobile mechanical neighbors. The resulting MEMS device or element is responsive to many types of inputs, including pressure, vibration, chemicals, light, and acceleration. MEMS components can be a number of different elements that include various types of pumps, wide flow, and flow sensors , Tube, pressure sensor, or a combination of components. Thus, as described in more detail below, one use of the MEMS assembly is as a line MEMS pump 5314 shown schematically in Figure 53. MEMS pump 5314 series The fluid contained in the IV bag 5320 can be pumped out through the tube 5312, and enter the patient via the access device 5324. The MEMS component has a MEMS local electronic component attached to it, and the MEMS electronic component system Connected to an external, durable MEMS controller, which can communicate with the system 200422917 21〇 as the infusion pump 12o described herein. In one embodiment of the MEMS pump 5314, the _s electronic component 5332 is internally included therein, and preferably can store the operation information of the subsequent number. The MEMS controller and its electronic circuit and power supply can be actually or It is wirelessly connected to the MEMS electronic component. In one embodiment, the operation information of the parameter can be loaded from the detachable coffee controller MM. Preferably, the component 5314 is stored in the electronic circuit according to the present invention. The information within 5332 is passed through the tube 5312 to generate a liquid flow. This information is preferably downloaded from a connected but detachable dirty controller 5c. Furthermore, the 'xiao_component can be accessed via Wireless communication comes with: unified 210 communication. In addition, the controller can provide information to and from the system 21 through a wireless or wired communication path to fully automate the control and query of the components in the system 21. The use of S or its emerging economic manufacturing technology provides the opportunity to retrofit MEMS components into a disposable line group, which provides: 'functions such as pumps, valves, and Sensing. Some or local electronic circuits supported by the: Department can also be included in one of the pipeline groups using: P lost. p know towel. For example, it contains a 4 cross-reference _ 杳 + + at 〇5 including a combination of components for pumps, pressure sensors and / or flow sensors, valves, or disposable components. A bulk wafer may be preferred. It can be discarded after use: jin / month difference ’because it eliminates the need for disinfection of the system ’s components, i i 1 ^ 叩, between each subsequent application. In one embodiment, the system can automatically provide information related to one or more drugs to the medical staff through a pop-up window. Preferably, a 200422917 drug list is entered into the central database 108b. The drug list can contain the scientific name of one or more drugs and any trade names associated with them. Each of the drugs in the list is connected to a separate message for display via pop-up view. These messages can be defined by the healthcare facility or pre-defined by the system provider. Preferably, the information related to each drug is related to: υ dangers related to the drug, such as handling or exposure to the drug; 2) how the medical staff should administer the drug; 3) related drugs Physician's reference information, 4) Appropriate pump channels for infusion of the drug; & 5) Warnings about procedures for infusion setting, for example, opening a roller clamp (Γ〇ιΐπ clamp for small infusion bags ).

彈出式視窗是在一種藥物被選擇或是輸入到計算裝 k㈣㈣出的’例如:當該藥物正藉由醫師經由cp( 而被指示時;當該藥物正藉由藥局或類似者處理時;幻 當該藥物正藉由醫護人員給藥於病患時。在一個實施例' ’當-種藥物的選擇或輸入已經在一個遠端的位置處。 异裝置上被完成時’在中央系統108内之資料庫係被利, ,其中與該藥物相關的至少一個彈出式視窗訊息係被提$ 給該遠端的計算裝置用於顯示給該醫護人員。 - 較佳地,與-種藥物相關的至少—個彈出式視窗訊_ -在用藥指令、過程以及給藥程序中的一個特定步驟起: 之際被提供用於顯示的。譬如,在輸人—㈣藥指令 是咖的計算裝置之際,—個彈出式視窗係«示,^ 中-個訊息係有關該藥物的醫師參考資訊,並且在一個; 106 200422917 施例中,另一個彈出式視窗可以被顯干右M _ ^ ^ , 孤”、、員不有關與该藥物相關 的危險事項。接著,在藉由藥局或類似者處理該指令之際 二J多個彈出式視窗係被顯示在該藥局1〇4之内的一個 :十:裝置之上,用於提供有關該藥物之-般的資訊以及與 忒藥物相關之可能的危險事 '、 護人員給藥時,一…… ““令正藉由醫 級1 :、 3夕早出式視窗係被顯示在-個與該 酉4人貝相關的計算裝置(亦即,手持式裝置〗⑻之上, 用=提供有關該藥物的給藥之資訊,並且在一個實施例中 如何處理。 了-的危險事項,例如,該藥物要 較佳地,在計算裝置上所顯示之彈出式視窗是特定於 正藉由醫護人員所實行的用藥指♦、過程以及給藥程序中 之步驟。譬如,包含罄細务▲•欠 未枉厅r 邊師參考負訊的彈出式視窗較佳地並 :經由手持式裝置m顯示給護士。儘管如此,在一個實 ·】中 <吏用者或疋醫院可以定義當一種藥物被選擇或是 輸入到一個特定的計算裝置中時,何時(以及是否)一個彈 出式視窗應該被顯示。 藥局定義何時(以及是否)—個彈出式視窗將被顯示也 疋交佳的。譬如’對於普通的藥物’彈出式視窗較佳地是 不予以顯示。反而是,彈出式視窗較佳地是對於藥局或醫 療保健叹& δ忍為在彈出式視窗内之額外的資訊將會有助於 該藥物的下指今、進供々θ , ' ^ 旱備或疋給藥的藥物時才予以顯示。 旌予藥物 一種利用輸液系統21〇來施予㈣124的方法係被描 107A pop-up window is displayed when a drug is selected or entered into a computing device, for example: when the drug is being instructed by a physician via cp (; when the drug is being processed by a pharmacy or the like; When the drug is being administered to a patient by a healthcare professional. In one embodiment, 'When the selection or input of a drug is already at a remote location. When done on a different device' in the central system 108 The internal database is profitable, in which at least one pop-up window message related to the drug is provided to the remote computing device for display to the medical staff.-Preferably, it is related to-a drug -At least one pop-up window message--Provided for display at the beginning of a specific step in the medication instructions, process and dosing procedure. For example, in the case of input-the peony instruction is a computing device of the coffee In the present, a pop-up window is «shown, ^ in a message is the doctor's reference information about the drug, and in one; 106 200422917 embodiment, another pop-up window can be displayed right M _ ^ ^, "Solitary", and members are not related Dangerous matters related to the drug. Then, when the instruction is processed by the pharmacy or the like, two pop-up windows are displayed in one of the pharmacy's 104: 10: above the device , Used to provide general information about the drug and possible dangerous things related to the puppet drug ', when the nurses administer it, "..." Is displayed on a computing device (ie, a handheld device) related to the 酉 4 person shellfish, with = providing information about the administration of the drug, and how to deal with it in one embodiment. For example, the drug should preferably have a pop-up window displayed on the computing device that is specific to the medication instructions, procedures, and steps in the dosing procedure being performed by the medical staff. For example, contains Done ▲ ▲ 枉 未 枉 厅 r The side pop-up window where the side teacher refers to the negative message is preferably and displayed to the nurse via the handheld device m. Nevertheless, in a practical case, < the user or the hospital Can define when a drug is selected or lost When (and whether) a pop-up window should be displayed when it comes to a particular computing device. The pharmacy defines when (and whether) a pop-up window will also be displayed. For example, 'for ordinary medicine 'Pop-up windows are preferably not displayed. Instead, pop-up windows are preferably for pharmacies or healthcare slogans. Additional information in the pop-up window will help the drug It is displayed only when the drug is given by 进 θ, ^ ^ dry preparation or medicament administration. Jing Yu Drugs A method of administering ㈣ 124 using the infusion system 21 is described 107

”厶丄y γ I"厶 丄 y γ I

”厶丄y γ I"厶 丄 y γ I

包含對於流速、輸液部位、⑼^ = ^。該些修改係 以及掛上新的藥物124 :別液、重新開始輸液 描與病患相關的條碼512b•修改。該方法係包含:掃 ;若該輸液是-種^物H與該f物相11的條碼仙 修改選卜個心:^則確認有效日期512c,·對於該 B ,以及5己錄輸液袋剩餘的容量或 :接受從先前的容量及流速計算出的们。。2e。輸液袋之Contains for flow rate, infusion site, ⑼ ^ = ^. These modifications are as well as the new drug 124: Dispensing fluid, restarting the infusion. Describe the patient-related barcode 512b. • Modification. The method includes: sweeping; if the infusion is-species ^ object H and the bar code of the f phase 11 modify the selection and selection of heart: ^ then confirm the effective date 512c, for the B, and 5 remaining infusion bag The capacity or: accept those calculated from the previous capacity and flow rate. . 2e. Of infusion bag

效曰期的確認512c可以包含一個混合物 個條碼的使用。 汉疋 對於該修改的理由^Γ、;水& /rrt ^ ^ π埋由了以來自於一個定義的表546g。對 於该修改的理由也可以白人 yte π Μ Ο: 匕一 ^ j U包3 一個硬編碼的固定值用於醫師 才曰不的改變。當該硬編碼的固定值被選擇時,醫護人員 116係被提醒要從一個醫師的表列中選擇該醫師。主治的 醤師可以是在該醫師的表列中之預設的醫師。The validity date confirmation 512c can contain a mixture of barcodes. Han 疋 For the reasons for the amendment, ^ Γ ,; water & The reason for this modification can also be white yte π Μ Ο: DJ ^ j U package 3 A hard-coded fixed value is used by the physician to change. When the hard-coded fixed value is selected, the medical staff 116 is reminded to select a physician from a list of physicians. The attending magistrate may be a preset physician in the physician's list.

可以有一項快速選擇的特點以停止藥物124的給藥, 例如,停止指令l〇〇2f。若未選該快速的選擇時,則可以 包含以下的過程:記錄流速以及/或是接受先前用於流速 的值-該先前的值係被顯示在數位助理的顯示器丨丨8a、輸 液泵的顯示器12〇c以及/或是醫療用推車132之上;比較 該先前的流速與該指示的流速-此比較可以藉由利用輸液 系統210或是次系統的規則以及容限而被達成;顯示適當 的訊息;在流速與點滴速率之間的轉換可被顯示1 〇丨2一該 些轉換可以根據輸液系統210定義的點滴速率之轉換表 548f而被計算出。該輸液系統21 〇典型地係使用根據所使 108 200422917 用的管線之說明,以使得其易於由醫護人員丨丨6來選擇正 確的點滴速率轉換。 改變流速係觸發該輸液系統210來根據排定的流速以 確認輸液袋的有效曰期。若該溶液在給藥之前或是在給藥 期間就過期時,則一個訊息係被傳送至醫護人員丨16,例 如,“此溶液將會在排定的給藥期間内過期。請聯絡藥局,, 。若匕疋一個預混合的輸液袋以及/或是一個訂製的輸液 袋時,則若可能的話,有效日期是藉由語法分析掃描碼而 被確認的。該先前的輸液部位係被接受,或是一個新的輸 液部位位置係從一個表列或是一個圖形的解剖圖中被選擇 。於是,該計劃表704係被重新計算以實施藥局的再儲備 (restocking)。輸液系統210可以包含用於識別病患及醫 護人員116的生物測定學(bi 〇metr i cs )。 在容許醫護人員116使用輸液系統21 〇之前,該輸液 系統210係取得有關該醫護人員116的身分之資訊。該輸 液系統210可以藉由利用一種例如是條碼閱讀機的裝置來 識別醫護人員116,以讀取該醫護人員的徽章U6a。該系 統也可以使用生物測定學以明確地識別醫護人員丨丨6,以 確保該醫護人員是該系統之一位被授權的使用者,並且以 判斷該醫護人員116是否具有權力來利用該輸液系統2 i 〇 的部份。該輸液系統210可以需要醫護人員的徽章U6a或 疋其它鑰4以及被驗證的生物辨識符合之組合,才能准許 醫護人員116利用該輸液系統210。該系統也可以被配置 以在醫護人員的徽章116a係從被用以讀取醫護人員的徽章 109 200422917 116a或是其它鑰匙之裝置的附近移開時,終止對於該輪液 系統210的利用。 生物測定學是統計上分析所量測到之生物學的資料之 技術及科學。生物測定學之一領域是判斷例如是指紋之獨 特的身體特徵之領域。生物測定學係使得識別個人來進入 例如是輸液系統210的數位系統成為可能的。一個數位人 物一⑽na)係被產生,此係使得交U及互動更加便利與 安全。用於識別的生物辨識特徵係包含例如是(但不限於) 指紋、臉孔、虹膜(iris)及視網膜(retina)掃描、以及語 音識別的特徵。生物辨識裝置係包含—個掃描或 置、用以轉換該掃描出的資 裝 贝π貝Λ成為一種數位格式軟體、以 及用以儲存該生物辨識資訊的記憶體’以供和一個儲存的 記錄做比較。軟體係利用一種演算法以識別出已經被處理 的資料之特定的相符點,並且比較該資料。不同於密碼、 PIN碼以及智慧卡’該輸液系統210的生物測定學不可能 % 會遺失、忘記或是被偷走。 該生物辨識掃描器可以與用於讀取醫護人員的徽章 _之裝置相關連。例如’該生物辨識掃描器可以是一個 在條碼閱讀機的把手上之相^ # 于上之拇扣指紋讀取機。在其它實施例 "亥生物辨識掃描器以及一個雷早輪%哗甘仏 置在可攜式的醫療用推車以及二,取機可以被設 用摧半以及/或是醫療器材之上。合醫 ^員116將電子输匙放在醫療器材的一個指定的距:之 二夺物處理器將會知道其應該預期會有的特定之個人的電 辨識識別檔索。該輸液系,统210較佳地是提醒醫護 110 200422917 人員116掃描其生物辨識資訊。該 w熾身訊係被輪入 到具有某種類型的生物辨識讀取或是 91 n 士斗技μ, 丨謂衣罝的輸液系統 21 0。在该知描出的生物辨識資 , 貝 夂巧先刖所儲存的特定 之個人的電子生物辨識識別檔案之間係進行一對一的比> 。相對於比較一對多的身分檔案,此種一對_的:分= 是更有效率的’因為它並不需要搜尋整個醫護人員的資料 庫中是否有相#。反而,只有一項特定的比較係被進行。 若有相符時,貝1醫護人員116係被准許來利用醫療器材 332。若沒有相符時,則該醫護人員116係被否決使用權。 此外,在另一實施例中,該醫療器材並不具有控制器 。例如,该醫療器材可以是一個沒有控制器的泵唧單元, 而只是接受來自一個別的控制器之控制信號。在一個實施 例中,用於此種醫療器材的控制器可以是第一中央電腦 109。於是,該第一中央電腦1〇9可以直接傳送控制信號至 該醫療器材以用於控制該醫療器材。 在另一實施例中,在輸液系統21 〇准許醫護人員u 6 使用權之後’當電子鑰匙從生物辨識掃描器移開或是從生 物辨識掃描器的附近移開時,該輸液系統21 〇係終止該使 用。電子鑰匙必須被保持在其内之鄰近程度可以是預設的 以及/或是可為一個可變且可程式化的輸液系統21 〇之參數 在一個實施例中,該輸液系統21 〇係包含一個加密的 數位指紋樣板(template)、醫護人員的姓名、登錄名稱以 及密碼。一種用於做成醫護人員識別符的技術係包含來自 200422917There may be a quick-select feature to stop the administration of the drug 124, for example, a stop instruction 1002f. If this quick selection is not selected, the following process may be included: recording the flow rate and / or accepting a value previously used for the flow rate-the previous value is displayed on the display of the digital assistant 8a, the display of the infusion pump 12oc and / or medical cart 132; compare the previous flow rate with the indicated flow rate-this comparison can be achieved by using the rules and tolerances of the infusion system 210 or the secondary system; show appropriate The conversion between the flow rate and the drip rate can be displayed. 1-These conversions can be calculated according to the drip rate conversion table 548f defined by the infusion system 210. The infusion system 21o typically uses the description of the pipeline used according to 108 200422917 to make it easy for the medical staff to select the correct drip rate conversion. Changing the flow rate triggers the infusion system 210 to confirm the effective date of the infusion bag based on the scheduled flow rate. If the solution expires before or during the dosing period, a message is sent to the health care staff16, for example, "This solution will expire within the scheduled dosing period. Please contact the pharmacy If a pre-mixed infusion bag and / or a custom infusion bag are used, the expiration date is confirmed, if possible, by parsing the scan code. The previous infusion site is Accepted, or a new infusion site location was selected from a list or a graphic anatomical map. The schedule 704 was then recalculated to perform pharmacy restocking. Infusion system 210 It may include biometrics (biometris cs) for identifying the patient and the medical staff 116. Before the medical staff 116 was allowed to use the infusion system 21o, the infusion system 210 obtained information about the identity of the medical staff 116 The infusion system 210 can identify the medical staff 116 by using a device such as a bar code reader to read the medical staff's badge U6a. The system can also use biological Make sure to identify the medical staff clearly 6 to ensure that the medical staff is an authorized user of the system, and to determine whether the medical staff 116 has the power to use the part of the infusion system 2 i 〇 The infusion system 210 may require a combination of the medical staff ’s badge U6a or other key 4 and a verified biometric compliance in order to permit the medical staff 116 to use the infusion system 210. The system may also be configured to place a badge 116a is removed from the vicinity of the device used to read the badge of the medical staff 109 200422917 116a or other key, the use of the liquid system 210 is terminated. Biometrics is a statistical analysis of the measured organisms Technology and science of information. One area of biometrics is the field of judging unique physical characteristics such as fingerprints. The biometrics department makes it possible to identify individuals to enter digital systems such as the infusion system 210. A digital The character ⑽na) system was created, which makes communication and interaction more convenient and secure. Biometrics for identification Symptoms include features such as (but not limited to) fingerprints, faces, iris and retina scans, and speech recognition. Biometric devices include a scan or device to convert the scan The software package becomes a digital format software and a memory to store the biometric information for comparison with a stored record. The software system uses an algorithm to identify the specifics of the data that has been processed. And compare the information. Unlike passwords, PINs, and smart cards, the biometrics of this infusion system 210 is unlikely to be lost, forgotten, or stolen. The biometric scanner can be used with The device for taking the badge of medical staff is related. For example, the biometric scanner may be a thumbprint fingerprint reader on the handle of a barcode reader. In other embodiments " Hai biometric scanner and a thunderbolt wheel can be placed on a portable medical cart and two, the pick-up can be set on top of a medical device and / or medical equipment. The medical practitioner 116 places the electronic key at a specified distance from the medical device: the second is that the grabber processor will know the specific personal identification file that it should expect to have. The infusion system 210 is preferably a reminder to the medical staff 110 200422917 personnel 116 to scan their biometric information. The system is turned into an infusion system with a certain type of biometric reading or 91 n combat skill μ, which is referred to as clothing. In the biometric information profiled by this knowledge, a specific one's electronic biometric identification file stored by Bei Qiaoxian was first compared one by one. Compared to comparing one-to-many identity files, this one-to-one: point = is more efficient ’because it does not need to search the entire medical staff ’s database for a phase #. Instead, only one specific comparison was made. If there is a match, Bay 1 medical staff 116 is allowed to use medical equipment 332. If there is no match, the medical staff 116 is denied the right to use. In addition, in another embodiment, the medical device does not have a controller. For example, the medical device may be a pumping unit without a controller, but simply receives a control signal from another controller. In one embodiment, the controller for such medical equipment may be the first central computer 109. Therefore, the first central computer 109 can directly transmit a control signal to the medical equipment for controlling the medical equipment. In another embodiment, after the infusion system 21 0 grants the medical staff u 6 the right to use the 'infusion system 21 0 system when the electronic key is removed from the biometric scanner or from the vicinity of the biometric scanner. Terminate the use. The proximity within which the electronic key must be maintained may be preset and / or may be a variable and programmable parameter of the infusion system 21 0. In one embodiment, the infusion system 21 0 includes a Encrypted digital fingerprint template, medical staff's name, login name, and password. A technology used to make identifiers for health care workers includes from 200422917

Dallas半導體公司的技術之“ΙΒϋττ〇Ν 4〇〇”技術。該輸液、 系統210可以在醫護人員將手指放在指紋掃描器之上時被 啟動。若輸液系統21 〇發現到相符時,該輸液系統21 〇可 以明求醫5蒦人員116登錄到輸液系統2丨〇。若輸液系統2玉〇 未發現到生物辨識的相符時,則該系統並不容許醫護人員 116利用該輸液系統21 〇。 在另一實施例中,儲存生物辨識資訊的資料庫可以被 保存在中央系統108、藥局電腦1〇4以及/或是治療位置 1 06中。在治療位置丨06處,該資料庫可以被維持在移動 式的推車132、數位助理118以及/或是醫療器材332中。 即使是網路102無法在各種的位置之間通訊,此種分散式 的資料庫也容許利用遠端的裝置。當網路1〇2的通訊重新 被建立時,遠端以及中央的資料庫可以用任何在其它位置 處被修改的資訊而被同步化,因而兩個輸液系統21〇的資 料庫都適當地被更新。 輸液系統210係提供一種閉迴路輸液治療管理系統。 該閉迴路係開始於一個醫護人員丨丨6指令。除了其它的方 法之外,醫護人員U6可以透過數位助理118以及/或是醫 療用推車132來輸入指令。該指令於是為即時可利用的, 以用於藥局授權508以及醫師授權51〇。該指令是即時可 利用為一個電子給藥記錄(eMAR)。醫護人員ιΐ6可利用該 eMAR於輸液給藥上。該輸液系統21〇自動地記錄給藥 以及例如是流速的改變1 002b之修改514。透過給藥512 的過私,β亥輸液系統21 〇係同時調整輸液系統21 〇以及/或 112 200422917 疋人系統的存g與開帳單518。該輸液系統21 0亦提供事 件官理以及決策支援的資料。輸液系統210是與裝置無關 的,此表示其可以被執行在工作站、無線平板,以及手持 弋數位助理118之上。輸液系統21 〇大致上是即時地運作 的,然而,批次(batch)處理以及/或是訊息傳送可被利用 來協調輸液系統210之過程的各種階段。 該閉迴路輸液治療管理系統係包含輸液指令的輸入 60扣々準備5 0 6以及輸液狀態的可利用性。輸液指令輸 入560可以透過例如是(但不限於)處方輸入模組324、處 方4改模組336以及藥局介面316的一些裝置。電腦畫面 400可以被利用於輸入輸液指令。輸液的狀態係提供病患 2輸液之特疋的用途,並且警告藥局需要額外的輸液袋 〇 200422917 誤。若使用者名稱及密碼是有效的,醫護人員1 1 6將合 有對於系統210的使用權。此外,若醫護人 貝11 b登錄到 數位助理11",但未使用它有一段期間,則系統21〇的 一個安全性特徵係避免該數位助理118被繼續使用,直 該醫護人員116登錄回來為止。 ^ 掌管的(charge)醫護人員也可以登錄到系統21〇。如 同在此所詳細解說者,掌管的醫護人員一般是監督者或β 醫護人員所要報告的某人。此外,掌管的醫護:員可= 協助醫護人員的工作流程或是協助監視警報或是馨主情= 的人。典型地,掌管的醫護人員係維持至少—個單:二 督或是責任的角色。因此’掌管的醫護人員必須用如上戶: 解說的登錄及密碼來登錄,並且接著選擇與掌管的醫護人 員相關的單位。 _ ° 在醫護人員116已經完成在第19圖中所示的登錄過程 ’並且已經被准許利用該系、统21G之後,該醫護人員ιΐ6 可以執行數個給藥的功能一個此種的給藥功能是選擇一 個f位。如同在第21圖的單位選擇介面畫面2105中所示 ’醫護人員16可以從下拉式項目單21〇7中選擇一個單位 。在第21圖所舉的例子中,醫護人員已選擇“神經學科 (Ne㈣。抓〇!,,作為單位。在醫護人貢ιΐ6已經從該下拉 :項目早2107選擇適當的單位之後,該醫護人員ιΐ6可以 知下該箭頭按鍵4809以輸入所選的單位。 -蒦人員可以執订的另一個給藥的功能是選擇該醫護 貝的輪班。如同在第22圖的選擇輪班畫面介面22U令 114 200422917 所示’醫護人員116可以選擇標準的輪班或是訂製的輪班 。數種可被選擇之標準的輪班係在下拉式項目單21〇?中被 提出用於輸入。然而,若醫護人員116選擇訂製的輪班, 則醫護人員係被要求輸入用於該訂製的輪班之開始時間以 及結束時間。醫護人員丨也可以在所提供的區域2255中 輸入一個人工輪班’並且接著點下(tap)該輸入按鍵Agog 〇 一個觀看病患介面晝面2313係被展示在第23圖中。 在該晝面2313中,在輪班已經被選擇之後,醫護人員116 可以觀看與該醫護人員1丨6相關的病患。該醫護人員i i 6 也可以觀看與該醫護人員U6相關的工作。於是,一個‘‘待 辦事項”表列可以根據病患、醫護人員的工作或是兩者來加 以提供。不同程度的陰影(shading)以及/或是著色可被利 用來區隔對於一位特定的病患所需之緊急照顧的程度。此 外’各種的圖像可以與病患有關地被使用來提供醫護人員 11 6快速的理解一位病患所需之照顧。第23圖的病患查看 介面晝面2313亦提供醫護人員116在按鈕2315之處加入 更多病患的功能。當醫護人員i丨6選擇該“加入更多病患,, 按鍵2315時,該醫護人員可以被提供一個額外的病患之表 列。 醫護人員116也可以被提供如第24圖中所示的病患選 擇"面畫面2417。在此晝面2417中,醫護人員116可以 遠擇被加到該醫護人員的輪班之病患。病患可以是來自與 該醫護人員相關的單位,或是該醫護人員可以選擇從不同 200422917 的單位來加入病患。醫護 貝110也可以選擇其將會與該 病患有關連的時間量。再者,醫 订|诸邊人貝也可以在按鍵 之处尋找更多病患。亦可瞭解到醫護人貞116也可以 在任何時間從一個輪班中移去病患。 遠系統210亦提供被指定給醫護人員的輪班之病患的 特別有關之訊息給該醫護人M 116。典型的訊息可能包含 例如是指令簡播(profile)的改變以及遺忘的給藥之項目。 丄過敏及Ht/Wt、用藥歷史以及實驗結果。過敏及Ht/wt "面畫面2521a的-個例子係在第25A圖中被提出。典型 地’此畫® 2521a係在該小型的圖表第一次被開啟時被顯 ^其係顯不有關病患的藥品與一般的過敏以及該病患上 人》己錄的身同與體重之資訊。用藥歷史介面晝面2Mb的 個例子係在第25B圖中被提出。典型地,此畫面252ib 係提供醫護人員該病患在所選的回顧期間之内的用藥歷史 。該回顧期間可以由醫護人員加以調整。最後,實驗結果 介面晝面252lc的-個例子係在第況圖中被提出。實驗 結果係透過-個實驗室介面而被做成在系统2iq中是可利 -個展示在第25圖中的病患資訊項目單介面畫面 2521在本系統上亦是可利用的。該病患資訊項目單畫面 2521係對於所選的病患提供一個小型的病患圖表。該病患 ^目單畫面2521亦提供該醫護人員116連結至相關於該病 :的項目之功㉟,例如:施予藥物/輸液、停止輸液、恢 後繼續輸液、滴定法輸液、流速歷史、泵狀態以及從輪班 移去病患。該病患項目單畫面2521亦具有標記⑽)用於 116 200422917 用的。所右W 4 " 巧j利用的結果都被展示,並且以最近期的於果 排在前面的順序來顯示之。 、”。 用於_Dallas Semiconductor's "IBBτττΝΝ 400" technology. The infusion, system 210 may be activated when a healthcare professional places a finger on a fingerprint scanner. If the infusion system 21 〇 finds a match, the infusion system 21 〇 can clearly seek medical attention 5 people 116 log in to the infusion system 2 丨 0. If the infusion system 2 does not find a biometric match, the system does not allow medical personnel 116 to use the infusion system 21 〇. In another embodiment, a database storing biometric information may be stored in the central system 108, the pharmacy computer 104, and / or the treatment location 106. At the treatment location 06, the database may be maintained in a mobile cart 132, a digital assistant 118, and / or a medical device 332. This distributed database allows remote devices to be used even if the network 102 cannot communicate between various locations. When the communication of the network 102 is re-established, the remote and central databases can be synchronized with any information modified elsewhere, so the databases of the two infusion systems 21 are appropriately Update. The infusion system 210 provides a closed-loop infusion therapy management system. The closed circuit begins with a medical staff order. Among other methods, the medical staff U6 can input instructions through the digital assistant 118 and / or the medical cart 132. The order is then immediately available for pharmacy authorization 508 and physician authorization 51. This instruction is immediately available as an electronic dossier (eMAR). Medical personnel can use the eMAR for infusion administration. The infusion system 21 automatically records medication administration and, for example, changes in flow rate changes 002b 514. By administering 512 insults, the beta Hai infusion system 21 〇 simultaneously adjusts the infusion system 21 〇 and / or 112 200422917 the human deposit and billing system 518. The infusion system 21 0 also provides information on event management and decision support. The infusion system 210 is device-independent, meaning that it can be implemented on workstations, wireless tablets, and handheld digital assistants 118. The infusion system 21o operates substantially instantaneously, however, batch processing and / or messaging can be utilized to coordinate the various stages of the infusion system 210 process. The closed-loop infusion therapy management system includes the input of an infusion command, 60 buttons, preparation for 506, and availability of the infusion status. The infusion instruction input 560 may be through some devices such as (but not limited to) a prescription input module 324, a prescription 4 modification module 336, and a pharmacy interface 316. The computer screen 400 can be used for inputting an infusion instruction. The status of the infusion is to provide patient 2 with the special purpose of infusion, and warns the pharmacy that an extra infusion bag is required. 200422917 Error. If the username and password are valid, the medical staff 1 1 6 will have the right to use the system 210. In addition, if the medical staff member 11b logs in to the digital assistant 11 ", but has not used it for a period of time, a security feature of the system 21 prevents the digital assistant 118 from being continued to be used until the medical staff 116 logs back in . ^ Charge medical staff can also log in to the system 21〇. As explained in detail here, the health care provider in charge is usually someone who the supervisor or beta health care provider wants to report. In addition, the medical staff in charge: the staff can = someone who assists the medical staff's workflow or assists in monitoring the alarm or the favor =. Typically, the medical staff in charge maintains at least one role: a supervisor or a responsible role. Therefore, the medical staff in charge must log in with the login and password explained above, and then select the unit related to the medical staff in charge. _ ° After the medical staff 116 has completed the registration process shown in Fig. 19 'and has been authorized to use the department and system 21G, the medical staff 6 can perform several drug delivery functions. One such drug delivery function Yes, select an f bit. As shown in the unit selection interface screen 2105 in FIG. 21, 'the medical staff 16 can select a unit from the pull-down list 2107. In the example shown in Figure 21, the medical staff has selected "Neurology (Ne㈣. Grab 0 !, as the unit. After the medical staff Gong 贡 6 has been selected from this drop-down: Project 2107, the appropriate unit was selected, the medical staff ιΐ6 You can see the arrow button 4809 to enter the selected unit. -Another function that the staff can order is to select the shift of the medical nurse. As in the picture of the selection shift screen in Figure 22, 22U Order 114 200422917 The 'Medical staff 116' shown can select standard shifts or customized shifts. Several types of standard shifts that can be selected are proposed for input in the drop-down list 21o. However, if the medical staff 116 chooses For a customized shift, the medical staff is required to enter the start time and end time for the customized shift. The medical staff can also enter a manual shift in the provided area 2255 'and then tap The input button Agog 〇 A viewing patient interface day surface 2313 is shown in Fig. 23. In this day surface 2313, after the shift has been selected, the medical staff 116 may To watch the patients related to the medical staff 1 丨 6. The medical staff ii 6 can also watch the work related to the medical staff U6. Therefore, a "to-do list" list can be based on the patient, the medical staff's Work or both to provide. Different degrees of shading and / or coloring can be used to isolate the degree of emergency care needed for a particular patient. In addition, 'various images can be used with Patients are used to provide medical staff 11 6 to quickly understand the care needed by a patient. The patient viewing interface in Figure 23 The day screen 2313 also provides medical staff 116 to add more patients at the button 2315 Function. When the medical staff i6 selects the "Add more patients," button 2315, the medical staff can be provided with an additional list of patients. The medical staff 116 can also be provided as shown in Figure 24 The patient selection shown in the picture 2417. In this day and night 2417, the medical staff 116 can remotely select the patients who are added to the shift of the medical staff. The patient can be from the unit related to the medical staff, It is the medical staff who can choose to join the patient from different units of 200422917. The medical nurse 110 can also choose the amount of time it will be associated with the patient. Furthermore, the medical order | Look for more patients. You can also learn that the medical staff Zhen 116 can also remove patients from a shift at any time. The remote system 210 also provides special relevant information for patients who are assigned to shifts The caregiver M 116. Typical messages may include items such as instructional profile changes and forgotten dosing. 丄 Allergies and Ht / Wt, medication history, and experimental results. An example of allergy and Ht / wt " face picture 2521a is presented in Figure 25A. Typically 'This picture® 2521a is displayed when the small chart is opened for the first time ^ It shows the patient's medicines and general allergies and the patient ’s identity and weight Information. An example of the 2Mb daytime interface of the medication history interface is presented in Figure 25B. Typically, this screen 252ib is provided to the medical staff about the patient's medication history during the selected review period. This review period can be adjusted by medical staff. Finally, experimental results An example of the interface day 252lc is presented in the figure. The experimental results are made in a system 2iq through a laboratory interface which is profitable. A patient information item single interface screen 2521 shown in Figure 25 is also available on this system. The patient information item screen 2521 provides a small patient chart for the selected patient. The patient ^ list screen 2521 also provides the medical staff 116 link to the project related to the disease: for example: administering drugs / infusion, stopping infusion, continuing infusion after recovery, titration infusion, flow rate history, Pump status and removal of patients from shifts. The patient item screen 2521 also has a mark ⑽) for 116 200422917. All the results of W 4 " Qiao j are used are displayed, and they are displayed in the order of the most recent Yu Guo ranked first. , ". Used for _

位病患的輸液計劃表介面畫面2623係 圖中祐展- ^ L 不。此晝面2623係說明一個用於該所選的病串 輸液計劃表。兹丄士斗μ 心 ^ 精由在該輸液計劃表晝面2623之上點選其中 /個所指明的指令,例如,用於硫酸嗎啡的指令2625,該 系、’先210將會連結至第26Α圖中所展示的用藥指令介面畫 面2627。用藥指令晝面2627係對於該指定的指令(亦即,f 石爪I馬非)提供指令的細節2625。作為該詳細的指令 之部分的治療參數2629與任何警語2631及連結至額外的 資訊之功能2633係被提出。 第28圖係說明一個病患簡檔輸液計劃表介面畫面 2835,其中的一個排定的輸液是先前所遺忘的。如同在畫 面2.835中所示,一個“遺忘的用藥,,圖像4837係被展示在 該計劃表硫酸嗎啡輸液指令2839的旁邊。藉由點選在該“ 遺忘的用藥’’圖像4837之上,該系統210係連結醫護人員 0 116至如第29圖中所示之遺忘的用藥介面畫面2941。該遺 忘的用藥畫面2941係請求醫護人員i丨6針對遺忘的用藥輸 入一個理由、或是在下拉式項目單中選擇一個理由2943。 該遺忘的用藥介面畫面2941亦詢問醫護人員11 6對於該指 令2839的用藥計劃表是否應該被調整。為了調整該用藥計 劃表,醫護人員116將會選擇在介面畫面2941之上的盒 2945。當醫濩人員116點選在該下拉式項目單之上以輸入 選擇一個對於遺忘的用藥之理由2943時,該下拉式項目單 117 200422917 將會f展成如第30圖的介面畫面3G47上所展示者。典型 地,若該用藥不再需要時,醫護人員將會選擇該“不需要的 理由3〇45。當醫護人員n 6針對遺忘的用藥選擇該“不需 要的理由3045時’系統210係移去該遺忘的藥物圖像 4837並且插入“不需要的,,圖像㈣’如同在第η圖的輸 液計劃表畫面3135中所展示者。The patient's infusion plan interface screen 2623 is shown in the picture.-^ L No. This day face 2623 describes an infusion schedule for this selected string. Here are some of the instructions given by clicking on one of the infusion schedules above 2623. For example, instruction 2625 for morphine sulfate, the department, 'first 210 will be linked to the 26A The medicine instruction interface screen 2627 shown in the figure. The medication instruction day surface 2627 provides details 2625 of the specified instruction (ie, f stone claw I mafei). The treatment parameters 2629 as part of this detailed instruction and any warnings 2631 and functions 2633 linked to additional information are presented. Figure 28 illustrates a patient profile infusion plan interface screen 2835, one of which is scheduled for an infusion that was previously forgotten. As shown in picture 2.835, a "forgotten medication", image 4837 is displayed next to the schedule morphine sulfate infusion instruction 2839. By clicking on the "forgotten medication" image 4837 The system 210 connects the medical staff 0 116 to the forgotten medication interface screen 2941 shown in FIG. 29. The forgotten medication screen 2941 is asking the medical staff to enter a reason for the forgotten medication or select a reason 2943 from the drop-down list. The forgotten medication interface screen 2941 also asked medical staff 116 whether the medication schedule for the order 2839 should be adjusted. To adjust the medication schedule, the medical staff 116 will select a box 2945 above the interface screen 2941. When the medical staff 116 clicks on the drop-down list to enter and select a reason for the forgotten medication 2943, the drop-down list 117 200422917 will be expanded into the interface screen 3G47 shown in Figure 30 Presenter. Typically, if the medication is no longer needed, the medical staff will choose the "unnecessary reason 3045. When the medical staff n 6 selects the" unnecessary reason 3045 "for the forgotten medication, the system 210 is removed The forgotten drug image 4837 is inserted with "unwanted, image ㈣ 'as shown in the infusion plan screen 3135 of Fig. N.

如第32圖中所示,當醫護人員116準備好對於病患提 供樂物治療或是指令時,該醫護人員116將會在該計劃表 "面旦面3235中選擇該指+ 3225,並且接著向下捲動至 汶取侍物按鍵3249。在醫護人員116選擇第犯圖的 畫面3249中之“取得物品”按鍵3249之後該系统2ι〇係 顯示如同在第33圖中所示的藥物介面畫面“Η。在該藥 物晝面3351中’醫護人員116係能夠掃描從如同在該“掃 描儲藏處”圖像3353所示的藥物儲藏處所選的藥物、或是 藉由選擇該“略過掃描儲藏處,,按鍵3355以略過(skip)該掃 描儲藏處方塊。當醫護人員116掃描一個物品時,例如, 藉由掃描在該物品之上的條碼時,該物品資訊係被顯示在 該醫護人員的PDA 118之上。掃描晝^ 3465的一個例子係 在第34圖中被展示。例如,護人員⑴掃描―種藥物 時,處方3467係被顯示在該掃描晝面3465中。然而,若 該被掃描的物品不符合用於該病患'的指令時,一個例如是 在第35圖中所展示的掃描錯誤晝面3569將會被顯示在醫 護人員的PDA 118之上。如同在介面畫面3569上所示,當 偵測到掃描錯誤時,醫護人貞116將會被提供該物品的識 118 200422917 別以用於如同在畫面3569上所示的請求或是搜尋。若例如 疋由於模糊或是受損的條碼標籤之緣故而使得條碼無法被 知心日^ ’该知描所請求的資料可以人工地被輸入。 若所選的藥物與最近被給予病患的其它藥物是相同的 治療類別時,則醫護人員的數位助理118彳系顯示一個鑿告 訊息。類似地,若該物品已經由其他醫護人員擷取時,則 違數位助理118係顯示一個指出此發生事件的訊息。 若將被擷取的指令是一個在樓層上混合之輸液時,其 個別的成分係在數位助理118之上被指明,並且由醫護人 員116所取用。在該些物品被擷取之後,該系統2ι〇係產 生一個袋ID並且提醒醫護人員116要列印一個標籤12乜 。在此時,醫護人員116亦混合該些成分。在醫護人員 116列印出標籤之後,該標籤係被附加到該袋,並且其可 以藉由數位助理11 8來加以掃描。 某些指令可以是待命的(〇n_call)或是延遲的(〇n一 hold)。這些指令係被顯示在該病患簡檔畫面之上,例如, 第28圖介面的畫面2835。待命的或是延遲的指令是只可 供觀看的,而非可供擷取用的◊這些指令是接著在適當的 時候被啟動。 藥品 3657, 醫護人員116具有-個未正在使用於病患㈣品(包含 )之情節也可能發生。請參考在第36圖中的介面晝面 :由於 拒絕。 醫護人員116係能夠指明未施予藥物的理由,例如 監測的結果而為不需要的、病患沒空或是該藥物被 若病患已不在該晝面3657中被指明時,則醫護人員 119 200422917 11 6可以藉由掃描病患或是輸入病患的名稱來選擇病患 3661。此外,該醫護人員116可以藉由按下該“廢棄/退還” 遥擇按鍵3663來選擇退還該醫療物品至藥物儲藏處。對於 某些麻醉劑以及管制的藥物而言,最初獲得該藥物以及退 還該藥物至儲藏處可能需要兩次簽名(亦即,典型地為登 錄以及密碼的形式之第二次授權簽名)。 第36圖的介面晝面3657亦提供醫護人員116掃描病 患ID以識別該病患的功能。若錯誤的病患被掃描到時、 或是若病患ID並未能適當地掃描時,該系統21〇係顯示一 · 個訊息為該掃描是無效的。再者,若醫護人員丨丨6無法施 予藥物時,則該醫護人員典型地將必須如同在第36圖的 晝面3657中所示地輸入未施予該藥物的一個理由%59。 某些未施予該藥物的理由是··該藥物由於監測的結果而為 不需要的、病患沒空、或是該藥物被病患所拒絕。 在醫濩人員11 6已經驗證病患與物品或是藥物之後, 一個途徑確認介面畫面3771係被顯示。如同在第37圖中 | 所示,途徑確認晝面3771的一個例子係協助醫護人員丨j 6 於驗證途徑3773、管線3775以及部位3777。藥物治療 3778也可以在該途徑確認畫面3771中被提供。在醫護人 貝輸入途徑3773、官線3775以及部位3777之後,该醫護 人貝116可以選擇该比較按叙4 817,因而該系統21 〇將會 驗證所輸入的資料是否為正確的。 接著’醫護人員116可以如同在第38圖的介面晝面 3881中所示地選擇泵通道模式。在該泵通道模式介面畫面 120 200422917 3刪中,療法3882係被展示,並且醫護人員ιι6係具有· 選擇權來指定該療法3882為主要的治療3884或是小軟袋 ,療3883。除了小軟袋治療之外,系的每個通道都具有功 月b以運作主要的治療。在栗通道模式已經被選擇之後,醫 ”蒦人員可以進行一項泵通道掃描。第38A圖係說明一個泵 通道掃彳田’I面畫面3885。在該泵掃描畫面3885中,醫護 人員116係掃描醫療器材,例如,其係藉由掃描對應於系 通道121的條碼並且接著點選在該箭頭按鍵48〇9之上。 在醤4人員116已經:(a)例如是在第23圖的介面晝 | 面2313之上掃描該病患,(b)例如是在第34圖的介面畫面 3465之上掃描該藥物,以及(c)例如是在第3从圖的介面 晝面3885之上掃描該泵通道之後,該醫護人員116可以規 劃該輸液泵並且進行該所規劃的輸液泵參數或是設定與該 藥局指令的參數之比較。 器材設定及指令的比較 比較過程5200之一個範例的流程圖係在第52圖中被 | 提出。此過程也可以適用於在伺服器之遠端地規劃該些輸 液設定。請參考第52圖,該比較過程5200係被起始在方 塊5 2 0 2之處’在醫護人員116已經如上所指明地掃描病患 ID 112a、藥物容器或是袋ID 124a以及泵通道121之後。 精由抑"彳田病患、樂物袋以及系通道,相關的基線 (baseline)資料之關連係被提供,使得該系統21〇(更明確 地說,伺服器10 9 )可以進行進一步的分析以及比較此與額 外的資料。然而,該第一中央伺服器109係首先在方塊 121 200422917As shown in Figure 32, when the medical staff 116 is ready to provide fun treatment or instructions to the patient, the medical staff 116 will select the finger + 3225 in the schedule " face 3235, and Then scroll down to the pick up button 3249. After the medical staff 116 selects the "acquire item" button 3249 in the screen 3249 of the first offender picture, the system 20m displays the drug interface screen "Η" as shown in Fig. 33. "Medicine" in the drug day screen 3351 Personnel 116 is able to scan the medicine selected from the medicine store as shown in the "scan store" image 3353, or by selecting the "skip scan store", press 3355 to skip the Scan the store block. When the medical staff 116 scans an item, for example, by scanning a barcode on the item, the item information is displayed on the medical staff's PDA 118. An example of scanning day ^ 3465 is shown in Figure 34. For example, when a nurse scans a drug, the prescription 3467 is displayed in the scan day 3465. However, if the scanned article does not meet the instructions for the patient ', a scan error day 3569 such as that shown in Figure 35 will be displayed on the PDA 118 of the medical staff. As shown on interface screen 3569, when a scanning error is detected, the paramedic 116 will be provided with the item's identification 118 200422917 and should not be used for requests or searches as shown on screen 3569. If, for example, the barcode cannot be recognized due to obscured or damaged barcode labels ^ 'The information requested by the reader can be entered manually. If the selected medication is in the same treatment category as other medications recently given to the patient, the medical assistant's digital assistant 118 does not display a warning message. Similarly, if the item has been retrieved by other medical personnel, the offending digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the occurrence of the event. If the instruction to be retrieved is a mixed infusion on the floor, the individual components are specified above the digital assistant 118 and taken by the medical staff 116. After the items are retrieved, the system 20 generates a bag ID and reminds the medical staff 116 to print a label 12 乜. At this time, the medical personnel 116 also mix the ingredients. After the medical staff 116 prints the label, the label is attached to the bag and it can be scanned by the digital assistant 118. Some instructions can be on-call (On_call) or delayed (On-hold). These instructions are displayed on the patient profile screen, for example, screen 2835 of the interface of Figure 28. Standby or delayed commands are for viewing only, not for retrieval. These commands are then activated at the appropriate time. Drug 3657, medical staff 116 may also have a plot that is not being used in patient counterfeits (including). Please refer to the interface Day in Figure 36: due to rejection. Medical staff 116 is able to specify the reason for not administering the medication, such as the results of monitoring are unnecessary, the patient is not available, or the medication is indicated if the patient is no longer specified in the day 3657, then the medical staff 119 200422917 11 6 You can select patient 3661 by scanning the patient or entering the patient's name. In addition, the medical staff 116 can choose to return the medical item to the medicine storage by pressing the "Discard / Return" remote selection button 3663. For some narcotics and controlled drugs, obtaining the drug initially and returning it to the store may require two signatures (that is, typically a second authorized signature in the form of a login and password). The interface 3657 in Figure 36 also provides medical staff 116 to scan the patient ID to identify the patient's function. If the wrong patient is scanned, or if the patient ID is not scanned properly, the system 21 displays a message that the scan is invalid. Furthermore, if the medical staff 6 is unable to administer the drug, the medical staff will typically have to enter a reason for not administering the drug as shown in day 3657 of Figure 36% 59. Some reasons for not administering the drug are because the drug is not needed due to the results of monitoring, the patient is not available, or the drug is rejected by the patient. After the medical staff 116 has verified the patient with the article or drug, a channel confirmation interface screen 3771 is displayed. As shown in Figure 37 |, an example of pathway confirmation day 3771 is to assist medical staff in verifying pathway 3783, pipeline 3775, and site 3777. Medication 3778 can also be provided in the route confirmation screen 3771. After the medical nurse's input method is 3773, the official line 3775, and the site 3777, the medical nurse's 116 can select the comparison according to 4 817, so the system 21 will verify whether the entered data is correct. The medical staff 116 may then select the pump channel mode as shown in the interface day 3881 of FIG. 38. In the pump channel mode interface screen 120 200422917 3 deletion, the therapy 3882 series is displayed, and the medical staff ιι 6 series has the option to designate the therapy 3882 as the main treatment 3884 or a small soft bag, treatment 3883. With the exception of small soft-bag treatments, each channel of the department has a function b to operate the main treatment. After the chestnut channel mode has been selected, doctors and nurses can perform a pump channel scan. Figure 38A illustrates a pump channel sweep field image I 3885. In this pump scan image 3885, the medical staff 116 system Scanning medical equipment, for example, by scanning the bar code corresponding to the system channel 121 and then clicking on the arrow button 48009. The personnel 116 have already: (a) For example, the interface in FIG. 23 Day | The patient is scanned on the surface 2313, (b) for example, the drug is scanned on the interface screen 3465 in Figure 34, and (c) the patient is scanned on the interface 3885 in the third image. After the pump channel, the medical staff 116 can plan the infusion pump and perform the comparison of the planned infusion pump parameters or the settings with the parameters instructed by the pharmacy. Comparison of equipment settings and instructions A flowchart of an example of the comparison process 5200 The system is proposed in Figure 52. This process can also be used to plan these infusion settings remotely from the server. Please refer to Figure 52. The comparison process 5200 is initiated at block 5 2 0 2 Be 'in the care Member 116 has scanned patient ID 112a, drug container or bag ID 124a, and pump channel 121 as specified above. Jingyouyi " Putian patients, music bags and department channels, relevant baseline data Relations are provided so that the system 2110 (more specifically, the server 10 9) can perform further analysis and compare this with additional information. However, the first central server 109 is first in block 121 200422917

5204之處進行一 ji 4a. db 通道之掃描出的或確保對於病患、藥物袋以及果 三個資料适曰、—疋所輸入的資料產生有效的關連。若該 塊5206之_未產生有效的關連時,則系、统210係在方 方塊二示—個錯誤訊息,並且請求醫護人員116在 馬右忒二個資料項目在方塊5204之 :如以下:=關連時,則祠服器⑽亦將會進行-個序列( 斤解說者),以判斷該指明的泵通道Scanning at 5204 places a ji 4a. The db channel scans out or ensures that the patient, the medicine bag and the fruit are suitable, and the input data has an effective correlation. If a valid connection is not generated in the block 5206, the system 210 is shown in the second square box-an error message, and the medical staff 116 is requested to the two data items in the right side of the horse in the block 5204: as follows: = When connected, the temple server will also perform a sequence (jin commentator) to determine the specified pump channel

服器;109的資料庫中,廿B 一 疋φ在1J +犀中並且泵通道121是否為可利用的。 在栗通道ID已經被掃描到該系統21〇之後 =器⑽係在方塊5208之處進行一項檢查以判斷該所選 道121是否為有效的。對於無效的栗通道判斷之各 種的理由是:該果通道並不存在於該系統中、該所選的泵 通道已經在動作中、算蓉。甚$ ▲ ^寺寺右泵通道121的檢查導致一個 ,效的結果時,則一個錯誤訊息係被顯示,並且該醫護人Server; 109 in the database, 廿 B-疋 φ in 1J + rhino and whether the pump channel 121 is available. After the chest channel ID has been scanned into the system 21, the device performs a check at block 5208 to determine whether the selected channel 121 is valid. The various reasons for the invalid chestnut channel judgment are: the fruit channel does not exist in the system, the selected pump channel is already in operation, and it is considered to be smooth. Even if the inspection of the temple ’s right pump channel 121 resulted in an error, an error message was displayed, and the medical staff

員係被警告已選到一個無效的通道。該比較過程52〇〇係受 到阻礙,並且該系統無法進行如同在方塊5叫中所指明的 比較’直到醫護人貞116重新掃描該线道並且—個有效 的通道係在方塊52G8之處被認可為止。然而,若該些檢查 結果係確認該所選的通道121是—個有效的通道時y該^ 統係前進到方塊5212以建立適當的連結,即如以下所=說 者。 在比較過程5200期間的某個時點,第二中央伺服器 l〇8a係產生一個包含相關於病患ID以及指令ID的資料之 122 200422917 XML訊息。如同在比較過程5200的流程圖中所示,在方塊 5212之前的任何時點,該XML資料可以被產生並且傳送至 第一中央伺服器109,即如在方塊5210處所示者。然而, 若來自該第二中央伺服器1〇8&而由該第一中央伺服器1〇9 所接收之XML資料是無效或是不完整的,則該比較過程係 又到阻礙,並且該系統如在方塊5 214中所示地不容許該比 較過程繼續前進。相反地,若在該第一中央伺服器1〇9從 該第二中央伺服器1〇8a接收到XML資料之後,相關於病患 ID以及指令ID的XML資料是完整且有效的,則該比較過 程5200係前進到方塊5212。 在方塊5212之處,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係嘗試來在 病患ID、指令id以及泵通道121之間建立一種關係或是 關連。若該第一中央伺服器1〇9並不能夠在方塊5212處、 於該些被指明的資料之間建立一種關連時,則該比較過程 5200係受到阻礙,並且該系統21〇如在方塊5214中所示 地不容許該過程繼續前進。再者,該系統21 〇係顯示一個 錯誤訊息為某些資料是缺少或是不正柄,並且該系統無 法進行比較。若該第一中央伺服器1〇9在方塊5212之處, 在該些被指明的資料之間適當地建立一種關連時’則該系 、’先210係刖進至方塊5216,其中該醫護人員116係被要求 來按下在數位助理118之上的比較按鈕4817。在方塊5216 之處出現的畫面系列之—個例子係在以下被指明。 在適當的關連已經藉由第一中央電腦1〇9建立之後, 該系統210係前進到該些比較介面畫面中的一個晝面,例 123 200422917 如,第39圖的比較介面晝面3986。在此比較介面晝面 3986中,該系統210係提供指令給該醫護人員116以在進 行任何比較之前先規劃該輸液泵。可以做比較來確保對於 藥物的藥局參數以及泵的設定是一致的。在一個較佳實施 例中,在此所指明的比較過程52〇〇中,該系統21〇係進行 一項速率比較。然而,該系統可以進行任何例如是速率、 容量、劑量、等等的輸液參數之單一比較或是同時的多個 比較。 若該輸液是主要的輸液時,該些指令係被提供以在該 比較介面畫面3986之上點選該“比較,,按鈕4817,並且接 著在開始該泵通道之前等待指令。若該輸液是小軟袋輸液 時,該些指令係被提供以按下在該泵120之上的開始按鍵 ,並且接著點選該“比較,,按鈕4817。在小軟袋輸液中,若 在知:下3亥栗之上的開始按鍵之前’醫護人員116在方塊 5216之處按下該比較按鈕4817時,則在第42圖申所示的 介面畫面4287典型地將會被顯示以提供錯誤訊息給醫護人 員。 最初,在進行比較之前,該系統210係查詢伺服器 109以確保在泵120、伺服器109以及數位助理118之間的 通訊鏈路仍然是有效的。若該通訊鏈路是有效的,則該比 較過程5200係繼續進行。若失去通訊鏈路的話,則該比較 過程並不能夠繼績進行。 於是,在醫護人員116已按下該比較按紐481 7之後, 該系統210係前進至第52圖中所示的方塊5218。在方塊 124 200422917 5218之卢 ^ 处’该系統210係判斷該通道121是否為備妥的。 仓士口 ,-欠-X含 *. 孩輸液已經被指明為主要的輸液,但該通道正已 經在執行時,則該系統將會預設前往方塊5214並且顯示一 個錯决訊息為該系統無法進行比較。再者,若該輸液已經 被私明為小軟袋輸液,並且在該泵之上的開始按鍵尚未被 才文下τ為系統將會預設前往第42圖的介面晝面4287以 通知醫護人員116在按下該比較按鈕4817之前來按下在該 系之上的開始按鍵。 該比較過程5200亦在方塊5220之處檢查該泵12〇以 判斷被規劃到該泵120中的該些設定或是操作參數是否包 含新的資料。舉例而言,該系統可能需要在請求該比較之 刚,該泵資料在某一時間限制(亦即,5分鐘)之内已經被 規劃到該泵之中。此一用於判斷該資料是否為新的資料之 時間限制可以由醫療保健設施加以設定。若該資料不是新 的資料,則該系統將會回復到方塊5214,並且顯示一個錯 誤訊息為該資料是舊的。該系統21 〇於是將會要求該泵 1 20被重新規劃,以讓該比較過程可以繼續進行。若該資 料在方塊5220之處被判斷是新的資料時,則該系統21 〇將 會在方塊5222之處執行比較。實際的資料比較一般是在該 第一中央伺服器109之處被進行的。如同先前所解說的, 該比較是判斷被規劃到該泵之中的參數是否與醫師的指令 相符。此外,該些泵設定或者是可以藉由遠端的控制器或 是伺服器來遠端地加以規劃。 在方塊5222之處進行比較之後,該系統21 〇係在方塊 200422917 5224之處判斷是否有相符或是不相符,並且經由數位助理, 來傳回結果給醫護人員丨丨6。 結果的比較介面畫面3987的一個其中該比較係產生相 符之例子係在第39A圖中被展示,並且在第52圖t的方塊 5226之處被指明。在此例中,若藥局處方參數與所規劃的 栗通道設定相符時,則醫護人員116係被指示來啟動該輸 液果12 0。 結果的比較介面畫面的一個其中在方塊5224處之藥局 處方參數以及所規劃的泵設定之比較並不相符之例子係被馨 描繪在第40圖之不相符的比較介面晝面4〇87中,其中展 不有不相符的圖像4825。若此結果發生時,則該系統21〇 將會要求醫護人員116如同在方塊5228之處所指明地接受 該不相符、或是在方塊5230之處重新規劃該輸液泵並且在 方塊5216之處進行另一次比較。典型地,其中發生不相符 的參數將會被顯示在該不相符的畫面4〇87中。若該不相符 被接嗳時,其將會在方塊5232之處被記錄在系統資料庫 109中。再者,若在方塊5228之處接受不相符時,則該伺 服器108a將會導引醫護人員至適當的晝面。 第41圖係顯示比較介面晝面4187的一個例子,藉此 該系統210是因為某些資料是不可利用的而不能夠進行比 幸父。明確地說’在第41圖的例子中,泵速率設定尚未被 輸入到該系統210中。因此,該系統21 〇無法進行比較, 直到額外的資料(例如,在此例子中為速率)已被輸入為止 。典型地,若輸液已經在進行,該系統無法接收更新的泵 126 200422917 資訊、存在系統通訊的錯誤、或是該所規劃的通道資訊或 是藥局處方資訊有缺少資料時,則該系統21 〇並不能夠進 订比較。最後,第42圖的比較晝面4287係顯示另一種情 節為孩系統21 0無法進行比較,直到進一步的步驟如所指 不地被採取為止。典型地,此介面畫面4287的提出是在輸 液是小軟袋輸液,並且醫護人員已經按下在第39圖的介 面畫面3986中之比較按鈕4817,而不是在按下該比較按 鈕4817之前按下在輸液泵12〇之上的開始按鍵時,即如在 第39圖的介面畫面3986之指令中所指出者。 在該輸液泵已經起始治療之後,醫護人員116係能夠 在八數位助理118上,於第43圖中所示的泵狀態介面晝面 4391中觀看泵的狀態。該泵狀態的顯示4391係顯示對於 位特疋的病患之所有目前有效的輸液之表列。典型地, 五個圖像中的一個圖像將會在此畫面中被顯示關聯到一個 輸液·輸液執行指不器4807、輸液待命指示器4810、輸液 杇止指不器4811、未知的圖像、以及延遲圖像。該泵狀態 的顯示4391在目前的晝面正被顯示時並未即時地被更新; 然而,藉由按下該更新按鈕4819,最新之即時的泵狀態畫 面將會被顯示。 如同在第44圖中所示,醫護人員J丨6亦能夠觀看流速 歷史"面晝面4493。醫護人員116可以藉由點選在第25 圖中所不的病患項目單介面畫面2521之上的流速歷史連結 之上,以直接導引至流速歷史畫面4493。該流速歷史係顯 不在一個特定的通道上之目前的輸液被規劃之流速歷史的 127 200422917 改變之歷史。一般而言,與該通道相關的病患資訊以及目 別對於通道的處方資訊係、被顯示。再者,在醫護人員 116已、”工在數位裝置118之上登錄、選擇輪班並且選擇病 心之後》亥醫護人員j】6可以在該數位裝置^8之上執行 各種的工作’其包含(但不限於)··記錄所給藥的輸液、記 錄停止或是重新繼續的輸液、記錄中斷的輸液、觀看如上 所述的泵流速歷史、顴丟& μ Μ、+、^ ^ ^靦看如上所述的泵輸液狀態、回應於 如下所述的泵警報與警告、觀看訊息/通知以及回應於訊 ^ ^月確地5兒,關於記錄所給藥的輸液,在醫護人 貝/16已㈣描物品條媽、病患條碼以及泵通道條碼之後 *醫護人員係能夠如上所詳細解說地比較所規劃的系設 定與藥局輸入的指令。典型地,醫護人員116接著將會利 用Α泵120來施予該輸液,並且利用數位裝f ιΐ8來記錄 該輸液。 為了開始輸液,醫護人員116典型地係掃描病患的腕 帶條碼112a並且掃描輸液袋條瑪標籤心。當被數位裝 置118所提醒時’醫護人員116係輸入並且比較用於該輸 液的管線、部位以及途徑,即如在第3?圖的介面畫面 3771中所不者。接著,在第⑽圖的畫面Μ"中,醫護人 員116係選擇主要的或是小軟袋輸液漏,並且掃描該泵 、C 4 »蒦人員116係接著如由醫師醫令所指示地規劃該 I U 120被㈣時’醫護人員116係選擇進行一項藥 局指令與系的比較檢查’即如在帛39_42圖中所示者。若 所規劃的杲設定相符藥局輸入的指令時,例如晝面似了的 128 200422917 介面晝面將會指屮士 * 相付,並且醫護人員116可以點下該0K 按鈕4805以接受兮^ > μ相付。最後,醫護人員116將會按下在 該果12 0之上的閱从上 ]始按鍵。數位助理Π 8於是將會顯示第 49圖中的記錄給筚蛀 .^ ^ 未、、、〇果介面畫面4937,並且醫護人員He 可以伙下拉式表列中的選項中輸入適當的結果。這些步驟 可以重複用於額外的病患以及/或是額外的泵或是通道。 在施予藥物之前,Μ # 口 引醤濩人貝116可以被提醒來輸入一 個監視參數,例如,—μ β ΛThe department was warned that an invalid channel was selected. The comparison process 5200 was obstructed, and the system was unable to perform the comparison as specified in the call of block 5 'until the paramedic Zhen 116 rescanned the lane and a valid channel was recognized at block 52G8 until. However, if the results of these checks confirm that the selected channel 121 is a valid channel, the system proceeds to block 5212 to establish the appropriate connection, as described below. At some point during the comparison process 5200, the second central server 108a generates a 122 200422917 XML message containing data related to the patient ID and the command ID. As shown in the flowchart of the comparison process 5200, at any point before block 5212, the XML data can be generated and transmitted to the first central server 109, as shown at block 5210. However, if the XML data received from the second central server 108 and the first central server 109 is invalid or incomplete, the comparison process is hindered again, and the system This comparison process is not allowed to proceed as shown in block 5 214. In contrast, if the XML data related to the patient ID and the instruction ID are complete and valid after the first central server 109 receives the XML data from the second central server 108a, the comparison is performed. Process 5200 proceeds to block 5212. At block 5212, the first central server 109 attempts to establish a relationship or relationship between the patient ID, the command id, and the pump channel 121. If the first central server 109 cannot establish a relationship between the specified data at block 5212, the comparison process 5200 is hindered, and the system 21o as at block 5214 The process shown does not allow the process to proceed. Furthermore, the system 2 0 displays an error message that some data is missing or incorrect, and the system cannot compare. If the first central server 109 is at block 5212 and a relationship is appropriately established between the specified materials, then the department and the first 210 department proceed to block 5216, where the medical staff The 116 series is required to press a comparison button 4817 on the digital assistant 118. One example of a series of pictures appearing at block 5216 is indicated below. After an appropriate connection has been established by the first central computer 109, the system 210 proceeds to a daylight surface in the comparison interface screens, eg, 123 200422917, eg, the comparison interface daylight surface 3986 in FIG. 39. In this comparison interface day 3986, the system 210 provides instructions to the medical staff 116 to plan the infusion pump before making any comparisons. Comparisons can be made to ensure that the pharmacy parameters for the drug and the pump settings are consistent. In a preferred embodiment, the system 2100 performs a rate comparison during the comparison process 5200 indicated herein. However, the system can perform any single comparison of infusion parameters such as rate, volume, dose, etc. or multiple comparisons simultaneously. If the infusion is the main infusion, the instructions are provided to click the "Compare, button 4817" on the comparison interface screen 3986, and then wait for instructions before starting the pump channel. If the infusion is small During the soft bag infusion, the instructions are provided to press the start button above the pump 120, and then click the "Compare," button 4817. In the small soft bag infusion, if the "medical staff 116 presses the comparison button 4817 at the block 5216 before the start button on the bottom 3 Hai Li, then the interface screen 4287 shown in Fig. 42 It will typically be displayed to provide an error message to the medical staff. Initially, the system 210 queries the server 109 to make sure that the communication link between the pump 120, the server 109, and the digital assistant 118 is still valid before making a comparison. If the communication link is valid, the comparison process 5200 is continued. If the communication link is lost, the comparison process cannot continue. Thus, after the medical staff 116 has pressed the comparison button 4817, the system 210 proceeds to block 5218 shown in FIG. 52. At block 124 200422917 5218, the system 210 determines whether the channel 121 is ready. Cangshikou, -owe-X with *. The infusion has been designated as the main infusion, but when the channel is already being executed, the system will default to block 5214 and display a wrong message as the system cannot Compare. Furthermore, if the infusion has been privately known as a small soft bag infusion, and the start button on the pump has not yet been written, τ is the system will preset to go to the interface in Figure 42 at day 4287 to notify the medical staff 116. Press the start button above the system before pressing the comparison button 4817. The comparison process 5200 also checks the pump 120 at block 5220 to determine whether the settings or operating parameters planned into the pump 120 contain new data. For example, the system may require that the pump data has been programmed into the pump within a certain time limit (ie, 5 minutes) just before the comparison is requested. The time limit for determining whether the data is new can be set by the health care facility. If the data is not new, the system will revert to block 5214 and display an error message as the data is old. The system 21 will then require the pump 120 to be re-planned so that the comparison process can continue. If the data is judged to be new at block 5220, the system 21 will perform a comparison at block 5222. The actual data comparison is generally performed at the first central server 109. As explained previously, the comparison is to determine whether the parameters programmed into the pump are in accordance with the physician's instructions. In addition, these pump settings can either be remotely planned by a remote controller or server. After the comparison at block 5222, the system 21 determines whether there is a match or a non-match at block 200422917 5224, and returns the results to the medical staff 6 through the digital assistant. An example of the resulting comparison interface screen 3987 in which the comparison is consistent is shown in Figure 39A and indicated at box 5226 in Figure 52t. In this example, if the prescription parameters of the pharmacy match the planned chestnut channel settings, the medical staff 116 is instructed to activate the infusion fruit 120. An example of a comparison interface screen of the results where the comparison of the prescription parameters of the pharmacy at block 5224 and the planned pump settings are not consistent is depicted by Xin in the non-matching comparison interface in Figure 40, day 4087 There is no non-conforming image 4825 in the exhibition. If this occurs, the system 21 will require the medical staff 116 to accept the discrepancy as indicated at block 5228, or re-plan the infusion pump at block 5230 and perform another at block 5216. One comparison. Typically, a parameter in which a mismatch occurs will be displayed in the mismatch screen 4087. If the mismatch is received, it will be recorded in the system database 109 at block 5232. Furthermore, if a discrepancy is accepted at block 5228, the server 108a will guide the medical staff to the appropriate daylight. Figure 41 shows an example of the comparative interface day surface 4187, whereby the system 210 is unable to perform a lucky match because some information is not available. Specifically, 'in the example of Fig. 41, the pump speed setting has not yet been entered into the system 210. Therefore, the system 21 cannot make comparisons until additional information (for example, rate in this example) has been entered. Typically, if the infusion is already in progress, the system cannot receive updated pump 126 200422917 information, there is an error in the system communication, or there is a lack of information about the planned channel information or the pharmacy prescription information. Not able to order comparisons. Finally, the comparison day 4287 line in Figure 42 shows another scenario where the child system 2 0 cannot be compared until further steps are taken as indicated. Typically, this interface screen 4287 is proposed when the infusion is a small soft bag infusion and the medical staff has pressed the comparison button 4817 in the interface screen 3986 of FIG. 39, rather than pressing the comparison button 4817 before When the start button on the infusion pump 12o is pressed, that is, as indicated in the instruction of the interface screen 3986 in FIG. 39. After the infusion pump has started the treatment, the medical staff 116 is able to view the state of the pump on the eight-digit assistant 118 in the pump state interface 4391 shown in Fig. 43. The pump status display 4391 shows a list of all currently available infusions for a particular patient. Typically, one of the five images will be displayed on this screen and associated with an infusion · infusion execution fingertip 4807, infusion standby indicator 4810, infusion fingertip fingertip 4811, unknown image , And delayed images. The pump status display 4391 is not updated in real time while the current day is being displayed; however, by pressing the update button 4819, the latest real-time pump status screen will be displayed. As shown in Figure 44, the medical staff J6 can also view the flow rate history " face day face 4493. The medical staff 116 can directly click on the flow rate history screen 4293 by clicking on the flow rate history link on the patient item single interface screen 2521 shown in FIG. 25. The flow rate history is a history of changes in the flow rate history of the current infusion that is not on a particular channel. In general, patient information related to the channel and prescription information specific to the channel are displayed. Furthermore, after the medical staff 116 has registered, "the worker logs on the digital device 118, selects the shift and selects the sick heart", the medical staff j] 6 can perform various tasks on the digital device ^ 8, which includes ( (But not limited to) · · record the infusion administered, record the stopped or resumed infusion, record the interrupted infusion, watch the pump flow rate history as described above, loss & μM, +, ^ ^ ^ The status of the pump infusion as described above, responding to pump alarms and warnings as described below, viewing messages / notifications, and responding to the news ^ ^ 5 months, regarding the recording of the infusion administered, in the health care staff / 16 After describing the item bar, patient bar code, and pump channel bar code, the medical staff can compare the planned system settings with the instructions entered by the pharmacy as explained in detail above. Typically, the medical staff 116 will then use the A pump 120 The infusion is administered, and the infusion is recorded using a digital device 8. In order to start the infusion, the medical staff 116 typically scans the patient's wristband barcode 112a and scans the infusion bag label tag. When being digital When reminded by the device 118, the 'medical staff 116' inputs and compares the pipelines, parts, and routes used for the infusion, which is as shown in the interface screen 3771 in Fig. 3. Then, in the screen M " The medical staff 116 selected the main or small soft bag for infusion leaks, and scanned the pump. C4 »The staff 116 was then planned as instructed by the doctor's medical order. Choose to perform a comparison check between the pharmacy instruction and department ', as shown in Figure 39_42. If the planned 杲 setting matches the instruction entered by the pharmacy, for example, the day-to-day 128 200422917 interface day-to-day will Will refer to the warrior * to pay, and the medical staff 116 can click the 0K button 4805 to accept the payment ^ > μ pay. Finally, the medical staff 116 will press the above view from the above 12 0] The digital assistant UI 8 will then display the record in Figure 49 to 筚 蛀. ^^ 、,,, and 0 interface screen 4937, and the medical staff He can enter the appropriate one of the options in the drop-down list. Results. These steps can be repeated for Outside the patient and / or the pump or additional channels. Prior to administration of the drug, [mu] Jiang Huo human primer # mouth shell 116 may be reminded to enter a monitoring parameters, e.g., -μ β Λ

在、、、a予二惡英(di〇xin)之前輸入一個 心率’或是在給予嗎徘之前輸入疼痛評估。當一個監視參 ,與種藥物相關時’顯示在數位助理118之上的每次給 樂都具有-個連結至一個介面晝面為其中該醫護人員⑴ 可以輸入健。此種具有一個連結5〇〇1至一個監視參數 的輸入之指令的一個例子係被展示在f 50圖中所示的指 令中。在該監視參數連結5刪被選擇之後,如同在第_ 圖中所示的監視參數輸人介面晝面5qg3係被顯示。在該處 ,醫護人員116可以輸入被請求的資訊至該系統21〇中。 此外,該系統210可以請求醫護人員116監視一個週 期計數,典型地是在從藥物儲藏處操取麻醉劑或是管制藥 物時。舉例而t,當該儲藏處抽屜打開以提供麻醉劑或是 管制藥物時,數位助理118可以顯示如在第51圖中所示的 ^期計數介面畫面510卜此介面畫面51〇1係提醒醫護人 員來計算目前在該箱或是儲存區域中的藥物單位,並且接 著在所提供的攔位中輸入此資料。該系統21〇係接著比較 此量與預期的計數。若該週期計數並不相符時,則數位^Enter a heart rate before dioxin, or a, or enter a pain assessment before giving it. When a surveillance participant is related to a drug, each of the admins displayed on the digital assistant 118 has a link to an interface where the medical staff can enter health. An example of such an instruction having an input linking 501 to a monitoring parameter is shown in the instruction shown in the f50 diagram. After the monitoring parameter link 5 is selected, the monitoring parameter input interface daytime surface 5qg3 system as shown in Fig. _ Is displayed. Here, the medical staff 116 can enter the requested information into the system 21o. In addition, the system 210 may request a paramedic 116 to monitor a cycle count, typically when an anesthetic is administered from a drug store or a drug is administered. For example, when the drawer of the storage room is opened to provide anesthetic or controlled drugs, the digital assistant 118 may display the ^ period counting interface screen 510 as shown in FIG. 51. This interface screen 5101 reminds medical staff. Calculate the drug unit currently in the box or storage area, and then enter this data in the provided stop. The system 21 then compared this amount with the expected count. If the cycle counts do not match, the number ^

129 200422917 理m係顯示一個訊息以指出不相符,並且接著再次顯示 該週期計數畫面5101。若該週期計數又不相符時,則該系 統210將會記錄該不一致,並且可以採取適當的手段 當情況需要時,在輸液完成之前,醫護人員可以停止 執行中的輸液。此在該系統中可以在有或是無中斷指令下 進行,以停止該輸液。已經被停止的輸液可以視情況需要 而被恢復繼續,例如,滴定法指令。當該中斷的輸液“Μ 以及執行中的輸液圖像4807都顯示在數位助理ιΐ8之上時 ,醫護人員116係被指示以在數位助理118之上瀏覽 (navigate)以顯示用於該病患的一個表列之所有執行中的 輸液。此種中斷輸液介面畫面2727a的一個例子係在第 27A圖中被提出。在第27A圖中,該中斷的輸液指令將會 被強調並且被指明為一個中斷的輸液指令。醫護人員 接著將會掃描用於該中斷的輸液之溶液容器上的條碼,並 且接著掃描病患的ID。接著,如第27B圖中所示,介面書 面2727b係在醫護人員的數位助理118之上被提出。在介 面晝面2727b中,醫護人員可以輸入該輸液已經被停止的 時間以及停止該輸液的理由。醫護人員116於是可以藉由 按下在該輸液泵120之上的停止按鈕來實際地停止該輸液 泵 120。 一個恢復繼續輸液介面畫面2727c係在第27C圖中被 提出。在沒有中斷指令之下,被記錄為停止的輸液可被恢 復繼續。為了恢復繼續輸液,醫護人員11 6最初必須在數 位助理118之上瀏覽至適當的介面畫面。藉由按下在病患 130 200422917 項目單中之停止的輸液圖像4811,對於該病患的一個表列 之所有目前停止的輸液都將會被顯示,即如在第27C圖的 介面畫面2727c中所示者。一項提示係被提供給醫護人員 來選擇被恢復繼續的輸液。該醫護人員116係接著掃描在 用於5亥輸/夜的溶液容器之上的條碼而被恢復繼續。該系統 21 0係比較該掃描出的ID與對於該病患之目前停止的輸液 之ID。在系統21 0比較該ID與對於該病患之目前停止的 輸液之ID之後,數位助理118係提醒醫護人員116來掃描 病患的ID。系統210係接著確認該掃描出的ID是否符合 該病患的ID,並且該系統210將會在數位助理118之上顯 示該被掃描的輸液之說明,並且提示醫護人員丨16來對於 恢復繼續該輸液選擇一個由設施所定義的理由,即如同在 第27D圖的介面2727d中所示者。一旦該理由被選擇之後 ,醫護人員116可以在該泵120之處重新開始該輸液,並 且接著點下該箭頭4809以繼續。該系統210係記錄該輸液 為已經被恢復繼續的。 如同在用於數位助理118之各種的畫面/介面中所示, 各種的圖像係被利用來協助醫護人員116。許多這些圖像 係被展示在第48圖中。病患表列按鈕4801是一個按鍵當 被點選時’容許醫護人員116直接瀏覽至病患表列畫面, 例如’在第23圖中所示的病患表列畫面2313。返回按鈕 4803是一個按鍵當被點選時,使得在數位助理118之上的 晝面回到先前的畫面。OK按鈕4805係被點選以認可在數 位裝置118之上所展示的資料。當該〇κ按鈕4805被點選 200422917 %,通常會顯不下一個畫面。輸液執行指示器按鈕48〇7係 指出一個所規劃的輸液現在正對所選的泵120以及通道在 執行中。輸液待命指示器4810係指出對於所選的病患、泵 120以及通道之一個所規劃的輸液已經在待命中。輸液停 止的指示器4811係指出對於所選的病患、泵12〇以及通道 之所規劃的輸液已經被停止。輸液中斷指令指示器斗⑴係 指出一個藥局輸入的指令將會中斷對於所選的病患、泵 1 20以及通道之一個輸液。醫師的注意事項指*胃“Μ係 指出對於所選的m 12G以及通道有著醫師的注意事 員之存在4 4人員116可以點選該注意事項指示器4815 =觀看該些注意事項。比較按叙4817係在各種的晝面中被 提出’並且當被點料’其係使得㈣21()執行被掃描的 物品與藥局輸入的指令之比較以及額外的比較。更新按鈕 期係被點選以更新,並且在畫面之上顯示最新的資料。 離開按紐侧係容許醫護人員離開目前的畫面,並且回到 先,所顯示的晝面。輸人按紐4m也是⑽按紐,並且被 選乂⑽可且輸入從一個下拉式表列之内的選項所選的資 料、或是在-個攔位中人工輸入的資料。比較相符指示器 觀係指出所規劃的栗設定相符藥局輸入的指令資訊。比 較不相符指示器4825係指出所規劃的系設定並不相符藥局 輸入的指令資訊。無法比較指示器復7係指出該系統無法 比較所規劃的泵設定與藥局輸入的指令資訊。泵婆報/邀 告指示器4872係指出一個警報或是警告情況正在發生。: 該警報/警告指示器4872被點選時,—個展開的泵馨報^ 132 200422917 :告畫面係被顯示。在該警報與警告畫面之上 警報/警告圖像㈣係指出—個警報情況, 色逛 報/警告圖像㈣係指出—個警告情況。警 靜:129 200422917 The system displays a message indicating a mismatch, and then displays the cycle count screen 5101 again. If the cycle counts do not match, the system 210 will record the inconsistencies and can take appropriate measures. When circumstances require, the medical staff can stop the ongoing infusion before the infusion is complete. This can be done in the system with or without interruption instructions to stop the infusion. Infusions that have been stopped can be resumed as needed, for example, titration instructions. When the interrupted infusion "M" and the infusion image 4807 in progress are displayed on the digital assistant 8, the medical staff 116 is instructed to navigate on the digital assistant 118 to display the information for the patient. A list of all infusions in progress. An example of such an interrupted infusion interface screen 2727a is presented in Figure 27A. In Figure 27A, the interrupted infusion instruction will be highlighted and designated as an interruption The infusion instruction. The medical staff will then scan the barcode on the solution container for the interrupted infusion, and then scan the patient's ID. Then, as shown in Figure 27B, the interface written 2727b is on the digital of the medical staff The assistant 118 is raised. In the interface day 2727b, the medical staff can enter the time when the infusion has been stopped and the reason for stopping the infusion. The medical staff 116 can then press the stop on the infusion pump 120 Button to actually stop the infusion pump 120. A resume infusion interface screen 2727c is presented in Figure 27C. It is recorded without interruption instructions The infusion to stop can be resumed. In order to resume the infusion, the medical staff 116 must initially browse to the appropriate interface screen on digital assistant 118. By pressing the stop infusion map in the patient 130 200422917 menu Like 4811, all currently stopped infusions for a list of patients will be displayed, as shown in the interface screen 2727c in Figure 27C. A reminder is provided to the medical staff to choose to be The resumed infusion was resumed. The medical staff 116 then scanned the barcode on the solution container used for the infusion / night to be resumed. The system 210 compared the scanned ID with the current status of the patient. ID of the infusion stopped. After the system 210 compares the ID with the ID of the patient's currently stopped infusion, the digital assistant 118 reminds the medical staff 116 to scan the patient's ID. The system 210 then confirms that the scan Whether the ID of the patient matches the ID of the patient, and the system 210 will display a description of the scanned infusion on the digital assistant 118, and prompt the medical staff 16 to continue the recovery for the recovery Fluid for a reason defined by the facility, as shown in interface 2727d in Figure 27D. Once the reason is selected, the medical staff 116 may restart the infusion at the pump 120 and then click The arrow 4809 continues. The system 210 records that the infusion has been resumed. As shown in the various screens / interfaces for the digital assistant 118, various images are used to assist the medical staff 116. Many of these images are shown in Figure 48. The patient list button 4801 is a button that when clicked 'allows medical staff 116 to navigate directly to the patient list screen, for example' shown in Figure 23 Patient Listing Screen 2313. The back button 4803 is a button that, when clicked, returns the day view above the digital assistant 118 to the previous screen. The OK button 4805 is clicked to acknowledge the material displayed on the digital device 118. When the 〇κ button 4805 is clicked on 200422917%, the next screen is usually not displayed. The infusion execution indicator button 4807 indicates that a planned infusion is now being performed on the selected pump 120 and channel. The infusion standby indicator 4810 indicates that the planned infusion for the selected patient, pump 120, and one of the channels is already on standby. Infusion stop indicator 4811 indicates that the planned infusion for the selected patient, pump 120, and channel has been stopped. The Infusion Interruption Instruction Indicator ⑴ indicates that an instruction entered by the pharmacy will interrupt an infusion for the selected patient, pump 120, and channel. Physician's precautions refer to * stomach. M indicates that there is a physician's attention clerk for the selected m 12G and the channel. 4 4 personnel 116 can click on the attention indicator 4815 = to watch these precautions. Compare by The 4817 system is proposed in various daytimes, and when ordered, it enables ㈣21 () to perform a comparison and additional comparison of the scanned item with the instructions entered by the pharmacy. The update button period is clicked to update , And the latest information is displayed on the screen. The side of the leave button allows the medical staff to leave the current screen and return to the first day and day. The 4m input button is also a ⑽button and is selected 乂 ⑽ You can also enter the data selected from the options in a drop-down list, or the data manually entered in a block. The comparison indicator indicates that the planned chestnut setting matches the instruction information entered by the pharmacy. .Comparative mismatch indicator 4825 indicates that the planned system settings do not match the instruction information entered by the pharmacy. Uncomparable indicator multiple 7 indicates that the system cannot compare the planned pump settings with the pharmacy. Entered command information. The pump report / invitation indicator 4872 indicates that an alarm or warning situation is occurring .: When the alarm / warning indicator 4872 is clicked, an expanded pump report ^ 132 200422917: report The screen is displayed. On top of this alarm and warning screen, the alarm / warning image does not indicate an alarm condition, and the color report / warning image does not indicate a warning condition.

Γ8:4:被點選以暫時靜音在數位裝請上:聽覺的警 y =去通訊指示器4833係指出該泵120以及/或是集線 益107並未適當地與該系統210通訊。—個伴隨此指示的 讯息係描述解決該問題所要採取的步驟。無線模組低電量 警告指示器4835係指出集線it 107目前正執行在-個備用 電池上,其係具有小於30分鐘的剩餘電池電力。 以上相關於數位助理118的設定及使用之揭露内容已 經相關於執行這些功能的醫護人員116來加以論述。然而 ,應瞭解的是這些工作可以藉由醫院的任何給藥或是工作 人員個人來加以執行,而不論該個人是否為醫護人員11 6 1急情況的通知過裎Γ8: 4: Clicked to temporarily mute the digital device. Please put on: audible alarm y = communication indicator 4833 indicates that the pump 120 and / or the hub 107 are not properly communicating with the system 210. A message accompanying this instruction describes the steps to be taken to resolve the problem. Wireless module low battery warning indicator 4835 indicates that the hub it 107 is currently running on a backup battery, which has less than 30 minutes of remaining battery power. The above disclosure regarding the setting and use of the digital assistant 118 has been discussed in relation to the medical staff 116 performing these functions. However, it should be understood that these tasks can be performed by any medication in the hospital or by individual staff, regardless of whether the individual has been notified of a medical emergency.

请參考第1 2圖,其被展示有緊急情況通知系統1 2 0 0 之一個較佳實施例。一個通知方(n〇tifying party)12i〇 係與一個通訊網路1220通訊。在此項技術中具有技能者將 會體認到,各種的通訊網路都是可運作的,其包含(但不 限於)乙太網路、同軸電纟覽線網路、無線的本地區域網路 以及無線廣域網路。此外,各種的通訊網路協定都是可運 作的、,其包含(但不限於)傳輸控制協定/網際網路協定 (“TCP/IP”)、無線應用協定(“WAp”)以及使用者資料元 (Datagram)協定(“UDP”)。此外,通訊網路1 220係可運作 133 200422917Please refer to FIG. 12, which shows a preferred embodiment of the emergency notification system 1220. A notifying party 12i0 communicates with a communication network 1220. Those skilled in this technology will realize that various communication networks are operational, including (but not limited to) Ethernet, coaxial cable networks, and wireless local area networks. And wireless WAN. In addition, various communication network protocols are operational, including (but not limited to) Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol ("TCP / IP"), Wireless Application Protocol ("WAp"), and user data elements (Datagram) protocol ("UDP"). In addition, communication network 1 220 series is operational 133 200422917

為—個更大的通訊網路之一 w θ Λ , 丨刀,例如,該通訊網路1220 了以疋與例如是醫院中現有 通訊網路。 有線的通訊網路通訊之無線 與該通訊網路1 220通訊的县加 ,_ 101Λ 的疋一個通知方1210。該通 口方1210可以是一位醫院醫雈 殹 面丨疋诺4人貝,例如,護士、醫生、 酉院打政人貝、或是保全主 自^ 忒通知方1210也可以是病 〜、。此外,该通知方i 21 〇可^ 3 . ; 、、 了 U疋一個自動化的過程,例如 ,電腦程式或是醫療器材。作It is one of a larger communication network, w θ Λ, for example, the communication network 1220 is similar to the existing communication network in a hospital, for example. The wired communication network communicates wirelessly. The county that communicates with the communication network 1 220, plus a notification party 1210. The portal 1210 can be a hospital doctor's face, such as a nurse, a doctor, a hospital politician, or a security guard ^ 忒 Notifying party 1210 can also be sick ~ . In addition, the notifier i 21 〇 ^ 3.;, An automated process, such as a computer program or medical equipment. Make

作用為通知方1210之自動化的 過程可被規劃以在滿足某一 的 種滑况或疋一個事件之際,廣 播一個緊急情況通知到通訊網路 - z 〇的各處。例如,該自 動化的過程可被規劃以在感 J ^ 调病患的狀況之際,廣 播一個緊急情況通知。 、 該緊急情況通知係祐_ + 係被或多個目標方(target party)1 230所接收。目標方〗 铋方1230可以是醫護人員,例如 ,醫生與護士。目標方123〇也 ,^ J Μ疋個緊急情況回應主 任或疋保全主任、或是一個環培《彡宝丨&The automated process functioning as the notifying party 1210 can be planned to broadcast an emergency notification to all parts of the communication network-z 0 while satisfying a certain slip condition or an event. For example, the automation process can be planned to broadcast an emergency notification when the condition of the patient is being adjusted. The emergency notification is received by one or more target parties 1 230. Target party: Bismuth party 1230 can be medical staff, such as doctors and nurses. The target party 123〇, ^ J Μ 疋 an emergency response director or security director, or a ring training "彡 宝 丨 &

1U衣丨兄火害小組。目標方1230可 以是任何與該通訊網路12 2 0 iS 4 ^ …^通5^1的個人。本實施例係提供 選擇權給通知方121 〇以只偯样兮移么比 乂八傅送该緊急情況通知到某一個目 標方12 3 0、傳送到多個目標方】9 铩方1230、或是所有的目標方 1 230 ;該實施例係容許通知方 ,、六万1Z10旎夠選擇哪些目桿 1 230來接收該緊急情況通知。 μ 目標方1230以及通知方mo係與該通訊網路1220通 訊。熟習此項技術者將會體認到各種的通訊模式124〇都可 以提供通知方mo以及目標方測與該通訊網路122 134 200422917 如,通訊模式124G可以是有線的連線,例如,個人 =是可程式化的控制器。通訊模式也可以是透過 /電%或是打動電話所達成的無線網路的連線。 _ —在°用參考第13 ®,此係從通知方1210的角度來展 "面13GG ° #習此項技術者將會體認到的是, 種的介面將會使得通知方1210能夠經由通訊網路 來廣播-個緊急情況通知。該通知介面可以是一個連 至内部網路或是網際網路的網站。該通知介面也可以藉 二動電話或其它電話、或是藉由電子郵件來加以啟動。 =一個貫施例中,該通知介面_是廣泛被市售的類型之 狀 j于係包3由Palm〇ne公司所製造的Paim 衣、由PalmOne公司所製造的Vis〇r裝置、由惠普公司 所製造的—論裝置、由戴爾公司所製造的Axim裝置、 由新力公司所製造的Clie裝置以及由東芝公司、康柏以及 Symbol公司所製造的P〇cketpc裝置。 在-個實施例中,該通知介面1300係包括一個列出一 或多個選項134〇的項目單1330。例如,一個通知選項 1 3 4 0可以谷許通知方121Γ)於约、踩4® 1Ζ1ϋ此夠選擇一位特定的醫護人員 或是特定類型的醫護人員為緊急情況通知的目標方聰。 另-個通知選項134〇可以容許通知方咖在緊急情況通 知被錯誤地發送的事件尹,能鈞遴娌 Τ %夠4擇來取消該緊急情況通 知。額外的通知選項也可以包含料病患識別資吼、 病患位置、緊急情況的類型,以及預期回應的時間之項目 135 200422917 現在請參考第14圖,ι俏你 一 M 係攸目標方1230的角度來展 示接收介面14 0 0的一個實絲々,丨 _ y 貫知例。類似於該通知介面1300 ,該接收介面應可以運作在各種不同的平台上,並且在 本❸月的原理下仍然保持為可行的。在第13圖所示的一 個貫施例中,接收介面14〇〇县车 疋手持式電腦。該介面1400 係包含一個晝面1420用於顯干π知… 一 ^不可組態設定的資訊2350。 吞亥負§孔2350可以包含緊各恃、、兑、s — 緊心匱况通知貧訊,例如,病患識別 、緊急情況的位置、緊叁借π沾 家μ匱况的頰型以及預期回應的時間 〇 通知介面1300以及接收合而1/ΙΛΛ + 汉接收;丨面1400都選配地被配置有 一個熱鍵1350、1460。關於兮補a人 、 關於”亥通知介面1300,熱鍵1350 可被配置以傳送一個包含自動祕你、s Λ人 匕s目動地從通知介面1 300本身所獲 付的為訊之緊急情況通知。例如,^ J 彳女下在该通知介面1300 之上的熱鍵1 3 5 0可被配罟以白叙1丄7由1 溉配置以自動地傳送一個包含該資訊的 緊急情況通知。 息_含警報/警i通知的訊息傳―送與诵知 該系統係提供有傳送通知及訊息。通知可以包含(但不 限於):病患狀態表列、警報、警告、輸液計劃表、指令 三撤銷、警語、治療參數、至額外的資訊之連結、遺忘的 藥物、途徑確認、比較、流速資訊、醫師注意事項、失去 通訊、低電量、給筚纟士要、笼望 . 5亥糸統亦提供有顯示這 些以及額外的通知。通知被顯示的一種方式是在數位助理 118上。通知可以被提供給許多的醫護人員以及/或是掌管 的醫護人員中之任何一位。 136 200422917 ^如上所解說者,-種通知的類型是警報 本糸統中,诵& γ s σ通知。在 -報~ 被提昇警訊(―)…個特定二 “之提昇警訊過程係被展示在第15圖中疋的 ,一個通知過裎&姑@ ^ 圖中。典型地 員U6。第Γ: 傳送通知給任意數目的醫護人 5圖所指出之警報/警告的提昇邀 =::二:r “例, &逆仃〒的時候,經由嫛螬 ,么· 田请邊人貝的裝置118夾诵 # 的°;置:護人員。在—個較佳實施例中1醫護人員 戶=Γ固人數位助理(“PDA”)U8,例如在第1與3圖中 聲立:生1其典型地具有顯示器118a以及聽覺的音頻或是 :曰⑽。但僅為了說明之目的,所以在此詳細的 ”明中之醫護人員的裝置在以下將會被指明為數位助理 118。再者,當醫護人員未能夠在數位助理us之上回應該 警報/警告通知時,該警報/警告提昇警訊過程15〇〇係提供 一個提昇警訊過程。當-個提昇警訊過程被開始時,一項 通知係被提出至在該提昇警訊程序中所指定的另一位或是 第二醫護人員的數位助理118。當該警報/警告通知被傳送 至數位助理118時,可瞭解到的是,泵警報與警告典型地 只可以在該泵之處被解決。如同在此所解說的,例如在第 15圖的方塊1580中,在數位助理118處之警報或警告的 靜音可以或是可以不影響該泵。 當一個警報或是一個警告情況中之至少一個或是兩個 情況在醫療器材12 0之處被觸發時,該警報/警告提昇馨訊 過程1500係在方塊1505之處開始。在第3圖中所示的一 137 200422917 個較佳實施例中,在醫療器材120之處的警報或是警告的 觸發之後’一個包含相關於該警報或是警告情況的資料之 信號係在方塊151〇之處被產生,並且從醫療器材12〇傳送 至伺服器1 09。在無線的環境中,具有無線發送器的醫療 裔材12 0係被提供、或是連接至無線集線器1 0 7的醫療器 材120係被提供。在後者的例子中,即如在第3圖中所展 示者,0亥集線器1 〇 7係從醫療器材12 q接收信號,並且轉 換該信號成為一個格式是適合用於經由無線通訊路徑或是 連結128來傳輸到系統網路1〇2上。再者,若集線器ι〇7 認可該警報、警告或是其它的通知是重複的,則集線器 1 〇 7可以拋棄該重複的通知。被發送的信號係藉由在該醫 療保健環境之内的一個無線存取點114加以接收。該無線 存取點114係提供一個介面在無線通訊路徑(亦即,無線路 徑128)以及電纜線通訊路徑(例如是第3圖中所展示的電 纜線通訊路徑110)之間。 在該伺服器109接收到在方塊151〇之處所傳送之相關 於該警報或是警告情況的資料之後,伺服器1〇9係在方塊 1515之處進行一項先決條件(prec〇nditi〇n)檢查。該先決 條件檢查3030可以包含:將醫療器材12〇處之警報或是警 告情況關連至一位特定的病患;將該病患關連至一位主要 的醫護人員,亦被稱為第一醫護人員(此關連可以在該中 央系統伺服單元108a之處被進行);並且,將該第一醫護 人員關連至該醫護人員的數位助理118。該伺服器ι〇9係 使用其在方塊1515處之先決條件的檢查中所獲得的資訊來 138 200422917 在醫療器材120(以及在一個實施例中為輸液栗12〇之特定 的通道1 21 )、病患、主要的或是第一醫護人員以及該第一 醫護人員的數位助理118之間建立起一種關係。可瞭解到 的疋’在多位病患112以及多位醫護人員11 6之間有一種 多對多的關係。於是,許多的第一醫護人員、許多的第二 酉濩人員以及許多的第η層級的醫護人員可以與一位特定 的病患相關。再者,第η層級的提昇警訊在此系統之内亦 是可行的。 典型地,伺服器1 〇8a係已經在其中儲存病患至醫護人 員的多對多之關連、以及病患至單位之關連。該伺服器 1 〇8a係傳送這些關連至伺服器1 〇9,並且該伺服器1 〇9係 儲存這些關連。類似地,該伺服器108a係將掌管的醫護人 員至單元的關連傳送至該伺服器109以供儲存。 在方塊1 5 1 5之處的先決條件檢查之後,該伺服器1 〇 g 係決定適當的通道121給病患112至醫護人員i i 6的對映 。一旦該對映完成後,該伺服器109係在方塊1 520之處判 斷該第一醫護人員的數位助理118是否為有效的。若該第 一醫護人員的數位助理118是有效的,則該伺服器1〇9係 產生一個代表該警報或是警告情況存在的信號。該信號係 包含資料為例如是病患的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、 病床識別、警報或是警告類型、情況說明、時間、日期、 醫護人員識別以及/或是處方。在該較佳實施例中,該信 號係從伺服器1 09被傳送至無線存取點丨丨4。該無線存取 點114係接著在方塊1525之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來傳送 200422917 孩相關於警報或是警告情況的信號至醫護人員的數位助理 118 〇 該相關於警報或是警告情況的信號也可以在方塊1525 之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員、一位次要的第一醫護 ^員或是一位次要的醫護人員。此種信號可以經由無線或 疋有線的通訊來被發送。再者,f管的醫護人員可以利用 數位助S 118、|上型電腦或是某種其它的電子裝置。掌 &的醫4人員-般是監督者或是醫護人貢所要報告的某人 。此外’ f管的醫護人員可以是協助醫護人員的工作流程 或是協助監視警報或警告情況的人。 忒“號係藉由醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8來被接收,並 且接著在第15圖中的方塊153〇之處被顯示。此方塊係提 供用於在醫護人員的數位助理118之上指出該警報或是警 告情況。在醫護人員的數位助理之上的指示可以是視覺的 、聽覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者,視覺的指示可以包含 文字、圖像、符號、等等中之一或多種。類似地,如上所 解說者,該聽覺的指示可以包含在各種的分貝位準之下的 各種聽覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態 设定的。第16 A圖係揭示在醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8之上 的警報/警告介面表列畫面1662a之一個範例的畫面。該馨 報/警告表列介面1 662a係包含目前相關於作用中的通道罄 報/警告之一個表列的病患。如第1 6 A圖中所示,此醫護人 員的數位助理118目前有三個作用中的警報/警告之指示。 對於“病患一 ’’有警報情況1 664,對於“病患二,,有警報情況 140 200422917 1 666,以及對於“在志一,,士散*也 々 病患二有警告情況1 668。每位病患的名 稱乂及對應@警報/警告圖像是一個超連結至㊄當的泵警 報細節介面畫面,即如帛Π圖中所示者。在一個實施例 中°亥病患的表列係被過濾成只包含目前相關於登錄到顯 不此介面畫面的數位助s 118中之醫護人員ιΐ6的病患。 此種醫護人員至病患關連可以是作為主要的醫護人員或 疋:為暫時代班的醫護人員。次要的醫護人員也可以透過 該提昇警訊過程而被利用。該警報/警告表列介面1 662係 典型地在正常的醫護人員卫作流程期S,#由點選被顯示1U clothing 丨 brother fire damage group. The target 1230 can be any individual who communicates with the communication network 12 2 0 iS 4 ^ ^ 5 ^ 1. This embodiment provides the right of selection to the notifying party 121. It is possible to send the notification of the emergency situation to a certain target party 12 3 0, and send it to multiple target parties. The party 1230, or It is all the target parties 1 230; this embodiment allows the notifying party, which is enough to choose which of the objectives 1 230 to receive the emergency notification. μ Target 1230 and Notifier mo communicate with this communication network 1220. Those skilled in this technology will realize that various communication modes 124 can provide the notifying party mo and the target party with the communication network 122 134 200422917 For example, the communication mode 124G can be a wired connection, for example, personal = yes Programmable controller. The communication mode can also be a wireless network connection via / electricity% or mobile phone. _ —The 13th reference is used, which is displayed from the perspective of the notifying party 1210 ° The person skilled in the art will appreciate that this kind of interface will enable the notifying party 1210 to pass Communication network to broadcast an emergency notification. The notification interface can be a website connected to the intranet or the Internet. The notification interface can also be activated by a second or other call, or by email. = In one embodiment, the notification interface is a type that is widely available in the market. It is package 3, a Paim garment manufactured by Palmone, a Visor device manufactured by PalmOne, and a Hewlett-Packard company. Manufactured—On devices, Axim devices made by Dell, Clie devices made by Sony, and Pocketpc devices made by Toshiba, Compaq, and Symbol. In one embodiment, the notification interface 1300 includes an item sheet 1330 listing one or more options 1340. For example, a notification option 1 3 4 0 can be notified to the party 121 Γ) on the appointment, step 4® 1Z1, this is enough to select a specific medical staff or a specific type of medical staff as the target party Cong. Another notification option 134 can allow the notification party to be notified of an incident that was sent incorrectly in an emergency, and Neng Jun could choose to cancel the emergency notification. Additional notification options can also include items such as patient identification information, patient location, type of emergency, and expected response time. 135 200422917 Now please refer to Figure 14, which is the target of 1230. An angle to show a solid wire of the receiving interface 14 0 0, 丨 _ y is known. Similar to the notification interface 1300, the receiving interface should be able to operate on a variety of different platforms and remain feasible under the principles of this month. In one embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the receiving interface is a handheld computer of 1400 counties. The interface 1400 contains a daylight surface 1420 for displaying the information ... A non-configurable set of information 2350. Hungry negative § Hole 2350 can contain all kinds of information, such as patient identification, emergency location, the type of cheek that is closely related to the situation of π and home, and anticipation. The response time: the notification interface 1300 and the receiving combination 1 / ΙΛΛ + Han receive; the interface 1400 is optionally equipped with a hot key 1350, 1460. Regarding Xibu a person, regarding the "Hai notification interface 1300, the hotkey 1350 can be configured to transmit an emergency situation that includes automatic secret notifications, notifications, and payment from the notification interface 1300 itself. Notification. For example, ^ J, the hotkey 1350 on the notification interface 1300 can be configured with white text 1-7, and configured by 1 to automatically send an emergency notification containing the information. Information_message transmission with alarm / alarm notifications-delivery and recitation The system provides transmission notifications and messages. Notifications can include (but not limited to): patient status list, alarms, warnings, infusion schedules, instructions Three revocations, warnings, treatment parameters, links to additional information, forgotten medications, route confirmation, comparisons, flow rate information, physician notes, loss of communication, low battery, advice to wardens, hope. 5 The system also provides display of these and additional notifications. One way the notifications are displayed is on the digital assistant 118. Notifications can be provided to many healthcare professionals and / or any of the healthcare professionals in charge. 136 20042 2917 ^ As explained above, the type of notification is the alarm system. 诵 & s σ notification. In-report ~ promoted alert (-) ... a specific two "promotion alert process is Shown in Figure 15, a notification has been posted in the picture. Typically U6. Article Γ: Send notifications to any number of healthcare professionals as shown in Figure 5. Alerts / warnings are promoted = :: 二: r "For example, & when you go against, via 嫛 螬, · The device 118 folder chants the position of: nursing staff. In a preferred embodiment, 1 medical staff household = Γ solid number assistant ("PDA") U8, for example, stands in Figures 1 and 3: Health 1 typically has a display 118a and audible audio or: ⑽. But for the purpose of illustration only, the device of the medical staff in the “Mingzhong” will be designated as Digital Assistant 118 below. Furthermore, when the medical staff is unable to respond to the alert / warning notification on the digital assistant us, the alert / warning escalation alert process 150 provides a escalation alert process. When an ascending alert process is initiated, a notification is presented to the digital assistant 118 of another or second medical staff designated in the ascending alert process. When the alarm / warning notification is transmitted to the digital assistant 118, it is understood that pump alarms and warnings can typically only be resolved at the pump. As explained herein, for example, in block 1580 of Figure 15, the silence of the alarm or warning at the digital assistant 118 may or may not affect the pump. When at least one or both of an alarm or a warning condition is triggered at the medical device 120, the alarm / warning escalation process 1500 begins at block 1505. In a preferred embodiment of 137 200422917 shown in FIG. 3, after the triggering of the alarm or warning at the medical device 120, a signal containing data related to the alarm or warning condition is in a box. The 1510 place was generated and transmitted from the medical device 120 to the server 10 09. In a wireless environment, a medical device 120 series having a wireless transmitter is provided, or a medical device 120 series connected to a wireless hub 107 is provided. In the latter example, as shown in Figure 3, the OH hub 1 107 receives a signal from the medical device 12 q and converts the signal into a format suitable for use over a wireless communication path or link. 128 to transmit to the system network 102. Furthermore, if the hub 107 recognizes that the alert, warning, or other notification is a duplicate, the hub 107 may discard the duplicate notification. The transmitted signal is received by a wireless access point 114 within the healthcare environment. The wireless access point 114 provides an interface between a wireless communication path (i.e., the wireless path 128) and a cable communication path (e.g., the cable communication path 110 shown in FIG. 3). After the server 109 receives the information about the alert or warning transmitted at block 1510, the server 109 performs a precondition (prec〇nditi〇n) at block 1515. an examination. The prerequisite check 3030 may include: associating an alarm or warning condition at 120 medical devices to a specific patient; associating the patient to a primary medical staff, also known as a first medical staff (This connection may be performed at the central system servo unit 108a); and, the first medical staff is connected to the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. The server OM09 uses the information obtained from the inspection of its prerequisites at block 1515 to 138 200422917 in the medical device 120 (and in one embodiment a specific channel 1 21 for the infusion pump 120), A relationship is established between the patient, the primary or first medical staff, and the digital assistant 118 of the first medical staff. It can be understood that there is a many-to-many relationship between multiple patients 112 and multiple medical staff 116. As a result, many first-level medical personnel, many second-level personnel, and many n-level medical personnel can be associated with a specific patient. In addition, η-level escalation warnings are also feasible within this system. Typically, the server 108a already has a many-to-many relationship between the patient and the medical staff, and a patient-to-unit relationship. The server 108a transmits the relations to the server 1009, and the server 1009 stores the relations. Similarly, the server 108a transmits the connection from the medical staff in charge to the unit to the server 109 for storage. After checking the prerequisites at block 15 15, the server 10 g decides the appropriate channel 121 for the patient 112 to the medical staff i i 6 mapping. Once the mapping is complete, the server 109 determines at block 1 520 whether the digital assistant 118 of the first medical staff member is valid. If the first medical assistant's digital assistant 118 is valid, the server 109 generates a signal representing the presence of the alarm or warning condition. The signal contains information such as the patient's name, patient's location, ward identification, bed identification, alarm or warning type, fact sheet, time, date, medical staff identification, and / or prescription. In the preferred embodiment, the signal is transmitted from the server 10 to the wireless access point 4. The wireless access point 114 then transmits 200422917 the signal related to the alarm or warning condition to the digital assistant of the medical staff 118 via the wireless communication transmission at block 1525. The signal related to the alarm or warning condition is also transmitted. At block 1525, it can be sent to a supervising paramedic, a secondary paramedic, or a paramedic. Such signals can be sent via wireless or wired communication. In addition, the medical staff of F tube can use digital assistant S 118, | PC or some other electronic device. The & Medical 4 staff-usually a supervisor or someone who the medical caregiver wants to report. In addition, the medical staff of the 'f tube' can be people who assist in the workflow of the medical staff or assist in monitoring the alarm or warning situation.号 "The number is received by the medical assistant's digital assistant 丨 丨 8, and then displayed at box 1530 in Figure 15. This box is provided for pointing out above the medical assistant's digital assistant 118 The alert or warning condition. The instructions on the digital assistant of the medical staff can be visual, audible, or visual and audible. Furthermore, the visual instructions can include text, images, symbols, etc. One or more. Similarly, as explained above, the auditory indication may include a variety of auditory audio below various decibel levels. The visual and auditory indicators are set by the hospital configuration. Section 16 Figure A shows an example of the alarm / warning interface listing screen 1662a above the digital assistant of the medical staff. The Annunciation / Warning List Interface 1 662a contains the currently active channels. One of the listed patients is reported / warned. As shown in Figure 16A, the digital assistant 118 of this medical staff currently has three active alarm / warning indicators. There is an alert for "patient one" Case 1664, for "patients ,, there are two alarm conditions 1,402,004,229,171,666, as well as for" Chi in a casual ,, disabilities * patients two have also 々 warning condition 1668. The name of each patient and the corresponding @ Alarm / Warning image is a hyperlink to the proper pump alarm detail interface screen, as shown in the figure below. In one embodiment, the list of patients is filtered to include only patients currently associated with the medical staff member 6 in the digital assistant s 118 logged on to the display screen. This kind of medical staff-to-patient relationship can be as the main medical staff or 疋: for the temporary medical staff. Secondary medical staff can also be used through this escalation alert process. The alarm / warning list interface 1 662 is typically displayed during a normal health care worker's workflow. # Is displayed by clicking

在百蠖人員116的數位助理118之上的警報/警告圖像 4 8 7 2來加以利用的。The alert / warning image 4 8 7 2 on the digital assistant 118 of the Baikun personnel 116 is utilized.

如上所解說者,當該警報或是警告情況係在方塊153〇 之處被指示在醫護人員的數位助理之上時,此指示可以是 視覺地、聽覺地或是兩者地被提供。當聽覺的指示在醫護 人員的數位助理118之處被提供時,該警報圖像4872係出 現在醫護人員的數位助理118之顯示器!丨8a之上。若聽覺 的指示被提出時,則醫護人員係能夠來靜音該聽覺的指示 ’即使該醫護人員尚未回應於該警報或是警告情況。若該 醫護人員確實靜音該警報,則伺服器丨〇9將會起始一個靜 音計時器。視覺的指示將會被保持,即使該聽覺的指示已 被靜音亦是如此。如第16 A圖中所示,若一個警報/罄告將 會在醫護人員的數位助理11 8之處提供聽覺的指示,但是 可供該醫護人員靜音時,則一個靜音的警報/警告圖像 4874係被提供。再者,在該警報/警告情況的提昇警訊之 141 200422917 際,若該醫護人員並未在該計時器時限之内回應於該警報 時,則該聽覺的指示之靜音可以被解除❶聽覺的指示之一 個替代的實施例可以是振動的警告。As explained above, when the alert or warning condition is indicated above the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 1530, the indication may be provided visually, audibly, or both. When an audible instruction is provided at the medical assistant's digital assistant 118, the alert image 4872 appears on the display of the medical assistant's digital assistant 118! Above 8a. If an audible instruction is presented, the medical staff can mute the audible instruction 'even if the medical staff has not responded to the alert or warning situation. If the medical staff does mute the alarm, the server 9 will start a silence timer. The visual indication will be maintained even if the audible indication is muted. As shown in Figure 16A, if an alarm / out-of-warning will provide an audible indication at the medical staff's digital assistant 118, but when the medical staff can be silenced, a silent alarm / warning image 4874 series is provided. Furthermore, at the time of the alert / warning escalation alert 141 200422917, if the medical staff does not respond to the alert within the time limit of the timer, the mute of the auditory instructions can be released. An alternative embodiment of the indication may be a warning of vibration.

再者,可瞭解到的是,多個警報/警告情況可以同時或 是在重疊的期間中發生。於是,包含相關於該特定的警報 或疋警告之情況的資料之同時或是重疊的信號係在方塊 1510之處被產生,並且從醫療器材12〇被傳送至伺服器 109。警報/警告信號可以源自於相同或是不同的醫療器材 120。再者,警報/警告信號可以相關於相同或是不同的病 患。然而,如同在此對於個別的警報/警告情況所述的警 報/警告之提昇警訊過程1500中,每個警報/警告信號係個 別地被指定路由。如第16A圖中所示,一位特定的醫護人 員可以在其數位助理118上具有許多的警報/警告情況。警 報/警告畫面的另一個例子係被展示在第16B圖的介面畫面 1 662b之上。如同在本系統中之典型的做法,在第i6B圖 的介面畫面1 662b中被標示為1676的行係指示一個表列的 結束,並且在此介面中明確地指出對於一位特定的醫護人 貝之警報/警告指示表列。 在醫護人員已經在該醫護人員的數位助理118之上, 從第16A圖的介面表列1662a選擇來觀看對於病患超連結 的警報/警告指示中之一個指示之後,第17圖係描繪一個 詳細的病患警報/警告介面1765 〇在此,該醫護人員已經 選 面 擇對於“病患一,,的警報指 1 765係提供醫護人員一 示1664。該警報/警告細節畫 個描述該警報/警告的理由之細 142 200422917 節的訊息。醫護人員可以點選在該更新按鈕4819之上,以 更新目前在該畫面1765之上所顯示的資訊。如同在第18 圖的介面1867上所示的,對於相同的病患可能存在多個邀 報或是警告1878、1882。此警報/警告介面1867係提供二 個表列之目前相關於-位特定的病患之所有作用中的泵警 報/警告。這些作用中的泵警報/警告可以是來自多個通道 121以及/或是泵120,並且甚至是擴散至多個集線器ι〇7 。此介面畫面1867係藉由在該泵警報表列晝面1662之上 指定一位特定的病患來加以利用的。 在該信號係於方塊1525之處被傳送至醫護人員的數位 助理,並且在方塊1530之處由主要的醫護人員的數位助理 118接收之後,在方塊1535之處,一個計時器係於伺服器 109之處被起始。該計時器係具有一個計時器時限。一個 典型的提昇警訊計時器時限大約A 2 &鐘;然而,此限制 是可由醫院組態設定的。在方塊154〇之處,該系統係判斷 回應係是否在該計時器時限之内針對該警告或是警報而被 提出。若到了該計時器時限而沒有來自該主要的醫護人員 的數位助理118之應答時,該過程係前進至方塊1545。在 方塊1545之處,該系統係進行進一步的查詢,其係有關對 於該警報/警告情況是否已經在醫療器材12〇之處做成應答 或是回應。若在該主要的醫護人員的數位助理118、醫療 器材120之處、或是掌管的醫護人員都尚未做成回應時, 則該警報/警告過程係在方塊1545之處被提昇警訊。 若在一個警報/警告情況被觸發之後,但在該警報/警 143 200422917 告情況應答之前的任何時間點發生失去通訊時,則一旦該 失去通訊已修復時,該警報/警告情況將會再度發出。類 似地’若-個警報/警告情況是在失去通訊之後被觸發時 ’則-旦該通訊被重新建立時,肖警報/警告情況將會再 度被發出。 9 當-個警報被提昇警訊時,該伺服器1()9係在方塊 1550之處進订另-項先決條件的檢查。此先決條件的檢查 1550可以包含:將該病患關連至一位次要的醫護人員(此 關連可以在該中央系統伺服單元购之處被進行);並且 ,將該第二醫護人員關連至該醫護人員的數位助理m 此亦被稱為該第二醫護人員的裝置或是第二醫護人員的數 位助理118。該伺服器109係使用其在方塊155〇處之先決 條件的檢查中所獲得之資訊,以在該醫療器材12〇、病患 、次要的醫護人員以及該第二醫護人員的數位助理118之 間建立一種關係。 在方塊15 5 0處之第二先決條件的檢查之後,該伺服器 109也可以判斷第二醫護人員的數位助理118是否為有效 的。若第二醫護人員的數位助理118是有效的,則該伺服 器109係產生一個代表該警報或是警告情況存在之被提昇 警訊的#號。該被提昇警訊的信號同樣地包含例如是病患 的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、病床識別、警報或是警 告類型、情況說明、時間、曰期、醫護人員識別以及/或 是處方。在該較佳實施例中,該被提昇警訊的信號係從伺 服器109被傳送至無線存取點114。該無線存取點114係 144 200422917 接著在方塊1555之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來傳送該相關於. 警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號至第二醫護人員的 數位助理11 8。 相關於該警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號也可 以在方塊1555之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員。此種被 提昇警訊的信號可以是經由無線或是有線的通訊。再者, 掌管的醫護人員可以利用數位助理、桌上型電腦或是某種 其它的電子裝置。如上所解說的,掌管的醫護人員一般是 監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人、或是協助醫護人貞 · 的工作流程或協助監視警報或是警告情況的人。 忒被k昇警吼的信號係在第1 5圖中的方塊1 560之處 被該第二醫護人員的數位助理118接收並且接著被顯示。 此方塊係k供用於在該第二醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8之上 指出該警報或是警告情況。在該第二醫護人員的裝置之上 的指示可以是視覺的、聽覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者, 視覺的指示可以包含文字、圖像、符號、等等中之一或多 種。類似地,如上所解說者,該聽覺的指示可以包含各種 ® 聽覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態設定 的。然而,應瞭解的是,在方塊1 525所見到被傳送至該第 一 j護人員之原始的信號仍然是被保持在該第一醫護人員 的數位助理之處,即如在第15圖的方塊15 3 0中所示者。 在該第一醫護人員的數位助理118之處的信號可以被提昇 警訊的(亦即,該信號可以被展示為較大的尺寸或是字體 、其可以是閃爍的、該聽覺的警告之音量可以是較大聲的 145 200422917 、等等)。 在次要的信號於方塊15 5 5之處被傳送至醫護人員的數 位助理,並且在方塊1560之處被該次要的醫護人員的數位 助理118接收之後,有至少兩個個人(該第一醫護人員以及 /或是掌管的醫護人員)以及至少兩個裝置有該作用中的警 報/警告情況。於是,任何的這些醫護人員都可以回應於 該警報/警告情況,即如在方塊1540與1565中所示者。今 被提昇警訊的警報過程將會在方塊15 7 0之處繼續,直到兮 警報/警告情況係在該醫護人員的數位助理118、掌管的醫 護人員的電腦或是裝置中之一、或是在醫療器材12〇之處 被清除為止。 請回到方塊1520,若該伺服器109判斷該主要的醫護 人員的數位助理118並非有效的,並且若該伺服器丨〇9在 方塊1545之處判斷該警報/警告情況仍然存在時,則該伺 服器109將會如上所論述地前進至方塊155〇,以決定適當 之次要或是掌管的醫護人員以傳送該警報/警告信號。此 外,可瞭解到的是,方塊1520可以發生在該警報/警告之 提昇警訊過程1 500期間内的任何時間點。醫護人員的數位 助理118是失效的一個理由可能是失去來自伺服器1〇9的 信號。如同在第45A與45B圖的失去通訊介面畫面45〇1中 所不,§失去该信號時,數位助理i丨8將會提供該醫護人 員116 —個指出失去的信號之晝面45〇1以及/或是聽覺的/ 振動的指示。該失去通訊畫面45〇1亦通知醫護人員116有 關哪些病患的信號已經失去。在畫面45〇1之處,該系統 146 200422917 210亦提供醫護人員116解決問題的提示以重新獲得一個· 佗號。*集線器1 〇7或是數位助理丨丨8超出無線的範圍時 ,泵警報與警告並無法在該數位助理118之處被接收到。 其它數位助理118是失效的理由可能是在該數位助理 118之處失去電池電力、在無線集線器1〇7之處失去電池 電力、或是該數位助理失去與存取點i 14有關的信號。該 系統210確實會提供醫護人員116 一個低電量畫面。如同 在第46圖的介面晝面46〇3中所示,一種類型的低電量畫 面疋一個#告醫護人員低電量的情形存在於連接至病患# φ 輸液泵之無線集線器107之晝面。當一個低電量畫面被提 供時,該畫面係包含一個表列之輸液與該特定的集線器 107相關之病患。該病患的表列一般是被過濾成只包含目 則相關於登錄到顯示該畫面4603的數位助理118中之醫護 人員的病患、以及所有與該登錄的醫護人員共用相同的輸 液泵120/集線器、1〇7之病患。透過該提昇警訊過程,此種 醫護人員至病患的關連可以是有關第一醫護 的醫護人員。可瞭解到的是,醫護人員的數位助貝::18: · 失效的其它理由也是可能的。儘管如此,若該醫護人員的 數位助理118在任何時點變為失效的,則該過程15〇〇可以 前進至方塊1 550,使得該信號可以被傳送至次要的醫護人 員以及/或是掌管的醫護人員。再者’如以上相關於此揭 露内容之一個逾時特點以及其它的特點所解說的,若從伺 服器109或是醫療器材120失去通訊信號時,則一個失去 信號的訊息可以如同在第45A與45B圖中所示地被提供在 147 數位助理11 8之上。 在該警報/警告過程期間中 口 ]中的任何時間點,主要的醫護 人貝都可以回應於該警報/魃 张/ g告化號。若主要的醫護人員 在方塊1540之處回應該警報/警告信號時,則該被提昇警 訊的過程將可避免之。鈥而 ^ …、而,右一個被提昇警訊的過程已 經,方塊1550之處被起始時,主要的醫師或是次要的醫護 人員可以在方塊1565之處回應於該警報/警告信號。類似 j :該警報/警告情況可以在警報/警告的提昇警訊過程之 則或疋在警報/警告的提昇警訊過程期間,在醫療器材 之處或是藉由掌管的醫護人員在任何時間來加以解決。在 該警報/警告情況已經在方塊154〇、方塊1 565之處,且在 醫療器材120或是藉由掌f的醫護人員加以解決之後,在 該醫療器# 120處以及在該醫護人員的數位助理118處之 聽覺的警報將會在方塊154〇之處被終止。 伺服器109係在方塊1585之處記錄所有的警報/警告 情況為-個事件。記錄該事件可以包含:記錄有關該警報 /警告情況的資訊;記錄回應該警報/警告情況的醫護人員 ,"己錄該警報/警告情況之最初的時間(請參見方塊1 505) ,以及’記錄當該警報/警告情況被改正的時間。此外, 在方塊1 590之處,該伺服器1〇9將會重置該計時器並且更 新個西療裔材的警報表列。該警報/警告情況也可以被 吞己錄在該栗的事件歷史中。 範例用途之例子 第55Α圖一第62圖是可以利用在此所述的系統來加以 200422917 執4丁之教*例的動作之洁闰。玄々A丨ΛΑ & 切之抓私圖。耗例的動作係包含施予新的 輸液、掃描系通道、改變純指^的通道、停止/中斷輸 液、恢復繼續輸液以及移除U而言,這些動作的每 個動作係從例如是數位助理118的電子裝置來接收輸入, 该電子裝置係包含指出將被執行的動作之資訊、指明哪位 該將受影響的病患112之藥物124為何(例如,Rx ID)的資 訊。此資訊係接著被傳送至第一中央飼㈣ι〇9,該第一 :央伺服H 109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該輸液指令 身訊,並且確認正確的輸液動作是否發生。 袷藥輪液過鋥 病患112將受影響(例如,病患ID)的資訊、以及指明用於Furthermore, it is understood that multiple alert / warning conditions can occur simultaneously or in overlapping periods. Thus, a simultaneous or overlapping signal containing information related to the condition of that particular alert or warning is generated at block 1510 and transmitted from the medical device 120 to the server 109. The alarm / warning signal may originate from the same or different medical devices 120. Furthermore, the alarm / warning signals can be related to the same or different patients. However, as in the alert / warning escalation process 1500 described herein for individual alert / warning situations, each alert / warning signal is individually routed. As shown in Figure 16A, a particular healthcare professional may have many alarm / warning conditions on his digital assistant 118. Another example of the alarm / warning screen is shown on the interface screen 1 662b in FIG. 16B. As is typical in this system, the line marked 1676 in interface screen 1 662b in Figure i6B indicates the end of a list, and in this interface it is clearly indicated that for a particular healthcare worker The alarm / warning indications are listed. Figure 17 depicts a detail after the medical staff has been selected over the medical staff's digital assistant 118 from interface list 1662a in Figure 16A to view one of the alert / warning instructions for the patient hyperlink. Patient's alarm / warning interface 1765 〇Here, the medical staff has chosen to select "Patient 1", the alarm refers to 1 765 Department to provide medical staff 1664. The details of the alarm / warning describe the alarm / Details of the reason for the warning 142 200422917 message. Medical staff can click on the update button 4819 to update the information currently displayed on the screen 1765. As shown on the interface 1867 in Figure 18 There may be multiple invitations or warnings for the same patient 1878, 1882. This alarm / warning interface 1867 provides two listed pump alarms / warnings that are currently relevant to all specific patients These active pump alarms / warnings can come from multiple channels 121 and / or pumps 120, and even spread to multiple hubs ι07. This interface screen 1867 A specific patient is designated for use on the listed day surface 1662. The signal is transmitted to the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 1525 and the digital of the primary medical staff at block 1530 After assistant 118 receives, at block 1535, a timer is started at server 109. The timer has a timer time limit. A typical alarm alert timer time limit is about A 2 & However, this limit can be set by the hospital configuration. At block 1540, the system determines whether the response was raised for the warning or alarm within the timer time limit. If the timer time limit is reached When there is no response from the digital assistant 118 of the primary medical staff, the process proceeds to block 1545. At block 1545, the system conducts further inquiries regarding whether the alarm / warning condition is already present. The medical device 12 is made a response or a response. If it is the digital assistant 118 of the main medical staff, the medical device 120, or the medical staff in charge If no response has been made, the alarm / warning process is raised at block 1545. If after an alarm / warning condition is triggered, but before the alarm / alarm 143 200422917 response is answered When a loss of communication occurs, the alarm / warning condition will be issued again once the loss of communication has been repaired. Similarly 'if an alarm / warning condition is triggered after loss of communication' then the communication is When re-established, the Shaw alert / warning condition will be issued again. 9 When an alert is raised, the server 1 () 9 places an additional prerequisite check at 1550. The examination of this prerequisite 1550 may include: associating the patient to a secondary medical staff (this connection may be performed at the place where the central system servo unit is purchased); and associating the second medical staff to the The digital assistant m of the medical staff is also referred to as the device of the second medical staff or the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff. The server 109 uses the information obtained during its examination of the prerequisites at block 1550 to identify the medical device 120, the patient, the secondary medical staff, and the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff. Establish a relationship between them. After checking the second prerequisite at block 1550, the server 109 may also determine whether the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff is valid. If the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff member is valid, the server 109 generates a # sign indicating that the alarm is being raised or an alarm condition exists. The elevated alert signal also includes, for example, the patient's name, patient location, ward identification, bed identification, alarm or warning type, fact sheet, time, date, medical staff identification, and / or prescription . In the preferred embodiment, the signal of the lifted alert is transmitted from the server 109 to the wireless access point 114. The wireless access point 114 is 144 200422917 and then transmits the signal related to the alarm or warning condition to the digital assistant of the second medical staff 11 8 via a wireless communication transmission at block 1555. A signal of an elevated alert related to the alert or warning condition may also be sent to a medical officer in charge at block 1555. The signal for such an alert can be via wireless or wired communication. Furthermore, the medical staff in charge may use a digital assistant, a desktop computer, or some other electronic device. As explained above, the medical staff in charge is usually the supervisor or someone the medical staff wants to report, or the person who assists the medical staff in their workflow or assists in monitoring alerts or warnings. The signal of the k-raised roar was received at block 1 560 in Figure 15 by the second medical assistant's digital assistant 118 and then displayed. This block is used to indicate the alarm or warning condition above the digital assistant 1 1 8 of the second medical staff. The instructions on the device of the second healthcare worker may be visual, auditory, or visual and auditory. Furthermore, the visual indication may include one or more of text, images, symbols, and the like. Similarly, as explained above, the audible indication may include various audible audio. The visual and audible indicators are set by the hospital configuration. However, it should be understood that the original signal transmitted to the first caregiver seen at block 1 525 is still maintained at the digital assistant of the first caregiver, as shown in the block of FIG. 15 15 3 0. The signal at the digital assistant's 118 of the first medical staff can be boosted (ie, the signal can be displayed in a larger size or font, it can be flashing, the volume of the audible warning) Can be louder (145 200422917, etc.). After the secondary signal is transmitted to the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 15 5 5 and received by the digital assistant 118 of the secondary medical staff at block 1560, there are at least two individuals (the first Paramedics and / or paramedics) and at least two devices with active alarm / warning conditions. Thus, any of these health care providers can respond to the alert / warning condition, as shown in blocks 1540 and 1565. The alert process for today's elevated alert will continue at block 15 7 0 until the alert / warning condition is in one of the medical staff's digital assistant 118, the medical staff's computer or device in charge, or Until the medical equipment 12 is removed. Please return to block 1520, if the server 109 judges that the digital assistant 118 of the main medical staff is not valid, and if the server judges at block 1545 that the alarm / warning condition still exists, then The server 109 will proceed to block 1550 as discussed above to determine the appropriate secondary or supervisory medical staff to transmit the alert / warning signal. In addition, it can be appreciated that block 1520 can occur at any point during the 1500 escalation alert process of the alert / warning. One reason for the paramedic's digital assistant 118 to fail may be the loss of the signal from the server 109. As shown in Figure 45A and 45B in the loss of communication interface screen 45001, § When the signal is lost, the digital assistant i8 will provide the medical staff 116-a daytime surface indicating the lost signal 4501 and / Or an audible / vibration indicator. The lost communication screen 4501 also informs the medical staff 116 about which patients' signals have been lost. At screen 4501, the system 146 200422917 210 also provides tips for the medical staff 116 to solve the problem to regain a · number. * When the hub 1 07 or digital assistant 丨 8 is out of wireless range, pump alarms and warnings cannot be received at the digital assistant 118. Other reasons for the failure of the digital assistant 118 may be a loss of battery power at the digital assistant 118, a loss of battery power at the wireless hub 107, or a loss of the signal related to the access point i 14 by the digital assistant. The system 210 does provide a low battery picture for the medical staff 116. As shown in the interface day 4603 of FIG. 46, one type of low-power picture: a # report to the medical staff of the low battery situation exists on the day of the wireless hub 107 connected to the patient # φ infusion pump. When a low battery screen is provided, the screen contains a list of patients who are infused with the particular hub 107. The patient's list is generally filtered to include only patients who are related to the medical staff registered in the digital assistant 118 displaying this screen 4603, and all the infusion pumps 120 / shared with the registered medical staff. Hub, patient of 107. Through this escalation alert process, such a medical staff-to-patient relationship can be a medical staff in relation to the first medical staff. What you can understand is that the digital assistant of the medical staff :: 18: · Other reasons for the failure are also possible. Nonetheless, if the medical assistant's digital assistant 118 becomes ineffective at any point in time, the process 1500 can proceed to block 1 550 so that the signal can be transmitted to the secondary medical worker and / or the person in charge Medical staff. Furthermore, as explained above with respect to a time-out feature and other features of the disclosure, if a communication signal is lost from the server 109 or the medical device 120, a lost signal message may be as in the 45A and 45A. 45B is provided on the 147 digital assistant 11 8 as shown in the figure. At any point during the alert / warning process, the primary caregiver can respond to the alert / poster / gazette number. If the primary caregiver responds to the alert / warning signal at block 1540, the process of raising the alert will be avoided. ”…, And, the process of raising the alert on the right has been initiated, and when box 1550 is initiated, the primary physician or secondary medical staff may respond to the alert / warning signal at box 1565. Similar to j: The alarm / warning condition can be at the time of the alarm / warning escalation process, or at any time during the alarm / warning escalation process, at the medical equipment or by the medical staff in charge. Address it. After the alert / warning condition has been at block 1540, block 1 565, and after the medical device 120 or a medical staff member has resolved it, the medical device # 120 and the digital number of the medical staff member The audible alarm at Assistant 118 will be terminated at block 1540. The server 109 records all alarm / warning conditions at block 1585 as one event. Recording the event may include: recording information about the alarm / warning condition; recording the medical staff responding to the alarm / warning condition, " the initial time when the alarm / warning condition was recorded (see box 1 505), and ' Record the time when the alarm / warning condition was corrected. In addition, at block 1 590, the server 10 will reset the timer and update the alarm list of the western medicine. The alarm / warning condition can also be recorded in the event history of the chestnut. Example of an Example Use Figure 55A to Figure 62 show that the system described here can be used to perform the actions of 200422917. Xuanzang A 丨 ΛΑ & Consumption actions include giving new infusions, scanning channels, changing channels of pure fingers, stopping / interrupting infusions, resuming infusions, and removing U. Each of these actions is from, for example, a digital assistant The electronic device 118 receives the input, the electronic device including information indicating the action to be performed, information indicating which drug 124 of the patient 112 is to be affected (eg, Rx ID). This information is then transmitted to the first Central Feeder 09, the first: Central Servo H 109 confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to the infusion instruction and confirms that the correct infusion action has occurred. Pill Pharmacy Fluid Excessive Patient 112 will be affected (e.g., Patient ID) with information indicating and

第55A圖係說明給藥輸液過程55〇〇的一個例子。該給 藥輸液過程5500的部份是以上概述的比較程序52〇〇之一 :替代的實施例。該給藥輸液過程55〇〇可以被利用來開始 一項新的輸液。一般而言,該給藥輸液過程55〇〇係從一個 例如是數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係 包含指出將被執行的給藥輸液過程之資訊、指明哪位病患 112將受影響(例如,病患ID)的資訊、以及指明用於該將 被開始進行的病患Π2之藥物124為何(例如,RxiD)的資 訊。該過程5500係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器1〇9 ,該第一中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該 輸液指令資訊,並且確認正確的輸液是否開始。 更明確地說,該範例的給藥輸液過程55〇〇開始於方塊 502之處,第一中央伺服器1 係使得數位助理118顯 149 200422917Figure 55A illustrates an example of 5500 during the administration of an infusion solution. Part of the dosing process 5500 is one of the comparison procedures 5200 outlined above: an alternative example. The infusion process 5500 can be used to start a new infusion. Generally speaking, the medication infusion process 5500 receives input from an electronic device, such as a digital assistant 118, which contains information indicating the medication infusion procedure to be performed, which patient 112 Information of the affected (eg, patient ID), and information indicating what (eg, RxiD) the drug 124 is for the patient Π2 to be started. The process 5500 then sends this information to the first central server 1009, and the first central server 109 confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to the infusion instruction information and whether the correct infusion is started. More specifically, the infusion process of this example 5500 starts at block 502. The first central server 1 makes the digital assistant 118 display 149 200422917

不一個病患表列。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之顯示器 118a的一個例子係被描繪在第圖中。該病患表列較佳 地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理118的使用者(例如 ,醫護人員116)相關之病患。一旦該使用者選擇一位病患 U2之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的資訊係從該 數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器1〇8a。介於該數位 助理118以及第一中央伺服器丨〇8a之間的通訊可以經由例 如疋上述的無線/有線的網路丨〇2之任何適當的通訊通道。 4第一中央伺服器1〇8a係接著在方塊55〇4之處使得該數 位助理118顯不一個動作表列。顯示一個動作表列的數位 助理之顯不器1丨8a的一個例子係被描繪在第託圖中。該 動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病$ 112㈣之動作。 例如,若至少一個輸液是目前與該所選的病患丨丨2相關時 ,則將只有“給藥輸液,,動作是可利用的。Not one patient is listed. An example of a digital assistant display 118a showing a patient list is depicted in the figure. The patient list is preferably limited to patients associated with a user (e.g., medical staff 116) logged into the digital assistant 118 at that time. Once the user selects a patient U2, information indicating the selection and / or the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central server 108a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the first central server 08a may be via any appropriate communication channel such as the wireless / wired network 2 described above. 4 The first central server 108a then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at block 5504. An example of a digital assistant display 8a showing an action list is depicted in the first figure. The list of actions is preferably limited to the actions corresponding to the selected disease $ 112. For example, if at least one infusion is currently associated with the selected patient, then there will only be "administer the infusion, and the action is available.

當該使用者從該動作表列選擇“給藥輸液,,動作時,指 明所選的動作之資㈣被傳送至第二中央伺服器购。作 =回應地,該第二中央伺服器1G8a係在方塊55()6之處使 付數位助理118顯示一個畫面為提示該使用者從一個在數 位助理118《上所示的藥物表列中選擇將被輸液的藥物 124顯不一個藥物表列的數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a的一個 例子係被描繪在第26 ®中。該藥物表列較佳地是根據用 於此病患112之實際的指令以從第二中央伺服器】〇8a的資 料庫中擷取。當然,該表列可以具有任意數目的項目,其 匕3 /又有要、、σ藥的輸液或是一項要給藥的輸液。指示該所 150 200422917 選的藥物124之資料係接著被傳送至第二中央伺服器1 〇8a ·, 接著,該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊55〇8之處使 知數位助理11 8顯示一個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個與 該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃 掐一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助 理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第%圖中。該使 用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在該病患的腕 π 112a之上的條碼標籤。或者是,該使用者可以人工地輸 f 入該病患識別符至數位助理118中。該病患識別符係接著 在方塊5510之處被傳送至第二中央伺服器1〇8a用於驗證 忒第一中央伺服器丨〇8a係接著嘗試在一個資料庫中查詢 該病患識別符。若該病患識別符(例如,腕帶⑻並未在該 貧料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則該第二中央 祠服器108a係在方塊5512之處使得該數位助理118顯示 一個無效的病患通知…旦該使用者應答該無效的病患it 知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理118係在方塊55〇8之處· 再人^不4晝面以提示該使用者掃描_個與該病患工工2相 關之機器可讀取的識別符。 —右在方塊5510之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID) 確實在A貝料庫中存在為—個有效的病患識別符時,第二 中央伺服器108a係在方塊5514之處使得數位助理118顯 不-個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個與將被施予的藥物 124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃描-個 151 200422917When the user selects "administration infusion," from the action list, when the action, the data indicating the selected action is transmitted to the second central server for purchase. As a response, the second central server 1G8a is At block 55 () 6, the digital assistant 118 is displayed with a screen to prompt the user to select a drug to be infused 124 from the drug list displayed on the digital assistant 118 (shown above). An example of a digital assistant's display 8a is depicted in Section 26. The drug list is preferably based on the actual instructions for the patient 112 to retrieve information from the second central server. Retrieved from the library. Of course, the list can have any number of items, including the infusion of 要, σ, σ medicine or an infusion to be administered. Instruct the institute 150 200422917 of the selected drugs 124 The data is then transmitted to the second central server 108a. Then, the second central server 108a causes the digital assistant 11 8 to display a daylight surface at block 5508 to prompt the user to scan one Machine readable associated with the patient 112 An example of the digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112 is depicted in the figure%. The user can use the digital assistant 118 scanner to scan the bar code label on the patient's wrist π 112a. Alternatively, the user can manually enter f into the patient identifier into the digital assistant 118. The patient identifier is then At block 5510, it is transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification. The first central server 08a then attempts to query the patient identifier in a database. If the patient identifier ( For example, when the wristband loop does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the poor library, the second central temple server 108a is tied to block 5512 so that the digital assistant 118 displays an invalid patient Notification ... Once the user responds to the invalid patient's it notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 is located at block 55008. Let's face it again 4 days to remind the user to scan_ Machines related to the patient worker 2 Readable identifier. —Right at block 5510, when the patient identifier (for example, wristband ID) does exist in the A shell as a valid patient identifier, the second central servo The device 108a is at block 5514 so that the digital assistant 118 is displayed-a diurnal surface is to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 to be administered. The user is prompted to scan- 151 200422917

與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯 示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第34圖中。該使用者可 以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在一袋的藥物124上 之藥物的標籤124a(例如,在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或 者是’該使用者可以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理 118中。該藥物識別符係接著在方塊5516之處被傳送至該 第二中央伺服器108a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a 係嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符 (例如,袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識 別符時,則該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a係在方塊5518之處使 知该數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用 者應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊5514之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描一個與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符以重新繼 續。An example of a digital assistant's display 118a with a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 is depicted in FIG. The user may use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan the label 124a of the medication on a bag of medication 124 (e.g., a barcode on a transfusion bag). Or, 'the user can manually enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 118. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 5516. The second central server 108a attempts to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (eg, bag ID) does not exist as a valid drug identifier in the database, the second central server 108a informs the digital assistant 118 at block 5518 Display an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 5514 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable machine associated with the drug 124 Identifier to resume.

一旦獲得有效的藥物識別符後,該第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a係使用該藥物識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患識 別符。來自該資料庫的病患識別符係接著在方塊5520之處 與該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)病患識別符相比較,以判 斷該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物124是否屬於該掃描 出的(或是人工輸入的)病患112。若該兩個病患識別符並 不相符時,則該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a係在方塊5518之處 使得該數位助理118顯示該無效的物品通知。 若該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,此病患112與此 152 200422917 藥物124是相配的)時’則該第二中央飼服器购係在方. 塊5522之處使得數位助理118顯示一個晝面為提示該使用 者輸入途徑、管線以及部位。提示使用者輸入途徑、管線 :及部位的數位助理之顯示器心的一個例子係被描繪在 第37圖中才曰不途控、官線以及部位的資料係接著在方 塊5524之處被傳送至該第二中央伺服器i〇8a用於驗證。 若途徑不相符發生時,則第二中央伺服器胸係在方塊 5526之處使得數位助理118顯示—個途徑不相符的通知。 帶有不相符通知之數位助理之顯示器U8a的—個例子係在· 第40圖中被描繪…旦使用者應答該途徑不相符的通知( 或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理118係在方塊5522之處再 次顯示該畫面以提示該❹者輸人途徑、管線以及部位。 若並未發生途徑不相符的話,則該第二中央伺服器⑽“ 在方塊5528之處使得數位助理118顯示—個畫面為要求該 使用者在人工的處方比較以及自動的處方比較之間做選擇 在方塊5530之處,若人工的處方比較被選擇時,則該第 二中央飼服器108a係在方塊5532之處使得數位助理ιΐ8鲁 顯示一個指示為參數將藉由該使用者而人工地被驗證。 θ接著,第二中央伺服器i〇8a係在方塊5534之處判斷 疋否有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加用於此病患ιΐ2。 例如,在方塊5506中所選的輸液指令可能需要主要的輸液 以及小軟袋輸液。若有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加用 於此病患112 _ ’則第二中央舰器1Q8a係在方塊5514 之處使得該數位助自118顯^該畫面為提示使用者掃描一 153Once a valid drug identifier is obtained, the second central server 108a uses the drug identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The patient identifier from the database is then compared to the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5520 to determine the scanned (or manually entered) drug 124 Whether it belongs to the scanned (or manually entered) patient 112. If the two patient identifiers do not match, the second central server 108a is at block 5518 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the invalid item notification. If the two patient identifiers do match (ie, this patient 112 is matched with this 152 200422917 drug 124), then the second central feeding device was purchased at the side. Block 5522 makes the digital assistant 118 displays a diurnal surface to prompt the user to enter a route, pipeline, and location. An example of the display of the digital assistant prompting the user for input channels, pipelines, and locations is depicted in Figure 37. The data of the control and official lines and locations are then transmitted to the location at block 5524. The second central server 108 is used for authentication. If a path mismatch occurs, the second central server is tied to block 5526 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a notification of a path mismatch. An example of a display U8a with a digital assistant with a non-compliance notification is depicted in Figure 40 ... Once the user responds to a notification that the channel does not match (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 is in the box At 5522, the screen is displayed again to prompt the person to enter the route, pipeline, and location. If the path does not match, the second central server ⑽ "causes the digital assistant 118 to display at block 5528-a screen asking the user to choose between manual prescription comparison and automatic prescription comparison At block 5530, if a manual prescription comparison is selected, the second central feeding device 108a is at block 5532 so that the digital assistant 8a displays an indication that the parameter will be manually changed by the user. Verification. Θ Next, the second central server i08a judges at block 5534 if there are additional items (eg, drugs) to apply to the patient. For example, the infusion selected in block 5506 The instruction may require a main infusion as well as a small soft bag infusion. If there are additional items (eg, drugs) to be applied to this patient 112 _ 'then the second central warship 1Q8a is located at block 5514 to make the digital self-help 118 is displayed ^ This screen prompts the user to scan a 153

干該使用二·、㈣124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提 別ΐ之數—個與該藥&124相關之機11可讀取的識 二:助理之顯…18a的-個例子係被描繪在第 ^ 右'又有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加用於此病 心112,則第二中央飼服器⑽a係在方塊5536之處使得 ?位助理118顯示一個晝面為展示該給藥結果。展示該給 藥、’。果的數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係被 57圖中。Do not use a machine-readable identifier related to ㈣, ㈣124. The number of mentions-a machine 11 related to the medicine & 124. Readable two: Assistant's display ... An example of 18a is depicted on the right side. ) To be applied to this sick heart 112, the second central feeder ⑽a is placed at block 5536 so that the assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to show the result of the administration. Show me the medicine, ’. An example of the digital assistant's display U8a is shown in Figure 57.

該些給藥結果亦被傳遞至第一中央伺服器1〇9。例如 該些給藥結果可以被傳遞至第一中央伺服器ι〇9作為表 早(form)變數(猶如從一個網頁所提供的)。該第一中央伺 服。σ 109係接著在方塊5538之處檢查所有的給藥結果是否 有任何失敗。右沒有失敗的話,則第一中央伺服器⑽係 在方塊5540之處係將所有新的通道—病患-藥物的關係交給 第一中央伺服器1 09的資料庫。該第一中央伺服器1 〇9係 接著在方塊5542之處,藉由瀏覽至與第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a相關之預先定義的URL,以將控制權還給該第二中央 伺服器108a。若有一或多個失敗,則第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊5544之處拋棄與該些失敗相關之通道—病患_藥物 的關係,並且將與成功相關之通道—病患_藥物的關係交給 该第一中央伺服器1 〇 9的資料庫。該些失敗可能是與該第 二中央伺服器108a以及/或是第一中央伺服器1〇9相關的 。於是,當該第一中央伺服器109在方塊5546之處藉由瀏 覽至與該第二中央伺服器108a相關之預先定義的URL以將 154 200422917 控制權還給第二中央伺服器i08a時,第一中央伺服器j〇9 較佳地係傳遞與該第一中央伺服器1 〇9相關的失敗(例如, 完整性的失敗)回到該第二中央伺服器丨08a。 晴回到方塊5530,若自動的處方比較被選擇時,則第 一中央伺服器108a係在方塊5531之處傳送一個“處方比較 ’’XML文件至第一中央伺服器1〇9。該“處方比較” XML文件 係包含該病患識別符(例如,腕帶!D)、藥物識別符(例如 ,袋ID)、完成的URL以及取消的URL。該完成的URL是若 發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。該取消的Url是 若未發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器i 〇9接收到“處方比較,,XML文件 後,該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5548之處判斷該“處 方比較’’XML文件是否為有效的。例如,第一中央伺服器 109可以檢查是否通常在“處方比較”XML文件中預期會有的 任何資料是接收到的‘‘處方比較,,XML文件所缺少的。若該 第中央伺服器109判斷該‘‘處方比較,,XML文件不是有效 的,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊555〇之處使得數位助 理118顯示一個錯誤訊息以指出讓使用者知道該“處方比較 ”動作無法被執行。此顯示可以包含一個理由為例如哪個資 料是該“處方比較” XML文件所缺少的。在使用者按下一個 “〇κ”按鈕以認知該錯誤訊息之後,該第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊5552之處,經由取消的URL以將一個取消碼傳回 給第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 若第一中央伺服器109判斷該“處方比較”XML文件是 155 200422917The results of these administrations are also transmitted to the first central server 109. For example, the results of these administrations can be passed to the first central server ι09 as a form variable (as if provided from a web page). The first central service. The σ 109 is then checked at block 5538 for any failures in the dosing results. If there is no failure on the right, the first central server does not hand over all the new channel-patient-drug relationships to the database of the first central server 109 at block 5540. The first central server 109 then returns control to the second central server 108a at block 5542 by browsing to a predefined URL related to the second central server 108a. . If there are one or more failures, the first central server 109 discards the relationship between the channels associated with those failures-patient_drug at block 5544, and the channels associated with success-patient_drug The relationship is handed over to the database of the first central server 109. The failures may be related to the second central server 108a and / or the first central server 108. Thus, when the first central server 109 returns to 154 200422917 control to the second central server i08a at block 5546 by browsing to a predefined URL related to the second central server 108a, A central server j09 preferably passes failures (eg, integrity failures) related to the first central server 109 back to the second central server 08a. Sunny returns to block 5530. If the automatic prescription comparison is selected, the first central server 108a sends a "prescription comparison" XML file to the first central server 1009 at block 5531. The "prescription The "Compare" XML file contains the patient identifier (eg, wristband! D), medication identifier (eg, bag ID), completed URL, and canceled URL. The completed URL is used when a prescription match is found An Internet address. The canceled URL is a network address used if no prescription match is found. Once the first central server i 09 receives the "prescription comparison, the XML file, the first The central server 109 determines whether the "prescription comparison" XML file is valid at block 5548. For example, the first central server 109 can check whether there is any information normally expected in the "prescription comparison" XML file The received "prescription comparison" is missing from the XML file. If the first central server 109 judges that the "prescription comparison" and the XML file is not valid, the first central server 1009 is at block 5 The 55 ° point causes the digital assistant 118 to display an error message indicating that the user is informed that the "prescription comparison" action cannot be performed. This display may include a reason such as which information is missing from the "prescription comparison" XML file. After the user presses a "〇κ" button to recognize the error message, the first central server 1009 is located at block 5552, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the cancelled URL. If the first central server 109 determines that the "prescription comparison" XML file is 155 200422917

:效的’則該第一中央伺服$ 109係起始一個通道掃描過 釭5554。瓜而έ,該通道掃描過程5554係提示使用者 掃描一個與“新的’’ S i甬消广y I通道(例如,泵通道l〇3a)相關之機器 可讀取的識㈣,並且判斷是否該掃描出的通道是可利用 的(例士未被u給任何病患」i2;被指定給目前的病患 112,但未在使用中;被以給其他病患112並且被覆寫的: Effective ’The first central servo $ 109 system scans 釭 5554 for the first channel. To put it bluntly, the channel scanning process 5554 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the "new" Si channel, I channel (eg, pump channel 103a), and judge Whether the scanned channel is available (the patient is not given to any patient "i2; assigned to the current patient 112 but not in use; given to other patients 112 and overwritten

(〇VerWriUen);等等)。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的 ,則該“給藥輸液,,動作係被取消。在此種事件中,該第一 中央伺服器、109係經由取消的URL以將取消碼傳回第二中 央伺服器1 G8a。右該掃描出的通道是可利用的,則一個新 的L C病患藥物之關係係被產生。該通道掃描過程“Μ 係在以下參考第5 6圖更加詳細地被描述。(〇VerWriUen); etc.). If the scanned channel is not available, the "administration infusion, the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first central server, 109, sends the cancellation code back to the Two central servers 1 G8a. Right the scanned channel is available, then a new LC patient drug relationship is generated. The channel scanning process "M is described in more detail below with reference to Figure 5 6 description.

若該通道掃描過程5554判斷該掃描出的通道是有效且 可利用的,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5556之處使得 數位助理118顯示-個畫面為提示使用者來規劃該系通道 。較佳地,該數位助理之顯示器118a係包含一個“比較,,按 鈕以及個取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則 第一中央伺服器、109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道一 病患蕖物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的 URL以將取消碼傳回第二中央伺服器l〇8a。若使用者按下 忒比杈按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊556〇之處 判斷與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。例如,若狀態資 汛尚未在奴預先定義的期間之内從該通道被接收到時, 第中央饲服器109可以判斷出與該泵通道的通訊並未適 156 200422917 當地運作。 · 若與該泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時,則第一中央 伺服器109係在方塊5562之處使得數位助理118顯示一個 晝面為指出由於失去與該泵通道的通訊,所以處方的比較 無法被執行。再者,數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a較佳地係包含 一個“比較”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 消’’按紐’則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄 忒新的通道-病患—藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由 曰亥取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。若使 · 用者按下該‘‘比較”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 5560之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。 若與該泵通道的通訊為適當地運作的,則第一中央伺 时10 9係在方塊5 5 6 4之處判斷是否有缺少任何與此通道 相關的資料。例如,若從該通道接收的狀態資訊有缺少一 個預期的序號時,則第一中央伺服器i 〇9可以判斷出與此 通道相關的資料是有缺少的。若通道資料是有缺少的,則 第中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊5564之處使得數位助理118 顯示-個畫面為指出由於缺少通道資料,因此處方的比較 無法被執行。再者,數位助理之顯示器118a較佳地是包含 、個比較”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 消”按紐’則第一中央飼服器1〇9係在方塊5558之處抛棄 :新的通道-病患〜藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由 取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器i 〇8a。若使 用者知下忒比較”按鈕時,則第一中央伺服器ι 〇9係在方 157 200422917 塊5560之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否為適當地運作 · 的。 若沒有缺少通道資料,則第一中央伺服器109係在方 塊5 5 6 8之處判斷該通道是否已經在運行。例如,第一中央 伺服器1 09可以藉由讀取從該通道接收的狀態資訊來判斷 該泵通道是否在運行。若該通道已經在運行,則第一中央 伺服器109係在方塊5570之處使得數位助理118顯示一個 旦面為指出因為該通道已經在運行,所以處方的比較無法 被執行。指出處方的比較無法被執行的數位助理之顯示器 0 118a的一個例子係被描繪在第42圖中。該數位助理之顯 不Is 118a也可以指出使用者應該按下在該泵i 2〇之上的某 一個按鍵(例如,開始)。再者,該數位助理之顯示器u8a 較佳地係包含一個“比較,,按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使 用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 5558之處拋棄該新的通道—病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊 5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服 器l〇8a。若使用者按下該“比較,,按叙,則第—中央飼服器 · 109係在方塊5572之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適 當地運作。 若與該泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時,則第一中央 伺服器109係在方塊5574之處使得數位助理118顯示一個 畫面為指出由於失去與該泵通道的通訊,所以處方的比較 無法被執行。再者,數位助理之顯示器U8a較佳地係包含 —個“比較,,按鈕以及一個“取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 158 200422917 消”按叙,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄 該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由 該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 。若使 用者按下該‘‘比較’’按鈕,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 5574之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若 與該泵通道的通訊係適當地運作,則第一中央飼服器j 〇9 係在方塊5576之處執行該被請求之處方的比較。 請回到方塊5568,若該通道未在運行時,則第一中央 伺服器1 0 9係在方塊5 5 7 8之處判斷該系通道是否準備好要 傳送速率資汛。若該泵通道並未準備好要傳送速率資訊時 ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5580之處使得數位助理 118顯示一個晝面為指出因為該通道並未傳送速率資訊, 所以處方的比較無法被執行。指出處方的比較無法被執行 的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第41圖 中。該數位助理之顯示器118a也可以指出使用者應該按下 在該泵120之上的某一個按鍵(例如,速率)。再者,數位 助理之顯不器118a較佳地係包含一個‘‘比較,,按鈕以及一個 取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則第一中央伺 服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道—病患—藥物之 關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消 碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若使用者按下該“比較,,按鈕時 ,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5572之處再次檢查與該 泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若該泵通道係準備好要傳 送速率資訊,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5576之處執 200422917 行該被請求之處方的比較。 · 作為處方的比較之部分,第一中央伺服器〗09係使用 藉由該通道掃描過程5554所獲得的通道識別符以及由第二 中央飼服器1 〇8a所傳送的病患識別符,以在該資料庫中查 詢一個藥物識別符(或是若主要的藥物124以及小軟袋藥物 124兩者都與此通道相關時,則為兩個藥物識別符)。來自 該資料庫的藥物識別符係接著在方塊5582之處與該掃描出 的(或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符相比較。若來自該資料庫 的藥物識別符中之一個藥物識別符並不相符該掃描出的(f 或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符時,第一中央伺服器1 09係在 方塊5584之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的藥物通知 三例如,該數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該掃描出的 樂物124並未與該掃描出的通道相關,並且指出實際被指 定給該掃描出的通道之藥物124(若可適用的話,為主要以 及小軟袋兩者)。再者,數位助理之顯示器U8a較佳地係 包含一個“比較”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下 該“取消”按紐’則第-中央伺服器1Q9係在方塊挪之處· 拋棄該新的通道—病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處 經由該取消的慨傳回該取消瑪至第二中央伺服器购。 若使用者按下該“比較’,按紐時,則第一中央祠服胃ι〇9係 在方4 5572之處再-人檢查與該栗通道的通訊是否適當地運 作0 作為處方的比較之链 ^ 又之額外的部分,該第一中央伺服器 10 9係使用藉由該通道播护 ^抑k過程5554所獲得的通道識別符 160 200422917If the channel scanning process 5554 determines that the scanned channel is valid and available, the first central server 109 at the block 5556 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a screen to prompt the user to plan the system. aisle. Preferably, the display 118a of the digital assistant includes a "compare, button, and a cancel" button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server, 109, discards the new channel-patient relationship at block 5558, and passes the canceled URL at block 5552. The cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a. If the user presses the 忒 button, the first central server 1009 judges at block 5560 whether the communication with the pump channel is appropriate For example, if the state information flood has not been received from the channel within a predefined period of time, the first central feeder 109 may determine that the communication with the pump channel is not suitable for local operation. 2004200417 If the communication with the pump channel is not functioning properly, the first central server 109 is at block 5562 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to indicate that the communication with the pump channel is lost, so the prescription is compared Cannot be executed. Furthermore, the digital assistant's display 8a preferably includes a "Compare" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, then the first central server 109 discards the new channel-patient-medicine relationship at block 5558, and cancels it through Yuehai at block 5552. The URL returns the cancellation code to the second central server 丨 〇8a. If the user presses the "Compare" button, the first central server 丨 09 checks again with the pump at block 5560 Whether the communication of the channel is working properly. If the communication with the pump channel is properly functioning, the first central server 10 9 judges at block 5 5 6 4 whether there is any missing information related to this channel. For example, if the status information received from the channel is missing an expected serial number, the first central server i 09 can determine that the data related to the channel is missing. If the channel information is missing, the central server 009 is located at block 5564 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a screen to indicate that the comparison of the prescription cannot be performed due to the lack of channel data. Furthermore, the display 118a of the digital assistant preferably includes a, a comparison button and a "cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button ', the first central feeding device 109 is discarded at block 5558: the new channel-patient-to-medicine relationship, and at block 5552 via the canceled The URL returns the cancellation code to the second central server i 08a. If the user knows that the "Compare" button is pressed, the first central server ι 09 is located at 157 200422917 block 5560 again to check whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. If there is no missing channel data , The first central server 109 judges whether the channel is already running at block 5 5 6 8. For example, the first central server 109 can judge the pump by reading the status information received from the channel. Whether the channel is running. If the channel is already running, the first central server 109 is at block 5570 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a face to indicate that the comparison of the prescription cannot be performed because the channel is already running. An example of a digital assistant's display 0 118a that indicates that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed is depicted in Figure 42. The digital assistant's display Is 118a can also indicate that the user should press on the pump i 2〇 (For example, start). Moreover, the digital assistant's display u8a preferably includes a "Compare," button and a "Cancel," button. When the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 discards the new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and passes the canceled URL at block 5552. The cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a. If the user presses the "compare, press narrative, the 109th central feeding device · 109 at block 5572 again checks whether the communication with the pump channel works properly. If the communication with the pump channel is not When operating properly, the first central server 109 at block 5574 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a screen to indicate that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed due to loss of communication with the pump channel. Furthermore, the digital assistant The display U8a preferably includes a "compare," button and a "cancel" button. If the user presses the "take 158 200422917 Cancel" button, the first central server 109 discards the new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and cancels it at block 5552. URL returns the cancellation code to the second central server 1. If the user presses the '' compare 'button, the first central server 099 checks again at block 5574 whether the communication with the pump channel is functioning properly. If the communication with the pump channel is working properly, the first central feeder j 009 performs the comparison of the requested party at block 5576. Please return to block 5568. If the channel is not running, the first central server 10 9 judges at block 5 5 7 8 whether the channel of the system is ready to transmit rate data. If the pump channel is not ready to transmit rate information, the first central server 109 at block 5580 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a daylight surface to indicate that because the channel does not transmit rate information, the prescription is compared Cannot be executed. An example of the digital assistant's display 118a indicating that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed is depicted in FIG. The display 118a of the digital assistant may also indicate that the user should press a certain button (e.g., rate) on the pump 120. Moreover, the display 118a of the digital assistant preferably includes a "comparison, button, and a cancel" button. If the user presses the "cancel, button," the first central server 109 is in a box The new channel-patient-drug relationship is discarded at 5558, and the cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the "comparison," button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5572 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. If the pump channel is ready to transmit Rate information, the first central server 109 performs the comparison of the requested place at block 5576 at 200422917. · As part of the comparison of the prescription, the first central server 09 uses the channel Scan the channel identifier obtained in the process 5554 and the patient identifier transmitted by the second central feeding device 108a to look up a drug identifier in the database (or if the main drug 124 and Xiaosoft (Bag drugs 124 are two drug identifiers when both are associated with this channel.) The drug identifiers from this database are then identified with the scanned (or manually entered) drug at block 5582. If one of the drug identifiers from the database does not match the scanned (f or manually entered) drug identifier, the first central server 1 09 is on the side. Block 5584 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid medication notification. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the scanned musical object 124 is not related to the scanned channel and indicates that it is actually assigned to the scanned channel. Scanned channels of medication 124 (both primary and small soft bags, if applicable). Furthermore, the digital assistant's display U8a preferably includes a "Compare" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, then the first-central server 1Q9 is located in the box. Abandon the new channel-patient-drug relationship, and go through the canceled box at box 5552. Returns the cancellation of the purchase to the second central server. If the user presses the "comparison" button, the first central temple serving stomach ι09 is located at the place 4 5572 again-a person checks whether the communication with the chestnut channel works properly 0 as a comparison of the prescription As an additional part, the first central server 10 9 uses the channel identifier 160 200422917 obtained by the channel broadcast and suppression process 5554.

及一個“取消”独。若使用者按下該“取消,,按紐,則第一 :央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道'病患_ 藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取料飢傳回 該取消碼至第:巾央伺服!! 1G8a。若使用者按下該“比較” 按紐時’則第—中央健器⑽係在方塊5572之處再次檢 查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。 以及由該第二中央伺服器職所傳送的病患識別符,以在 該貧料庫中查詢-個藥物速率。纟自該資料庫的藥物速率 係接者在方塊5584之處與實際從該㈣道所接收的速率相 比車又。右來自該育料庫的藥物速率並不相符實際從該栗通 道所接㈣㈣時,㈣—巾央餘H 109係在方棟5586 之處使得該數位助S 118顯示—個速率不相符的it知。且 有不㈣㈣知之數位㈣之顯示器⑽的—個例子係被 描繪在第40圖中。例如,該數位助理118可以顯示一個訊 息為該通道的速率應該被調整,並且指出正確的值。再者 ,數位助理之顯示器118a較佳地係包含-個“比較,,按紐以And a "canceled" independence. If the user presses the "Cancel, button, then the first: the central server 109 discards the new channel 'patient_medicine' relationship at block 5558, and passes the material at block 5552 Hungry back the cancellation code to the first: Servo Central Servo !! 1G8a. If the user presses the "Compare" button, then the "Central Device" will check the communication with the pump channel at block 5572 again. Whether it is working properly and the patient identifier transmitted by the second central server to query the drug library for a drug rate. The drug rate from the database is in block 5584. Compared with the actual rate received from the tunnel, the speed of the drug from the nursery does not match the actual rate when it is received from the chestnut channel. This makes the digital assistant S 118 display—an it does not match the speed it knows. And there is an unknown digital display—an example is depicted in Figure 40. For example, the digital assistant 118 can display a The rate of messages for that channel should be adjusted and Further indicate the correct value, the digital assistant display 118a preferably comprises a system - a "button to compare ,,

此外,該數位助理之顯示器1183可以包含一個“接受 不相符”按鈕。若使用者按下該“接受不相符,,按鈕,則第: 中央伺服器109係在方塊5588之處,經由該完成的來 傳回一個不相符碼以及該不相符的速率至第二中央伺服器 l〇8a。若在方塊5584之處,來自該資料庫的藥物速率確實 相符實際從該泵通道所接收的速率時,則第一中央伺服器 1〇9係在方塊5590之處使得數位助理118顯示一個相符通 知。具有相符通知的數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係 161 200422917 通知的訊息 ’經由該完 至第二中央 被描繪在第39圖中。—旦使用者接受該相符 後’違第—中央伺服11 1Q9係在方塊5588之處 成的URL來傳回一個相符碼以及該相符的速率 祠服器1 〇8a。In addition, the digital assistant's display 1183 may include a "Accept Disagree" button. If the user presses the "Accept non-conformance," button, the first: the central server 109 is located at block 5588, and returns a non-conformance code and the non-conformance rate to the second central server through the completed Device 108a. If at block 5584, the drug rate from the database does match the rate actually received from the pump channel, then the first central server 109 is at block 5590 to enable the digital assistant 118 displays a compliance notification. An example of a digital assistant's display U8a with a compliance notification is 161 200422917. The notification message is depicted in Figure 39 through this to the second center.-Once the user accepts the compliance, it violates The first-the central servo 11 1Q9 is a URL formed at the block 5588 to return a matching code and the matching rate server 108a.

第56圖係說明在以上參考第55圖所用之通道掃描過 知5554的_個例子…般而言,該通道掃描過程⑽係Figure 56 illustrates an example of the channel scanning known 5554 used above with reference to Figure 55. In general, the channel scanning process is not related to

&醒使用者掃描-個與线道相關之機器可讀取的識別符 二並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否為可利用的(例如,被指 定,目前的病4 112,但未在使用中)。若該掃描出的通道 不是可利用的,貝Γ‘給藥輸液,,動作係被取消。在此種事件 中,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係經由該取消的傳回一個 取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若該掃描出的通道是可利 用的,則一個新的通道_病患—藥物之關係將被產生。& Awake user scans a machine-readable identifier 2 related to the lane and judges whether the scanned channel is available (for example, designated, current disease 4 112, but not in use ). If the scanned channel is not available, the infusion is administered, and the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first central server 109 returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancellation. If the scanned channel is available, a new channel_patient-drug relationship will be created.

更明確地說,該舉例的通道掃描過程5554係開始於第 中央伺服器1 〇 9係在方塊5 6 0 2之處使得數位助理118顯 示一個晝面為提示使用者選擇一個次通道(例如,主要的 或疋小軟袋),並且掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取 的4別付。提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀 取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係被描繪 在第38圖中。例如,使用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描 器來掃描一個與該通道相關之條碼標籤。或者是,使用者 可以人工地輸入該通道識別符至該數位助理11 8中。此外 使用者可以選擇略過該掃描過程,此將會造成經由該完 162 200422917 成的URL而回到該第二中央伺服器1〇8a、或者是使用者可 以選擇取消該掃描,此將會造成經由該取消的URL而回到 該第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 該通道識別符係接著在方塊56〇4之處被傳送至該第一 中央伺服器109用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係接著 嘗試來在該資料庫巾查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符 在該資料庫中並未存在為一個有效的通道識別符(例如, 未被適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器1〇9中被組態設 定、等等)時,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5_之 處使彳于數位助理118顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如,該 數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中 央伺服器109中被組態設定,並且其係包含按鈕以容許使 用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選 擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺服器1〇9較佳地是在方塊 5608之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央伺服 器109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 識別符。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係接著在方塊561〇之處比 較來自該資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的(或是人工輸 入的)病患識別符。若一個有效的病患識別符存在於該資 料庫中,但該兩個病患識別符並不相符(亦即,該通道係 被指定給不同的病患112)時,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在 方塊5612之處檢查該資料庫,以查看該通道是否在運行( 163 200422917 在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 若該通道是在運行,則篦—士 ^ 仃則第中央伺服器109係在方塊 5 614之處使得數位助理118顧+ U8顯不一個無法覆寫,,的錯誤訊 息,其係指出一位不同的痣串]! 9 & & i , 个丨』扪届患112係與該掃描出的通道相 關,並且該通道目前正在運行。該夢 4錯块汛息也可以包含資 料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病宗 、、邳關之病患U2(例如,病患的 名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳More specifically, the channel scanning process of the example 5554 starts at the central server 1 009 at block 5 602, so that the digital assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to prompt the user to select a secondary channel (for example, (Main or small soft bag), and scan a 4-pin pay that can be read by a machine associated with the channel. An example of a digital assistant's display U8a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel is depicted in FIG. For example, the user may use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, the user may manually input the channel identifier into the digital assistant 118. In addition, the user can choose to skip the scanning process, which will cause the URL returned by the 162 200422917 to return to the second central server 108a, or the user may choose to cancel the scanning, which will cause Go back to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central server 109 at block 5604 for verification. The first central server 109 then attempts to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist in the database as a valid channel identifier (for example, it is not properly formatted, it is not configured and set in the first central server 10, etc.) , The first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid channel notification at block 5_. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the channel is not configured in the first central server 109, and it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 preferably sends a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL at block 5608. Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The first central server 109 then compares the patient identifier from the database with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5610. If a valid patient identifier exists in the database, but the two patient identifiers do not match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient 112), the first central server 109 checks the database at block 5612 to see if the channel is running (163 200422917 in main and / or small pouch mode). If the channel is running, then 士 — 士 ^, then the central server 109 is located at block 5 614 so that the digital assistant 118 Gu + U8 displays an error message that cannot be overwritten, which indicates a bit Different mole strings]! 9 & & i, A 丨 』112 is related to the scanned channel, and the channel is currently running. The dream 4 wrong block flood information can also contain data indicating the disease related to the scanned channel, the patient U2 of Tongguan (for example, the patient's name), the main drug 124, and / or Xiaosoft Bag of medicine 124. Better

地,使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使用 者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺 τ天1』服态1〇9係在方塊5608 之處,經由該取消白勺紙傳送一個取消碼至第二中央飼服 器108a。若使用者選擇重新掃描,則第_中央飼服器挪 係在方塊5602之處使得數位助理118顯示該晝面為提示使 用者選擇一個次通道(例如,主要的或是小軟袋),並且掃 描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。The user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server τ day 1 "service state 109 is at block 5608, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central feeder 108a via the cancellation paper. If the user chooses to rescan, the central feeding device is located at block 5602 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the daylight surface to prompt the user to select a secondary channel (for example, a primary or small soft bag), Scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel.

若該通道未正在運行時,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在 方塊5616之處使得數位助理118顯示一個‘‘繼續覆寫,,的警 告訊息為指出一位不同的病患丨丨2係與該掃描出的通道相 關,但是該通道目前並未在運行。較佳地,該警告訊息係 指出該繼續將會覆寫現有的資料(例如,消除與另一位病 患112的關連)。該警告訊息也可以包含資料為指示與該掃 描出的通道相關之病患丨12(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的 藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物i 24。較佳地,使用者係被 給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取 消該動作,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇8之處,經 164 200422917If the channel is not running, the first central server 109 at block 5616 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a `` continue to overwrite, '' the warning message indicating a different patient 丨 2 It is related to the scanned channel, but the channel is not currently running. Preferably, the warning message indicates that the continuation will overwrite existing data (for example, eliminating the association with another patient 112). The warning message may also include information indicating the patient 12 (e.g., the patient's name), the main drug 124, and / or the small soft bag of drug i 24 associated with the scanned channel. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is located at the box 56008, and the first central server is 164 200422917.

由該取消的URL傳送—個取消碼至第:中央㈣m 若使用者選擇重新掃描時,則第—中央伺服器1G9係在方 塊5602之處使得數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者選 擇一個次通道(例如,主要的或是小軟袋),並且掃描一個 與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描一 個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示 器118a的-個例子係被描繪在第38圖中。若使用者選擇 繼續,則第—中央健器⑽係在方塊5618之處產生-個 :的通道-病患-藥物之關係、,並且儲存該新的通道_病患一 藥物之關係在目前的“網路會談’,中❶若此新的通道_病患一 藥物之關係最終會被保存時’則第—中央舰^⑽係將 該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係交給第一中央伺服器1〇9的 資料庫(如上詳細所述之第55圖的方塊554〇)。Send a cancel code from the canceled URL to the first: central ㈣m. If the user chooses to rescan, the first—the central server 1G9 is at block 5602 so that the digital assistant 118 displays this screen to prompt the user to choose a time. Channel (for example, primary or small pouch), and scan for a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. An example of the digital assistant display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel is depicted in FIG. If the user chooses to continue, the first central organ system generates a channel-patient-medicine relationship at block 5618, and stores the new channel_patient-medicine relationship in the current "Online talks", if the new channel between China and China _ the patient-drug relationship will eventually be saved, then the first-the central ship ^ to the new channel-patient-drug relationship to the first Database of the central server 1009 (as described in detail in block 5550 of Figure 55).

若在方塊5620之處,一個有效的病患識別符係存在於 δ亥資料庫中’並且該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,該 通道係被指定給此病患Π 2 )時,則第一中央伺服器】〇 9係 在方塊5622之處檢查該資料庫以查看該次通道是否為空的 。換言之,若在方塊5602中選擇主要的次通道,則第一中 央祠服器109係檢查是否沒有與此通道相關之主要的輸液 並且若在方塊5602中選擇小軟袋次通道時,其係檢查是 否沒有與此通道相關之小軟袋輸液。若該次通道是空的, 則第一中央伺服器係在方塊5618之處產生一個新的通 道-病患_藥物之關係,並且儲存該新的通道-病患—藥物之 關係在目前的“網路會談’,中。若該次通道不是空的,則第 165 200422917 一中央飼服器⑽係在方塊5624之處檢查該資料庫以查看 該次通道是否在運行(在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中 若該次通道正在運行,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方 塊咖6之處使得數位助们18裔貝示一個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤 訊息’其係指出此病患112已經與該掃描出的通道相關, 並且該所選的次通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包 含資料為指出病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物 124以及/或是小軟袋㈣124。較佳玉也,使用者係被給予 選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若該使用者選擇取消該動作 ,則第一中央飼服器109係在方塊56〇8之處,經由該取消 的URL來傳送-個取消>碼至第二中央伺服器i()8a。若使用 者選:重新掃描’則第-中央伺服器109係在方塊5602之 處使得數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示該使用者來選擇一 個-人通道(例如,主要的或是小軟袋)並且掃描一個與該通 道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右4 -人通道未在運行時,則第一中央伺服器〗〇9係在 方塊5628之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續,,訊息為指 出此病患112係與該掃描出的通道相關,但是該所選的次 通道目則未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出病患 112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟 袋藥物124。較佳地,該使用者係被給予選擇權以取消、 重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中 央伺服器109係在方塊56〇8之處,經由該取消的URL傳送 個取消碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。若使用者選擇重新掃 166 200422917 拙貝巾央飼服器109係在方塊5602之處使得數位助 理118顯示該晝面為提示該❹者來選擇-個次通道(例如 要々或疋】、权袋)並且掃描一個與該通道相關之機器 可讀取的識別符。若使用者選擇繼續,則第-中央飼服;If at block 5620, a valid patient identifier exists in the delta database 'and the two patient identifiers do match (ie, the channel is assigned to this patient Π 2) Then, the first central server] 09 checks the database at block 5622 to see if the secondary channel is empty. In other words, if the main secondary channel is selected in block 5602, the first central temple server 109 checks whether there is no major infusion related to this channel and if the small soft bag secondary channel is selected in block 5602, it checks Is there a small soft bag infusion associated with this channel? If the secondary channel is empty, the first central server generates a new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5618, and stores the new channel-patient-drug relationship in the current " Network Talk ', Medium. If the secondary channel is not empty, then 165 200422917 a central feeder is checked at box 5624 to see if the secondary channel is running (in the primary and / or In the small soft bag mode, if the secondary channel is running, the first central server 109 is located at the box 6 so that the digital assistants 18 will display an error message "Cannot be overwritten." Indicate that patient 112 is already associated with the scanned channel, and that the selected secondary channel is currently running. The error message may also include data indicating patient 112 (eg, patient name), primary medication 124 And / or small soft bag ㈣ 124. Better Yu also, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central feeder 109 is at box 56. 8 places through which to take The cancellation URL to send a cancellation > code to the second central server i () 8a. If the user selects: rescan ', the first-central server 109 is at block 5602 and the digital assistant 118 displays the screen To prompt the user to select a human-channel (for example, the main or small soft bag) and scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. Right 4-When the human-channel is not running, the first A central server 0009 at block 5628 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "continued. The message indicates that the patient 112 is related to the scanned channel, but the selected secondary channel is not present. Operation. The message may also include information indicating the patient 112 (eg, the patient's name), the main medication 124, and / or the pouch medication 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel , Re-scan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is at block 5608 and sends a cancellation code to the second central server via the canceled URL. If the user chooses to re- 166 200422917 Hapkin towel central feeding device 109 is placed at block 5602, so that the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime surface to prompt the person to select a sub-channel (for example, 々 or 疋), weight bag and scans a The machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. If the user chooses to continue, the-central feeding;

⑽係在方塊5618之處產生—個新的通道_病患_藥物之關 係上,且儲存4新的通道_病患-藥物之關係在目前的“網路 會談”中。當使用者再次按下繼續時,該第—中央飼服器 1〇9係傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如,、給藥輸幻。 选變I通道的禍_The relationship is created at block 5618-a new channel_patient_drug relationship, and 4 new channels_patient-drug relationships are stored in the current "Internet talk". When the user presses Continue again, the first-central feeding device 109 returns control to the current action (for example, drug delivery and magic. The evil of choosing a channel I_

第57A圖係說明改變系通道的過程5700之-個例子。 該改變栗通道的過程57QG可以被使用(例如,被護士使用) :改變輸液從一個泵通道至另一個泵通道,而不失去在該 貝料庫中之通道-病患一藥物的關係。一般而言,該改變泵 通道的過程_係、從—個例如是數位助理118的電子裝置 接收輸入,該電子裝置係包含指出將被執行之改變泵通道 的過程之資訊、指明哪位將受到影響的病患112之資訊(例 如病患ID)以及指明用於該將受到影響的病患ιι2之藥 =⑻的資訊(例如,Rx ID)。該過程5係接著傳送此 :fl至第中央伺服器i 〇9,該第一中央伺服器^ 〇9係確 -通道識別貢訊是否符合該改變泵通道的指令資訊。 更月確地说,該舉例之改變泵通道的過程57〇〇係開始 於第二' 中央祠服器108a在方塊57〇2之處使得數位助理 118顯示-個病患表列以供選擇。冑示一個病患表列的數 位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。 167 200422917FIG. 57A illustrates an example of the process 5700 of changing the channel of the system. The process of changing chestnut channels 57QG can be used (for example, by a nurse): change the infusion from one pump channel to another without losing the channel-patient-drug relationship in the shell. Generally speaking, the process of changing the pump channel is to receive input from an electronic device, such as the digital assistant 118, which contains information indicating the process of changing the pump channel to be performed, and which one will be affected. Information of the affected patient 112 (eg, patient ID) and information indicating the drug = ⑻ for the patient to be affected (e.g., Rx ID). The process 5 then sends this: fl to the first central server i 〇9, the first central server ^ 009 is to confirm whether the channel identification Gongxun meets the command information to change the pump channel. More specifically, the process of changing the pump channel 5700 of this example starts at the second 'central temple server 108a at block 5702 and causes the digital assistant 118 to display a patient list for selection. An example of a digital assistant display 118a showing a patient listing is depicted in FIG. 167 200422917

該病患表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理 118的使用者(例如,醫護人員116)相關之病患。一旦該使 用者選擇一位病患112之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患 11 2的資汛係從該數位助理丨丨8被傳回到第二中央伺服器 108a。介於該數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器ι〇8&之間 的通訊可以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路1〇2之任何 適當的通訊通道。該第二中央㈣器ma係接著在方塊 5704之處使得該數位助理118顯示—個動作表列。顯示一 個動作表列的數位助理之顯示器U8a的_個例子係被描繪 在第25圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患 ?2 :關之動作。例如,若-項與此病患112相關的輸液 是目前被列在該第二中央伺服器1〇8a的資料庫中時,則將 只有‘‘改變泵通道,,動作是可利用的。 當使用者從該動作表列選擇“改變泵通道,,動作時,相 斤選的動作之貝汛係被傳送至第二中央伺服器⑽&。竹The patient list is preferably limited to patients associated with a user (eg, medical staff 116) logged into the digital assistant 118 at that time. Once the user selects a patient 112, the data indicating that the selection and / or the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 8 to the second central server 108a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server ι8 & may be via any appropriate communication channel such as the wireless / wired network 102 described above. The second central register ma then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at block 5704. An example of the digital assistant's display U8a showing an action list is depicted in FIG. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient? 2 :: Off. For example, if the -item-related infusion for this patient 112 is currently listed in the database of the second central server 108a, then only ‘‘ change the pump channel, action is available. When the user selects "change the pump channel from the action list, and the action, the Bei Xun system of the selected action is transmitted to the second central server ⑽ &

=σ應也4第_中央伺服器⑽&係在方塊之處使 付數位助豸118顯不_個畫面為提示該使用者掃描一個與 將:到此“改㈣通道,,動作的影響之藥# 124相關之機器 L取^別符°提不該使用者掃描—個與該藥物124相 :機器可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器ιΐ8&的一個 例子係被描繪在第S4= σ 应 4 The _central server ⑽ & is displayed at the place where the digital assistant 118 is displayed. This screen prompts the user to scan one and the following: to this "change the channel, the effect of the action The machine related to medicine # 124 takes a nickname. Note that the user should scan—a digital assistant's display corresponding to the medicine 124: a machine-readable identifier. An example of this is depicted in section S4.

认# 圖中。使用者可以使用數位助理11S 12:描器來掃描在-個藥物袋之上的藥物的標鐵 老’H在個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者S,該使用 °以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理118中。 168 200422917 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊5708之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器108a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器〗〇8a係嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例 如,袋ID)並未在該資料4中存在為一個有效白勺藥物識別 付時,則該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊57]〇之處使得 遠數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊5706之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描一個與將受到此“改變泵通道”動作的影響之藥物124相 關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右在方塊5708之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)確 貫在4負料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時,則第二 中央伺服器l〇8a係傳送一個“改變泵通道” XML文件至第一 中央祠服1 09。該“改變栗通道”皿文件係包含病患識別 符(例如’從方塊57〇2中的表列所選出者)、藥物識別符( 例如,袋ID)、完成的URL,以及取消的URL。該完成的 URL是若“ 5式该改變泵通道,,動作時所使用的一個網路位 址亥取消的URL是若該“改變泵通道,,動作失敗時所使用 的一個網路位址。认 # In the picture. The user can use the digital assistant 11S 12: scanner to scan the label of the drug on a drug bag (the bar code on the infusion bag). Or S, it should be used to manually enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 118. 168 200422917 The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 5708. The second central server [0a] tries to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID) does not exist as a valid drug identification in the data 4, the second central server 108a is located at block 57] so that the remote digital assistant 118 Display an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 redisplays the screen at block 5706 to prompt the user to scan a device that will be affected by this "change pump channel" action. A machine-readable identifier associated with the affected drug 124. Right at block 5708, when the drug identifier (for example, bag ID) does exist as a valid drug identifier in the 4 negative magazine, the second central server 108a sends a "change pump Channel "XML file to the First Central Temple Service. The "change chestnut channel" dish file contains a patient identifier (e.g., 'selected from the list in box 5702), a drug identifier (e.g., a bag ID), a completed URL, and a canceled URL. The completed URL is a network address used when the pump channel is changed if the "5 type" is used. The URL that is canceled is the network address used when the operation fails when the pump channel is changed.

一旦第一中央祠服器109接收到該“改變泵通道”XML 文件後,该第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5724之處判斷該 “改變栗通道,,XML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第一中央 伺服器109可以檢查是否有通常在一個“改變泵通道” 文件中預期會有的任何資料是所收到的“改變泵通道”XML 169 200422917 文件中所缺少的。若該第一中央伺服器109判斷該“改變栗 通道’’XML文件不是有效的,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊5 7 2 6之處使付數位助理118顯示一個錯誤訊息為指出讓 該使用者知道該“改變泵通道”動作無法被執行。此顯示可 以包含一個理由,例如是該“改變泵通道”XML文件缺少資 料。在該使用者按下“0K”按鈕以應答該錯誤訊息之後,該 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5728之處,經由該取消的 URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器1 〇8&。 若弟一中央伺服器10 9判斷該“改變泵通道”UL文件 疋有效的’則5亥第一中央祠服器1 〇 9係起始一個通道掃描 過程5730。此通道掃描過程5730是與“舊的,,通道相關的( 亦即,使用者係嘗试從“舊的”通道移到“新的,,通道)。一般 而言,該通道掃描過程5730係提示使用者掃描一個與該“ 舊的”泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描 出的通道是否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關,即如 以下參考第58圖所更加詳述者。若該掃描出的通道並未 與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時,則該“改變泵通道 動作係被取消。在此種事件中,該第一中央伺服器丄係 在方塊5728之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第 二中央伺服器108a。 若該掃描出的通道是與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符 相關(亦即,舊的通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊5732之處使得數位助理118顯示—個訊息為指出 病患112、i要的輸液之舊的通道以及小軟袋輸液之舊的 170 200422917 ' 較仏地,邊數位助理118亦顯示一個指出兩個輸液(. 主要的以及小軟袋)係因為此動作而被移動之訊息、以及 :個“繼續”按紐與一個“取消,,按叙。若使用者按下該“取消 則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5728之處,經由 x J的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央飼服器⑽& 〇 若使用者按下“繼續,,按钮,則第一中央祠服器⑽係 起始另-個通道掃描過程5734。此通道掃描過程測係 與“新的”通道相關(亦即,該使用者係嘗試從“舊的,,通道移 到新的”通道)…般而言,該通道掃描過程5734係提示| :吏用者來掃描一個與該“新的”泵通道相關之機器可讀取的 线别符ϋ且判斷該掃描出的通道是否為可利用的(例如 、皮才a疋、,Ό任何病患!丨2 ;被指定給目前的病患】1 2,但 未=使用中,被指定給其他病唐、i 12並且被覆寫的;等等) 。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的,則該“改變泵通道,,動 乍备、被取4。在此種事件中,該第_中央飼服$⑽係在 =塊5728之處,經由該取消的飢以將—個取消碼傳回第 -中央飼服器l〇8a。該通道掃描過程5734係在以下參彳 % 第5 9圖更加詳細地被描述。 右-亥掃“出的通道係與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符 相關時(亦即,新的通道是有效的),則第一中央祠服写 :〇9係在方塊5736之處判斷是否有任何其它輸液目前是與 5亥新的通道相關H項輸液已經與該新的通道相關, 則第-中央伺服器,109係在方塊5738之處使得數位助理 118顯示-個指出另—項輸液目前與該新的通道相關之訊 171 200422917 心T及一個詢_使用者是否想、要覆寫目前的輸液之訊息 。較佳地,此訊息係包含一個“是,,按鈕、一個“否,,按鈕以 及一個“取消’’按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊5728之處,經由該取消的URL傳 回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若使用者按下該“ 否”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係起始另一通道掃描過程 5834。 若使用者按下该否’’按紐,則第一中央伺服器1 〇 9係 在方塊5740之處嘗試移去在該資料庫中對於該新的通道之 通道-病患-藥物之關係。若在方塊5742之處,在該資料庫 中移去對於該新的通道之通道〜病患_藥物之關係的嘗試是 不成功的,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5744之處使得 數位助理118顯示一個“改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息為包含病患 識別符、與未被移動之主要的輸液(若可適用的話)相關之 藥物識別符、以及與未被移動之小軟袋輸液(若可適用的 話)相關之藥物識別符。一旦使用者藉由按下一個“〇κ,,按鈕 來應答該“改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息後,該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊5746之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個失敗 碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。 若在方塊5736之處,另一項輸液並未已經和該新的通 道相關,或是在方塊5742之處,嘗試移去在該資料庫中對 於該新的通道之通道—病患—藥物之關係是成功的,則第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊5748之處嘗試在該資料庫中對於 該主要的以及小軟袋輸液之通道—病患—藥物之關係,從舊 172 200422917 的通道改為新的通道。若在方塊5750之處,在該資料庫中 將該通道-病患-藥物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗 試是不成功的時候,則第一中央伺服器109係使得數位助 理118顯示該‘‘改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息。Once the first central server 109 receives the "change pump channel" XML file, the first central server 109 determines whether the "change chestnut channel" is valid at block 5724. For example, The first central server 109 can check whether any information normally expected in a "change pump channel" file is missing from the received "change pump channel" XML 169 200422917 file. If the first The central server 109 judges that the "change chestnut channel" XML file is not valid, so the first central server 丨 09 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an error message at block 5 7 2 6 to indicate that the use should be made. The user knows that the "change pump channel" action cannot be performed. This display can include a reason, such as the lack of data in the "Change Pump Channel" XML file. After the user presses the "0K" button in response to the error message, the first central server 109 is located at block 5728, and a failure code is returned to the second central server 108 via the cancelled URL. ;. If the first central server 10 9 determines that the “change pump channel” UL file is “valid”, then the first central temple server 10 5 may start a channel scanning process 5730. This channel scanning process 5730 is related to the "old," channel (ie, the user is trying to move from the "old", to the "new ,," channel). In general, the channel scanning process 5730 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the "old" pump channel, and determine whether the scanned channel is identified with the patient identifier and drug identification Symbol correlation, that is, as described in more detail below with reference to FIG. 58. If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, the "change pump channel action is canceled. In such an event, the first central server is at block 5728" A cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (ie, the old channel is valid), Then the first central server 109 is located at the block 5732 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the old channel of the infusion for the patient 112, i and the old 170 of the small infusion bag. 200422917 'More Ground, Digital Assistant 118 also displayed a message indicating that two infusions (. Main and small soft bags) were moved because of this action, and: a "Continue" button and a "Cancel," as described. If the user presses "Cancel, the first central server 109 is located at block 5728, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central feeder via the URL of x J. ⑽ & If the user presses" Continue, , Button, the first central temple server system starts another channel scanning process 5734. This channel scanning process is related to the "new" channel (that is, the user is trying to move from the "old, channel to the new" channel) ... In general, the channel scanning process 5734 system prompts |: The user scans a machine-readable line identifier associated with the "new" pump channel and determines whether the scanned channel is available (e.g., leather talent a 疋, Ό any patient ! 2; assigned to the current patient] 1 2 but not = in use, assigned to other patients, i 12 and overwritten; etc.). If the scanned channel is not available, then "change the pump channel, get ready and get 4. In this event, the _ central feeding service $ ⑽ is at = block 5728, via The cancellation of the hunger is to send a cancellation code back to the central feeding device 108a. The channel scanning process 5734 is described in more detail in Figure 5-9 below. When the channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the new channel is valid), then the first central temple service writes: 09 determines whether there is any other infusion at block 5736. The H infusion related to the new channel is already associated with the new channel. Then, the-central server, 109 at block 5738 causes the digital assistant 118 to display-indicating that another-the infusion is currently associated with the new channel. Relevant news 171 200422917 Heart T and a query _ The user wants to overwrite the current infusion message. Preferably, the message includes a "Yes," button, a "No," button, and a "Cancel" button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 is located at At block 5728, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If the user presses the "No" button, the first central server 1009 starts another channel scanning process 5834. If the user presses the "No" button, the first central server 109 attempts to remove the channel-patient-drug relationship for the new channel in the database at block 5740. If at block 5742, the attempt to remove the new channel channel ~ patient_drug relationship from the database is unsuccessful, then the first central server 1009 is at block 5744 Causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "change pump channel. The error message contains the patient identifier, the drug identifier associated with the main infusion (if applicable) that has not been moved, and a small soft bag that has not been moved. The drug identifier associated with the infusion (if applicable). Once the user responds to the "change pump channel by pressing a" 〇κ ,, button, "the first central server 109 is in the box after an error message At 5746, a failure code is returned to the second central server 108a via the completed URL. If at block 5736, another infusion is not already associated with the new channel, or at block 5742 Attempt to remove the channel-patient-drug relationship for the new channel in the database is successful, then the first central server 109 attempts to block the main channel in the database for the main of And small soft bag infusion channel-patient-medicine relationship, changed from the old 172 200422917 channel to the new channel. If at block 5750, the channel-patient-drug relationship is changed from the database When the attempt to move the old channel to the new channel is unsuccessful, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display the "change pump channel," error message.

若在方塊5750之處,在該資料庫中將該通道_病患一藥 物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗試是成功的,則該 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5752之處使得數位助理118 顯示一個“改變泵通道’,成功訊息,其包含病患識別符、與 被移動之主要的輸液(若可適用的話)相關的藥物識別符, 以及與被移動之小軟袋輸液(若可適用的話)相關的藥物識 別符。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含一個訊息給使用者來將管 子移到新的通道。一旦使用者藉由按下一個“〇κ,,按鈕來應 合遠改變果通道’’成功訊息之後,第一中央飼服器1 〇 9係 在方塊5746之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼至第 二中央伺服器l〇8a。 通道掃描過@If at block 5750, the attempt to move the channel_patient-drug relationship from the old channel to the new channel in the database is successful, the first central server 109 is located at block 5752. The agent causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "change pump channel", a success message containing the patient identifier, the drug identifier associated with the main infusion (if applicable) being moved, and the small soft bag being moved The drug identifier associated with the infusion (if applicable). Preferably, the display also contains a message to the user to move the tube to the new channel. Once the user has pressed the button by pressing a "〇κ, After Ying Heyuan changed the fruit channel "Success message", the first central feeding device 109 was located at block 5746, and a success code was returned to the second central server 108a via the completed URL. Channel Scanned @

第58圖係說明在以上參考第57圖所用之通道掃描過 程5730的一個例子。一般而言,該通道掃描過程係 提不使用者掃描一個與一泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別 符,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否與該先前掃^的病患 識別符以及藥物識別符相關。若該掃描出的通道並未與該 病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時,則目前的動作(例如 ,停止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改變、移去泵、等等)係 被取消。 173 200422917Fig. 58 illustrates an example of the channel scanning process 5730 used above with reference to Fig. 57. Generally speaking, the channel scanning process does not require the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with a pump channel, and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the previously scanned patient identifier and drug identification. Symbol related. If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and drug identifier, the current actions (eg, stop, interrupt, resume resume, channel change, remove pump, etc.) are canceled. 173 200422917

更明確地說,舉例的通道掃描過程5730係開始於 中央飼服器⑽在方塊5802之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯干一 個畫面為提示使用者掃描—個與該通道相關之機器可 的識別符。提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可許 取的識別符之數位助王罗夕链—μ 月 在第38ΡΙΦ 的—個例子係被描繪 在弟⑽圖中。例如,使用者可以使用數位助理u8的补 益來掃描一個與該通道相關的條碼標籤。或者是,使用: 可以人工地輸入通道識別符至數位助理118中。More specifically, the example channel scanning process 5730 starts at the central feeder. At block 5802, the digital assistant 8 displays a screen to prompt the user to scan—a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. The digital assistant Wang Luoxi chain, which prompts the user to scan a permissible identifier of the machine associated with the channel—μ month In the 38th PIΦ, an example is depicted in the brother's picture. For example, the user can use the benefit of the digital assistant u8 to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, use: The channel identifier can be manually entered into the digital assistant 118.

該通道識別符係接著在方塊5804之處被傳送至第一中 央伺服器109用於驗證。該第-中央伺服器109係接著嘗 試來=資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符並 未在a >料庫中存在為—個有效的通道識別符(例如 被適:地格式化、未在第—中央伺服胃ig9中被組態設定 、等等)時’則該第-中央飼服$ 109係在方塊58〇6之處 使付數位助理118顯示―個無效的通道通知。例如,該數The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central server 109 at block 5804 for verification. The first-central server 109 then tries to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist as a valid channel identifier in the a > magazine (for example, it is formatted properly, it is not configured and set in the first-central servo stomach ig9, etc.) 'Then-Central Feeding $ 109 at Box 5806 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid channel notification. For example, the number

位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央 祠服^§ 10 9中被*且能μ… ^ ^ 、、心叹疋,並且其係包含按知以容許使用 者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇 取消該動作’則第—中央伺服器1〇9較佳地是在方塊5808 之處,經由該取消的丨ΙΡΤ席1 ^ , 月扪URL·傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服 器 108a 〇 -旦獲得-個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央伺服 器109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢-個病患 識別付。來自4貧料庫的病患識別符係接著在方塊5㈣之 174 200422917 處與该掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)病患識別符做比較。若_ 忒兩個病患識別符並不相符時,該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係 在方塊5812之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通 知。例如,該數位助理丨丨8可以顯示一個訊息為該掃描出 的病μ 112並未與該掃描出的通道相關,並且指出實際被 指定給該掃描出的通道之病患112。同樣地,該ρΜ的顯 示器可以包含按鈕以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或 是取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺 服器109較佳地是在方塊5808之處,經由該取消的URL來 # 傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。 旦一個有效的通道—病患之關係被建立之後,該第一 :央飼服1 109係使用該通道識別符以及病患識別符來在 该貧料庫中查詢一個藥物識別符(或是若主要的藥物124以 及J軟k藥物1 24兩者都與此通道相關時,則為兩個藥物 識別符)。來自該資料庫的藥物識別符係接著在方塊5814 之處與該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符相比較。 若來自該資料庫的藥物識別符中之一個藥物識別符並不# W 符該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符時,則第一中 央伺服器109係在方塊5816之處使得數位助理118顯示一 個無效的藥物通知。例如,該數位助ί里118可以顯示一個 訊息為該掃描出的藥物124並未與該掃描出的通道相關, 並且指出實際被指定給該掃描出的通道之藥物12《若可適 用的話,為主要以及小軟袋兩者)。再者,m之顯示器可 以包含按紐以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消 175 200422917 該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺服器 k佳地是在方塊58〇8之處,經由該取消的⑽l來傳送 一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。 若一個有效的通道-病患-藥物之關係被建立時,則第 :中央伺服器109係在5818之處方塊指出一個有效的通道 掃描已發生,並且傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如,給藥 杇止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改變、移去泵、等等), 而不發出額外的顯示畫面給數位助理118。 過裎(新的诵i酋1 第59圖係說日月在以上參考第57圖利之通道掃描過 ^ _5734的—個例子。—般而言,該通道掃描過程5734係The assistant 118 can display a message that the channel has not been * in the first central temple service ^ § 10 9 and can be μ ... ^ ^, heart sigh, and it contains knowledge to allow the user to rescan The channel identifier will either cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, then the first-central server 109 is preferably at block 5808. Via the canceled IPT seat 1 ^, the month URL sends a cancellation code to the second central server. After the server 108a obtains a valid channel identifier, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query the database for a patient identification payment. The patient identifier from the 4 poor library is then compared with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5 174 200422917. If the two patient identifiers do not match, the first central server 099 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient notification at block 5812. For example, the digital assistant 8 may display a message that the scanned disease 112 is not related to the scanned channel, and indicate that the patient 112 is actually assigned to the scanned channel. Similarly, the pM display may include a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is preferably at block 5808, via the cancelled URL to # send a cancellation code to the second central server 108a. Once a valid channel-patient relationship is established, the first: Central Feed Service 1 109 uses the channel identifier and the patient identifier to query a drug identifier in the poor library (or if When both the main drug 124 and J softk drug 1 24 are related to this channel, they are two drug identifiers). The drug identifier from the database is then compared to the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifier at block 5814. If one of the drug identifiers from the database does not match the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifier, the first central server 109 is located at block 5816 so that Digital assistant 118 displays an invalid medication notification. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the scanned drug 124 is not related to the scanned channel, and indicate that the drug actually assigned to the scanned channel 12 "if applicable, for Both main and small soft bags). Furthermore, the m display may include a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server k is preferably at block 5808, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the canceled ⑽1. If a valid channel-patient-drug relationship is established, the central server 109 at 5818 indicates that a valid channel scan has occurred and returns control to the current action (for example, Stop medication, interrupt, resume resume, channel change, remove pump, etc.) without sending an additional display to digital assistant 118. Kuo (new recitation 1) Figure 59 shows that the sun and the moon have been scanned in the above reference to the channel in Figure 57 ^ _5734-an example. In general, the channel scanning process 5734 series

提示使用者來掃描—個與—泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識 別符,並且 被指定給目$ 通道不是可ί 取消。The user is prompted to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the -pump channel, and the assignment to the destination channel is not cancelable.

176 200422917 / ^^道哉別付係接著在方塊5 9 〇 4之處被傳送至第一中 央伺服态109用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器i 〇9係接著嘗 、 >料庫中查5旬δ亥通道識別符。若該通道識別符並未 在忒資料庫中存在為一個有效的通道識別符時(例如,未 被適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器、1〇9中被組態設定 、等等)時,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊59〇6之處 使知數位助理118顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如,該數 位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央 伺服器1 09中被組態設定,並且其係包含按-以容許使用着 者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇 取消該動作,則該第一中央伺服器丨〇9較佳地是在方塊 5908之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央伺服 器109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 識別符。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係接著在方塊591〇之處比 較來自該資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的(或是人工輸 _ 入的)病患識別符。若一個有效的病患識別符係存在於該 資料庫中,但是該兩個病患識別符並不相符(亦即,該通 道係被指定給一位不同的病患112)時,該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊5912之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否正 在運行(在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 若該通道是在運行中,則第一中央伺服器1 09係在方 塊5 914之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤 177 200422917 訊息,其係指出一位不同的病患112係與該掃描出的通道 相關,並且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含 資料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病患112(例如,病患 的名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較 佳地,使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使 用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 5908之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。若使用者選擇重新掃描,則第一中央飼服器 109係在方塊5902之處使得數位助理118顯示該晝面 示使用者掃描-個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識—別符。 若該通道未正在運行時,則第一中央伺服器ι〇9係在 方塊5916之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續覆寫,,的警 告訊息為指出一位不同的病患、112係與該掃描出的通道相 關’但是該通道目前並未在運行。較佳地,該警告訊息係 指出該繼續將會覆寫現有的資料(例如,消除與另一位病 患112的關連)。該警告訊息也可以包含資料為指出與該掃 描出的通道相關之病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的 藥物m以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地使 給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取 消該動作’則第-中央飼服器' 109係在方塊59〇8之處經 由該取消的URL傳送-個取消碼至第二中央祠服器购。 若使用者選擇重新掃描’則第一中央伺服g 109係在方塊 5902之處使得數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者掃描 -個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。若使用者選擇 178 厶Δ” ι / :續’則第中央伺服器刚係在方塊關之處使得數位 备18 .、属不一個讯息為指出使用該所選的通道是可以的 /使用者按下“繼續,,時,則第-中央舰n m係傳回 空制柘給目前的動作(例如,給藥、通道改變、等等),而 不’X出額外的顯示晝面給該數位助理η 8。176 200422917 / ^ 哉 Don't pay for it is then transmitted to the first central servo state 109 at block 5 904 for verification. The first central server i 09 series then searches the > 5th delta channel identifier in the magazine. If the channel identifier does not exist as a valid channel identifier in the database (for example, it is not properly formatted, it is not configured in the first central server, configured in 109, etc. ), The first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid channel notification at block 5906. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the channel is not configured in the first central server 109, and it includes pressing-to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel The action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is preferably at block 5908 and sends a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The first central server 109 then compares the patient identifier from the database with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5910. If a valid patient identifier exists in the database, but the two patient identifiers do not match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient 112), the first The central server 109 checks the database at block 5912 to see if the channel is running (in main and / or small pouch mode). If the channel is in operation, the first central server 1 09 at block 5 914 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an "Unable to overwrite," error 177 200422917 message, which indicates a different patient 112 is related to the scanned channel, and the channel is currently running. The error message may also include data to indicate the patient 112 (for example, the patient's name), the main drug 124 related to the scanned channel And / or a small soft bag of medicine 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is at block 5908. A cancellation code is sent to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL. If the user chooses to rescan, the first central feeding device 109 is at block 5902 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime display for use The user scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. If the channel is not running, the first central server ι09 is at block 5916 and the digital assistant 118 displays A "continued ,, override the warning message to indicate a different patient, 112 scanning lines out of the channel-related 'but the channel is not currently running. Preferably, the warning message indicates that the continuation will overwrite existing data (e.g., eliminate the association with another patient 112). The warning message may also include information indicating the patient 112 (e.g., the patient's name), the main drug m, and / or the pouch drug 124 associated with the scanned channel. It is better to give the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, then the "-th central feeding device" 109 is transmitted from the canceled URL at block 5908 to a second central feeding device purchase. If the user chooses to rescan ', the first central servo g 109 is at the block 5902 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the screen to prompt the user to scan-a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. If the user selects 178 厶 Δ ”ι /: continued, then the central server is just tied to the box off to make the digital device 18. It is not a message to indicate that the selected channel is possible Under "continue, when, the -th central ship nm system will return airspace to the current action (eg, dosing, channel change, etc.), without 'X showing an additional day to the digital assistant η 8.

…;Μ 592〇之處’ _個有效的病患識別符係存在於 X貝料庫巾’並且該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,該 通道係被指定給此病患112)時1第一中央㈣器⑽係 在方鬼5922之處檢查该資料庫以查看該通道是否為空的( 例如’沒有主要的或是小軟袋輸液與此通道相關)。若該 通道疋空的,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5918之處使 得數位助理118顯示訊息為指出使用該所選的通道是可以 的。右石亥通道不是空的,則第一中央飼服器j 〇9係在方塊 5924之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否在運行(在主要 的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。…; Place M 592, '_ A valid patient identifier exists in the X shell library towel' and the two patient identifiers do match (ie, the channel is assigned to this patient 112) Time 1 The first central organ is at Fang Gui 5922 to check the database to see if the channel is empty (for example, 'No main or small soft bag infusion is related to this channel). If the channel is empty, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message at block 5918 indicating that it is possible to use the selected channel. The right Shihai channel is not empty, then the first central feeder j 009 checks the database at block 5924 to see if the channel is running (in the main and / or small pouch mode).

若該通道是在運行,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 5926之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤訊 息,其係指出此病患112已經與該掃描出的通道相關,並 且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含資料為指 出該病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物丨24以及/ 或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地,使用者係被給予選擇權以 取消或是重新掃描。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中 央伺服器109係在方塊5908之處,經由該取消的URL傳送 一個取消碼至第二令央伺服器108a。若使用者選擇重新掃 179 200422917 描’則第-中央伺服器1G9係在方塊⑽之處使得數位助 理118顯示該晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之 機器可讀取的識別符。 右口玄通道未在運行時,則第_中央伺服器⑽係在方 塊5928之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續,,訊息為指出 此病患112係與該掃描出的通道相關,但是該通道目前並 未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出該病$ ιΐ2(例如 ’病患的名稱)、主要的㈣124以及/或是小軟袋藥物 124。較佳地,使用者係被給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或 是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第-中央飼服写 1〇9係在方塊5_之處,經由該取消的狐傳送一個取消 碼至第_中央伺服器剛a。若使用者選擇重新掃描,則第 一中央伺服器1G9係在方塊59G2之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯 示該晝面為提示使用者掃描—個與該通道相關之機器可讀 取的識別符。若使用者選擇繼續’則第-中央飼服器109 係在,塊5918之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出 使用該所選的通道是可以的1❹者再次按下“繼續,,時 ’該第-中央飼服器109係傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如 ’通道改變)’而不發出額外的顯示晝面給該數位助理ιΐ8 〇 斷輪液過鋥 第60圖係說明停止/中斷輸液過程6〇〇〇的一個例子。 λ各止/中断輸液過程6 〇 〇 〇可以被利用來暫時停止(亦即, 暫停)—個輸液過程或是完全地中斷(亦即,結束)一個輸液 180 200422917 過程。一般而言,該停止/中斷輸液過程6000係從一個例 如是數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係包 合有關將被執行的停止或是中斷之資訊、指明將受到影響 的病患112之資訊(例如,病患! D)以及指明將被停止或是 中斷的用於該病患112的藥物124之資訊(例如,iD)。 忒過程6000係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器1〇9,該 第一中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該停止/ 中斷指令資訊,並且確認正確的輸液是否被停止或是中斷 〇 更明確地說,該舉例的停止/中斷輸液過程6〇〇〇係開 始於u亥第一中央伺服器1〇8a在方塊之處使得數位助 理118顯不一個病患表列。展示一個病患表列的數位助理 之顯不裔118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患 表歹]奴佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理118的使 用者(例如,邊濩人員丨16)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選 ^位病患u 2之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的 貝汛係從該數位助j里118被傳回到第二中央伺服器i〇8a。 w於孩數位助理1丨8以及第二中央伺服器1 之間的通訊 可以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路ι〇2之任何適當的 通訊,道。該第二中央飼服器1()8a係接著在方塊_4之 處使传。亥數位助理j j 8顯示一個動作表列。顯示一個動作 表歹J的數位助理之顯不器j j 8a的一個例子係被描繪在第 25圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患ιΐ2相 關之動作。例如,甚>一 XS LL r*- ttr 1 員與此病患11 2相關的輸液是目前 181 200422917 在運行的狀態中時 液”動作是可利用的 則將,、有停止輸液”動作以及“中斷輸If the channel is running, the first central server 109 at block 5926 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an "unable to overwrite" error message, which indicates that the patient 112 has been scanned with the scan The channel is related, and the channel is currently running. The error message may also include data indicating the patient 112 (eg, the patient's name), the main drug, 24, and / or the small soft bag of drug 124. Better The user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is at block 5908 and sends a cancellation code to the second via the cancelled URL Order the central server 108a. If the user chooses to rescan 179 200422917, then the first central server 1G9 is located at the square box so that the digital assistant 118 displays the day surface to prompt the user to scan a machine related to the channel. Read the identifier. When the right mouth Xuan channel is not running, the _ central server is at block 5928 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a "continue," the message indicates that the patient The 112 is related to the scanned channel, but the channel is not currently running. The message may also contain information indicating the disease $ ιΐ2 (for example, the name of the patient), the main ㈣124, and / or the pouch 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first-central feeding service writes 1009 at the 5_ block, and sends a cancellation code to the first-central server via a via the canceled fox. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 1G9 is at the box 59G2 so that the digital assistant ιΐ8 displays that the day surface is to prompt the user to scan—a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. If the user chooses to continue, then the central feeding device 109 is located at block 5918, so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating that it is possible to use the selected channel. The person who presses "Continue, time" again The first-central feeding device 109 returns control to the current action (such as 'channel change') without issuing an additional display to the digital assistant. Ϊ́ 〇 ○ Discontinued fluid flow. Figure 60 illustrates the stop / An example of interrupting the infusion process 6000. λ Each stop / interruption of the infusion process 6000 can be used to temporarily stop (ie, pause) an infusion process or to completely interrupt (ie, end) an Infusion 180 200422917 process. Generally speaking, the stop / interruption infusion process 6000 receives input from an electronic device, such as a digital assistant 118, which contains information about the stop or interrupt to be performed, indicating that the Information on affected patient 112 (eg, patient! D) and information on drugs 124 (eg, iD) that are to be discontinued or discontinued for that patient 112. (Process 6000) Send this information to the first central server 109, the first central server 109 confirms whether the channel identification information matches the stop / interrupt instruction information, and confirms whether the correct infusion is stopped or interrupted. That said, the example of stopping / interrupting the infusion process 6000 started at the first central server 108a of the Uhai where the digital assistant 118 displayed a patient list. Displaying a patient list An example of the digital assistant's manifestation 118a is depicted in Figure 24. The patient is shown below] Nujiadi is limited to users who are logged in to the digital assistant 118 at that time (eg, frontline staff 丨16) Relevant patients. Once the user selects patient u 2, the selection and / or the Bessin system of the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central servo. The communication between the child digital assistant 1 and the second central server 1 may be via any appropriate communication such as the wireless / wired network 2 described above. The second The central feeder 1 () 8a is next to the square_4 Biography. The digital assistant jj 8 displays an action list. An example of the digital assistant display jj 8a showing an action list 歹 J is depicted in Figure 25. The action list is preferably limited to The selected patient related actions. For example, even an XS LL r *-ttr 1 member's infusion related to this patient 11 2 is currently 181 200422917 when the fluid is in the "operating state" action is available If you do, stop the infusion "action and" Interrupt the infusion "

當使用者從該動作表列選擇“停止輸液”動作或是“中斷 輸液,,動作時,指明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央 伺服器108a。作為回應地,該第二中央飼服器黯係在 方塊瞻之處使得數位助理118顯示—個畫面為列出用於 該病患112之所有運行中的輸液,並且提示該使用者掃描 一個與將被停止或是中斷的藥物124相關之_可讀㈣ 識別符。提示該使用者掃描—個與該藥物124相關之機器 可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器118a的—個例子係被 描繪在第34®巾。該制者可錢紐位龍118的掃描 器來掃描在-細勿124袋之上的藥物的標籤ma(例如 ,在-個輸液袋之上的條碼或者是,該使用者可以人 工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理丨丨8中。When the user selects the "stop infusion" action or "interrupt the infusion," action from the action list, the information indicating the selected action is transmitted to the second central server 108a. In response, the second central The feeder is hidden in the box view so that the digital assistant 118 is displayed-a screen listing all the infusions used for the patient 112 and prompting the user to scan a medication that will be stopped or discontinued 124 related_readable㈣ identifier. An example of a digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 is depicted on page 34®. The The manufacturer can scan the label of the drug on the Sibu 124 bag (such as a barcode on an infusion bag) or the user can manually enter the drug. The identifier is in the digital assistant.

該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6〇〇8之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器lG8a用於驗證。該第:中央祠服器1()8&係嘗 試在該資料庫巾查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例 如’袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有㈣藥物識別 符時,則該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊6〇1〇之處使得 該數位助理11 8顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊6006之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描一個與將被停止或是中斷的藥物124相關之機器可讀取 的識別符。 182 200422917 每=方塊6008之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋確 員在只資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時,則第二 中^伺服器lG8a係在方塊6G12之處使得數位助理ιι8顯 :個旦面為提不使用者掃描一個與該病患112相關之機 器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描—個與該病患ιΐ2相 關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器η%的一個 例子係被描繪在第36圖中。使用者可以使用數位助理工U 的掃描器來掃描在一個病患腕帶丨12a之上的條碼標鐵。或 者是,使用者可以人工地輸入該病患識別符至數位助理 118中。5亥病患識別符係接著在方塊6〇丨4之處被傳送至該 第一中央伺服器l〇8a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器 係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該病患識別符。若該病患識 別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的 病患識別符時,則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊6〇16之 處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通知。一旦使用 者應答該無效的病患通知後(或是該通知暫停時),該數位 助理118係在方塊6012之處再次顯示該畫面為提示使用者 掃描一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6014之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶 確貫在邊資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第 一中央伺服器10 8 a也可以提示使用者來提供一個碼以指示 ‘‘停止輸液”動作或是“中斷輸液,,動作的理由。若此理由碼 未被提供時,該系統較佳地是顯示一個訊息給該使用者為 一個理由碼必須被提供。此外,該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a可 183 200422917 以時間戳記(timestamp)該指令以及/或是提示該使用者來 提供何時該動作將會發生之時間。再者,該第二中央伺服 為108a較佳地係檢查該輸液指令的狀態,以判斷該輸液指 令是否為有效的或是中斷的。 若該輸液指令是有效的,則第二中央伺服器1 〇8a係在 方塊6018之處,根據來自方塊6004的使用者選擇以判斷 使用者是否正在嘗試發出“停止輸液,,動作或是“中斷輸液,, 動作。若使用者正在嘗試發出“停止輸液,,動作時,則第二 中央伺服器108a係在方塊6020之處設定在“停止輸液” XML 文件中的“DCFlag”為“FALSE,,。若使用者嘗試發出“中斷輸 液”動作時,則第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊6〇22之處設 疋在該“停止輸液”XML文件中的“DCFlag”為“TRUE”。當然, 任何眾所週知的指出一個變數的狀態之方法都可以被使用 〇 包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)、藥物識別符(例如 ,袋ID)、完成的URL、取消的URL以及沉以吨(指出停止 或是中斷)的“停止輸液”XML文件係接著被傳送至第一十央 伺服器109。該完成的URL是若該輸液成功地被停止或是 中斷時所用的一個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“停止輸 液”動作或是“中斷輸液,,動作失敗或是被取消時所用的_ = 網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器109接收到“停止輸液,,XML文件 之後,該第-中央伺服11 109係在方塊6024之處判斷 停止輸液”;iML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第一中央甸服 184 200422917 裔109可以檢查是否任何通常在“停止輸液,,xml文件中預 期會有的貝料是所接收到的“停止輸液,,XML文件中缺少的 。右第一中央伺服器1 〇9判斷該“停止輸液”XML文件不是 有效的,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6〇26之處使得數 位助理118顯示一個錯誤訊息為指出讓使用者知道該“停止 輸液”動作或是“中斷輸液,,動作無法被執行。此顯示畫面可 以包含一個理由為例如是哪個資料是該“停止輸液”xml文 件所缺少的。在使用者按下一個“〇κ,,按鈕以應答該錯誤訊 息之後,該第一中央祠服$ 109係在方塊6〇28之處,經由 該取消的URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器i〇8a。 若第一中央伺服器109判斷該“停止輸液”XML文件是 有效的,則該第-中央飼服器、1G9係起始—個通道掃描過 程5730。一般而言,該通道掃描過程573〇係提示使用者 來掃描-個與目前執行將被停止或是中斷之輸液的泵通道 相關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是 否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即如以上參考第 58 +圖詳細所述者)。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以 及藥物識別符不相關時,則該“停止輸液,,動作或是“中斷輸 液”動作係被取消。在此種事件中,該第一中央伺服器 係在方塊6028之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至 第二中央伺服器108a。 右琢婦描出的 一八带观鐵别符相 關時(亦即,該通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器1〇9係 在方塊6032之處使得數位助理118顯示—個 、 W為才曰出該 185 200422917 病患112以及被停止的輸液,其包含將被停止的藥物i 24 之細節以及該藥物124所在的通道。較佳地,pDA的顯示 晝面亦包含一個“繼續,,按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種 方式,使用者可以人工地停止所指出的輸液,並且接著按 下該“繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器丨〇9來檢查正確的 輸液實際上是否被停止或是中斷。或者是,使用者可以按 下該“取消”按鈕,在此時的第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 6028之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 ~ 若使用者按下該“繼續,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊6034之處,藉由讀取由泵12〇傳送至該第一中央 伺服器1 09的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被停止。若該泵 120不能夠與第一中央伺服器1〇9通訊時,則該第一中央 伺服器109係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若失去 與-個通道的通訊時’在該通道上之輸液的狀態無法被改 為“停止的’,或是“中斷的,,,直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止 。若通訊是適當地作用#,但是該輸液未被停止時,則第 一中央伺服器109係在方塊6036之處使得數位助理118顯 示一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被停止,並且指出該病患 U2以及將被停止的輸液。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含一個 K按鈕以及個取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“οκ”按鈕 ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6〇34之處再次檢查以查 看,確的輸液實際上是否被停止或是中斷。若使用者按下 该“取消”按叙,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6〇28之處 186 200422917 ’經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至笙一山 108a 〇 帛-中央飼服器 右在方塊6 0 3 4之處’該輸液被停止時, 則弟一中央伺 月^器109係在方塊6038之處檢查此係為“停止輸液,,動作或 是“中斷輸液,,動作。例如,第一中央伺服器1〇9可以檢查 一個藉由方塊6020或是方塊6022所設定的例如是卿欢⑽ 之旗標的狀態。若此為“停止輸液”動作(亦即,暫停輸液) ’則第-中央祠服器1()9係在方塊6〇44之處,經由該^成 的URL傳回一個成功碼以及DCFlag=FALSE至第二中央伺服 器 108a 。 ' 若此係為“中斷輸液”動作時(亦即,結束輸液),則第 一中央伺服器109較佳地係在方塊6〇4〇之處嘗試對於主要 的輸液或是小軟袋輸液(但較佳地非為兩者)移去在病患識 ㈣、藥物識別符,以及通道識別符之間的資料庫關連。 若該使用者希望停止或是中斷在—個通道上運行之主要的 輸液以及小軟㈣液兩者時,使用者可以執行該“停止輸液 ”動作或是“中斷輸液,,動作兩次,對於每個輸液各執行一次 。若第:中央伺服器109在方塊6〇42之處移除該資料庫關 連是不成功的,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6〇28之 處’經㈣取消的亂傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央飼服器 108a。:第-中央飼服器刚在方塊之處移除該資料 庫關連疋成功的,則該第—中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊⑽“ 之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼以及 DCFlag=纖至第二中央 187 200422917 若只有‘‘中斷輸液,,動作是成功的,則第一中央伺服器 109係對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符以 及通道識別符之間的關連。否則,該關連係被維持。例如 ,若“停止輸液,,動作是成功的或是“中斷輸液,,動作失敗時 ’則在病患識別符、藥物識別符以及通道識別符之間的關 連係被維持。類似地,該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a只有在從第 中央伺服器1 0 9接收到一個成功碼時,才更新輸液之狀 態為“被停止的”或是“被中斷的,,。任何其它的結果(例如, 取消碼或是失敗碼)都使得第二中央伺服器l〇8a保持該輸 液在其先前的狀態中。較佳地,在該過程6000中之任何時 點’使用者都有選擇權以取消該過程6〇〇〇。該停止/中斷 過程可以被利用來記錄該輸液是為了 MAR之目的而被重新 開始。 叛復繼續輪液過程 第61圖係說明恢復繼續輸液過程61 〇〇的一個例子。 δ亥恢復繼續輸液過程61 〇〇可以被利用來重新開始一個停止 的(亦即,暫停的)輸液過程。然而,該恢復繼續輸液過程 610〇無法被利用來重新開始一個中斷的(亦即,結束的)輸 液過程。一般而言,該恢復繼續輸液過程6100係從一個例 如是數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係包 S才曰出一個將被執行的恢復繼續過程之資訊、指明將受到 〜響的病患112之資訊(例如,病患id)以及指明將被恢復 ▲續用於该病患112的藥物124之資訊(例如,Rx ID)。該 過程61 〇〇係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器1 〇9,該第 200422917 一中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該恢復繼 續指令資訊,並且確認正確的輸液是否被恢復繼續。 更明破地說,該舉例的恢復繼續輸液過程6丨00係開始 於該第二中央伺服器l〇8a在方塊6102之處使得數位助理 11 8顯示一個病患表列。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之 顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患表 列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理丨丨8的使用 者(例如’醫護人員11 6)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選擇 一位病患112之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的資 訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器丨08a。介 於該數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器丨〇8a之間的通訊可 以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路1 〇2之任何適當的通 訊通道。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a係接著在方塊61〇4之處 使得該數位助理118顯示一個動作表列。顯示一個動作表 列的數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a的一個例子係被描繪在第25 圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患112相關 ,動作。例如,若一項與此病患112相關的輸液是目前在 杇止的狀態中時,則將只有“恢復繼續輸液,,動作是可利用 的。 t當使用者從該動作表列選擇“恢復繼續輸液,,動作時, 私月所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央伺服器剛a。 作2回應地,該第二中央伺服器⑽a係在方塊6106之處 使传數位助理i i 8顯示__個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個 與將被恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 200422917 提示該使用者掃描-個與該㈣124相關之機器可讀取的 識別符的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第 34圖 該使用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描 在-個㈣124袋之上的藥物的標籤仙(例如,在一個 nrr上的條碼)。或者是,該使用者可以人工地輸入 该樂物識別符到數位助理8中。The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 1G8a at block 6008 for verification. The first: Central Temple Server 1 () 8 & Department tries to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (for example, a 'bag ID') does not exist as a drug identifier in the database, the second central server 108a is located at block 6010, so that the digital assistant 11 8 Display an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 6006 to prompt the user to scan for a drug 124 that will be stopped or discontinued. Machine-readable identifier. 182 200422917 For each 6006 block, the drug identifier (for example, when the bag identifier is only a valid drug identifier in the database, the second server ^ G8a is located at block 6G12 to make a digit The assistant ιι8 reveals that the user can scan a machine-readable identifier related to the patient 112. The user is prompted to scan one of the machine-readable identifiers related to the patient ι2. An example of the digital assistant's display η% is depicted in Figure 36. The user can use the digital assistant's scanner to scan a bar code on a patient's wristband 12a. Alternatively, use The patient can manually enter the patient identifier into the digital assistant 118. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the first central server 108a for verification at block 60o-4. The first The two central servers then try to query the patient identifier in the database. If the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database, Then the second central server 108a At block 6016, the digital assistant 118 displays an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 is at block 6012. Displaying the screen again is to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. If at block 6014, the patient identifier (for example, a wristband does exist in the side database) When it is a valid patient identifier, the first central server 10 8 a may also prompt the user to provide a code to indicate the "stop infusion" action or "interrupt the infusion, and the reason for the action. If this reason When the code is not provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as a reason code must be provided. In addition, the second central server 108a may 183 200422917 timestamp the instruction and / Or prompt the user to provide the time when the action will take place. Furthermore, the second central servo is 108a preferably to check the status of the infusion instruction to determine the infusion Whether the command is valid or interrupted. If the infusion command is valid, the second central server 108a is at block 6018, and according to the user selection from block 6004 to determine whether the user is trying to issue "Stop infusion, action or" interruption of infusion, "action. If the user is trying to issue" stop infusion, action ", the second central server 108a is set to the" stop infusion "XML file at block 6020 The "DCFlag" in the table is "FALSE." If the user attempts to issue an "infusion interruption" action, the second central server 108a is set in the "stop infusion" XML file at block 6202. "DCFlag" is "TRUE". Of course, any well-known method of indicating the status of a variable can be used. It includes a patient identifier (for example, wristband ID), a drug identifier (for example, bag ID), completed URL, cancelled URL, and Shen Yi Ton (indicating stop or interrupt) of the "stop infusion" XML file is then transmitted to the tenth central server 109. The completed URL is a network address used if the infusion was successfully stopped or interrupted. The canceled URL is the _ = network address used when the "stop infusion" action or "interrupted infusion, failed or was canceled. Once the first central server 109 receives" stop infusion, XML After the file, the first-central servo 11 109 judges the stop of the infusion at block 6024 "; whether the iML file is valid. For example, the first central server 184 200422917 can be checked whether any , The expected shellfish in the xml file is the received "stop infusion, which is missing from the XML file. Right first central server 1 009 determines that the" stop infusion "XML file is not valid, then the first The central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an error message at block 6026 to indicate to the user that the "stop infusion" action or "interruption of the infusion" cannot be performed. This display may include a reason, for example, which information is missing from the "Stop Infusion" xml file. After the user presses a "〇κ," button to respond to the error message, the first central temple service $ 109 is located at block 6028, and a failure code is returned to the second central station via the canceled URL. Server i08a. If the first central server 109 determines that the "stop infusion" XML file is valid, the first central server, 1G9 series starts a channel scanning process 5730. Generally, the The channel scanning process 5730 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the pump channel currently performing the infusion to be stopped or interrupted, and to determine whether the scanned channel is identified with the patient And the drug identifier are related (that is, as described above in detail with reference to Figure 58 + Figure). If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, the "stop infusion, action or The "interrupted infusion" action was cancelled. In such an event, the first central server is at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. When the 18-belt iron tie described by Youzhuofu is related (that is, the channel is valid), the first central server 109 is located at block 6032 so that the digital assistant 118 displays one, W is It was said that the 185 200422917 patient 112 and the stopped infusion contained details of the drug i 24 to be stopped and the channel where the drug 124 is located. Preferably, the pDA display also includes a "Continue," button and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can manually stop the indicated infusion and then press the "Continue" button to notify the first central server 9 to check whether the correct infusion was actually stopped or interrupted. Alternatively, the user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the first central server 109 is located at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. . ~ If the user presses the "Continue," button, the first central server 109 is located at the block 6034, and the status information transmitted by the pump 120 to the first central server 1 09 is read. To determine whether the infusion is stopped. If the pump 120 is unable to communicate with the first central server 109, the first central server 109 generates a loss of communication event for the channel. If the communication with the channel is lost During communication, the status of the infusion on the channel cannot be changed to "stopped" or "interrupted" until communication with the channel is resumed. If communication is properly functioning #, but the infusion is not When stopped, the first central server 109 at block 6036 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a warning message indicating that the infusion has not been stopped, and that the patient U2 and the infusion to be stopped. Preferably, The display also includes a K button and a Cancel button. If the user presses the "οκ" button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 6034 to see if the infusion is actually stopped or interrupted. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 1009 is located at the block 6028 186 200422917 'via the cancellation URL returns a cancellation code to Sheng Yishan 108a 〇 帛- The central feeding device is at the right of the block 6 0 3 4 'When the infusion is stopped, the younger one's central server 109 is located at the block 6038. Check that the system is "stop infusion, action or" interrupt the infusion " ,,action. For example, the first central server 109 can check the status of a flag set by block 6020 or block 6022, such as Qing Huan'an. If this is the "stop infusion" action (ie, pause the infusion) 'then-the central temple server 1 () 9 is located at block 6044, a success code and DCFlag = FALSE to the second central server 108a. 'If this is the "interruption of infusion" action (that is, the end of the infusion), the first central server 109 preferably tries to infuse the main infusion or a small soft bag at block 6040 ( But preferably not both) remove the database connection between patient identification, drug identifier, and channel identifier. If the user wishes to stop or interrupt both the main infusion and the small soft diarrhea running on one channel, the user can perform the "stop infusion" action or "interrupt the infusion, twice, for Each infusion is performed once. If the first: the central server 109 is unsuccessful in removing the database connection at block 6040, the first central server 109 is located at block 6028. 'The random canceled return a failure code to the second central feeder 108a .: The first-central feeder has just removed the database connection in the box, and the first-central server 1 〇9 is in the box "", and returns a success code and DCFlag = to the second center via the completed URL. 187 200422917 If only `` interrupt the infusion, the action is successful, then the first central server 109 The relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier is removed for the selected infusion. Otherwise, the relationship is maintained. For example, if "stop the infusion, the action is successful or" interrupt the infusion, and the action fails, "the relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier is maintained. Similarly, the second central server 108a only updates the status of the infusion to "stopped" or "interrupted," only when it receives a success code from the first central server 109. Any Other results (for example, a cancellation code or a failure code) cause the second central server 108a to keep the infusion in its previous state. Preferably, at any point in the process 6000 the user has Select the right to cancel the process 600. The stop / interrupt process can be used to record that the infusion is restarted for MAR purposes. Rebellion Continuing Rotation Process Figure 61 illustrates the resumption of continuing the infusion process. 61 An example of 〇. ΔHai resumes the infusion process 61 〇〇 can be used to restart a stopped (ie, paused) infusion process. However, the resumed continuation infusion process 6100 cannot be used to restart an interruption The (ie, ended) infusion process. Generally, the recovery continues with the infusion process 6100 which receives input from an electronic device, such as digital assistant 118, which The placement package S only provides information on a recovery process to be performed, information indicating the patient 112 that will be affected (for example, patient id), and information indicating that it will be recovered. ▲ Continued for the patient 112 Information (for example, Rx ID) of the drug 124. The process 61 〇 is then to send this information to the first central server 1 09, the 200422917 a central server 109 to confirm whether the channel identification information meets the resume continue instruction Information, and confirm whether the correct infusion is resumed. More specifically, the example resume resume infusion process 6 00 starts at the second central server 108a at block 6102 and the digital assistant 11 8 A patient list is displayed. An example of a digital assistant display 118a showing a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to the time when the digital assistant is logged in to the digital assistant.丨 丨 8 related patients (such as' medical staff 11 6). Once the user selects a patient 112, the information indicating the selection and / or the patient 112 is obtained from the digital assistant 118 Return to the second central server 08a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server 08a can be via any appropriate communication such as the wireless / wired network 1 02 described above Channel. The second central server 108a then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at block 61104. An example of a digital assistant's display showing an action list 丨 8a is depicted In Figure 25. The list of actions is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient 112. For example, if an infusion related to this patient 112 is currently in a stopped state, Then there will only be "Resume to continue the infusion, and the action is available. t When the user selects “Resume to continue infusion,” from the action list, when the action is performed, the information of the action selected by the private month is transmitted to the second central server just a. For 2 responses, the second central server ⑽a causes the digital assistant ii 8 to display __ day faces at block 6106 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 to be resumed. 200422917 prompts the user to scan An example of a digital assistant's display 118a with a machine-readable identifier associated with the ㈣124 is depicted in Figure 34. The user can use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan over the ㈣124 bag The label of the medicine (for example, a bar code on an nrr). Alternatively, the user can manually enter the musical identifier into the digital assistant 8.

該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6m之處被傳送至該第二 中央飼服器驗詩驗證。該第二中央㈣器_係嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例 如,袋πυ並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別 符時,則該第二中央伺服器⑽a係在方塊611()之處使得 該數位助S 118顯示-個無效的物品通知…旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 m係在方塊嶋之處再次顯示該晝面以提示使用者來掃 祂々個與將被恢復繼續的藥# i 24相關之機器可讀取的識 別符。若使用者掃描—個與被恢復繼續的藥物124相關之 機器可讀取的識別符,但是該“ m已經被中斷時,則 第二中央伺服器1G8a較佳地係使得數位助理118顯示-個 Λ息給该使用者’其係指出由於該藥# 124之中斷的狀態 ,所以該藥物124無法被恢復繼續。 一若在方塊6108之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋1]})確 實在4貝料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符,並且尚未 ,中斷時’則第二中央伺服器1Q8a係在方塊6112之處使 得數位助理118顯示一個畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該 190 200422917 病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描一 個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之 顯不Is 118a的一個例子係被描繪在第36圖中。使用者可 以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在一個病患腕帶112a 之上的條碼標籤。或者是,使用者可以人工地輸入該病患 識別符至數位助理丨丨8中。該病患識別符係接著在方塊 6114之處被傳送至該第二中央伺服器108a用於驗證。該 第二中央祠服器l〇8a係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該病患 識別符。若該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未在該資料庫 中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第二中央伺服器 l〇8a係在方塊6116之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效 的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該無效的病患通知後(或是 該通知暫停時),該數位助理118係在方塊611 2之處再次 顯不該晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與該病患丨丨2相關之機 器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6114之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶iD) 確貫在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第 二中央伺服器1 〇8a也可以提示使用者來提供一個碼以指示 恢復繼續輸液”動作的理由。若此理由碼未被提供時,該 系統較佳地是顯示一個訊息給該使用者為一個理由碼必須 被提供。此外,該第二中央伺服器i 08a可以時間戳記該指 令以及/或是提示該使用者來提供何時該動作將會發生的 時間。再者,該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a較佳地係檢查該輸液 指令的狀態,以判斷該輸液指令是否為有效的或是中斷的 200422917 若該輸液指令是有效的,則第二中央伺服器108a係傳 送一個“恢復繼續輸液’’XML文件至第一中央伺服器109。該 “恢復繼續輸液”XML文件係包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶 ID)、藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)、完成的URL以及取消的 URL。該完成的URL是若該輸液成功地被恢復繼續時所用的 一個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“恢復繼續輸液,,動作 失敗或是被取消時所用的一個網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器1 〇9接收到該“恢復繼續輸液” ’經由該取消的URL傳回 108a 〇 文件之後,該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6124之處判斷 該“恢復繼續輸液”XML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第一 中央伺服器10 9可以檢查是否任何通常在“恢復繼續輸液 ’’XML文件中預期會有的資料是所接收到的“恢復繼續輸液 ’’XML文件中所缺少的。若第一中央伺服器1 〇9判斷該‘‘恢 復繼續輸液’’XML文件不是有效的,則該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊6126之處使得數位助理118顯示一個錯誤訊 息為指出給使用者知道該“恢復繼續輸液,,動作無法被執行 。此顯示畫面可以包含一個理由為例如是該“恢復繼續輸液 ’’XML文件缺少哪個資料。在使用者按下“〇κ,,按鈕以應答該 錯誤訊息之後,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊Η”之處The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central feeder at the 6m block for poem verification. The second central device_system tries to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (for example, bag πυ does not exist as a valid drug identifier in the database, then the second central server ⑽a is at block 611 () so that the digital assistant S 118 displays -An invalid item notification ... once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant m redisplays the daytime surface at the square box to prompt the user to scan him and The machine-readable identifier associated with the resumed drug # i 24. If the user scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the resumed drug 124, but the "m has been interrupted Then, the second central server 1G8a preferably causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message to the user, which indicates that the medicine 124 cannot be resumed due to the interrupted state of the medicine # 124. At block 6108, the drug identifier (for example, bag 1)}) does exist as a valid drug identifier in the 4 shell storehouse, and has not yet, when interrupted, then the second central server 1Q8a is tied to the block 6112 places make The assistant 118 displays a screen to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the 190 200422917 patient 112. The user is prompted to scan a digit of a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112 An example of the assistant's display Is 118a is depicted in Figure 36. The user can use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan a bar code label on a patient's wristband 112a. Alternatively, the user can manually The patient identifier is entered into the digital assistant 丨 8. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 6114. The second central server 10 8a then attempts to query the patient identifier in the database. If the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database, the second The central server 108a causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient notification at block 6116. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 The display of the daytime surface again at block 611 2 is to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 丨 2. If at block 6114, the patient identifier (for example, , Wristband iD) When a valid patient identifier exists in the database, the second central server 108a may also prompt the user to provide a code to indicate the reason to resume the infusion. If the reason code is not provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as a reason code must be provided. In addition, the second central server i 08a may time stamp the instruction and / or The user is prompted to provide the time when the action will occur. Furthermore, the second central server 108a preferably checks the status of the infusion instruction to determine whether the infusion instruction is valid or interrupted. 200422917 If the infusion instruction is valid, the second central servo The device 108a transmits a "resume continued infusion" XML file to the first central server 109. The "resume continued infusion" XML file contains a patient identifier (for example, a wristband ID), a drug identifier (for example, a bag ID), completed URL, and cancelled URL. The completed URL is a network address used if the infusion was successfully resumed. The cancelled URL is if the "resume resumed infusion, the action failed, or A network address used when cancelled. Once the first central server 109 receives the "resume to continue the infusion", and returns the 108a file via the cancelled URL, the first central server 109 determines the "resume to continue the infusion" at block 6124. Whether the XML file is valid. For example, the first central server 10 9 can check if any of the information normally expected in the "Resume Continuation Infusion" XML file is missing from the received "Resume Continuation Infusion" XML file. If the first central server 10 judges that the "Resume Continuation Infusion" XML file is not valid, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an error message at block 6126 indicating that it is for use. The person knows that the "resume continued infusion, action cannot be performed. This display may include a reason for which data is missing from the" resume continued infusion "XML file, for example. After the user presses "〇κ, button to answer the error message, the first central server 1009 is in the box Η"

‘‘恢復繼續輸液,,XML文 109係起始該通道掃描 若第一中央伺服器109判斷該‘‘ 件是有效的,則該第一中央伺服器1 200422917 過程5730。一般而言’該通道掃描過程5730係提示使用 者來掃描一個與目前關於將被恢復繼續之輸液的泵通道相 關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否 與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即如以上參考第58 圖詳細所述者)。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及 藥物識別符不相關時,則該“恢復繼續輸液,,動作係被取消 。在此種事件中,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6128之 處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 1 08a 〇 若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 關時(亦即,該通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係 在方塊613 2之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出該 病患112以及被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地,ρρΑ的顯示書 面亦包含一個“繼續”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種方 式’使用者可以人工地恢復繼續所指出的輸液,並且接著 按下該“繼續”按紐以通知第一中央伺服器1 〇 g來檢杳正確 的輸液貫際上是否被恢復繼續。或者是,使用者可以按下 該“取消”按鈕,在此時的第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 6128之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 ' 若使用者按下該“繼續,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊6134之處,藉由讀取由泵120傳送至該第一中央 伺服器109的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被恢復繼續。若 該泵120不能夠與第一中央伺服器109通訊時,則节第一 200422917 中央伺服器109係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若 失去與一個通道的通訊時,在該通道上之輸液的狀態便無 法被改為“恢復繼續的”,直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止。 若通訊是適當地作用的,但是該輸液未被恢復繼續時,則 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6136之處使得數位助理118 顯不一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被恢復繼續,並且指出 忒病患112以及將被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地,該顯示器 亦包含一個“OK”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下 該“〇K ”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6134之處再 次檢查以查看正確的輸液實際上是否被恢復繼續。若使用 者按下該“取消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器j 〇9係在方塊 6128之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器10 8 a。 右碌務丨?夜在方塊 〜幾u 1 μ敬恢俣、,抵叮,別乐一 τ‘’ Resume infusion, XML file 109 starts the channel scan. If the first central server 109 judges that the ‘’ item is valid, the first central server 1 200422917 process 5730. Generally speaking, 'the channel scanning process 5730 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the current pump channel to be resumed for infusion and to determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient The identifier is related to the drug identifier (ie, as described in detail above with reference to Figure 58). If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, the "resumption of infusion continued and the action was cancelled. In such an event, the first central server 109 was At block 6128, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 1 08a via the canceled URL. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the channel is valid ), Then the first central server 099 at block 6132 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a message indicating the patient 112 and the resumed infusion. Preferably, the display of ρρΑ also includes a "Continue" button and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can resume the indicated infusion manually, and then press the "continue" button to notify the first central server 10g to check whether the correct infusion has been resumed in the interim. . Alternatively, the user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the first central server 丨 09 is at block 6128, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. . 'If the user presses the "Continue, button", the first central server 109 is located at block 6134, and is judged by reading the status information transmitted from the pump 120 to the first central server 109 Whether the infusion is resumed. If the pump 120 is unable to communicate with the first central server 109, then the first 200422917 central server 109 generates a loss of communication event for the channel. If the communication with a channel is lost , The state of the infusion on the channel cannot be changed to "resumed and resumed" until the communication with the channel is resumed. If the communication is properly functioning but the infusion is not resumed, the first center The server 109 is at block 6136 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a warning message to indicate that the infusion has not resumed, and indicates that the patient 112 and the infusion to be resumed. Preferably, the display also includes a "OK" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "OK" button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 6134 to see if the correct infusion is actually resumed and continued. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server j 09 is located at block 6128, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 10 8 a via the canceled URL. Right? 丨? Night in the square ~ several u 1 μ

伺服器109係在方塊6144之處,經由該完成的肌傳巨 個成功碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。該第一中央伺服器 係對於所選的輸液維持病患識別符、藥物識別符以及超 識別符之間的關連。該第二中央健器則&只有在從身 中央祠服H 1G9接收到-個成功碼時,才更新輸液之银 為“運行的’,。任何其它的結果(例如,取消碼或是失敗 都使得第二中央伺服器嶋持該輸液在其先前的㈣ 。較佳地,若使用者希望恢復繼續運行在一個通道上之 要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者,則該使用者可以執行該 復繼續輸液,,動作兩次,對於每個輸液執行_次。該停 194 200422917 mar之目的而被 中斷過程可以被湘來記錄該輸液 重新開始。 '' 第62圖係說明移去系過程62〇〇的一個 ί過程6 2 G G可以被利用來終止在該第-中央伺服器^去 貝料庫中之一個通道 、°③的 的資料庫中之中斷輸液指令而與存在於藥局 JL/中斷h 且不需透過上述的停 從一個程瞻。一般而言,該移去果過程_係 個例如是數位助理丨丨8的電 裝置係包含指出一個將被執行的 ::二 :::影響的病患⑴之資訊(例如,病患二:: :將受到影響之病患112的_ 124之資訊(例如A 。該過程議係接著傳送此f訊至第—中央祠服器 9,該第一中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合 该移去泵指令資訊,並且確認正確的請是否被移去。 _更明確地说,該舉例的移去泵過程6200係開始於該第 ,中央伺服器i〇8a在方塊6202之處使得數位助理118顯 丁個病患表列以供選擇。顯示—個病患表列的數位助理 之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患 表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理118的使 用者(例如,醫濩人員1丨6)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選 擇位病患n2之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的 資訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器1〇8a。 "於该數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器1〇8a之間的通訊 195 200422917 可以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路i 〇2之任何適當的 . 通訊通道。該第二中央伺服器1G8a係接著在方塊⑽4田之 處使得該數位助理118顯示一個動作表列。顯示一個動作 表列的數位助理之顯示器118a的—個例子係被描繪在第 25圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患112相 關之動作。例如,若-項與此病4 112相關的輸液是目前 被列在第一中央祠服器109的資料庫中時,則將只有“移去 泵”動作是可利用的。 當該使用者從該動作表列選擇“移去泵,,動作時,指明 · 所k的動作之f訊係被傳送至第二中央飼服器! _。作為 回應地’該第二中央餘器⑽a係在方塊62Q6之處使得 數位助理118顯示-個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個與將 受到移去泵’’動作影響的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的 減別符。提不该使用者掃描一個與該藥物i 24相關之機器 可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係被 描緣在第34圖中。該使用者可以使用數位助王里118的掃描 器來掃描在-個藥⑯m袋之上的藥物的標冑124a(例# · ,在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者是,該使用者可以人 工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理丨丨8中。 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6208之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器l〇8a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a(或是 數位助理118)係檢查是否接收到一個適當地格式化的藥物 識別符。較佳地,第二中央伺服器1〇8a並不需要檢查該藥 物識別符是否符合在該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a的資料庫中之 196 200422917 一個目前的輸液,因為該“移去泵,,動作之目的是從該第一 中央伺服器109的資料庫中移去在第二中央伺服器1〇8&的 資料庫中不具有對應的輸液之關連。 右該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)並未被適當地格式化時 ,則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊621〇之處使得數位助 理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦使用者應答該無效 的物品通知.(或是該通知暫停)時,該數位助理丨丨8係在方 塊6206之處再次顯示該晝面為提示使用者掃描一個與將被 恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6208之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)是 適當地被格式化時,則第二中央伺服器i〇8a係在方塊 6212之處使得數位助理118顯示一個晝面為提示該使用者 掃描一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示 使用者掃描一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符 之數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第36圖 中。使用者可以使用數位助理丨丨8的掃描器來掃描在一個 病患腕帶112a之上的條碼標籤。或者是,使用者可以人工 地輸入該病患識別符至數位助理118中。該病患識別符係 接著在方塊6214之處被傳送至該第二中央伺服器1〇8a用 於驗證。该第二中央伺服器1〇8a(或是數位助理118)係接 著檢查是否接收到一個適當地格式化的病患識別符。較佳 地,第二中央伺服器1〇8a並不需要檢查該病患識別符是否 付合在該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a的資料庫中之一個目前的輸 液,因為該“移去泵”動作之目的是從該第一中央伺服器 200422917 109的資料庫中移去在第二中央伺服器i 〇8a的資料庫中不 具有對應的輸液之關連。然而,該第二中央伺服器1〇8a( 或是數位助理118)可以檢查該病患識別符是否符合在方塊 6202中所選的病患U2。 若該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未被適當地袼式化 時,或是該病患識別符並不相符在方塊62〇2中所選的病患 112時’第二中央伺服器i〇8a係在方塊6216之處使得數 位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該 無效的病患通知(或是該通知暫停)時,該數位助理丨丨8係 f 在方塊6 212之處再次顯示該畫面為提示該使用者掃描一個 與该病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6214之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID) 是適當地被格式化並且符合在方塊62〇2中所選的病患112 時,則第二中央伺服器丨〇8a係在方塊621 7之處傳送一個“ 如止警報指定路由”XML文件至第一中央伺服器j 〇9。該“停 止警報指定路由”XML文件係包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶 ID)、藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)、完成的肌以及取消的· URL。該完成的URL是若該泵12〇被成功地移除時所用的一 個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“移去果,,動作失敗或是 被取消時所用的一個網路位址。 ” 一旦第一中央伺服器109接收到該“停止警報指定路由 文件後’該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6224之處 判斷該“停止警報指定路由”通文件是否為有效的。例如 ’該第一中央飼服器109可以檢查是否有任何通常在“停止 198 200422917The server 109 is located at the block 6144, and transmits a huge success code to the second central server 108a via the completed muscle. The first central server maintains the relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the super-identifier for the selected infusion. The second central fitness device & updates the infusion silver to "running" only when a success code is received from the central server H 1G9. Any other result (eg, cancellation code or failure) Both make the second central server hold the infusion at its previous level. Preferably, if the user wishes to resume both the infusion and the small soft bag infusion that continue to run on one channel, the user can execute This compound continued the infusion, and performed two actions, which were performed _ times for each infusion. The process of stopping the purpose of 194 200422917 mar can be interrupted by Xiang to record the infusion to restart. '' Figure 62 illustrates the removal process A 6 2 GG process of 62〇〇 can be used to terminate a channel in the first central server ^ to the shell library, interrupt the infusion instruction in the database of ° ③ and exist in the pharmacy JL / Interrupt h and do not need to stop from a program through the above-mentioned stop. Generally speaking, the removal process is an electrical device such as a digital assistant. It contains an indication that one will be executed: 2: 二 :: : Affected Patients (For example, Patient 2: :: Information of _ 124 of the affected patient 112 (such as A. The process then sends this f message to the first central server 9 and the first central server 109 It is to confirm whether the channel identification information conforms to the removal pump instruction information, and confirm whether the correct one is removed. _ More specifically, the example of the removal of the pump process 6200 is started at the first, the central server i〇8a At block 6202, the digital assistant 118 displays the patient list for selection. An example of the digital assistant display 118a showing a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list It is preferably limited to patients related to a user (eg, medical staff 1 丨 6) who is logged in to the digital assistant 118 at that time. Once the user selects patient n2, the selection is indicated and / or It is the information of the patient 112 that is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central server 108a. &Quot; Communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server 108a can be reached via 2004200417 For example, the above wireless / wired network i 〇2 Any appropriate. Communication channel. The second central server 1G8a then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at the box 4 field. An example of the digital assistant display 118a displaying an action list is Illustrated in Figure 25. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient 112. For example, if the -infusion related to this disease 4 112 is currently listed in the first central shrine In the database of the server 109, only the "remove pump" action is available. When the user selects "remove pump from the action list", when the action is specified, f The message is transmitted to the second central feeder! _. In response, the second central remnant ⑽a is located at block 62Q6 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a diurnal surface to prompt the user to scan a machine related to the drug 124 which will be affected by the action of the `` remove pump '' The minus sign read. An example of the digital assistant's display U8a that scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug i 24 is depicted in Figure 34. The user can use the scanner of Digital Assistant Wang 118 to scan the label 124a of a medicine on a medicine bag (example #, a bar code on an infusion bag). Alternatively, the user can manually enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 丨 8. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a at block 6208 for verification. The second central server 108a (or digital assistant 118) checks whether a properly formatted drug identifier has been received. Preferably, the second central server 108a does not need to check whether the drug identifier conforms to 196 200422917 in the database of the second central server 0082004a a current infusion because the "remove pump The purpose of the action is to remove from the database of the first central server 109 the connection that does not have a corresponding infusion in the database of the second central server 108 &. Right the drug identifier (for example, When the bag ID is not properly formatted, the second central server 108a causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid item notification at block 6210. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification. (Or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 8 again displays the day surface at block 6206 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the medication 124 to be resumed. If At block 6208, when the drug identifier (eg, bag ID) is properly formatted, the second central server i08a is at block 6212 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to prompt the Make The user scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. An example of the digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112 is depicted in Figure 36. The user can use the digital assistant's 8 scanner to scan a bar code label on a patient's wristband 112a. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the patient identifier into the digital assistant 118 The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 6214. The second central server 108a (or digital assistant 118) is then checked for A properly formatted patient identifier was received. Preferably, the second central server 108a does not need to check whether the patient identifier fits in the database of the second central server 08a One of the current infusions, because the purpose of the "remove pump" action is to remove from the database of the first central server 200422917 109 there is no corresponding one in the database of the second central server i 08a Infusion Related. However, the second central server 108a (or digital assistant 118) can check whether the patient identifier matches the patient U2 selected in block 6202. If the patient identifier (for example, the wrist (With ID) is not properly formatted, or the patient identifier does not match the patient 112 selected in box 62202, the second central server i08a is located in box 6216 The digital assistant 118 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 丨 丨 8 series f displays the screen again at block 6 212 To prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. If at block 6214, the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) is properly formatted and matches the patient 112 selected at block 62〇2, then the second central server 丨 〇8a At block 6217, a "Routing Alarm Designated Routing" XML file is transmitted to the first central server j09. The "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML file contains a patient identifier (eg, wristband ID), a drug identifier (eg, bag ID), a completed muscle, and a canceled URL. The completed URL is a network address used if the pump 120 is successfully removed. The canceled URL is a network address used if the "removed result, the action failed, or was canceled." Once the first central server 109 receives the "stop alarm specified routing file," the first The central server 109 judges at block 6224 whether the "stop alarm designated routing" pass file is valid. For example, 'the first central feeder 109 can check whether there is any "stop 198 200422917"

器109係在方塊6228之處, 。此顯示可以包含一個理由,例 ’’XML文件缺少資料。在該使用 t誤訊息之後,該第一中央伺服 ’經由該取消的URL傳回一個失 敗碼至第二中央伺服器i 〇8a。 若第一中央伺服器1〇9判斷該“停止警報指定路由” xml 文件是有效的,則該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係起始該通道掃 祂過程5730。一般而言,該通道掃描過程573〇係提示使 用者來掃描一個與目前相關於將被移除的泵12〇之泵通道 相關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是 否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即如以上參考第 58圖詳細所述者)。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以 g 及藥物識別符不相關時,則該“移去泵,,動作係被取消。在 此種事件中,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6228之處, 經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器工 ο 若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 關時(亦即,該通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係 在方塊6 2 3 2之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出該 199 200422917 病患112以及與此動作相關的輸液。較佳地,PDA的顯示 晝面亦包含一個“繼續,,按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種 方式,使用者可以人工地停止所指出的輸液,並且接著按 下該“繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器109來檢查正確的 輸液只際上‘疋否被停止。或者是,使用者可以按下該“取消 ’’按鈕,在此時的第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6228之處The device 109 is located at block 6228. This display can include a reason, such as' XML file is missing data. After the use t error message, the first central server ′ returns a failure code to the second central server i 08a via the canceled URL. If the first central server 109 judges that the "stop alarm designated routing" xml file is valid, the first central server 109 starts the channel scanning process 5730. Generally speaking, the channel scanning process 5730 prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the pump channel currently associated with the pump 12 to be removed, and determine whether the scanned channel is Related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (ie, as detailed above with reference to Figure 58). If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier, g, and drug identifier, the "remove the pump and the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first central server 109 At block 6228, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the cancelled URL. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the channel is Valid), then the first central server 丨 09 is at the block 6 2 3 2 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the 199 200422917 patient 112 and the infusion related to this action. Preferably, the PDA The display also includes a "Continue," button and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can manually stop the indicated infusion and then press the "Continue" button to notify the first center The server 109 is used to check whether the correct infusion has been stopped. Or, the user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the first central server 109 is located at the block 6228.

,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 108a。 W, A cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. W

若使用者按下該‘‘繼續,,按鈕,該第一 係在…34之處’藉由讀取由泉120傳送至該第:中丨: 飼服益_的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被停止。若該赛 液未被停止時,則第—中央飼服器剛係在方塊6236之虑 使付數位助理118顯不一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被轉 止。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含一個“繼、續,,按紅以及一個“取 ::若使用者按下該‘‘取消,,按-,則第-中央飼服器 109係在方塊6228之虛,她山# ,If the user presses the "continue, button, the first line is located at ... 34 'by judging whether the infusion is transmitted by reading the status information transmitted from the spring 120 to the second: middle 丨: feeding benefit_ Be stopped. If the game fluid has not been stopped, the concern that the first-central feeder was tied to block 6236 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a warning message indicating that the infusion has not been stopped. Preferably, the display also includes a "continue, continue, press red, and a" take :: if the user presses this "to cancel, and press-, the -th central feeding device 109 is located at block 6228虚 , 她 山 #,

處左由该取消的URL傳回一個取消 碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 々 :使用者按下該“繼續,’按紐,則第一中央飼服器⑽ 在方塊624G之處t試料主要的輸液或是小軟袋 輸液(但車乂佳地非為兩者)多 ,以及通道識別符之間的;;=識別符、藥物識別符 止與在-料道上運行之主㈣錢者希望停 相關之警報指定路由時,使=輪液以及小軟袋輸液兩者 兩次,對於每個輸液各執可::行該“移去果,,動作 人。右第一中央伺服器109 200 200422917 在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是不成功的,則該第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊6228之處,經由該取消的URL傳 回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器1 〇8a。若該第一中央飼服 器109在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是成功的,則該 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6244之處,經由該完成的 URL傳回一個成功碼至第二中央伺服器1 〇8a。From here, the cancellation URL returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a. 々: The user presses the "Continue, 'button, then the first central feeding device ⑽ At the box 624G, the sample is mainly infusion or small soft bag infusion (but it is better for both) , And between the channel identifiers;; = identifiers, drug identifiers, and the main money saver who runs on the-channel want to stop the alarms related to the specified route, so that = round liquid and small soft bag infusion At the same time, each infusion can be performed ::: This should "remove the fruit, and move people. The right first central server 109 200 200422917 is unsuccessful in removing the database connection at block 6242, then the first central server 109 is at block 6228 and returns a failure code via the canceled URL To the second central server 108a. If the first central feeder 109 was successful in removing the database connection at block 6242, the first central server 109 is at block 6244 and returns a success code to the completed URL to The second central server 108a.

只有在“移去泵’’動作是成功時,該第一中央飼服器 1 09才會對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符 以及通道識別符之間的關連。否則,該關連係被維持。在 從第一中央伺服器1 〇 9接收到一個成功碼之際,該第二中 央伺服器1 08a並不需要更新該“被移去的,,輸液之狀態。 安全的通訊過鋥 如上所述’ δ亥糸統可以包含在一個有線或是無線網路 上通訊之複數個數位助理118以及複數個醫療器材(例如, 輸液栗120)。因為某些被傳送的資料是機密的醫療資料, 因此該資料較佳地是被加密的,並且在開放的環境中只被 傳送至被授權的使用者及裝置。為了設定一個新的數位助 _ 理118或是醫療器材12 〇,該確認過程的一個委任 (commissioning)階段可以被執行。每次一個被委任的裝置 被開機時,較佳地是執行一個確認過程,以便於驗證是否 正在和一個被授權的裝置以及/或是使用者通訊。一旦一 個裝置以及/或疋使用者被確認後’保密的單向以及/或是 雙向的通訊可以產生,以便於在數位助理、醫療器材以及 /或是伺服器之間傳遞參數、指令、資料、警報、狀態資 201 200422917 訊以及任何其它類型的資訊。 請參考第63圖,安全的通訊過程63〇〇的數位助理委 任階段(亦即,伺服器的登記階段)係開始在方塊63〇2之處 田第一中央伺服器1 〇9產生一個數位助理的使用者帳戶 時。例如,該數位助理使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式 ,利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第一中央伺服器 1〇9係接著在方塊6304之處產生一個數位憑證給該數位助 理118。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如,該 數位憑證可以在該第一中央伺服器、1〇9之處用眾所週㈣着 方式,利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑 證較佳地係包含利用該第一中央伺服器的私有密錄來數位 簽旱之數位助理的公開密鑰。換言之,該第一中央伺服器 1 〇9係作用為用於該數位助理的數位憑證的認證中心(ca) 。一旦該數位憑證被產生後,該第一中央伺服$ 1〇9係在 方塊6306之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。 孩數位助理的數位憑證以及數位助理的私有密鑰係接 著在方塊6308之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至在方 · 塊6310之處的數位助理118。較佳地,該數位助理的數位 憑證以及數位助理的私有密输係經由安全的連線而被傳送 至數位助理118。例如,未連接至任何其它裝置的rs—232 電缆線可以被使用。此外,該第一中央飼服器的數位憑證 係在方塊6312之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9被傳送至在 方塊6314之處的數位助理118。同樣地,該第一中央飼服 器的數位憑證較佳地是經由例如是未連接至任何其它裝置 202 200422917 的RS-232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至該數位助理ιΐ8 。在此時,該數位助理118係被委任(亦即,向該伺服器登 記)。 當然,任何與數位助理118通訊的方法都可以被使用 。在一個例子中,數位助理的私有密鑰可以在該數位助理 118被製造之際,被儲存在一個與該數位助理丨丨8相關的 記憶體中(例如,EPROM)。此外,每個數位助理丨丨8可以具Only when the "remove pump" action is successful, the first central feeder 1 09 will remove the association between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier for the selected infusion. Otherwise The relationship is maintained. Upon receiving a success code from the first central server 1009, the second central server 108a does not need to update the "removed," status of the infusion. A secure communication process As described above, the δH system can include a plurality of digital assistants 118 and a plurality of medical equipment (e.g., infusion pump 120) for communication over a wired or wireless network. Because some of the transmitted data is confidential medical information, the data is preferably encrypted and only transmitted to authorized users and devices in an open environment. To set up a new digital assistant 118 or medical device 120, a commissioning phase of the confirmation process can be performed. Each time a commissioned device is powered on, it is preferred to perform a confirmation process to verify that it is communicating with an authorized device and / or user. Once a device and / or user is identified, 'confidential one-way and / or two-way communications can be generated to facilitate the transfer of parameters, commands, data, and information between digital assistants, medical devices, and / or servers, Alarms, status information, 201 200422917 news, and any other type of information. Please refer to FIG. 63. The secure communication process of the digital assistant commissioning stage (ie, the server registration stage) of 6300 starts to generate a digital assistant at Block 632, the first central server 109. User account. For example, the digital assistant user account can be created in a well-known manner using Microsoft's Active Directory. The first central server 109 then generates a digital voucher to the digital assistant 118 at block 6304. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, the digital voucher can be generated in a well-known manner on the first central server, 109, using Microsoft's digital voucher service. The digital voucher preferably contains the public key of a digital assistant who digitally signs the drought using the private secret of the first central server. In other words, the first central server 107 functions as a certificate authority (ca) for the digital credentials of the digital assistant. Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server $ 109 maps the digital certificate to the user account at block 6306. The child's digital assistant's digital credentials and the digital assistant's private key are then transmitted by the first central server 109 at block 6308 to the digital assistant 118 at block 6310. Preferably, the digital certificate of the digital assistant and the private key of the digital assistant are transmitted to the digital assistant 118 via a secure connection. For example, an rs-232 cable that is not connected to any other device can be used. In addition, the digital voucher for the first central feeder is transmitted at block 6312 via the first central server 109 to the digital assistant 118 at block 6314. Likewise, the digital credentials of the first central feeding device are preferably transmitted to the digital assistant via a secure connection such as an RS-232 cable that is not connected to any other device 202 200422917. At this time, the digital assistant 118 was appointed (ie, registered with the server). Of course, any method of communicating with the digital assistant 118 can be used. In one example, the digital assistant's private key may be stored in a memory (eg, EPROM) associated with the digital assistant 118 when the digital assistant 118 is manufactured. In addition, each digital assistant

有相同的私有密鑰,而帶有不同的識別碼以被用來在數位 助理118之間做區別。Have the same private key, but with different identification codes to be used to distinguish between the digital assistants 118.

每次一個被委任的數位助理丨丨8開機時,該數位助理 118以及第一中央伺服器1〇9必須執行一個確認過程,以 便於從不安全的無線連線移到安全的無線連線。在所舉的 例子中’數位助理118係在方塊6316以及方塊6318之處 建立與第一中央伺服器1〇9不安全的802.11(無線乙太網 路)連線。當然,任何類型的連線都可以被使用,例如, 有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。 現在轉而談到第64圖,在方塊6402之處,該數位助 理118係傳送一項請求給第一中央伺服器1 09以建立安全 的連線。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6404之處接收該 數位助理的建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊6406之處,藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份 第一中央祠服器的數位憑證至數位助理118來回應於該建 立安全的連線之請求。該數位助理118係在方塊6408之處 接收該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證。 203 200422917 該數位助理118係在方塊641 0之處使用該第一中央飼 服态的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器1 〇 g。此外,在 方塊6412之處,該數位助理118係使用該第一中央伺服器 的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器〗〇9相關之内 肷的通用資源位標(URL)。當該數位助理118知道其正在和 真正的第一中央伺服器1 0 9交談時,於是可以從該擷取到 的URL請求資料及服務。 接著,在方塊6414之處,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係傳 迗一項請求給數位助理118以建立另外一半之安全的連線 0 。该數位助理118係在方塊641 6之處接收該第一中央伺服 器的請求。該數位助理118係在方塊6418之處,藉由傳送 一份數位助理的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器丨〇9來回應於 忒建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊6420之處接收該數位助理的數位憑證。 違第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6422之處使用該數位 助理的數位憑證來確認該數位助理丨丨8。當第一中央伺服 器109在知道其正在和一個被委任的數位助理118交談後 φ ,於是可以和該數位助理118通訊。此外,現在轉而談到 第65圖,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊65〇2之處,藉 由將用於該數位助理的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態 目錄來建立哪些檔案是此數位助理被授權可存取的。 既然該數位助理118係與第一中央伺服器1〇9在安全 的連線上通訊,並且該數位助理118係被准予來存取在該 第一中央伺服器109之上的某些檔案,於是在方塊65〇4之 204 200422917 處,該數位助理118可以藉由存取從該第一中央伺服器的 數位憑證所擷取之URL,和該第一中央伺服器丨建立起 t全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1 〇 9亦在方塊的〇 6之 處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外,在該第一中央伺服器 109之上的一個應用程式係在方塊6508之處確認該數位助 理118是否屬於適當的動態目錄。 儘管該數位助理118現在是可被確認的,但是第一中 央伺服器1 0 9仍然不知道使用該數位助理〗18之使用者的 身分。這是重要的,因為某些使用者可能有和其他使用者 0 不同的存取權,並且某些警報以及其它的資料只有被傳送 至特定的使用者。於是,在該第一中央伺服器丨〇9之上的 一個應用程式可能會在方塊6510之處請求該數位助理118 的使用者提供使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該數位助理11 §在 方塊6 512之處接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後,該 數位助理118係在方塊6514之處,經由在該數位助理之顯 示器118a之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使用者名稱以及密 碼。該使用者名稱及密碼係接著在方塊6516之處藉由該數 I 位助理118被傳送,並且在方塊6518之處被該第一中央伺 服器109所接收。在該第一中央伺服器1 09之上的應用程 式於是可以在方塊6520之處確認該使用者。 一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上(例如,該第一中央飼服 器109)被確認後’則該些確認的憑據(cre(jential)可被利 用來自動地在另一個伺服器之上(例如,第二中央飼服器 10 8 a )確s忍该數位助理118。在^^固例子中,只有當使用者 205 200422917 在β亥第中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器108a上都被 確認時’該使用者才會被確認。於是,該使用者名稱及密 直幸乂佳地疋每當使用者名稱或是密碼被產生或是修改時, 其都在該第一中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器胸之 間同步進行。 日在確涊该使用者之後,該第一中央伺服器109較佳地 疋傳回個代符(token),該代符將會是該使用者以及第一 中央伺服器、109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著 對於第一中央伺服器109所·做的每個請求一起被傳送(例如 HTTP ‘通中或疋作為小型文字檔(co〇kie)),作為一 種確認該請求的來源以及因此確認回應之目的地之手段。 一此代符是在適當位置處,數位助理丨丨8可以從一個無 線存取點114無間隙地漫遊至另一個無線存取點。 現在轉而談到第66圖,該過程63〇〇之醫療器材的委 任階段(亦即,伺服器的登記階段)係開始在方塊66〇2之處 ,當第一中央伺服器1〇9產生一個醫療器材的使用者帳戶 時。例如,該醫療器材使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式 ’利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第一中央伺服器 109係接著在方塊66〇4之處產生一個數位憑證給該醫療器 材120。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如,該 數位憑證可以在該第一中央伺服器1〇9之處用眾所週知的 方式,利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑 證較佳地係包含利用該第一中央伺服器的私有密鍮來數位 簽章之醫療器材的公開密鑰。換言之,該第一中央伺服器 206 200422917 109係作用為用於該醫療器材的數位憑證的認證中心(CA) 。一旦该數位憑證被產生後,該第一中央伺服器10 9係在 方塊6606之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。 該醫療器材的數位憑證以及醫療器材的私有密鑰係接 著在方塊6608之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至方塊 6610之處的醫療器材12〇。較佳地,該醫療器材的數位憑 證以及醫療器材的私有密鑰係經由例如是未連接至任何其 它裝置的RS-232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至醫療器材 120。此外’該第一中央飼服器的數位憑證係在方塊6612 · 之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9被傳送至方塊6614之處的 醫同樣地’該第一中央飼服器的數位憑證較 佳地是經由例如是未連接至任何其它裝置的Rs—232電纜線 之女全的連線而被傳送至該醫療器材丨2〇。在此時,該醫 療裔材120係被委任(亦即,向該伺服器登記)。 田d任何與邊療器材120通訊的方法都可以被使用 在個例子中,醫療器材的私有密餘可以在該醫療器材 120被製造之際,被儲存在-個與該醫療器材120顚· 記憶體中(例如,EPR0M)。此外,每個醫療器材12〇可以具 有相同的私有密鑰’而帶有不同的識別碼以被用來在醫療 器材12 0之間做區別。 每人個被委任的醫療器材】2〇開機時,該醫療器材 120以及第—中央㈣_⑽必須執行-個確認過程,以 便於從不安全的無線連㈣料全的無料線。在第67 圖所舉的例子中,醫療器材12〇係在方塊隨以及方塊 207 200422917 6704之處建立與第一中央飼服器1〇9不安全的敝η(無 線乙太網路)連線。當然,任何類型的連線都可以被使用 ,例如,有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。 接著,在方塊6706之處,該醫療器材12〇係傳送一項 請求給第一中央伺服器1〇9以建立安全的連線。該第一中 央伺服器1G9係在方塊6·之處接收該醫療器材的建立安 全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊67ι〇之 處’藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份第一中央飼服器的數 位憑證至醫療器材12〇來回應於該建立安全的連線之請求 φ 。該醫療器材120係在方塊6712之處接收該第一中央伺服 器的數位憑證。 該醫療器材120係在方塊6714之處使用該第一中央伺 服态的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器i 〇9。此外,在 方塊6716之處,該醫療器材12〇係使用該第一中央伺服器 的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器丨〇9相關之内 嵌的通用資源位標(URL)。當醫療器材120知道其正在和真 正的第一中央伺服器109交談時,於是可以從該擷取到的 % URL清求資料及服務。 接著’在方塊6718之處,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係傳 送一項請求給醫療器材120以建立另外一半之安全的連線 ° 4醫療器材12 0係在方塊6 7 2 0之處接收該第一中央伺服 器的請求。該醫療器材120係在方塊6722之處,藉由傳送 一份醫療器材的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器丨〇9來回應於 該建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器丨係在方 208 200422917 塊6724之處接收該醫療器材的數位憑證。 現在轉而談到第68圖,該第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方 塊6802之處使用該醫療器材的數位憑證來確認該醫療器材 120。當第一中央伺服器ι〇9在知道其正在和一個被委任的 醫療器材120交談後,於是可以和該醫療器材丨2〇通訊。 此外,該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊68〇4之處,藉由將 用於該醫療器材的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態目錄 來建立哪些檔案是此醫療器材120被授權可存取的。Each time an appointed digital assistant is turned on, the digital assistant 118 and the first central server 109 must perform a confirmation process to facilitate the move from an unsecured wireless connection to a secure wireless connection. In the example given, the 'digital assistant 118' establishes an insecure 802.11 (wireless Ethernet) connection with the first central server 1009 at blocks 6316 and 6318. Of course, any type of connection can be used, such as a wired connection or a connection using other protocols. Turning now to Figure 64, at block 6402, the digital assistant 118 sends a request to the first central server 1009 to establish a secure connection. The first central server 109 receives the digital assistant's request to establish a secure connection at block 6404. The first central server 109 is located at block 6406, and responds to the request to establish a secure connection by transmitting a digital certificate of the first central server to the digital assistant 118 over an insecure connection. . The digital assistant 118 receives the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6408. 203 200422917 The digital assistant 118 uses the digital certificate of the first central feeding state at block 6410 to confirm the first central server 10 g. In addition, at block 6412, the digital assistant 118 uses the digital certificate of the first central server to retrieve a universal resource identifier (URL) associated with the first central server. When the digital assistant 118 knows that it is talking to the real first central server 10, it can request data and services from the retrieved URL. Next, at block 6414, the first central server 109 sends a request to the digital assistant 118 to establish the other half of the secure connection 0. The digital assistant 118 receives the request from the first central server at block 6416. The digital assistant 118 is at block 6418 and responds to the request to establish a secure connection by sending a digital certificate of the digital assistant to the first central server. The first central server 09 receives the digital credentials of the digital assistant at block 6420. The first central server 109 uses the digital assistant's digital credentials to confirm the digital assistant at block 6422. When the first central server 109 knows that it is talking to an appointed digital assistant 118, it can communicate with the digital assistant 118. In addition, turning now to Figure 65, the first central server 109 is located at block 6502 by mapping the conversations of the user account for the digital assistant to a dynamic directory. Create which files this digital assistant is authorized to access. Since the digital assistant 118 communicates with the first central server 109 over a secure connection, and the digital assistant 118 is granted access to certain files on the first central server 109, then At block 6504-204 200422917, the digital assistant 118 can establish a full communication session with the first central server by accessing the URL retrieved from the digital certificate of the first central server . The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at the block 06. In addition, an application program on the first central server 109 confirms at block 6508 whether the digital assistant 118 belongs to the appropriate dynamic directory. Although the digital assistant 118 is now identifiable, the first central server 10 9 still does not know the identity of the user using the digital assistant 18. This is important because some users may have different access rights than other users 0, and some alerts and other data are only sent to specific users. Thus, an application on the first central server 09 may request the user of the digital assistant 118 to provide a username and password at block 6510. Once the digital assistant 11 § receives a request for a username and password at block 6 512, the digital assistant 118 is at block 6514, and prompts on the digital assistant's display 118a to remove the The user retrieves the username and password. The username and password are then transmitted by the digital assistant 118 at block 6516 and received by the first central server 109 at block 6518. The application on the first central server 109 can then confirm the user at block 6520. Once the user is confirmed on one server (eg, the first central feeder 109), then the confirmed credentials (cre (jential) can be used to automatically be on another server ( For example, the second central feeding device 10 8 a) does not tolerate the digital assistant 118. In the solid example, only when the user 205 200422917 is on the beta central server 109 and the second central server 108a When confirmed, the user will be confirmed. Therefore, the user name and password are fortunate. Whenever a user name or password is generated or modified, it is on the first central server 109. And the second central server is synchronized. After confirming the user, the first central server 109 preferably returns a token, and the token will be the user. And is unique to the talks between the first central server, 109. This talk token is transmitted with every request made to the first central server 109 (for example, HTTP 'Tongzhong or 疋 as a small Text file (co〇kie)), as a confirmation that The source of the request and therefore the means of confirming the destination of the response. This token is in place, the digital assistant 8 can roam from one wireless access point 114 to another wireless access point without gaps. Turning to Figure 66, the process of commissioning the medical device (ie, the registration phase of the server) at 6300 starts at block 662, when the first central server 109 generates a medical Device user account. For example, the medical device user account can be created in a well-known manner using Microsoft's Active Directory. The first central server 109 then generates a number at block 6604. The voucher is given to the medical device 120. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, the digital voucher can be used in the well-known manner at the first central server 10 by using Microsoft's digital voucher service and Generated. The digital certificate preferably contains the public key of the medical device digitally signed using the private key of the first central server. In other words, The first central server 206 200422917 109 acts as a certificate authority (CA) for the digital certificate of the medical device. Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server 10 9 places the block at 6606 The digital certificate is mapped to the user account. The digital certificate of the medical device and the private key of the medical device are then transmitted by the first central server 109 to the medical device at block 6610 at block 6608. 120. Preferably, the digital certificate of the medical device and the private key of the medical device are transmitted to the medical device 120 via a secure connection such as an RS-232 cable that is not connected to any other device. In addition, 'the digital voucher of the first central feeding device is the same as the doctor who transmitted the first central server 1109 to the block 6614 at the same place as the first central feeding device' The digital voucher is preferably transmitted to the medical device via a connection such as a female connector of an RS-232 cable that is not connected to any other device. At this time, the medical staff 120 is appointed (ie, registered with the server). Tiand Any method of communicating with the edge treatment equipment 120 can be used in the example. The private secrets of the medical equipment can be stored at the time when the medical equipment 120 is manufactured. Body (for example, EPROM). In addition, each medical device 120 may have the same private key 'with a different identification code to be used to distinguish between medical devices 120. Each commissioned medical device] When the 20 is turned on, the medical device 120 and the first central device must perform a confirmation process in order to facilitate the complete wireless line from the unsafe wireless connection. In the example shown in Figure 67, the medical device 12o establishes an unsecure 敝 η (wireless Ethernet) connection with the first central feeder 1009 at the box following and box 207 200422917 6704 . Of course, any type of connection can be used, for example, a wired connection or a connection using other protocols. Next, at block 6706, the medical device 120 sends a request to the first central server 109 to establish a secure connection. The first central server 1G9 receives the request for establishing a secure connection of the medical equipment at block 6 ·. The first central server 1009 is located at block 67m0 'in response to the establishment of a secure by transmitting a digital certificate of the first central feeder to the medical device 12 Request for connection φ. The medical device 120 receives the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6712. The medical device 120 uses the digital certificate of the first central server state at block 6714 to confirm the first central server i 09. In addition, at block 6716, the medical device 120 uses the digital certificate of the first central server to retrieve an embedded universal resource tag (URL) associated with the first central server. . When the medical device 120 knows that it is talking to the real first central server 109, it can request data and services from the retrieved% URL. Then 'at block 6718, the first central server 109 sends a request to the medical device 120 to establish the other half of the secure connection. 4 Medical device 12 0 is at block 6 7 2 0 A request from the first central server is received. The medical device 120 is at block 6722, and responds to the request to establish a secure connection by transmitting a digital certificate of the medical device to the first central server. The first central server receives the digital voucher for the medical device at block 208 200422917 block 6724. Turning now to Figure 68, the first central server 1009 uses the digital credentials of the medical device to confirm the medical device 120 at block 6802. When the first central server ι09 knows that it is talking to an appointed medical device 120, it can then communicate with the medical device 20. In addition, the first central server 109 is located at block 6804, by mapping the talks of the user account for the medical device to a dynamic directory to establish which files are authorized for the medical device 120. Access.

既然戎醫療器材12〇係與第一中央伺服器丨〇9在安全 的連線上通訊,並且該醫療器材12〇係被准予來存取在該 第一中央伺服器109之上的某些檔案,於是在方塊68〇6之 處,該醫療器材120可以藉由存取從該第一中央伺服器的 ,位憑證所擷取之URL,和該第一中央祠服器1〇9建立起 女全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1〇9亦在方塊68〇8之 處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外,在該第一中央伺服器 109之上的一個應用程式係在方塊681〇之處確認該醫療器 材120是否屬於適當的動態目錄。 央祠服器1G9仍然不知道使用該醫療器材12()之使用 身刀。在命多情形中’沒有使用者會與醫療器材120 。在某些應用程式中,$可能是重要的,因為某些使 可能擁有和其他使用者不同的在 π个u的存取權。此外,一個醫 材可以具有不同的“角多,, «色 例如’一個醫療器材可以j 單向的通訊,,角色或是“譬向的、s #,,々 雙向的通訊,,角色。以此種方式 209 200422917 個能夠進行雙向的通訊之醫療器材120可以被設置在一個 預期只有單向的通訊裝置之系統中。類似地,一個能夠處 理單向的通訊裝置以及雙向的通訊裝置之系統可能需要被 告知其所連接的裝置類型。 於是,在該第一中央伺服器丨〇9之上的一個應用程式 可能會在方塊6812之處請求該醫療器材120的使用者提供 使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該醫療器材120在方塊6814之處 接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後,該醫療器材12〇 係在方塊6816之處,經由在該醫療器材12〇或是一個關聯 的數位助理之顯示器118a之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使 用者名稱以及密碼。該使用者名稱及密碼係接著在第69 圖的方塊6902之處藉由該醫療器材12〇(或是其它裝置)而 被傳送,並且在方塊6904之處被該第一中央伺服器1〇9所 接收。在該第一中央伺服器109之上的應用程式於是可以 在方塊6906之處確認該使用者。 一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上(例如,該第一中央伺服 器109)被確認後,則該些確認的憑據可被利用來自動地在 另一個伺服器之上(例如,第二中央飼服器1〇8〇確認該使 用者。在-個例子中,尸、有當使用者在該第一中央伺服器 109以及第二中央伺服器108a上都被確認時,該使用者^ 會被確認。於是,該使用者名稱及密碼較佳地是每當使用 者名稱密碼被產生或是修改時,其都在該帛一中央飼 服器109以及第二中央伺服器1〇8&之間同步進行。、^ 在確認該使用者之後,該第一中央祠服器ι〇9較佳地 210 200422917 疋傳回㈤代付’ 4代符將會是該使用者以及第一中央伺 服态109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著對於第 -中央伺服1G9所做的每個請求一起被傳送(例如,在 HTTP標題中或是作為小型文字檔),作為一種確認該請求 的來源以及因此確認回應之目的地之手段。Since Rong Medical Device 120 is communicating with the first central server 109 over a secure connection, and the medical device 120 is granted access to certain files on the first central server 109 Then, at block 6806, the medical device 120 can establish a female by accessing the URL retrieved from the first central server's certificate and the first central server 109. Full communication talks. The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at block 6808. In addition, an application program on the first central server 109 confirms at block 6810 whether the medical device 120 belongs to an appropriate dynamic directory. The Yangci server 1G9 still does not know the use of the medical equipment 12 (). In the multi-life scenario 'no user will interact with the medical device 120. In some applications, $ may be important because some make it possible to have access to π u different from other users. In addition, a medical material can have different “corners,” «colors. For example, a medical device can communicate in one direction, role, or" such as, s # ,, 々 two-way communication, role. In this way 209 200422917 medical devices 120 capable of two-way communication can be set up in a system which is expected to have only one-way communication devices. Similarly, a system capable of handling one-way communication devices and two-way communication devices may need to be informed of the type of device it is connected to. Thus, an application on the first central server 09 may request the user of the medical device 120 to provide a username and password at block 6812. Once the medical device 120 receives a request for a username and password at block 6814, the medical device 120 is at block 6816 via the display of the medical device 120 or an associated digital assistant 118a prompt to retrieve username and password from the user. The username and password are then transmitted by the medical device 12 (or other device) at block 6902 in Figure 69, and by the first central server 109 at block 6904. Received. The application on the first central server 109 can then confirm the user at block 6906. Once the user is confirmed on one server (for example, the first central server 109), the confirmed credentials can be used to automatically be on another server (for example, the second central server) The server 1080 confirms the user. In one example, when the user is confirmed on the first central server 109 and the second central server 108a, the user ^ will be Confirm. Therefore, the username and password are preferably between the first central feeding device 109 and the second central server 108 every time the username and password is generated or modified. Synchronized., ^ After confirming the user, the first central temple server ι09 is preferably 210 200422917 疋 returned ㈤ to pay '4 generation symbol will be the user and the first central servo state 109 Specific to the talk between the parties. This talk token is transmitted with every request made to the 1st-central server 1G9 (for example, in an HTTP header or as a small text file) as a confirmation of the request Source and therefore the purpose of the response Land's means.

安全之單向的通訊於是可從該醫療器材12〇被傳送至 該數位助理118。例如,該醫療器材12〇可以報告設定、 產生警報、等等。在所舉的例子中,該醫療器材120係在 方塊6908之處決定要經由該第一中央伺服器1〇9而被傳送 至該數位助理118的資料。此資料係接著在方塊691〇之處 被傳送至該第一中央伺服器1〇9,並且在方塊6912之處藉 由該第一中央伺服器1 〇9加以接收。該第一中央伺服器 109於是可以在方塊6914之處判斷哪些使用者是被授權來 接收此資料的、以及在方塊6916之處判斷哪些數位助理 (s)l 18是目前與該些使用者相關的。例如,一個儲存在該 第一中央伺服器109的資料庫中之查詢表可以被使用。 δ亥第一中央伺服器1 〇 9係接著在方塊6 918之處傳送該 資料至適當的數位助理丨丨8,並且該些數位助理丨丨8係在 方塊6920之處接收並且顯示該資料。此外,安全之雙向的 通訊可以被達成。例如,數位助理118以及/或是第一中央 伺服器109可以傳送資料、命令、設定資訊、或是任何其 它類型的資訊至醫療器材120。 應予以強調的是本發明之上述的實施例,尤其是任何“ 較佳的”實施例都是可行的實施例,其僅是為了能夠清楚瞭 211 200422917 解本發明的原理而被闡述。在實質上不脫離本發明的精神 與原理下,可以對本發明之上述的實施例完成許多種變化 及修改。所有此類的修改都欲被内含在此揭露内容及本發 明的範疇之内,並且由以下的申請專利範圍加以保護。 【圖式簡單說明】 (一)圖式部分 第1圖是一種病患照顧系統之簡化的圖形表示。該病Secure one-way communication can then be transmitted from the medical device 120 to the digital assistant 118. For example, the medical device 120 can report settings, generate alerts, and so on. In the illustrated example, the medical device 120 determines at block 6908 the data to be transmitted to the digital assistant 118 via the first central server 1009. This data is then transmitted to the first central server 1009 at block 6910 and received by the first central server 109 at block 6912. The first central server 109 can then determine at block 6914 which users are authorized to receive this data, and at block 6916 which digital assistant (s) 118 are currently associated with the users. of. For example, a lookup table stored in the database of the first central server 109 may be used. The first central server 10 9 then sends the data to the appropriate digital assistant 8 at block 6 918, and the digital assistants 8 receive and display the data at block 6920. In addition, secure two-way communication can be achieved. For example, the digital assistant 118 and / or the first central server 109 may send data, commands, configuration information, or any other type of information to the medical device 120. It should be emphasized that the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention, in particular, any "preferred" embodiment is a feasible embodiment, and it is explained only to clarify the principle of the present invention. Many variations and modifications can be made to the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention without substantially departing from the spirit and principle of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of this disclosure and the invention and protected by the scope of the following patent applications. [Schematic description] (1) Schematic part Figure 1 is a simplified graphical representation of a patient care system. The disease

患照顧系統係包含藥局電腦、中央系統以及在治療位置處 之數位助理; 第2圖是代表第1圖的藥局電腦、中央系統以及/或是 數位助理之電腦系統的方塊圖。該電腦系統係包含輸液系 統或是一部份的輸液系統; 第3圖是第1圖的病患照顧系統的部份之簡化的圖形 表示; 第4圖是展示第1圖的病患照顧系統之功能組件的方 塊圖; 第5圖是用於實施第1圖的病患照顧系統之各種功能 I 的範例的電腦畫面; 第6圖是展示第2圖的輸液系統之功能組件的方塊圖 。其功能組件尤其是包含用於設定輸液系統參數、輸液指 々產生、輸液指令準備、給藥、輸液指令修改、以及訊息 傳送之方塊; 第7圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液系統參數的設定之功 能組件的方塊圖; 212 200422917 弟8圖是展不用於第6圖的輸液指令產生 王 < 功能組件 的方塊圖; 第9圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令準備 干丨用孓功能組件 的方塊圖; 第10圖是展示用於第6圖的給藥之功能組件的方塊圖 第11圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令文件記錄、輸液 指令修改以及訊息傳送之功能組件的方塊圖; 第12圖是描纷緊急情況通知系統的通訊之圖·; 第13圖係從通知方的角度來看之緊急情況通知介面的 圖’其係描繪由該緊急情況通知系統提供給通知方可利用 的較佳通知選項; 第14圖是從目標方的角度來看之緊急情況通知介面的 圖,其係描繪由目標方所接收到的較佳緊急情況的資訊; 第15圖是警報/警告之提昇警訊過程的流程圖之一個 實施例; 矛圖文詈m/詈告介面畫面之圖; 第16B圖是警報/警告介面晝面之另一圖· 第17圖是警報/警告介面畫面之另一圖; 之圖The patient care system includes the pharmacy computer, the central system, and the digital assistant at the treatment location. Figure 2 is a block diagram of the computer system of the pharmacy computer, the central system, and / or the digital assistant in Figure 1. The computer system includes an infusion system or part of the infusion system; Figure 3 is a simplified graphical representation of the patient care system of Figure 1; Figure 4 is the patient care system of Figure 1 A block diagram of the functional components of the infusion system; FIG. 5 is a computer screen used to implement various functions I of the patient care system of FIG. 1; FIG. 6 is a block diagram of the functional components of the infusion system of FIG. Its functional components especially include blocks for setting infusion system parameters, infusion finger generation, infusion instruction preparation, drug administration, infusion instruction modification, and message transmission; Figure 7 shows the parameters of the infusion system used in Figure 6 Block diagram of the set of functional components; 212 200422917 Figure 8 is a block diagram showing the infusion command generation king < function components not used in Figure 6; Figure 9 is a diagram showing the preparation of the infusion instruction used in Figure 6的 Block diagram of functional components; Figure 10 is a block diagram showing the functional components used for the administration of Figure 6; Figure 11 is a diagram showing the functions of the infusion instruction file recording, infusion instruction modification, and message transmission used in Figure 6 Block diagram of the components; Figure 12 is a communication diagram depicting the emergency notification system; Figure 13 is a diagram of the emergency notification interface from the perspective of the notifying party ', which depicts the emergency notification system provided Better notification options available to the notifying party; Figure 14 is a diagram of the emergency notification interface from the perspective of the target party, which depicts the comparisons received by the target party Emergency information; Figure 15 is an example of the flow chart of the alarm / warning escalation process; Figure 詈 m / Obligation interface screen diagram; Figure 16B is another daytime warning / warning interface A picture · Figure 17 is another picture of the alarm / warning interface screen;

第18圖是來自醫護人員的手持式裝置之一個介面 第19圖是登錄過程的一個介面畫面之圖· 第20圖是第19圖的登錄過程之另一個介面畫面 213 200422917 第21圖是一個單位選擇介面畫面之圖; 第22圖是一個輪班選擇介面畫面之圖; 第23圖是一個病患查看介面畫面之圖; 第24圖是一個病患選擇介面畫面之圖; 第25圖是一個病患資訊項目單介面晝面之圖; 第25A圖是一個過敏以及身高/體重介面畫面之圖; 第25B圖是一個用藥歷史介面晝面之圖;Figure 18 is an interface of a handheld device from a medical staff. Figure 19 is an interface screen of the login process. Figure 20 is another interface screen of the login process of Figure 19. 213 200422917 Figure 21 is a unit Figure of interface selection screen; Figure 22 is a shift selection interface screen; Figure 23 is a patient viewing interface screen; Figure 24 is a patient selection interface screen; Figure 25 is a disease A diagram of the day view of the single information interface of the patient information item; Fig. 25A is a view of the allergy and height / weight interface screen; Fig. 25B is a day view of the medication history interface;

第25C圖是一個實驗室結果介面晝面之圖; 第26圖是一個藥物傳送計劃表介面晝面之圖; 第26A圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之介面晝面 之另一圖, 第27A圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面晝面之圖 第27B圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面畫面之另 一圖;Figure 25C is a day view of a laboratory results interface; Figure 26 is a day view of a drug delivery schedule interface; Figure 26A is another day view of the interface of the drug delivery schedule process of Figure 26 Figure 27A is a diagram of an interface of a workflow infusion stop day view Figure 27B is another diagram of an interface screen of a workflow infusion stop;

第27C圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面晝面 之圖, 第27D圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面畫面 之另一圖; 第28圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之一個介面 晝面之另一圖; 第29圖是一個遺忘的藥物介面畫面之圖; 第30圖是第29圖的介面畫面之另一圖; 第31圖是第29圖的介面晝面之另一圖; 214 200422917 第32圖是一個計劃表介面晝面之圖; 第33圖是一個藥物介面畫面之圖; 第34圖是一個掃描介面晝面之圖; 第35圖是另一個掃描介面晝面之圖; 第36圖是一個給藥介面畫面之圖; 第37圖是一個途徑確認介面晝面之圖; 第38圖是一個掃描泵通道介面畫面之圖;Figure 27C is a day view of an interface of a workflow for resumed continuous infusion, Figure 27D is another view of an interface screen for a workflow of resumed continuous infusion; Figure 28 is a drug delivery schedule process of Figure 26 Figure 29 is another view of the daytime interface; Figure 29 is a view of a forgotten drug interface screen; Figure 30 is another view of the interface screen of Figure 29; Figure 31 is the daytime interface of Figure 29 Another picture; 214 200422917 Figure 32 is a day view of a schedule interface; Figure 33 is a view of a drug interface screen; Figure 34 is a day view of a scanning interface; Figure 35 is another scan interface Day view; Figure 36 is a view of the drug interface; Figure 37 is a way to confirm the day view of the interface; Figure 38 is a view of the interface of the scan pump channel;

第38A圖是另一個掃描泵通道介面畫面之圖; 第39圖是一個比較介面晝面之圖; 第39A圖是一個比較介面畫面之另一圖; 第40圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖; 第41圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖; 第42圖是一個比較介面畫面之另一圖; 第43圖是一個泵狀態介面晝面之圖; 第44圖是一個流速歷史介面畫面之圖;Figure 38A is another picture of the interface of the scanning pump channel; Figure 39 is a picture of the daylight interface of the comparison interface; Figure 39A is another picture of the daylight interface of the comparison interface; Figure 40 is another view of the daylight surface of the comparison interface A picture; Fig. 41 is another picture of a daylight surface of a comparison interface; Fig. 42 is another picture of a daylight interface of a comparison interface; Fig. 43 is a daytime picture of a pump state interface; Fig. 44 is a flow velocity history Interface screen drawing;

第45 A圖是一個失去通訊介面畫面之圖; 第45B圖是一個失去通訊介面畫面之圖; 第46圖是一個低電量介面晝面之圖; 第47圖是一個集線器之圖; 第48圖是在該些介面畫面中所利用的各種圖像之圖; 第49圖是一個記錄給藥結果介面畫面之圖; 第50圖是一個具有監視參數連結的用藥指令之圖; 第50A圖是一個監視參數輸入介面畫面之圖; 第51圖是一個週期計數介面畫面之圖; 215 200422917 第52圖是一個指令比較過程之流程圖; 第53圖是一種流量控制系統之概要圖,其中微型電機 系統(MEMS)元件係連接至一線組; 第54圖是載入到第3圖的第一中央電腦之上的軟體組 件之簡化的方塊圖; 第55A圖-第55C圖是一個範例的給藥輸液過程之流程Figure 45A is a picture of the communication interface lost; Figure 45B is a picture of the communication interface lost; Figure 46 is a day view of a low-power interface; Figure 47 is a hub view; Figure 48 It is a diagram of various images used in the interface screens; Fig. 49 is a diagram of an interface screen for recording administration results; Fig. 50 is a diagram of medication instructions with monitoring parameter links; and Fig. 50A is a diagram Figure of monitoring parameter input interface picture; Figure 51 is a cycle counting interface picture; 215 200422917 Figure 52 is a flowchart of the instruction comparison process; Figure 53 is a schematic diagram of a flow control system, in which the micro motor system (MEMS) components are connected to a line group; Figure 54 is a simplified block diagram of a software component loaded onto the first central computer in Figure 3; Figures 55A-55C are an example of a drug infusion solution Process flow

第5 6圖是一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖; 弟57A圖-第57B圖是一個範例的改變泵通道過程之流 程圖; 第5 8圖是另一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖; 第5 9圖是又一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖;Figure 56 is a flowchart of an exemplary channel scanning process; Figure 57A-Figure 57B is a flowchart of an example of a pump channel changing process; Figure 58 is a flowchart of another example of a channel scanning process; Figure 5-9 is a flowchart of another exemplary channel scanning process;

第6 0圖是一個範例的停止/中斷輸液過程之流程圖; 第61圖是一個範例的恢復繼續輸液過程之流程圖; 第6 2圖是一個範例的移去栗過程之流程圖;以及 第6 3圖-第6 9圖是一個範例的確認過程之流程圖。 (二)元件代表符號 1 〇 〇病患照顧系統 1 0 2網路 1 0 3通訊系統 104藥局電腦 104a處理單元 104b鍵盤 104c視訊顯示器 216 200422917 104d印表機 104e條碼閱讀機 104f滑鼠 105傳輸介質 106治療位置 1 0 6 a治療病床 107集線器(介面)Fig. 60 is an exemplary flowchart of stopping / interrupting an infusion process; Fig. 61 is an exemplary flowchart of recovering and continuing an infusion process; Fig. 62 is an exemplary flowchart of removing a chestnut; and Figure 6-3-Figure 6-9 is a flowchart of an example confirmation process. (II) Symbols for components 1 00 Patient care system 1 2 Network 1 0 3 Communication system 104 Pharmacy computer 104a processing unit 104b keyboard 104c video display 216 200422917 104d printer 104e barcode reader 104f mouse 105 transmission Medium 106 treatment position 1 0 6 a treatment bed 107 hub (interface)

1 0 8中央系統 108a第二中央伺服器 108b資料庫 108c視訊顯示器 109第一中央伺服器 109a伺服器 110電纜線通訊系統 112病患1 0 8 Central system 108a Second central server 108b Database 108c Video display 109 First central server 109a server 110 Cable communication system 112 Patients

112a腕帶 114存取點 116醫護人員 116a醫護人員徽章 118數位助理(使用者介面) 118a顯示器 120醫療器材(輸液泵) 12 0 a泵11即單元 120b小型鍵盤 217 200422917 120c顯示器 120d輸液泵ID 120e天線 121通道 124藥物 124a藥物的標籤 126第一通訊路徑112a wristband 114 access point 116 medical staff 116a medical staff badge 118 digital assistant (user interface) 118a display 120 medical equipment (infusion pump) 12 0 a pump 11 ie unit 120b small keyboard 217 200422917 120c display 120d infusion pump ID 120e Antenna 121 channel 124 drug 124a drug label 126 first communication path

128無線通訊路徑(鏈路) 130靜脈管路 132治療推車 1 32a藥物儲存區域 132b顯示器 200電腦 202處理器 204記憶體128 wireless communication path (link) 130 venous line 132 treatment trolley 1 32a drug storage area 132b display 200 computer 202 processor 204 memory

206 I/O裝置 208本地的介面 210輸液系統 212作業系統 302藥物管理模組 304處方產生模組 306處方啟動模組 308處方授權模組 310入院、出院及轉院(ADT)介面 218 200422917 312開帳單介面 314實驗室介面 316藥局介面 318第一份複印文本 320第二份複印文本 322第三份複印文本 324處方輸入模組206 I / O device 208 Local interface 210 Infusion system 212 Operating system 302 Drug management module 304 Prescription generation module 306 Prescription activation module 308 Prescription authorization module 310 Admission, discharge and transfer (ADT) interface 218 200422917 312 Account opening Single interface 314 Laboratory interface 316 Pharmacy interface 318 First copy text 320 Second copy text 322 Third copy text 324 Prescription input module

326貼標籤模組 328貼標籤模組 330無線裝置 332醫療器材 334視覺上的確認 336處方修改模組 338掃描器 400電腦晝面326 labeling module 328 labeling module 330 wireless device 332 medical equipment 334 visual confirmation 336 prescription modification module 338 scanner 400 computer

402處理區域 404搜尋區域 406藥物資訊區域 408滴定/減量標準區域 410指令及注意事項區域 411泵埠指示器 412計劃的溶液成分區域 413失去無線信號指示器 415低電量指示器 219 200422917 417警告靜音按鍵 419開/關按鍵及指示器 421充電指示器 5 0 2設定系統參數 504輸液指令產生 506輸液指令準備 506a準備位置402 processing area 404 search area 406 drug information area 408 titration / reduction standard area 410 instructions and precautions area 411 pump port indicator 412 planned solution composition area 413 wireless signal indicator lost 415 low battery indicator 219 200422917 417 warning mute button 419 On / Off button and indicator 421 Charging indicator 5 0 2 Set system parameters 504 Infusion command generation 506 Infusion command preparation 506a Ready position

506b掃描成分 506c袋持續期間之檢查 506d條碼列印 508藥局授權 510醫師授權 512給藥 512a讀取藥物條碼 512b讀取病患條碼506b Scanning component 506c Bag inspection during continuous period 506d Bar code printing 508 Authorization by pharmacy 510 Authorization by physician 512 Drug administration 512a Read drug barcode 512b Read patient barcode

512c執行有效日期的檢查 512d提供用滴定法的通知 512e提供流速至點滴速率的顯示 512f提供“如所需的”輸液之起始 512g下載操作參數 512h時間監視 514輸液指令修改 516停止指令 518存貨與開帳單 220 200422917 5 2 0訊息傳送 522 、 524 、 526 、 528 、 530 、 532 542設定容限 542a淨藥物量容限 542b流速容限 542c給藥時間容限 542d給藥系統持續期間 542e藥物持續期間容限 542f部位改變容限 544設定預設值 544a藥物稀釋液的預設值 544b稀釋液量的預設值 544c劑量的預設值 544d量測的單位之預設值 546建立資料庫 546a準備區域 546b添加物資訊 5 4 6 c溶液 546d預製混合物定義 546e喜愛事項 5 4 6 f時序之撤銷理由 546g流速之撤銷理由 546h轉換表 546i流速說明 、534、536、538 路徑512c Performs a check of the effective date 512d Provides notification by titration 512e Provides a display of the flow rate to the drip rate 512f Provides the start of the infusion as needed 512g Downloads operating parameters 512h Time monitoring 514 Infusion instruction modification 516 Stop instruction 518 Inventory and Billing 220 2004 229 917 5 2 0 messaging 522, 524, 526, 528, 530, 532 542 Set tolerance 542a Net drug volume tolerance 542b Flow rate tolerance 542c Dosing time tolerance 542d Dosing system duration 542e Drug duration Period tolerance 542f Part change tolerance 544 Set preset value 544a Drug diluent preset value 544b Dilution volume preset value 544c Dose preset value 544d Measurement unit preset value 546 Create database 546a Preparation Area 546b Additive information 5 4 6 c Solution 546d Prefabricated mixture definition 546e Favorite matters 5 4 6 f Reason for revocation of time sequence 546g Reason for revocation of flow rate 546h Conversion table 546i Flow rate description, 534, 536, 538 Path

221 200422917 546j設備及指定路由資訊 546k訊息觸發誘因 548定義函數 548a準備區域的函數 548b袋持續期間的函數 548c驗證撤銷請求的函數 548d持續期間至容量的函數221 200422917 546j Device and designated routing information 546k Message triggering trigger 548 Definition function 548a Preparation area function 548b Bag duration function 548c Verification cancellation function 548d Duration to capacity function

548e持續期間至流速的函數 548f流速至點滴速率的函數 550決定系統的設定 5 5 0 a撤銷授權 550b流速精確度 550c容量精確度 550d時間精確度 5 6 0輸入資訊Function of 548e duration to flow rate 548f Function of flow rate to drip rate 550 determines system settings 5 5 0 a Revoke authorization 550b Flow rate accuracy 550c Volume accuracy 550d Time accuracy 5 6 0 Enter information

560a識別指令類型 560b識別藥物 5 6 0 c識別劑量 560d識別稀釋液 5 6 0 e決定流速 560f識別輸液部位 562計算 562a袋量的計算 562b轉換的計算 222 200422917 562c持續期間至容量的計算 562d流速至點滴速率的計算 564檢查560a identification instruction type 560b identification drug 5 6 0 c identification dose 560d identification diluent 5 6 0 e determination flow rate 560f identification infusion site 562 calculation 562a bag volume calculation 562b conversion calculation 222 200422917 562c duration to volume calculation 562d flow rate to Calculation of drip rate 564 check

564a淨濃度的檢查 564b流速的檢查 564c給藥時間的檢查 564d持續期間的檢查 564e輸液部位的檢查 5 6 6撤銷 568a淨濃度的撤銷 568b流速的撤銷 568c給藥時間的撤銷 568d持續期間的撤銷 5 6 8 e輸液部位的撤銷 5 6 8 f撤銷的理由564a net concentration check 564b flow rate check 564c administration time check 564d duration check 564e infusion site check 5 6 6 undo 568a net concentration withdrawal 568b flow rate cancellation 568c dosing time cancellation 568d duration cancellation 5 6 8 e Cancellation of infusion site 5 6 8 f Reason for withdrawal

572、574、576、580、582 路徑 702輸液指令 704輸液計劃表 1 002修改的改變 1 002a修改持續期間 1 002b修改流速 1 002c使用新的輸液部位 1 002d指明修改的理由 1 002e指明一個輸液袋的容量 79Λ 200422917 1 002f處理停止指令 1004所有可利用之下指令的選項 1 006再次檢查 1 006a淨濃度 1 006b流速 1 006c給藥時間 1 006e持續期間572, 574, 576, 580, 582 Path 702 Infusion instruction 704 Infusion schedule table 1 002 Modification changes 1 002a Modification duration 1 002b Modification flow rate 1 002c Use new infusion site 1 002d Specify the reason for the modification 1 002e Specify an infusion bag The capacity is 79Λ 200422917 1 002f Processing stop instruction 1004 All available options under the instruction 1 006 Double check 1 006a Net concentration 1 006b Flow rate 1 006c Dosing time 1 006e Duration

1 006f輸液部位 1 0 0 8再次檢查的撤銷 1 0 0 8 b流速的撤銷 1 008f顯示的理由 1 01 0新的流速至新的點滴速率之顯示 1 012文件記錄 1012a持續期間的改變 1012b流速的改變1 006f Infusion site 1 0 0 8 Revocation of recheck 1 0 0 8 b Revocation of flow rate 1 Reason for 008f display 1 01 0 Display of new flow rate to new drip rate 1 012 File record of the change of 1012b flow rate during the duration of 1012a change

1012c容量的改變 1012d輸液部位的改變 1012e多個輸液 1 200緊急情況通知系統 1210通知方 1 220通訊網路 1230目標方 1240通訊模式 1300通知介面 224 200422917 1330項目單 1 340選項 1 350熱鍵 14 0 0接收介面 1420晝面 1460熱鍵 1 500警報/警告之提昇警訊過程1012c Change in capacity 1012d Change infusion site 1012e Multiple infusions 1 200 Emergency notification system 1210 Notifier 1 220 Communication network 1230 Target 1240 Communication mode 1300 Notification interface 224 200422917 1330 Item list 1 340 Option 1 350 Hotkey 14 0 0 Receiving interface 1420 Day surface 1460 Hotkey 1 500 Alarm / warning alarm process

1 662警報/警告表列介面 1 662a警報/警告介面表列畫面 1 662b介面晝面 1 664 “病患一 ”有警報情況 1 666 “病患二”有警報情況 1 668 “病患三”有警告情況 1 765病患警報/警告介面 1867警報/警告介面1 662 alarm / warning interface 1 662a alarm / warning interface screen 1 662b interface day 1 664 "Patient 1" has an alarm condition 1 666 "Patient 2" has an alarm condition 1 668 "Patient 3" has a Warning Situation 1 765 Patient Alarm / Warning Interface 1867 Alarm / Warning Interface

1 903登錄畫面 2005登錄晝面 2105單位選擇介面晝面 2107單位選擇介面畫面 2211選擇輪班畫面介面 2255區域 2313觀看病患介面畫面 2315“加入更多病患”按鈕 2350可組態設定的資訊 225 200422917 2417病患選擇介面畫面 2419按鍵 2521病患資訊項目單介面畫面 2521a過敏及Ht/Wt介面畫面 2521b用藥歷史介面晝面 2521c實驗結果介面晝面 2623輸液計劃表介面晝面 2625用於硫酸嗎啡的指令 2627用藥指令介面畫面 2629治療參數 2631警語 2633連結至額外的資訊之功能 2727a中斷輸液介面晝面 2727b介面畫面 2727c恢復繼續輸液介面晝面 2727d介面 2835病患簡檔輸液計劃表介面晝面 2839硫酸嗎啡輸液指令 2941遺忘的用藥畫面 2943理由 2945 盒 3045“不需要的”理由 3047介面晝面 3135輸液計劃表畫面 226 200422917 3225指令 3235計劃表介面晝面 3249 “取得物品”按鍵 3351藥物介面晝面 3353 “掃描儲藏處”圖像 3355 “略過掃描儲藏處”按鍵 3465掃描晝面 3467處方 3569掃描錯誤畫面 3657介面畫面 3659理由 3661選擇病患 3663 “廢棄/退還”選擇按鍵 3771途徑確認介面晝面 3773途徑 3775管線 3777部位 3778藥物治療 3881泵通道模式介面畫面 3882療法 3883小軟袋治療 3884主要的治療 3885泵通道掃描介面畫面 3986比較介面晝面 227 200422917 3987比較介面畫面 4087不相符的比較介面畫面 4187比較介面晝面 4287介面晝面 4391泵狀態介面晝面 4493流速歷史介面畫面 4501失去通訊介面畫面1 903 login screen 2005 login day 2105 unit selection interface day 2107 unit selection interface screen 2211 select shift screen interface 2255 area 2313 view patient interface screen 2315 "Add more patients" button 2350 configurable information 225 200422917 2417 Patient selection interface screen 2419 Key 2521 Patient information item Single interface screen 2521a Allergy and Ht / Wt interface screen 2521b Medication history interface Day surface 2521c Experiment results interface Day surface 2623 Infusion plan table interface Day surface 2625 Instructions for morphine sulfate 2627 medication instruction interface screen 2629 treatment parameters 2631 warning 2633 link to additional information 2727a interrupt infusion interface day 2727b interface screen 2727c resume infusion interface day 2727d interface 2835 patient profile infusion plan interface day 2839 sulfuric acid Morphine Infusion Instructions 2941 Forgotten Medication Screen 2943 Reason 2945 Box 3045 "Unwanted" Reason 3047 Interface Day Surface 3135 Infusion Plan Table Screen 226 200422917 3225 Instruction 3235 Schedule Table Interface Day Surface 3249 "Get Items" Button 3351 Drug Interface Day Surface 3353 "Scan Store" Image 3355 "Skip Scan Store" button 3465 scan day 3467 prescription 3569 scan error screen 3657 interface screen 3659 reason 3661 select patient 3663 "discard / return" selection button 3771 route confirmation interface day 3377 route 3775 pipeline 3777 site 3778 drug treatment 3881 Pump channel mode interface screen 3882 therapy 3883 small soft bag treatment 3884 main treatment 3885 pump channel scan interface screen 3986 comparison interface day screen 227 200422917 3987 comparison interface screen 4087 non-matching comparison interface screen 4187 comparison interface day interface 4287 interface day surface 4391 Pump status interface Day surface 4493 Flow rate history interface screen 4501 Communication interface screen lost

4603介面晝面 4801病患表列按鈕 4 8 0 3返回按钮 4805 OK按鈕 4807輸液執行指示器 4809按鍵 4811輸液停止指示器 4813中斷的輸液4603 interface day surface 4801 patient list button 4 8 0 3 return button 4805 OK button 4807 infusion execution indicator 4809 button 4811 infusion stop indicator 4813 interrupted infusion

4815醫師的注意事項指示器 4 81 7比較按紅 4819更新按鈕 4821離開按鈕 4823比較相符指示器 4825不相符的圖像 4827無法比較指示器 4833失去通訊指示器 4835無線模組低電量警告指示器 228 200422917 4837“遺忘的用藥”圖像 4857“不需要的”圖像 4872泵警報/警告指示器 4874警報/警告靜音按鈕 4937記錄給藥結果介面晝面 5001連結 5003監視參數輸入介面晝面4815 Physician's Caution Indicator 4 81 7 Compare Press Red 4819 Update Button 4821 Exit Button 4823 Compare Match Indicator 4825 Disagree Image 4827 Cannot Compare Indicator 4833 Lost Communication Indicator 4835 Wireless Module Low Battery Warning Indicator 228 200422917 4837 "Forgotten medication" image 4857 "Unwanted" image 4872 Pump alarm / warning indicator 4874 alarm / warning mute button 4937 Recording administration results interface Day surface 5001 Link 5003 monitoring parameter input interface Day surface

51 01週期計數介面畫面 5200比較過程 5312 管 5314 MEMS 泵 5320 IV 袋 5324進入裝置 5332 MEMS電子元件 5338 MEMS控制器51 01 cycle count interface screen 5200 comparison process 5312 tube 5314 MEMS pump 5320 IV bag 5324 access device 5332 MEMS electronic component 5338 MEMS controller

5412第一中央電腦之上的應用程式 5414作業系統 5416. NET 架構 5418動態目錄網域服務 5420 SQL伺服器 5422網際網路資訊伺服器 5500給藥輸液過程 5554通道掃描過程 5700改變泵通道的過程 229 200422917 5730通道掃描過程 5734通道掃描過程 6000停止/中斷輸液過程 6100恢復繼續輸液過程 620G移去泵過程 6300安全的通訊過程 # % 2305412 Application program on the first central computer 5414 Operating system 5416. NET architecture 5418 Dynamic directory domain service 5420 SQL server 5422 Internet information server 5500 Drug administration infusion process 5554 channel scanning process 5700 pump channel changing process 229 200422917 5730 channel scan process 5734 channel scan process 6000 stop / interrupt the infusion process 6100 resume the infusion process 620G remove the pump process 6300 secure communication process #% 230

Claims (1)

200422917 拾、申請專利範圍: 1.-種用於報告在n療保健設 路的完整性之系統,其係包括: …、線通Λ鏈 -個在該醫療保健設施内之無 有-個回應於在該無線通訊4置〃係具 指示您,分业At次j ^ , 上傳送的狀態資訊之訊息 所遂 /心、貝Λ係代表藉由-個藥物治療的應用裝置 所產生的一個信號;以及 無線遠端的裝置上之軟體,其係具有—個逾 守輸出’其中該逾時輸出係指出失去該無線通訊鍵路。 42.如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其更包括-個與該 樂物治療的應用裝置相關之模組’該模組係具有回應於藉 由該藥物治療的應用裝置所產生的信號輸出之狀態資訊輸 出。 —3.如申請專利細2項之系統,其中在該模組以及 藥物治療的應用裝置之間的關連係導致在該狀態資訊輸出 之内的至少某些資料通過該模組。 4·如申凊專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該藥物治療的 應用裝置是一個用於給予輸液至一位病患的輸液泵。 5·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中由該藥物治療 裂置所產生的號輸出是一項通知。 6·如申請專利範圍第5項之系統,其中該通知係包括 相關於一個警報情況、一個警告情況、一個輸液容量速率 以及在一個輸液袋變空之前剩餘的時間中之至少一個的資 料。 231 200422917 7·如申請專利範圍第丨項之系統,其中該無線遠端的 裝置是一個人數位助理。 8·如申請專利範圍第1項之系統,其中該無線通訊鏈 路係運作在一射頻之内。 9·如申請專利範圍第丨項之系統,其中該訊息指示符 係包括一個聽覺的警報以及一個視覺顯示器中之至少一個 〇 10·如申請專利範圍第9項之系統,其中該聽覺的警報 係回應於該逾時輸出來產生一聽覺的聲音。 11·如申請專利範圍第9項之系統,其中一個回應於該 逾時輸出的圖像係被提供在該視覺顯示器之上。 12.如申晴專利範圍第9項之系統,其中一個彈出式視 窗係回應於該逾時輸出而被提供在該視覺顯示器之上。 拾壹、圖式: 如次頁 232200422917 The scope of patent application: 1.- A system for reporting the integrity of health care facilities, which includes:…, line through Λ chain-none in the health care facility-a response In the wireless communication device, the device instructs you to send the status information message on the branch At time j ^, and the heart is represented by a signal generated by a medical application device. ; And the software on the wireless remote device, which has a time-out output, where the time-out output indicates that the wireless communication key has been lost. 42. The system according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, which further includes a module related to the application device for the treatment of the musical object. The module has a signal output in response to the application device treated by the drug Status information output. —3. The system according to item 2 of the patent application, wherein the connection between the module and the application device for drug treatment causes at least some data within the status information output to pass through the module. 4. The system of item 1 in the scope of patent application, wherein the drug treatment application device is an infusion pump for infusion to a patient. 5. The system according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the number output generated by the drug treatment split is a notification. 6. The system of claim 5, wherein the notification includes information regarding at least one of an alarm condition, a warning condition, an infusion volume rate, and the time remaining before an infusion bag becomes empty. 231 200422917 7. If the system according to the scope of patent application, the wireless remote device is a digital assistant. 8. The system according to item 1 of the patent application range, wherein the wireless communication link operates within a radio frequency. 9. The system according to claim 1, wherein the message indicator includes at least one of an audible alarm and a visual display. The system according to claim 9, wherein the audible alarm is An audible sound is generated in response to the timeout output. 11. If the system of claim 9 is applied, one of the images in response to the timeout is provided on the visual display. 12. The system of item 9 of Shen Qing's patent scope, wherein a pop-up window is provided on the visual display in response to the timeout output. Pick up, schema: as next page 232
TW093102150A 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Wireless medical data communication system and method TW200422917A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (5)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US44435003P 2003-02-01 2003-02-01
US10/424,553 US7698156B2 (en) 2002-01-29 2003-04-28 System and method for identifying data streams associated with medical equipment
US48827303P 2003-07-18 2003-07-18
US10/659,760 US8489427B2 (en) 2002-01-29 2003-09-10 Wireless medical data communication system and method
US52810603P 2003-12-08 2003-12-08

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200422917A true TW200422917A (en) 2004-11-01

Family

ID=32854570

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW093102146A TWI244022B (en) 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Method and system for integrating data flows
TW093102147A TWI236611B (en) 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method
TW093102150A TW200422917A (en) 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Wireless medical data communication system and method

Family Applications Before (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW093102146A TWI244022B (en) 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Method and system for integrating data flows
TW093102147A TWI236611B (en) 2003-02-01 2004-01-30 Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method

Country Status (7)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1593080A2 (en)
JP (5) JP2006523470A (en)
AU (1) AU2004209286B2 (en)
CA (1) CA2514571C (en)
NZ (1) NZ541475A (en)
TW (3) TWI244022B (en)
WO (1) WO2004070994A2 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI451354B (en) * 2011-01-07 2014-09-01 Univ Taipei Medical A high performance and integrated nosocomial infection surveillance and early detection system and method thereof
TWI729314B (en) * 2018-09-21 2021-06-01 優賀普股份有限公司 Passive medical data exchanging cloud system and method
TWI749072B (en) * 2017-09-29 2021-12-11 中華電信股份有限公司 Abnormal traffic detecting server and abnormal traffic detecting method thereof

Families Citing this family (98)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
EP1815879A3 (en) 2001-05-18 2007-11-14 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion set for a fluid pump
US8034026B2 (en) 2001-05-18 2011-10-11 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion pump assembly
US10173008B2 (en) 2002-01-29 2019-01-08 Baxter International Inc. System and method for communicating with a dialysis machine through a network
US8398592B2 (en) 2004-09-07 2013-03-19 Thomas Leibner-Druska Medication data transfer system and method for patient infusions
JP2006119856A (en) * 2004-10-20 2006-05-11 Olympus Medical Systems Corp Portable terminal equipment and medical action management method
JP2006155071A (en) * 2004-11-26 2006-06-15 Toshiba Sumiden Medical Information Systems Corp Electronic chart pharmacotherapy instruction execution system
US20060247606A1 (en) * 2005-03-09 2006-11-02 Batch Richard M System and method for controlling access to features of a medical instrument
US8781847B2 (en) * 2005-05-03 2014-07-15 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. System and method for managing alert notifications in an automated patient management system
US8113244B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2012-02-14 Deka Products Limited Partnership Adhesive and peripheral systems and methods for medical devices
US8852164B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2014-10-07 Deka Products Limited Partnership Method and system for shape-memory alloy wire control
US8036911B2 (en) * 2005-11-11 2011-10-11 Carefusion 303, Inc. System and method for managing patient care through automated messaging
EP1958177A4 (en) * 2005-11-30 2014-05-07 Ulco Technologies Pty Ltd Perfusion method and apparatus
EP1971945A2 (en) 2006-01-09 2008-09-24 Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. Remotely programming a patient medical device
US11364335B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2022-06-21 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
US11497846B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2022-11-15 Deka Products Limited Partnership Patch-sized fluid delivery systems and methods
US11478623B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2022-10-25 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion pump assembly
US9492606B2 (en) 2006-02-09 2016-11-15 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and methods for an infusion pump assembly
US8579853B2 (en) * 2006-10-31 2013-11-12 Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. Infusion devices and methods
JP5295556B2 (en) * 2007-12-12 2013-09-18 株式会社根本杏林堂 Imaging room communication system and chemical injection device
US8517990B2 (en) 2007-12-18 2013-08-27 Hospira, Inc. User interface improvements for medical devices
US9456955B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2016-10-04 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
US8881774B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2014-11-11 Deka Research & Development Corp. Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
WO2009088956A2 (en) 2007-12-31 2009-07-16 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion pump assembly
BR122019016154B8 (en) * 2007-12-31 2021-06-22 Deka Products Lp infusion pump set
US10188787B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2019-01-29 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
US8900188B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2014-12-02 Deka Products Limited Partnership Split ring resonator antenna adapted for use in wirelessly controlled medical device
US10080704B2 (en) 2007-12-31 2018-09-25 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
CN101681316A (en) * 2008-03-01 2010-03-24 株式会社东芝 Memory system
JP2009273502A (en) * 2008-05-12 2009-11-26 Jms Co Ltd Medication monitoring apparatus
US8057679B2 (en) 2008-07-09 2011-11-15 Baxter International Inc. Dialysis system having trending and alert generation
US10089443B2 (en) 2012-05-15 2018-10-02 Baxter International Inc. Home medical device systems and methods for therapy prescription and tracking, servicing and inventory
JP5145177B2 (en) * 2008-09-12 2013-02-13 株式会社K&Y Infusion pump system
CA2954728C (en) 2008-09-15 2019-03-26 Deka Products Limited Partnership Systems and methods for fluid delivery
US8223028B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2012-07-17 Deka Products Limited Partnership Occlusion detection system and method
US9180245B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2015-11-10 Deka Products Limited Partnership System and method for administering an infusible fluid
US8066672B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2011-11-29 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion pump assembly with a backup power supply
US8708376B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2014-04-29 Deka Products Limited Partnership Medium connector
US8262616B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2012-09-11 Deka Products Limited Partnership Infusion pump assembly
US8016789B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2011-09-13 Deka Products Limited Partnership Pump assembly with a removable cover assembly
US8267892B2 (en) 2008-10-10 2012-09-18 Deka Products Limited Partnership Multi-language / multi-processor infusion pump assembly
US8554579B2 (en) 2008-10-13 2013-10-08 Fht, Inc. Management, reporting and benchmarking of medication preparation
US9596989B2 (en) 2009-03-12 2017-03-21 Raytheon Company Networked symbiotic edge user infrastructure
WO2011075706A1 (en) 2009-12-18 2011-06-23 K&Y Corporation Infusion pump
US8638200B2 (en) 2010-05-07 2014-01-28 Covidien Lp Ventilator-initiated prompt regarding Auto-PEEP detection during volume ventilation of non-triggering patient
US20130162426A1 (en) * 2011-12-22 2013-06-27 Tyco Healthcare Group Lp Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Having Alarm And Display Functionality
US8903308B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-12-02 Covidien Lp System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system
US8694600B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2014-04-08 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks
US9495511B2 (en) 2011-03-01 2016-11-15 Covidien Lp Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices
US8897198B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-11-25 Covidien Lp Medical device wireless network architectures
US8855550B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-10-07 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality
US8811888B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-19 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module for monitoring network status
US8818260B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-26 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US9020419B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2015-04-28 Covidien, LP Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality
US8798527B2 (en) 2011-01-14 2014-08-05 Covidien Lp Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems
US9038633B2 (en) 2011-03-02 2015-05-26 Covidien Lp Ventilator-initiated prompt regarding high delivered tidal volume
US9629566B2 (en) 2011-03-11 2017-04-25 Spacelabs Healthcare Llc Methods and systems to determine multi-parameter managed alarm hierarchy during patient monitoring
CA2844807C (en) 2011-08-19 2022-07-26 Hospira, Inc. Systems and methods for a graphical interface including a graphical representation of medical data
US10022498B2 (en) 2011-12-16 2018-07-17 Icu Medical, Inc. System for monitoring and delivering medication to a patient and method of using the same to minimize the risks associated with automated therapy
US11524151B2 (en) 2012-03-07 2022-12-13 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
JP6306566B2 (en) 2012-03-30 2018-04-04 アイシーユー・メディカル・インコーポレーテッド Air detection system and method for detecting air in an infusion system pump
US9027552B2 (en) 2012-07-31 2015-05-12 Covidien Lp Ventilator-initiated prompt or setting regarding detection of asynchrony during ventilation
ES2743160T3 (en) 2012-07-31 2020-02-18 Icu Medical Inc Patient care system for critical medications
CA2884437C (en) 2012-09-13 2019-02-26 Covidien Lp Docking station and enteral feeding pump system
WO2014061947A1 (en) * 2012-10-15 2014-04-24 에이스메디칼 주식회사 Method for automatically controlling drip injection amount, and apparatus for same
KR102078768B1 (en) 2012-10-26 2020-02-19 백스터 코포레이션 잉글우드 Improved image acquisition for medical dose preparation system
EP3453377A1 (en) 2012-10-26 2019-03-13 Baxter Corporation Englewood Improved work station for medical dose preparation system
AU2014274122A1 (en) 2013-05-29 2016-01-21 Icu Medical, Inc. Infusion system and method of use which prevents over-saturation of an analog-to-digital converter
US10987026B2 (en) 2013-05-30 2021-04-27 Spacelabs Healthcare Llc Capnography module with automatic switching between mainstream and sidestream monitoring
CN105592973B (en) * 2013-06-20 2020-06-19 百特奥尔塔公司 Pharmacokinetic drug dosing regimen apparatus and method
CA3130345A1 (en) 2013-07-03 2015-01-08 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery
USD746441S1 (en) 2013-09-13 2015-12-29 Covidien Lp Pump
US20150133861A1 (en) 2013-11-11 2015-05-14 Kevin P. McLennan Thermal management system and method for medical devices
NZ727697A (en) 2014-06-30 2022-05-27 Baxter Corp Englewood Managed medical information exchange
US11575673B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2023-02-07 Baxter Corporation Englewood Central user management in a distributed healthcare information management system
US11107574B2 (en) 2014-09-30 2021-08-31 Baxter Corporation Englewood Management of medication preparation with formulary management
WO2016090091A1 (en) 2014-12-05 2016-06-09 Baxter Corporation Englewood Dose preparation data analytics
AU2016226164A1 (en) 2015-03-03 2017-10-19 Baxter Corporation Englewood Pharmacy workflow management with integrated alerts
AU2016267763B2 (en) 2015-05-26 2021-07-08 Icu Medical, Inc. Disposable infusion fluid delivery device for programmable large volume drug delivery
JP6049838B2 (en) * 2015-11-02 2016-12-21 株式会社根本杏林堂 Magnetic resonance imaging system
EP3200108A1 (en) * 2016-01-27 2017-08-02 Roche Diabetes Care GmbH Method for operating a medical system, computer program product, medical system, and control device
MX2018012612A (en) 2016-04-15 2019-02-21 Baxalta Inc Method and apparatus for providing a pharmacokinetic drug dosing regiment.
TWI622952B (en) * 2016-06-22 2018-05-01 In-hospital decoding system for medical supplies
US11392669B1 (en) * 2016-08-08 2022-07-19 Allscripts Software, Llc Message transmittal in electronic prior authorization requests
US10964417B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2021-03-30 Baxter International Inc. Medical fluid delivery system including a mobile platform for patient engagement and treatment compliance
US10589014B2 (en) 2016-12-21 2020-03-17 Baxter International Inc. Medical fluid delivery system including remote machine updating and control
US10896749B2 (en) 2017-01-27 2021-01-19 Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. Drug monitoring tool
JP6856424B2 (en) * 2017-03-29 2021-04-07 ソニー・オリンパスメディカルソリューションズ株式会社 Medical equipment, information processing equipment, processing methods, programs, and medical information processing systems
WO2019092811A1 (en) * 2017-11-08 2019-05-16 三菱電機株式会社 Work evaluation system and work evaluation method
US10089055B1 (en) 2017-12-27 2018-10-02 Icu Medical, Inc. Synchronized display of screen content on networked devices
WO2019209963A1 (en) 2018-04-24 2019-10-31 Deka Products Limited Partnership Apparatus and system for fluid delivery
WO2020214717A1 (en) * 2019-04-17 2020-10-22 Icu Medical, Inc. System for onboard electronic encoding of the contents and administration parameters of iv containers and the secure use and disposal thereof
KR102359279B1 (en) * 2019-06-12 2022-02-08 이오플로우 주식회사 Method for managing disbetes through user terminal
TWI730437B (en) * 2019-10-02 2021-06-11 亞法貝德生技股份有限公司 Method of using a teaching appliance used to experience the recruitment processes of human subjects in clinical trials
US11278671B2 (en) 2019-12-04 2022-03-22 Icu Medical, Inc. Infusion pump with safety sequence keypad
WO2022020184A1 (en) 2020-07-21 2022-01-27 Icu Medical, Inc. Fluid transfer devices and methods of use
US11135360B1 (en) 2020-12-07 2021-10-05 Icu Medical, Inc. Concurrent infusion with common line auto flush
KR102415710B1 (en) * 2021-12-20 2022-07-05 비손메디칼 주식회사 Method and mso server system for supporting medical diagnosis of skin condition and obesity based on microbiome analysis system
US20230398295A1 (en) * 2022-05-18 2023-12-14 Baxter International Inc. Hemodynamic management system, apparatus, and methods

Family Cites Families (18)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS63500546A (en) * 1985-07-19 1988-02-25 クリニコム インコ−ポレイテイド Patient identification and matching systems and methods
JPH02111375A (en) * 1988-05-20 1990-04-24 K S K Control Kk Centralized supervisory type instillator device
JPH04174061A (en) * 1990-06-27 1992-06-22 Sanyo Electric Co Ltd Medical information processing system
JPH06312010A (en) * 1993-04-30 1994-11-08 Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd Pharmacy system controller
US5781442A (en) * 1995-05-15 1998-07-14 Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. System and method for collecting data and managing patient care
US6671563B1 (en) * 1995-05-15 2003-12-30 Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. System and method for collecting data and managing patient care
JPH09225008A (en) * 1996-02-26 1997-09-02 Nikka Micron Kk Medical liquid preparation apparatus
JP2786164B2 (en) * 1996-06-18 1998-08-13 日本電気テレコムシステム株式会社 PHS terminal with automatic control signal retransmission function
JP2956605B2 (en) * 1996-08-30 1999-10-04 日本電気株式会社 Patient monitoring system
US6558320B1 (en) * 2000-01-20 2003-05-06 Medtronic Minimed, Inc. Handheld personal data assistant (PDA) with a medical device and method of using the same
JP2000232965A (en) * 1999-02-15 2000-08-29 Toyo Commun Equip Co Ltd Medical instrument monitoring system
JP2001043279A (en) * 1999-05-24 2001-02-16 Ichi Rei Yon Kk Pharmacy system
JP2001167201A (en) * 1999-10-01 2001-06-22 Information Services International Dentsu Ltd Medical data managing system, server device, data managing method and medium
US6406426B1 (en) * 1999-11-03 2002-06-18 Criticare Systems Medical monitoring and alert system for use with therapeutic devices
JP2002011095A (en) * 2000-06-28 2002-01-15 Oi Electric Co Ltd Instillation monitoring device and its system
JP2002117142A (en) * 2000-10-10 2002-04-19 Kameda Iryo Joho Kenkyusho:Kk Medical information system
JP2003022322A (en) * 2001-07-09 2003-01-24 Fujitsu Ltd Information intermediary system for pharmaceuticals, pharmaceutical service system, pharmaceutical service server and computer program
JP6312010B1 (en) 2017-03-13 2018-04-18 興基 玉田 Slide attenuator

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI451354B (en) * 2011-01-07 2014-09-01 Univ Taipei Medical A high performance and integrated nosocomial infection surveillance and early detection system and method thereof
TWI749072B (en) * 2017-09-29 2021-12-11 中華電信股份有限公司 Abnormal traffic detecting server and abnormal traffic detecting method thereof
TWI729314B (en) * 2018-09-21 2021-06-01 優賀普股份有限公司 Passive medical data exchanging cloud system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2016026340A (en) 2016-02-12
CA2514571A1 (en) 2004-08-19
CA2514571C (en) 2019-01-15
JP2006523470A (en) 2006-10-19
JP2018185857A (en) 2018-11-22
JP2007190395A (en) 2007-08-02
EP1593080A2 (en) 2005-11-09
TW200419422A (en) 2004-10-01
AU2004209286B2 (en) 2009-01-08
JP2014112374A (en) 2014-06-19
JP7126396B2 (en) 2022-08-26
TWI244022B (en) 2005-11-21
NZ541475A (en) 2007-06-29
AU2004209286A1 (en) 2004-08-19
WO2004070994A3 (en) 2005-07-28
TW200422916A (en) 2004-11-01
JP6014013B2 (en) 2016-10-25
WO2004070994A2 (en) 2004-08-19
TWI236611B (en) 2005-07-21

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7126396B2 (en) Method and apparatus for electronic drug order transfer and processing
JP6991190B2 (en) Electronic drug order transfer and processing methods and equipment
AU2011201894B2 (en) System and method for medical data tracking, analysis and reporting for a healthcare system
AU2004209134B2 (en) Method and system for medical device connectivity
TW200421152A (en) Remote multi-purpose user interface for a healthcare system
JP2007172636A (en) Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method
TW200419419A (en) System and method for notification and escalation of medical data
JP2006520037A (en) Operating parameter checking system and method
JP2006520037A5 (en)
TW200419421A (en) System and method for medical device authentication
JP5322883B2 (en) Operating parameter confirmation system
TW200419420A (en) System and mtehod for verifying medical device operational parameters
TW200426656A (en) Separation of validated information and functions in a healthcare system